Professional Documents
Culture Documents
for Machines
Foundations
for Machines:
Analysis and Design
Shamsher Prakash
University of Missq!)ri-Rolla
Vijay K. Puri
Southern Illinois University, Carbondale
A Wiley-lnterscience Publication
JOHN WILEY AND SONS
New York Chichester Brisbane Toronto Singapore
To our friend the enlightened saint, humble philosopher, and friend of all
mankind who speaks the language of the heart; whose religion is Jove; who
always aspires to fill lives of one and all with spiritual bliss.
The special features of this book are: (1) analysis of surface and dynamic loads, is taking place at a very rapid rate. Analysis and design
embedded foundations by both the elastic half space method and the linear procedures may therefore undergo modifications. This fact has also been
spring method; (2) analysis of pile supported machine foundations; (3) brought to the attention of the reader"' at appropriate places in the text.
detailed discussion of the dynamic soil properties, methods for their de- Thanks are due the American Society of Civil Engineers and National
termination, and evaluation of the test data; ( 4) detailed design procedure Research Council of Canada for permitting the use of materials from thefr
followed by examples; and (5) discussion of design of machine foundations publication. Acknowledgment to other copyrighted material is given at
on absorbers and vibration isolation. appropriate places in the text and figures.
Knowledge of soil mechanics and elementary mathematics or mechanics In preparing this text, several of our colleagues and graduate students
is needed to follow the text. have helped in a variety of ways. The authors wish to express their sincere
The reader is introduced to the problem of machine foundation and its thanks to them. Special mention must be made of Dr. Krishen Kumar, who
special requirements in Chapter 1. In Chapter 2, the elementary theory of read the entire manuscript and made useful suggestions, particularly on
vibrations is discussed. Chapter 3 deals with the wave propagation in an Chapter 12, and Dr. A Syed for his useful comments and suggestions and of
elastic medium that provides an important basis for determination of Mr. Murat Hazinedarogulu for assistance in writing the computer programs.
dynamic soil properties as discussed in Chapter 4. Needless to say, soil The manuscript was typed by Janet Pearson, Charlena Ousley, Allison
properties play a critical role in the design of machine foundations. Chapter Holdaway, and Mary Reynolds. The authors are most thankful to them for
4 thus forms a very important component of the text. Also included in this their care, painstaking efforts, and patience. John W. Koeing, technical
chapter is the procedure for rational selection of soil parameters for a given editor at the University of Missouri, Rolla, provided editorial assistance and
machine foundation problem. The determination of unbalanced forces and deserves our sincer~ !hanks. ->', <1"-
moments occasioned by the operation of a machine is reviewed in Chapter Acknowledgmenis are also due thiFpublishers for their cooperation
5. The principal subject of the book, the analysis and design of machine during various stages of editorial and production work. A special mention
foundations is introduced in Chapter 6, that deals with the design of must be made of the cooperation received from Everett Smethurst, David
rigid-block-type foundations for reciprocating machines. In this chapter the Eckroth and Linda Shapiro.
reader is made familiar with the concepts of elastic half space method and It must also be mentioned that any suggestions or comments by the
linear spring method for computing the vibratory response of surface readers for making any improvements in the text will be highly appreciated.
footings. Foundations for impact-type machines such as hammers are dis-
SHAMSHER PRAKASH
cussed in Chapter 7. Foundations for high-speed rotary machines are
discussed in Chapter 8 and for miscellaneous machines in Chapter 9. The VnAY K. PnRI
principles of vibration isolation and absorption are considered in Chapter Rolla, Missouri
10. The design of embedded block foundations for machines is described in Carbondale IL
Chapter 11 followed by pile supported machine foundations in Chapter 12.
A few case histories are discussed in Chapter 13 and construction aspects in
Chapter 14.
Computer program for design of a block foundation based on principles
discussed in Chapter 6 has been included in Appendix I, aud for design of a
hammer foundation as in Chapter 7 has been included in Appendix II. A
brief description of the commercially available programs PILAY for solution
of piles and STRUDL for analysis of turbo-generator foundations is in-
cluded in Appendix III.
The subject matter has been developed in a logical progression from one
chapter to the next. Every effort has been made to make the text self-
contained as far as possible. A comprehensive bibliography is included at
the end of each chapter so that an interested reader may obtain additional
information from published sources.
Development in certain areas, particularly the determination of dynamic
soil properties and analysis of embedded foundations and piles under
Contents
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 ;; Type of Machines 'l.~!l Foundations, 2
1.2 Design Criteria to Bi(Satisfied, 4
1.3 Relevant Codes, 9
1.4 Data Required for Design, 1 0
1.5 Significance of Soil Parameters, 1 0
References, 10
8.2 Loads on a Turbogenerator Foundation, 332 10.5 Design Procedure for Wave Barriers, 423
8.2.1 Loads Due to Normal Operation of Plant, 332 10.6 Methods of Reducing Vibration Amplitudes in Existing
8.2.2 Loads Due to Emergency Conditions, 337 Machine Foundations, 406
8.3 Design Criteria, 339 10.7 Examples, 431
8.4 Design Concepts, 340 1 0.8 Final Comments, 436
8.5 Methods of Analysis, 340 References, 436
8.5.1 Simplified Methods, 341
8.5.2 Rigorous Methods, 357 CHAPTER 11 DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF EMBEDDED BLOCK
FOUNDATIONS. 438
8.6 Design Procedure, 363
8.6.1 Design Data, 364 11.1 Elastic Half-Space Method, 439
8.6.2 Dynamic Analysis, 366 11 .1 .1 Vertical Vibrations, 440
8.7 Examples, 371 11 .1 .2 Sliding Vibrations, 443
Referentes, 374 11 .1.3 Rocking Vibrations, 448
11.1.4 Coupled Rocking and Sliding Vibrations, 451
11.1.5 Torsional Vibrations, 456
CHAPTER 9 FOUNDATIONS FOR MISCELLANEOUS TYPES OF
MACHINES 376 11.:b ·Linear Elastic Weightless Spring Method, 459
11.2.1 Vertical Vibrations, 459
9.1 Foundations for Low-Speed Rotary Machines, 376
11.2.2 Sliding Vibrations, 462
9.2 Foundations for Machine Tools, 391 11.2.3 Rocking Vibrations, 464
9.3 Foundations for Stamping, Forging, and Punching 11.2.4 Coupled Rocking and Sliding Vibrations, 468
Presses, 392
11.2.5 Torsional Vibrations, 469
9.4 Machines Supported on Floors, 394
11.3 Design Procedure for an Embedded Block Foundation,
9.5 Examples, 395
471
References, 398
11.4 Examples, 4 77
11.5 Compliance-Impedance Function Approach, 482
CHAPTER 10 VIBRATION ABSORPTION AND ISOLATION 399 11.6 Overview, 448
10.1 Principle of Vibration Absorption, 401 References, 490
10.2 Common Vibration Absorbers, 404
10.2.1 Steel or Metal Springs, 404 CHAPTER 12 MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES 493
10.2.2 Cork, 406 12.1 Analysis of Piles under Vertical Vibrations, 495
10.2.3 Rubber, 407 12.1.1 End-Bearing Piles, 495
10.2.4 Timber, 408 12.1.2 .Friction Piles, 497
'~~
10.2.5 Neoprene, 408 12.2 Analysis of Piles under Translation and Rocking, 517
10.2.6 Pneumatic Absorber; 408 12.3 Analysis of Piles under Torsion, 521
1 0.3 Design Procedure for Foundations on Absorbers, 41 0 12.4 Design Procedure for a Pile-Supported Machine
10.4 Principles of Vibration Isolation with Wave Barriers, Foundation, 529
413 12.5 Examples, 532
10.4.1 Trench Barriers, 414 12.6 Comparison of Measured and Predicted Pile Response,
10.4.2 Pile Barriers, 420 541
xvi CONTENTS
reciprocating machine consists of a piston that moves within a cylinder, a Figure 1.1. Types of motion of a rigid foundation due to unbalanced forces of reciprocating
connecting rod, a piston rod and a crank (Fig. 5.1). The crank rotates with a machines: (a) pure vertical translation; (b) pure rocking; (c) simultaneous horizontal sliding and
constant angular velocity. The crank mechanism converts the translatory rocking; and (d) pure torsional oscillations.
motion into rotary motion and vice versa. The operating speeds of recip-
rocating machines are usually smaller than 1200 rpm.
The operation of the reciprocating machine or the crank mechanism that the motion of a fpundation depends upon the resulting forces and
results in unbalanced forces both in the direction of piston motion and moments imparted to it by the machine. Chapter 6 shows that the stresses at
perpendicular to it (Section 5.1). The magnitude of forces and moments will the base of a foundation supporting a reciprocating machine may be uniform
depend upon the number of cylinders in the machine, their size, piston compression as in Fig. l.la, nonuniform compression as in Fig. l.lb, or
displacement, and the direction of mounting. uniform or nonuniform shear depending on the nature of dynamic loads.
If one considers only the unbalanced force in the direction of piston Reciprocating machines are very frequently encountered in practice. A
motion in a machine with only one cylinder that is mounted centrally on a rigid block-type foundation is usually provided for these machines. The
rigid foundation (Fig. l.la), the motion of the foundation will be only up vibrations of such a foundation are essentially due to dynamic deformations
and down. A two-cylinder reciprocating machine under similar conditions in the soil.
mounted centrally on a rigid foundation, will generate an oscillatory motion 2. Impact machines: Incluifed in this category are such machines as
and no translation (Fig. 1.1b). Similarly, if a piston·is mounted horizontally, forging hammers, which produce impact loads. These machines consist of a
it will give rise to an unbalanced force and a moment on the foundation. falling ram, an anvil, and a frame (Fig. 7.1). Forging hammers are divided
The foundation will therefore undergo both translation and rotation simul- into two groups (Barkan, 1962): drop hammers for die stamping and forge
taneously (Fig. l.lc). In the case of a two-cylinder machine mounted hammers proper.
horizontally, the unbalanced forces in a plane parallel to the base of the Free forging operations are usually preformed by forge hammers. The
foundation generate a couple (Fig. l.ld). This results in a motion that is anvil and the side frame, are generally mounted separately (Fig. 7.1b). The
similar to the motion of a torsional pendulum. It therefore becomes clear side frame, together with guides for the ram, contributes to the precision of
4 INTRODUCTION DESIGN CRITERIA TO BE SATISFIED 5
the blows required in forging. The foundation block under the anvil serves 2.5
I I I I I
as a support for the entire hammer.
The speeds of operation of both these hammers are usually low and range
from 60 to 150 blows per minute. Their dynamic loads attain a peak in a 2.0 -
very short period of time and then practically die out. The unbalanced force ~
c ••c ~ Low tuned
0 tuned
occasioned by the impact lasts only a fraction of a second. In between two ~0
successive blows, the foundation and anvil vibrate freely. The analysis of the ••
•
u.
Q
1.5 -
·~
)
hammer foundation, therefore, proceeds along lines that are different from i5
cS
those for the analysis of a reciprocating machine foundation. A massive ~~·
For dynamic loads In addition to the preceding criteria, geometrical layout of the foundation
may be influenced by operational requirements of the machine.
1. There should be no resonance. That is, the natural frequency of the The failure condition of vibril;(ing foundations is reached when the motion
machine-foundation-soil system should not coincide with the operating exceeds a limiting value, which thay be expressed in terms of the velocity or
frequency of the machine. In fact, a zone of resonance is generally defined, acceleration of the movement of the foundation. For steady-state vibrations,
and the natural frequency of the soil foundation system must lie outside this these may be expressed in terms of allowable displacements at specified
zone (Fig. 1.2). The foundation may thus be designated as "high tuned" frequencies (Richart, 1962). Figure 1.3 illustrates the order of magnitudes
when its fundamental frequency is greater than the operating speed or as that are involved in the criteria for determining the dynamic response. Five
"low tuned" when its fundamental frequency is lower than the operating curves delimit the zones of vibrations to which persons are sensitive when
speed. This concept of a high or low tuned foundation is illustrated in Fig. standing close to the vibrating machinery. These zones range from "not
1.2. noticeable" to "severe." The boundary between "not noticeable" and
6 INTRODUCTION
1 r005
~ 0.02
Frequency, cpm
Figure 1.3. Limiting amplitudes of vibrations for a particular frequency. (After Richart, 1962.)
100
"barely noticeable" in Fig. 1.3 is defined by a line that represents a peak rpm
velocity of about 0.01 in/sec (0.25 mm/sec), and the line separating the
Figure 1.4. Criteria for vibrations of rotating machinery. Explanation of classes:
zones of "easily noticeable" and "troublesome" represents a peak velocity
of 0.10 in/sec (2.5 mm/sec). The shaded area in Fig. 1.3 indicates the "limits AA Dangerous. Shut it down now to avoid danger.
for machines and machine foundations." This represents a peak velocity of A Failure is near. Correct within two days to avoid breakdown.
1.0 in/sec (25.5 mm/sec) below about 2000 cpm and corresponds to a peak B Faulty. Correct it within 1 0 days to save maintenence dollars.
acceleration of 0.5 g above about 2000 cpm. It should be noted that this C Minor faults. Correction wastes dollars.
D No faults. Typical new equipment.
shaded area indicates a limit for safety and is not a limit for the satisfactory
"li:.
operation of a machine. This is a guide to aid judgment, not to replace it. Use common sense. Use with care. Take
The importance of a machine and its sensitivity to operational conditions account of all local circumstances. Consider: safety, labor costs, downtime costs. (After Blake,
along with the cost of installation and losses due to interruption (down time) 1964.) Reproduced with permission from Hydrocarbon Processing, January 1964.
determine the limit of the motion amplitudes for which the foundation must
be designed (Richart, 1976). Permissible amplitudes at operating speed can
be established from Fig. 1.4 (Blake, 1964). The vibration amplitudes are
generally specified at bearing level of the machine.
The concept of "service factor" was introduced by Blake (1964). The
7
8 INTRODUCTION RELEVANT CODES 9
service factor is an indication of the importance of a machine in an Table 1.2. General Machinery-Vibration-Severity Data
installation. Typical values of service factors are listed in Table 1.1. Using Horizontal Peak Velocity
the concept of service factor, the criteria given in Fig. 1.4 can be used to (in/sec) Machine Operation
define vibration limits for different classes of machines. Also with the·
introduction of the service factor, Fig. 1.4 can be used to evaluate the <0.005 Extremely smooth
0.005~0.010 Very smooth
performance of a wide variety of machines. The concept of service factor is
0.010~0.020 Smooth
explained by the following examples. 0.020~0.040 Very good
A centrifuge has a 0.01 in (0.250 mm) double amplitude at 750 rpm. The 0.040~0.080 Good
value of the service factor from Table 1.1 is 2, and the effective vibration 0.080~0.160 Fair
therefore is 2 x 0.01 = 0.02 in (0.50 mm). This point falls in Class A in Fig. 0.160~0.315 Slightly rough
1.4. The vibrations, therefore, are excessive, and failure is imminent unless 0.315~0.630 Rough
the corrective steps are taken immediately. >0.630 Very rough
Another example is that of a link-suspended centrifuge operating at Source: After Baxter and Bernhard (1967). Reproduced by permission of American Society of
1250 rpm that has 0.0030 in (0.075 mm) amplitude with the basket empty. Mechanical Engineers, New York, NY.
The service factor is 0.3, and the effective vibration is 0.00090 in
(0.0225 mm). This point falls in class C (Fig. 1.4) and indicates only minor
fault.
General information for the operation of rotary machines is given in 1.3 RELEVANT CODES..
'""
Table 1.2 (Baxter and Bernhard, 1967). These limits are based on peak-
velocity criteria alone and are represented by straight lines on Fig. 1.4. The criteria for satisfactory design of a machine foundation are described in
The maximum velocity for the lower limit of the "smooth" range is Section 1.2. Methods of analysis of foundations for different machines are
0.01 in/sec (0.25 mm/sec) in Table 1.2 and the lower limit of the range described in Chapters 6 through 12. These enable the engineers to design
"barely noticeable to persons" is also 0.01 in/sec (0.25 mm/sec) in Fig. 1.3. safe and economical foundations.
The lower limits of "slightly rough" for machines is 0.16 in/sec ( 4.0 mm/sec) Because installation of heavy machinery has assumed increased import-
in Table 1.2 whereas the value for "troublesome to persons" is 0.10 in/sec ance throughout the world, their foundations have to be specially designed
(2.5 mm/sec) in Fig. 1.3. Also the danger limit of "very rough" is 0.63 in/ to take into consideration both the vibrational characteristics of the load and
sec (15.75 mm/sec) in Table 1.2 whereas Rausch's limit for machines is the properties of the supporting soil, which is subject to dynamic conditions.
1.0 in/sec (25.0mm/sec) in Fig. 1.3 (Rausch, 1973). Tbus Table 1.2 and Fig. Although many considerations relating to the design and construction of
1.3 are similar (Richart, 1976). such machine foundations are specified by the machines' manufacturers,
other details must comply with the general design principles that govern
machine foundations. With this objective in view, codes for the design and
Table 1.1. Service Factorsa
construction of machine foundations have been written in West Germany
Single-stage centrifugal pump, electric motor, fan 1 (DIN 4024, 4025), Russia (CH-18-58), Hungary (MSZ 15009-64), and India
Typical chemical processing equipment, noncritical 1 (Indian Stardards Institution, 1966, 1967, 1968, 1969, 1970). Unfortunately,
Turbine, turbogenerator, centrifugal compressor 1.6 no such codes have been written in the United States (1987). For design of
Centrifuge, stiff-shaftb; multistage centrifugal pump 2
turbogenerator foundations, leading manufacturers such as Westinghouse,
Miscellaneous equipment, characteristics unknown 2
Centrifuge, shaft-suspended, on shaft near basket 0.5
General Electric, and Honeywjfii have their own design criteria. The
Centrifuge, link-suspended, slung 0.3 designer must familiarize himselr with the relevant standards (code of
practice) prevalent in the country in which he works. t
a Effective vibration= measured single amplitude vibration, in inches multiplied by the service
factor. Machine tools are excluded. Values are for bolted-down equipment; when not bolted,
multiply the service factor by 0.4 and use the product as the service factor. Caution: Vibration is
measured on the bearing housing, except as stated. t American Concrete Institute is working on the codes for design of foundations subjected
" Horizontal displacement on basket housing. to dynamic machinery. But no codes have been finalized so far (1987). Naval Facilities En-
Source: After Blake (1964). Reproduced with permission from Hydrocarbon Processing, gineering Command (1983) describes only elementary criteria for design of machine
January 1984. foundations.
10 INTRODUCTION REFERENCES 11
1.4 DATA REQUIRED FOR DESIGN DIN 4024 Stutzkonstruktionen fiir rotierende Machinen (Supporting structures for rotary
machines).
DIN 4025-1958 Fundamente fiir Ambo-Hiimmer (Schabotte-Hammer) Richtilinten fur die
To arrive at a satisfactory design for a machine foundation, all pertinent
Konstruktionen-Bemessung und ausfuhrung (Criteria for the design and construction of
data must be procured. This data must include information on layout of the foundations for anvil-hammer construction).
machine, operating speeds, unbalanced loads generated by the machine Indian Standards Institution (1966). "Indian Standard Code of Practice for Design and
operation, point of application of the unbalanced loads, and permissible Construction of Machine Foundations," Part II, IS: 2974. lSI, New Delhi, India.
amplitudes of vibration. Details of the data required are discussed sepa- Indian Standards Institution (1967). "Indian Standard Code of Practice for Design and
rately for each type of machine in Chapters 6 through 12. Construction of Machine Foundations," Part III, IS: 2974. lSI, New Delhi, India.
Besides the preceding information about the machine, detailed infor- Indian Standards Institution (1968). "Indian Standard Code of Practice for. Design and
mation on the static and dynamic properties of the supporting soil should Construction of Machine Foundations," Part IV, IS: 2974. lSI, New Delhi, India.
form an essential part of the data that must be procured. Indian Standards Institution (1969). "Indian Standard Code of Practice for Design and
Constructi?n of Machine Foundations," Part I, IS: 2974 (rev.). lSI, New Delhi, India.
Indian Standards Institution (1970). "Code of Practice for Design and Construction of Machine
Foundations," Part V, IS: 2974. lSI, New Delhi, India.
1.5 SIGNIFICANCE OF SOIL PARAMETERS MSZ 15009-64 Hungarian Code for Design of Machine Foundations.
Naval Facilities Engineering Command (1983). "Soil Dynamics, Deep Stabilization, and
The reader must have realized by now that the design of a machine Special Geotechnical Construction," Design Manual 7.3, NAVFAC DM-7.3. Dept. of the
foundation essentially involves determination of the vibration characteristics Navy, Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Alexandria, Virginia.
(natural frequencies and vibration amplitudes) of the machine-foundation- Prakash, S. (1981). "SoiliJ?ynamics." McGraw-Hi!l;;;)'~:cw York.
soil system. Besides the machine and the foundation data, the soil properties Prakash, S., and Puri, V.K. (1969). Design of a "tYPical machine foundation by different
are a rather significant input parameter governing the computed. response, methods. Bull.-Indian Soc. Earthquake Techno/._6, 109-136.
i.e., the predicted behavior of this system. Depending upon the method of, Rausch, E. (1943). ''Maschinenfundamente und andere dynamische Bauaufgaben." VDI
Verlag, Berlin.
analysis (the elastic half space or the linear spring theory, Chapter 6), the
Reiher, H., and Meister, F. J. (1931). Die Empfindlinchkeit der Menschen gegen Erschiit-
mode of inputting the soil parameters may vary. It will be shown in Chapter terungen. Forsch. Geb. lngenieurwes. 2 (11), 381-386.
4 that the number of parameters affecting the relevant soil properties are Richart, F. E., Jr. (1962). Foundation vibrations. Trans. Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 127, Part I,
large and sometimes quite complex. 863-898.
Fortunately, the determination of soil properties for the design of ma- Richart, F. E., Jr. (1976). Foundation vibrations. "Foundation Engineering Hand Book,"
chine foundations has reached a stage where fairly precise evaluations can Chapter 4. Van Nostrand-Reinhold, New York.
be made for given loading conditions. The soil parameters can be deter-
mined in a realistic manner after a careful evaluation of the field or
laboratory test data by following the procedure suggested in Chapter 4
(Section 4.7). The importance of soil parameters must always be kept in
mind by an intelligent designer.
REFERENCES
2 I
Forced Vibrations: Vibrations that are developed by externally applied
exciting forces are called forced vibrations. Forced vibrations occur at the
frequency of the externally applied el<citing force. The frequency of
excitation does not depend on the natural frequency of the system.
Amplitude of Motion: The maximum distance that a body moves during
Theory of Vibrations vibrations from its position of rest is its amplitude of motion.
Degrees of Freedom: The number of independent coordinates necessary to
describe the motion of a system are the degrees of freedom of the system.
A system that has several degrees of freedom is called a multidegree
freedom system.
Consider the simple pendulum shown in Fig. 2.1a. The displaced
2.1 DEFINITIONS
12
THEORY OF VIBRATIONS SIMPLE HARMONIC MOTION 15
14
position of this system is completely defined by the angle e only. Hence it in which w is the circular frequency in radians per unit time. We can
is a system with one degree of freedom, that is, n is equal to 1. In Figs. represent z by the vertical projection of a rotating vector of length Z that
2.1 b and c, two and three independent coordinates are needed to fully rotates with a constant angular speed of w, onto a vertical diameter (Fig.
describe the motion of the two systems respectively. Hence they consti- 2.2). Because the motion repeats itself after 2Tr radians, a cycle of motion is
tute systems with two and three degrees of freedom. completed when
The number of coordinates necessary to completely describe the wT=2Tr (2.2a)
motion of an elastic simply supported beam is infinite. Hence the beam in
Fig. 2.1d constitutes an infinite degree of freedom system. or
Resonance: If the frequency of excitation coincides with any one of the
natural frequencies of the system, the condition of resonance is reached. T= 2Tr (2.2b)
w
The amplitudes of motion may be excessive at resonance. Hence, in the
design of machine foundations, the determination of the natural fre- in which Tis the time period of motion. The frequency fis the inverse of the
quencies of a system is important. time period; hence
Frequency Ratio: The ratio of the forcing or operating frequency to the 1 w
natural frequency of the system is referred to as the frequency ratio. f= I' =z'lr (2.3)
Principal Modes of Vibration: A system with n degrees of freedom vibrates
in such a complex manner that the amplitude and frequencies do not In order to determine the velocity and acceleration of motion, we
appear to follow any definite pattern. Still, among such a disorderly array differentiate Eq. (2.1) with respect. to time, t:
of motions, there is a special type of simple and orderly motion that has
been termed the principal mode of vibration. In a principal mode, each Velocity= i = wZ cos wt = wZ sin( wt + ~) (2.4)
point in the system vibrates with the same frequency, which is one of the
system's natural frequencies. and
Thus, a system with n degrees of freedom possesses n principal modes
with n natural frequencies. More general types of motion can always be Acceleration= i = -w 2 Z sin wt = w 2 Z sin(wt + Tr) (2.5)
represented by the superposition of principal modes.
or
Normal Mode of Vibration: When the amplitude of motion of a point of the
system vibrating in one of the principal modes is made equal to unity, the Acceleration= -w 2z (2.6)
motion is called the normal mode of vibration.
Damping: Damping is associated with energy dissipation and opposes the Equations (2.4) and (2.5) show that both velocity and acceleration are
free vibrations of a system. If the force of damping is constant, it is also harmonic and can be represented by the vectors wZ and w2 Z, which
termed Coulomb damping. If the force of damping is proportional to its rotate at the same speed as Z, i.e., w rad/unit time. These, however, lead
velocity, it is termed viscous damping. If the damping in a system is free the displacement vector by Trl2 and Tr respectively.
from its material property and is contributed to by the geometry of the
system, it is called geometricalt or radiation damping.
r-1 cycle---1
2.2 SIMPLE HARMONIC MOTION
z = Z sin wt (2.1)
I" For an explanation, see Section 3.4. Figure 2.2. Vectorial representation of harmonic motion.
THEORY OF VIBRATIONS 17
FREE VIBRATIONS OF A SPRING-MASS SYSTEM
2, F= mi (2.8a)
In Fig. 2.3, vertical projections of these vectors are plotted against the
time axis t. The angles between the vectors are known as phase angles. Thus in which E F is the sum of all forces in the vertical direction. If th~ sign
the velocity vector leads the displacement vector by 90°; the acceleration convention shown in Fig. 2.4 is used and the inertial force acts opposite to
vector leads the displacement vector by 180° and the velocity vector by 90°. acceleration, the equation of motion becomes
Sign convention in which A and B are arbitrary constants, and wn is the natural circular
z, z, z·
frequency of the system. . .
t+ If we substitute the preceding solutiOn mto Eq. (2.8c), we get
(2.10)
which gives
2- k w = [k (2.11)
lal (b) (c) (d) (e) If)
w~~- m or n \J;
Figure 2.4. Spring-mass system. (a) Unstretched spring; (b) equilibrium position; (c) mass in
oscillating position; (d) mass in maximum downward position; (e) mass in maximum upward When w, Tn is equal to 2"1T, one cycle of motion is completed. This yields the
position; and (f) free-body diagram of mass corresponding to (c). following expression for natural period:
18 THEORY OF VIBRATIONS FREE VIBRATIONS OF A SPRING-MASS SYSTEM 19
(2.13) By substituting these values into Eq. (2.9), the solution can be obtained in
the form
Equation (2.13) can also be written in the following form: (2.17)
(2.14a) Other types of solutions of Eq. (2.8c) can be written in the following forms:
Now (2.18)
mg W and
k = k =Ostat (2.14b) z = A exp(iw,t) + B exp(- iw,t) (2.19)
'';;:;:''~,-
Therefore, EXAMPLE 2.3.1
A mass supported by a spring has a static deflection of 0.25 mm. Determine
(2.15) its natural frequency of oscillation.
Solution
Equation (2.15) shows that natural frequency is a function of static 1 rg- 1 ~9810
deflection. When g is equal to 9810 mm/sec 2 and i5 stat is expressed in f,=-
2
y-;:---=2
0 stat 025
=31.541Hz
7r 7T '
millimeters, the frequency in hertz can be shown in graphic form as in Fig.
2.5. EXAMPLE 2.3.2
Determine the spring constant for the system of springs shown in Fig. 2.6.
40
30
"N
~ 20
~
...§
10 ......_
r--
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
Ostat, (mm) (a) (b)
Figure 2.5. Relationship between natural frequency and static deflection. Figure 2.6. Equivalent spring constants: (a) springs in series; (b) springs in parallel.
20 THEORY OF VIBRATIONS 21
FREE VIBRATIONS WITH VISCOUS DAMPING
Solution
(a) On application of a unit load to the system of springs in Fig. 2.6a, the
total deflection is
1 1 kl + k,
- + - = -7-c--'-
k, kl klk2
Hence, the equivalent spring constant is given by
klk2
k,,, = k
I
+k 2
_l_ __
If k 1 = k 2 = k, the k,q, = k/2.
(b) Let us consider that a unit load is applied at c to the system of springs T'
shown in Fig. 2.6b. It is shared at a and bin the ratios of x 2 /(x 1 + x 2 ) and m
m
x 1 /(x 1 + x 2 ). The deflection of points a and b are x 2(x 1 + x 2 ) x 1/k 1 and
x 1 1(x 1 + x 2 ) X k 2 , respectively.
(e) (b)
Therefore, the deflection of point c is
Figure 2.7. (a) Spring-mass-dashpot system; (b) free-body diagram.
in which s is !"~onstant
that will~;;;::determined later. By substituting this
Hence, the resulting equivalent spring constant at c is solution into Eq. (2.21), we obtain
(x 1 + x 2 ) 2
k,,, = (x71k 2 + x;lk 1 ) " (s+ms+me=
' c k)" 0
If x 1 = x, = x and k 1 = k, = k, then k,,, = 2k.
which gives us
2 c k (2.23)
2.4 FREE VIBRATIONS WITH VISCOUS DAMPING s +-s+-=0
m m
All real systems exhibit damping. When the force of damping Fd is propor- Therefore,
tional to velocity, it is termed viscous damping. Thus
k
(2.24)
(2.20) m
in which c is the damping constant or force per unit velocity, FL-IT. "' and the general solution can be written as follows:
Figure 2.7a shows a spring-mass-dashpot system. If the mass is displaced
by a distance z below the position of static equilibrium, then the free-body (2.25)
diagram can be represented by Fig. 2.7b. By using the sign convention
shown in this figure, the equation of motion can b_e written as in which A and B are arbitrary constants depending upon the initial
conditions of motion.
mi+ci+kz=O (2.21) If the radical in Eq. (2.24) is zero, the damping is said to be critical
damping c,, and we obtain
The solution to this equation may be written in the form
(2.22) (!..s.)'
2m
= '5._ = w'
m n
Le., (2.26)
FREE VI ORATIONS WITH VISCOUS DAMPING
23
22 THEORY OF VIBRATIONS
or
The ratio of actual damping c to critical damping c, is defined as the
damping factor g: z =A exp(-gw,t) exp( +i~w,t) + B exp(-l;w,t) exp(-i~w,t)
(2.27) = exp- (gwnt)[A cos V(l- g')wnt + iA sin V(l- O'wnt)
Now, V
+ B cos (1- g')w,t- iB sin V(1- /; )w,t] 2
(2.28) or
z = exp( -l;wnt)( C cos V(1 - 1;) 2w,t + D sin V(1 - /;')w,t) (2,33)
By substituting the preceding relationships into Eq. (2.24), we get
in which Cis equal to A+ B, and D is equal to i(A- B).
(2.29)
3
The nature of the ensuing motion depends upon the values of roots s 1 and
s 2 , and hence on the magnitude of damping (in terms of critical damping)
2
~
~1---N·>" r--
present in the system. Three different cases of interest are considered here.
' -- '~ 2
l:r
CASE I. /; >1 I .. ,.,,_
When I;> 1, both s 1 and s 2 are real and negative and z (Eq. 2.25) decreases "'--. r-:-.
't ~ I
(2.30)
The values of z for g = 1 are shown in Fig: 2.8a, from which it is seen that z
decreases as t increases but never changes sign. Hence such a system does
not oscillate. This system is known as "critically" damped and g = 1 is the
minimum value of damping for no oscillations in the system.
Ia I
F0 l
(b)
wt
F= F0 sin wt (2.36)
Z = wZo
in which w is the frequency of excitation.
The free-body diagram is shown in Fig. 2.9b and the equation of motion
is
90" 90"
mi + ci + kz = F0 sin w t (2.37) z· = <)Zo Zo
Directions
The solution to this equation is (c)
Then Fo
or a
'l;j~-
i = wZ0 sin(wt- </> + 7T/2) (2.40)
and
d b
i = w 2 Z 0 sin(wt- </> + 7•) (2.41) Forces
(d)
Figure 2.9c shows z, i, and z vectors at any particular instant. The force Figure 2.9. Forced vib~ations with viscous damping. (a) Spring-mass-dashpot. (b)
diagram. (c) Vectorial representation of z, i and !i in space. (d) Vectorial solution of forces.
Free~body
25
26 FORCED VIBRATIONS WITH VISCOUS DAMPING 27
THEORY Of VIBRATIONS
in the spring is opposite to z, hence it can be represented by Oa in Fig. 2.9d. From Eq. (2.44b) we get
Similarly, the damping force, cwZ0 , acts in the opposite direction to that of
the velocity and hence is represented by Ob. Similarly, Oc represents the Z0 1
(2.44d)
2
inertial force, mw Z0 , which acts opposite to acceleration. The resultant of ll,. = [(1- 2 2
r ) + (2tr) 2 f 12
r---- k', ~
of F0 . Also, 0.05
0.10
I "" goo
~ LO
2 ~ /
mw -w )'
~
- -= ( =r 2 0.15t_.£.'&.
k w" 1 - (b)
0.25 cc
2. 0
in which r is the frequency ratio, and '7 ~ 03:75
0 1 2
Frequency ratio~
3 4 5
~~ 1\
N
0.50 W0
/ (a)
L0
~ I~
Therefore, ..............
~
I
(2.44b) -.........__
~
Figure 2.10. (a) Magnification factor and (b) phase angle, versus frequency ratio in forced
vibrations. (After Thomson, 1972, p. 48. Reprinted by permission of Prentice-Hall, Englewood
(2.44c) Cliffs, New Jersey.)
THEORY OF VIBRATIONS
FREQUENCY-DEPENDENT EXCITATIONS 29
Effect of Frequency Ratio r for a Particular Case ( t = O)
When r is equal to 1, the phase angle </> is 90' for all values of damping,
From Eq. (2.45b),
except when I; is equal to 0. When r is less than 1, the phase angle is less
than 90', and when r is greater than 1, the phase angle is greater than 90'.
N=-1-2 The maximum amplitude of motion when r is equal to 1 and I; is greater
1- r
than 0 is expressed by Eq. (2.47):
When r=O N=1
F,
When r = 1 (2.47)
cw
When r->en N=O
The corresponding vector diagram is shown in Fig. 2.11.
. When r is equal to 1, resonance occurs, and the amplitude tends to be The solution given by Eq. (2.44a) is a steady-state solution, which is
mfimte. Introduction of damping reduces the resonant amplitudes to finite important in most practical problems. However, there are transient vibra-
values. tions initially that correspond to the solution given by Eq. (2.35). These
. The phase angle </> is zero if r is less than 1; the displacement z is in phase vibrations, of course, die out in the first few cycles.
With the exc1tmg force, F0 , and </> is equal to 1800 if r is greater than 1.
As the dampi~g increases, the peak of the magnification factor shifts slightly In many probl~Iils of machine fouii'iflitions, the exciting force depends upon
to the left. This IS due to the fact that maximum amplitudes occur in damped the machine's operating frequency. Figure 2.12 shows such a system moun-
VIbratiOns when the forcing frequency w equals the system's damped natural ted on elastic supports with m 0 representing the unbalanced mass placed at
frequency, wnd [Eq. (2.34)], which is slightly smaller than the undamped eccentricity e from the center of the rotating shaft. The unbalanced force is
natural frequency, wn. F = (m 0 ew 2 ) sin wt. Therefore, the equation of motion may be written as
follows:
d 2z d2 . dz
(M- m 0 ) - 2 +m0 - (z + e sm wt) = - kz- c - (2.48a)
dt dt 2 dt
0
Ia I '
wt
Fo z
M
9 "" goo
1 o.~5
0.05
h
Mi + ci + kz = m 0 ew 2 sin wt (2.48b) 3.0
~
•
0.25
0.50 tv ~
t- 0.15
M
0
ro
•ro
90" t--- K, ~ 1.0
2 ~
~
h
similar, except that m 0 ew appears in Eq. (2.48b) in place of F in Eq.
~
0.
0
(2.37). The solution of this equation may therefore be witten as,
~
0.25
2. 0
0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0
~~
2
m 0 ew . 01 .
z=
Y(k- Mw 2 2
) + (cw ) 2
sm wt (2.49a)
'"'
:;: "0
0.375
(b)
Frequency ratio~
""
~
Therefore, the maximum amplitude Z 0 is given by 1L k-:::0.50
.o
z0 =
v(k-Mw)
m 0 ew
2 2
2
+(cw) 2 (2.49b) /Y
v
~ 1--\,1
I ~~~1.0
and
0
~ 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5. 0
cw -~}:ic}~quency ratio~
tan¢= (2.50) -t,. Wn
k-Mw 2 (a)
or
2.7 SYSTEMS UNDER TRANSIENT LOADS
Zo ,z
moe! M Y(1- r')' +Ag'rz (2.51) Transient loads may be caused by hammers, earthquakes, blasts, and the
sudden dropping of weights. In several such cases, the maximum motion
and may occur within a relatively short time after the application of the force.
For this reason, damping may be of secondary importance m transient loads.
2gr
tan 1> = - -2 (2.52)
1-r CASE I. SUDDENLY APPLIED LOAD
Consider a spring-mass system (Fig. 2.14a) that is subjected to suddenly
The value of MZ0 1m 0 e and 1> are plotted in Figs. 2.13a and 2.13b, applied force represented by the forcing function F = F0 (Fig. 2.14b). The
respectively. These curves are similar in shape to those in Fig. 2.10 except
that the peak amplitudes occur at ..,...
equation of motion of mass, m, is given by
mi + kz = F0 (2.55)
(2.53)
The solution for displacement, z, is
and the value of the ordinate when r is equal to 1 in Eq. (2.51) is
(2.56)
Z0 1
m 0 el M 21; (2.54) Initially, if at t = 0, z and i are equal to zero, then A is equal to- Fofk,
33
THEORY OF VIBRATIONS SYSTEMS UNDER TRANSIENT LOADS
F(t)
F(t)
?fLk
Fof---,
Fof-------
Sboo
0
0 '
(a) (b)
Ia I (b)
dT
(c)
Figure 2.15. Dynamic amplification due to a square pulse. (a) One degree of freedom system.
(b) Square pulse,~.Jc) Magnification.
f," .•
lcl
Figure 2.14. Dynamic amplification due to suddenly applied load. (a) Single degree of freedom Wben t is equal to r,
system. (b) Suddenly applied load. (c) Magnification factor versus time.
Z = -Fo (1 -COS W" T
) (2.59)
' k
and B is equal to 0. Thus, Eq. (2.56) becomes
and
Fa i = F0 w" (Slll
-k- . ) (2.60)
z= k (1- cos w"t) (2.57) 7
(t)n T
If the force F0 is applied gradually, the static deflection is F 0 I k. Thus the When t is greater than T, the equation of motion is
magnification N of the deflection z is ' (2.61)
mi+kz=O
z
N = F lk = 1- COS wnt (2.58) The solution for displacement z is
0
(2.62)
Magnification N versus time is plotted in Fig. 2.14c. The magnification has a
maxtmum value of 2, wh1ch occurs when cos w"t is equal to minus 1. The
first peak ts reached when wnt is equal to 7T or tis equal to Tl2, in which Tis in which t' = t - r.
the natural period of vibration of the system. The values of A and B in Eq. (2.62) are determined from the initial
conditions when tis eqOO.l to r. By equating z, and i, from Eq. (2.62), with
CASE II. SQUARE PULSE OF FINITE DURATION
those in Eqs. (2.59) and (2.60), respectively, we get A= (F,/k)(l- cos w"r)
Co.nsider. the system, shown in Fig. 2.15a, that is s~bjected to a pulse of and B = (F0 1k) sin w" r. Therefore, Eq. (2.62) becomes
umform mtenstty F(t) for a given duration r (Fig. 2.15b).
. When tis less than r, the motion is governed by Eq. (2.55). The solution Z = kFo (1 -COS Wn T COS Wnt
) '+k
Fo Sill
. .
W 11 T Sill Wn
t'
IS given by Eq. (2.57).
or
THEORY OF VIBRATIONS
RAYLEIGH'S METHOD 35
(zm" ) = Fa
k
(z sm. 2wn T)-- 2 kF, sm. T 7TT
(2.64a)
EXAMPLE 2.8.1
In Fig. 2.16, the weight of the spring of length L is w per unit length.
n Determine the natural frequency of the spring-mass system.
Hence, the dynamic magnification N is
Solution
Let the displacement of the mass from the equilibrium position be Yo and
_ Zmax _ . Wn 'T . 'TTT
y = y 0 cos w,t. If the extension of the spring is assumed to be linear, the
N- F/k-2sm-=2sm- (2.64b)
o 2 Tn displacement of the element of the spring at a distance z from the fixed
support is y = (z I L )y 0 cos wnt, and the velocity of element dz is y =
The maximum value of N is 2 when r I Tn is equal to ~. (Fig. 2.15c.) -(zl L )wnYo sin w,t. The maximum KE of the element with mass (wig) dz is
. Constd~r the bmttmg case in Eq. (2.64a), if r!Tn is very small so that then d(KE)m, = (w/2g) dz ((z!L)wnYof
sm 7TT I Tn ts approximately equal to 7TT 1T n> then
z = 2F0 7TT
k Tn (2.64c)
I
m"
f
Now, F0 r is equal to the impulse I. Therefore,
(KE)m, =
W
2
g (L )21L
WnYo
0
Z
2
dz
or
(2.70a) If the weight of the beam is w per unit length and if a harmonic motion is
assumed,
Therefore, the natural frequency wn is given by
Maximum KE of system=~ LL (wnYl 2
dx
The effect of the spring's weight can thus be accounted for by lumping
(2.70b)
~~ = ~ ( W;Yo )' r Hf)'- (f)T dx
one-third of its mass with the concentrated mass of the system. _~ (33wL)w'
- 2 140g nYo
2
(2.75)
EXAMPLE 2.8.2
By using Rayleigh's method, determine the fundamental frequency of the By equating the two energies from Eqs. (2.74) and (2.75), we obtain the
cantilever beam shown in Fig. 2.17. fundamental frequency of vibration of the cantliever beam as
38 THEORY OF VIBRATIONS
DETERMINATION OF VISCOUS DAMPING
39
Wn =
PEl
-
L3
( 33
g
wL
/gEl
) = 3.56 \I ~--
wL 4
(2.76a) (2.81b)
140
Logarithmic decrement is a measure of the decay of successive maximum Viscous damping may be determined from either a free-vibration or a
amplitudes of free vibrations with viscous damping and is expressed (Fig. forced-vibration test on a system.
2.8b) by In a free-vibration test, the system is displaced from its position of
equilibrium, and a record of the amplitude of displacement is made. Then,
zl
/5 =log - (2. 77) from Eqs. (2.77) and (2.80b)
' z,
/5 1 z
in which z 1 and z 2 are two successive peak amplitudes. If z 1 and z 2 are <=-.=-log - 1 (2.83)
~ 2'1r:->: 27T
0"
e z2
determined at times t1 and (1 1 + 27T) from Eq. (2.35) and substituted into
Eq. (2.77), we obtain or else, from Eqs. (2.80b) and (2.82)
/5 1 z
(2.78) i;=- =-log - 0 (2.84)
27T 2n7T e zn
(2.80a) When the amplitude of motion is 0.707 (1121;), the frequency ratio r may
be determined from Eq. (2.44d) as follows:
or 0.707 . 1
-=-;==~~~
(2.80b) 21; 2 2
V(l-
r ) + 41;?
in which i; is small. or
If the damping is very small, it may be more conyenient to measure the
difference in peak amplitudes for n cycles.
In such a case, if zn is the peak amplitude of the nth cycle, then
or
2
(2.81a) r4 - 2r 2 (1- 2/;') + (1- 81; ) =0
Also, or
40 TRANSMISSIBILITY 41
THEORY OF VIBRATIONS
4. 0
'~ o - 1---E ~ 0
( ~ 0.125- 1--- ( ~ 0.125
0.1 6
Zmax = ~ 152 mm
Vertic11 vibratioL 3. 0
0.1 4
~ = 0.25
0.1 2 1\ 'r
~\-
'E
.s f-- - '-
0
• I/E ~ o.5
1- v ,/'
~
0.1 0
.~
~ 1.0
0.
E
"' 0.08 J!
1\
I ~ rx"' ~ 2.0
( - 2.0-
I 1. 0
,I~:2~
e 1'---t.~ 10
0.0 6 !" 1'--<~os-
I I ~.,t:o~-~
0.0 4
10 14 18
/ 22
:
26
I
30 34
0
0 1.0
0
2.0 3.0
Frequency (cps) Frequency ratio, wlwn
Figure 2.18. Determination of viscous damping in forced vibrations by bandwidth method. Figure 2.19. Transmissibility (T,) versus frequency ratio (r).
42 THEORY OF VIBRATIONS 43
VIBRATION MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
The transmissibility T, versus the frequency ratio wlw" is plotted in Fig. Equation (2.90) is similar to Eq. (2.48b). Hence the solution for Z 0 can be
2.19. It will be seen that fort; equal to zero, the plot is the same as in Fig.
written as in Eq. (2.49b):
2.10a. Also, all curves pass through r = V2. When r is greater than V2, all
the curves approach the x-axis asymptotically. The higher the frequency mw 2X 0
ratio, the better the isolation, and hence the smaller the force transmitted. Zo = y(k-mw) 2 2
+(cw)
2 (2.91)
But there may be excessive amplitudes at the time of starting and stopping a
machine, because it will pass through the zone of resonance. Damping helps and
to reduce these amplitudes. cw
</> = tan- 1 -=~2 (2.92)
k-mw
2.12 VIBRATION MEASURING INSTRUMENTS Equations (2.91) and (2.92) may be rewritten as
2
Figure 2.20 shows the essential elements of a vibration measuring in- Z0 (w/wn)
(2.93a)
strument. It consists of a seismic mass m which is supported by springs and a Xo Y(1- r 2 2
) + (2t;r) 2
dashpot inside a case, which is fastened to a vibrating base. The motion of
and
the base is to be monitored. Let the motion of the base be represented by
_,_ _1 2t;r
"P =tan - -2 (2.93b)
x = X 0 sin wt (2.88a) 1-r
1.0 2.0
Frequency ratio ~
Wn
Base Ia I
Figure 2.21. Response of a vibration measuring instrument to a vibrating base. (a) Amplitude.
Figure 2.20. A vibration measuring instrument (seismic instrument) mounted on a vibrating
(b) Phase angle. (After Thomson, 1972, p. 60. Reprinted by permission of Prentice~Hall,
base.
Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.)
SYSTEMS WITH TWO DEGREES OF FREEDOM 45
44 THEORY OF VIBRATIONS
Sign conventions
--:-::--]
Displacement Pickup z, Z, Z + t Zl > Z2
For large values of wlw", and for all values of damping, g, Z 0 1X0 is k1 ~ Fo sin wt
approximately equal to unity. Therefore, if the natural frequency of the 0!
instrument is low, such that the value of r is large, then the resulting relative
motion Z 0 equals X 0 . Therefore, the instrument functions as a displacement
pickup. Z)
By rearranging Eq. (2.93a), we obtain Figure 2.22. (a) Two degrees of freedom system. (b) Free-body diagram.
Z0 I 1
(2.94)
2
w X0 = w;y/[1- (w/w") 2 2
] + [2gw!wJ 2
w;vc masses may be written in the following form:
and
2.13 SYSTEMS WITH TWO DEGREES OF FREEDOM
(2.96b)
Figure 2.22 shows a two-mass-two-spring system, which has two degrees of
freedom. Free-body diagrams of the masses are also shown. In a practical By substituting the solutions from Eqs. (2.96) into Eqs. (2.95b and 2.95c),
system, the spring k 1 and the mass m 1 constitute the main system, and spring we obtain
k, and mass m 2 a vibration absorber. The equations for motion of both the
46 THEORY OF VIBRATIONS
SYSTEMS WITH TWO DEGREES OF FREEDOM 47
(2.97a) w _ I k, (2.99a)
nll- 'V m 1 +m 2
and
(2.97b)
(J)n/2 = f'§-
2
(2.99b)
The values of the two natural frequencies wn 1 and wn 2 for this system are
From Eqs. (2. 97), we obtain
obtained by solving Eq. (2.98) as a quadratic in w;.
-m 1 w:+k 1 +k 2 k2
k2 -m 2 w: + k 2
Amplitudes of Vibrations
For the force acting on mass m 1 , the vibration amplitudes are obtained by
Simplifying this we obtain
assuming the following solution for the principal modes:
(2.100a)
or
and
(2.10la)
or
and
(2.101b)
(2.102)
Therefore,
Substituting for Z 2 from Eq. (2.102) into Eq. (2.101a), we obtain
or
or
spring-mass system having its natural frequency given by Eq. (2.106). The
negative sign in Eq. (2.107) indicates that Z 2 and F0 are in phase opposition.
In fact, the amplitude of the main mass Z 1 , becomes zero at this frequency,
or because the force, k 2 Z 2 , exerted by spring 2 on mass m 1 is equal and
opposite to the force of excitation F0 • The size of the absorber mass m 2 and
its displacement, depend upon the magnitude of the disturbing force,
F0 (=k 2 Z 2 ). For a given force F0 , the smaller stiffness of the absorber spring,
the larger its amplitude Z 2 and vice versa.
Figure 2.23a shows a plot of Z 1 /Z,, versus w/w" 12 (Eq. 2.103b) with
or
8
(2.103a)
Iii 1::
or lli_ 11
6
(2.103b)
II i\
I !\ II
-~-
~~- 4
in which f_e· 11 i\
J i \ r'~
p. = 0.20
2
1I
ii
0~
V
1/ ItsI \
Substituting for Z 1 from Eq. (2.103a) into Eq. (2.102), we obtain
Zz =
Fo w !,z
I.
0 0.5
, I
018
1.0 1.5
.....
-- t---
2.0 2.5
4 (2.105a) w
w (1 + ~t)(w~ 11 + w~ 12 ) + (1 + ~t)w~ 11 w! 12 ]
2
m 1 [w Wn/2
Ia I
or
1.6
z = Fow ~12 1.5
......
2 2 (2.105b) ..........
m 1 A(w )
1.4
/
From Eq. (2.103a), it is seen that z, = 0, if /
v
I. 3
/
/
I. 2
(2.106)
Then 1 /
Wnll
I. 0 ~ 1
Wn/2
\•i
or
Equations (2.103, 2.105, 2.106, and 2.107) explain the principle of vibration
(2.107)
9
8
7
6
0
"
:-.......
.1 .2
- -
.3
r-.
.4
Mass Ratio P.
.5 .6
1-
.7 .8
(b)
absorbers that will be used in Chapter 10 (Section 10.1). The amplitudes of Figure 2.23. (a) Response versus frequency of a vibration absorber. (b) Natural frequencies
motion of mass m 1 can be appreciably reduced by attaching to it, a versus ~J-(=m~ I m,).
50 THEORY OF VIBRATIONS MULTIDEGREE FREEDOM SYSTEMS 51
JL = m 2 1m 1 of 0.20. Although the amplitude of the main mass m becomes Thus in a system with n masses, if the displacements of masses are
1
zero when w = W 1112 , there are two resonant frequencies at which the denoted by xi (where j can take integral values from 1 ton) the total spring
amplitude of mass m 1 becomes infinite. In Fig. 2.23b, (w/wn 12 ) has been force on mass i due to displacements xi of all masses is r:;~, k,h, the
plotted versus !L (Eq. 2.98) for a particular case of wn 11 = wn 12 • summation of the spring forces. Applying Newton's law for the ith mass,
In Fig. 2.22a, if the forcing function F0 sin wt is acting on mass m 2 ,
n
instead of mass m 1 (as shown), it can be shown that the amplitudes of
motion Z 1 and Z 2 are given by: m/ii + 2: kiixi = 0
j""l
(2.113)
2
Z = Wnz2 F There are n such equilibrium equations each corresponding to a mass.
I m,~(w2) o (2.108) This procedure is called stiffness method.
Let the system vibrate in one of its principal modes of vibration. Then its
and motion will be sinusoidal with a natural frequency of wn corresponding to
Z _ (1 + JL)W~ll + JLW~ 12 - w
2 that mode. Since the amplitudes of the masses may be different from each
2- m 2 ~(w2) F0 (2.109) other, the motion of any mass i may be expressed as
(2.114)
2.14 MULTIDEGREE FREEDOM SYSTEMS
in which i = 1, 2, ... , n. Substituting Eq. (2.114) into Eq. (2.113) we get
(p -- -;:· '·:r
It has been shown in Section 2.1 that the number of independent coor- n -~: ::
dinates of displacements in a vibrating system determines the degrees of -miw~Ai + 2:. kiiAi = 0, i=l,2, ... ,n (2.115)
freedom of the system. j=l
In matrix notation, the equation is Since the coefficient of w~ is not zero, Eq. (2.117) always has n roots. These
roots would give the 1i~ natural frequencies of vibration, namely, w""
{f} = [k]{x} Wnz' . . . wnr ... wnn. Corresponding to each value of wn' there is an as-
(2.111)
sociated mode shape with amplitudes Air), Ar), ... , A~), which can be
in which obtained by solving Eq. (2.115).
When a system vibrates in a principal mode, all the masses attain max-
kll k12 k13 imum displacements simultaneously and also pass through their equilibrium
[k] = k,, k,, k,, f={J,}. (2.112) position simultaneously.
k,, k,, k,, When the number of degrees of freedom exceeds three, the problem of
forming the frequency equation and solving it for determination of frequen-
52 THEORY OF VIBRATIONS
MULTIDEGREE FREEDOM SYSTEMS 53
cies and mode shapes becomes tedious. Numerical techniques are invariably
resorted to in such cases.
The flexibility influence coefficient a,i is defined as the displacement at ith
x, + 2:" (mix)a,i = 0
j=I
(2.123b)
mass due to a unit force applied at jth mass. With forces f 1 , [ 2 , and f 3 acting
at pmms 1, 2, and 3, the principle of superposition can be applied to There are n such displacement equations each corresponding to a mass.
determme the displacements m terms of the flexibility influence coefficients Now, substituting Eq. (2.114) in Eq. (2.123b), we get
n
(2.118a) Ai- 2: m;w~A;aii = 0 (2.124a)
i""'I
(2.118h)
or
x, = a,,[, + a32f, + a,,[, (2.118c)
i=l,2, ... ,n (2.124b)
In matrix notation the equation is
The frequency determinant corresponding to Eq. (2.124b) is
{x} = [a]{f} (2.119)
in which
( m-a --1)
:~,.. .,u z
·--'· wn
(2.120)
vibration are multiplied are represented by the coordinates t;, then, for any It is seen that the coordinate g, uncouples the n degree of freedom system
mass 1, into n of single degree of freedom systems. The t;'s are termed as normal
coordinates and this approach is known as normal mode method, i.e., the
X=A('lt
I I ~J
+AC'lt!:.2 +···+AC'lc
1
I ~T
+···+A(nlt~JJ t
total solution is thus expressed as a sum of contribution of individual modes.
or For determination of f,(t), multiply both sides of Eq. (2.130) by A~')
(=A)'lT, the transpose of A)'l) and summing up for all the masses, we get
n
X="'
L..J AVlt (2.127) n n n n n
I I !:>r
r=l "'
L.J FAC'l
i=l
I I
="'LJ AC'l "'LJ mAc'lt, ="'L.J /,rL.i"' m.AC'l AC'l
i=J
I
T"'l
I I T
reel i=l
I l I (2.133)
Where r represents the rth mode. Then from Eq. (2.126), we get
Using the orthogonality relationship,
n n n
L mA(•)i:
1 1 br
+"'
L.J "'k
L.J A(')c
1 Sr
IJ
= F(t)
i (2.128) n
r=l r=t j=l "'
LJ m.AC'l
I
AC'l
I l
= 0 for r o;6 s
i=1
From Eq. (2.115),
the right-hand side of Eq. (2.133) reduces to
n
f, L m,(A)~);, when r=s
i=l ~·
Hence
. Hence
n n
L mA(')
1 1
< +"'
~r
2
L-1 w nr mAC')
t 1
t = F(t)
Sr 1
r= 1 '"' 1 (2.134)
and
n
Using Eqs. (2.132) and (2.134), the complete solution from Eq. (2.127)
is
L m,A~')( {, + w;,t;,) = F,(t) (2.129)
r=I
This is a single degree of freedom equation and its solution can be written as
t;, = - 1-
wnr
l' 0
J,(r) sin w,(t- r) dr where 0 < r < t (2.132)
Figure 2.24. Computation of stiffness matrix.
56 THEORY OF VIBRATIONS MUlTIDEGREE FREEDOM SYSTEMS 57
/ 2 = -k 2 = k 21
[, = 0 = k,l
0.802
Repeat with x 2 = 1, and x 1 = x 3 = 0. The forces are now
!1 = -k, = k1z
[, = k, + k, = k,, 1.0
[,=-k,=k,, First mode Second mode Third mode
!I= 0 = k13 Figur-?~:25. (a) Spring-mass sylt~dls for Example 2.14.2 (b) Mode shapes.
h = -k, = k,,
The corresponding frequency determinant from Eq. (2.116) is
[, = k, + k, = k,, 1
(2k-m 1 w;) -k 0
The stiffness matrix can now be written as -k (2k- m 2 w!) -k =0
K =
[
(kl
-
+ k,)
k2
0
-k,
(k 2 + k 3 )
-k 3 (k,
-k
0
+ k.J
l 0 -k
The frequency equation can be obtained by expanding the determinant.
Letting m 1 = m 2 = m 3 = m (for simplicity),
(k- m,w;)
EXAMPLE 2.14.2
(2k- mw!)[(2k- mw;)(k- mw!)- (- k)( -k)]
For the system shown in Fig. 2.25a, solve for natural frequencies and mode
shapes. - ( -k)[(- k)(k- mw;)- ( -k)(O)J + (0)[( -k)( -k)- (2k- mw;)(O)] = 0
k k k
m 1i 1 + 2kx 1 - kx 2 = 0
2
Will= 0.198 m '
2
w 112 = 1.sss m (I)
2
n3 = 3.247 m
m 2i 2 - kx 1 + 2kx 2 - kx 3 = 0
The amplitude coefficients for the three modes of vibration can be
obtained from Eq. (2.125), from which we get
58
THEORY OF VIBRATIONS PRACTICE PROBLEMS 59
1 1 1 1 2.3 For the system represented by Eq. (2.48b), show that the peak
- -w-; A 1 + m k A1+ m k A2 + m k A3 =0
amplitude occurs at a frequency ratio of
1 1 2 2 1
--,A,+m-kA 1 +m-A +m-A =0 r = -Y-,=1,;;_=2t;""'
w, k 2 k 3
1 1 2 3 and
- - , A 3 +m k A, +m k A 2 +m -A 3 =0
(f)n k - 1
z =-~~=
max Z~
Letting A'= (mlk)w;,, the preceding equations can be rewritten as
If t; is greater than 0.707, r is imaginary. Discuss the significance of
(A' -1)A 1 + A'A 2 + A'A 3 = 0 these values with the help of a diagram.
A'A 1 +(2A'-l)A 2 +2A'A 3 =0 2.4 An unknown weight W is attached to the end of an unknown spring k
and the natural frequency of the system is 1.5 Hz. If 1 kg weight is
A'A 1 + 2A'A 2 + (3A' -l)A 3 = 0 added to W, the natural frequency is lowered to 75 cpm. Determine the
weight W and the spring constant k.
It is more convenient to work with particular numerical values rather than 2.5 A body weighing 60 kg is suspended from a spring, which deflects
with ratios. Therefore, let us arbitrarily set A 3 (1) = A 3 (2) = A (3) = 1. In 1.2 em under the load. It is subjected to a damping effect adjusted to a
3
th1s manner, we will obtain two simultaneous equations for A and A from value O.QO times that requir~ct:for critical damping. Find the natural
1
above: 2
frequency of the undamped and damped vibrations, and, in the latter
(A' -1)A 1 + A'A 2 =-A' case determine the ratio of successive amplitudes.
If the body is subjected to a periodic disturbing force with a
A'A 1 + (2A' -1)A 2 = -2A' maximum value of 25 kg and a frequency equal to one-half its natural
undamped frequency, determine the amplitude of forced vibrations
Substituting numerical values of A' determined above, we get and the phase difference with respect to the disturbing force.
AI A,
a
A,
First mode 0.445 0.802 1.0
" b
Second mode -1.247 -0.555 1.0 .I
Thrid mode 1.802 -2.247 1.0 • m
2.1 Determine the numerical value of viscous damping from the free
vibrations record in Fig. 2.8b.
T y·'
2.2 Show that, in frequency-dependent excitation, the damping factor t; is
given by the following expression:
J;
t;=Ht,-J;)
!,,
in which [2 and are frequencies at which the amplitude is 1/"1/2 times
! l
(b)
~k
r~a=3~~
6 (C)
the amplitude at r = 1.
Figure 2.26. Systems with one degree of freedom in Practice Problem 2.7.
REFERENCE 61
~k
2.6 An 8-cm diameter pole with an 8-m length is guided so that it floats
a.
8 8~k vertically in water. The specific gravity of the pole's material is 0.79.
Find the pole's natural frequency.
:w)P//////#/#$#/#~,0
2.7 Set up the equations for motion of the systems shown in Figs. 2.26a, b,
and c and determine the frequency equation and natural frequencies.
Ia I Determine the expressions for critical damping in (a) and (b).
2.8 Write the equations of motion for the systems shown in Fig. 2.27 and
determine their natural frequencies.
REFERENCE
(b)
21
/
(d)
Figure 2.27. Systems with two degrees of freedom in Practice Problem 2.8.
60
63
WAVE PROPAGATION IN ELASTIC RODS
3 convenient and useful method of determining the soil properties such as the
d namic shear modulus for design of machme foundations. So.me of the
y
methods for d etermma
· t.ton o f the dynamic shear modulus are discussed m
Chapter 4 (Sections 4.5 and 4.6). . .
2. The waves generated due to a vibratmg footmg carry away a part o:
• the energy into the medium resulting in dampmg effect (geometncal damp
Wave Propagation an ing) that helps in reducing the vibratiOn amplitudes. .
3. The energy carried by the waves into the mediUm may mduce undesir-
.
an Elastic Medium able and harmful vibrations in adjoining structures and machmes, and .
4 Effective vibration isolation by wave barriers (Chapter 10, SectiOn
.4)
10 can be achieved only if the depth of the trench barners IS adequate
compared with the wavelength of the propagatmg waves.
The principles of wave propagation are also used for subsoil exploration
. h . b d the scope of the present text.
(geophysical exploration), wh JC IS eyon .
In this chapter, three problems will be stud1ed:
When a continuous medium is disturbed from within or outside, the waves
are generated. For example, when a pebble is dropped into a large, still 1. .waJg propagation in elaS'tit rods.
pond, it generates waves, which travel in all directions. Now, if a small 2. Wave propagation in an elastic infinite medium.
buoyant object such as a piece of wood is floating on the surface of water, it 3. Wave propagation in an elastic half space.
will oscillate about its original position as the waves travel under it away
from the point where the pebble was dropped. Thus, it can be seen that the
waves travel in one direction with a certain velocity, while the piece of wood 3.1 WAVE PROPAGATION IN ELASTIC RODS
and the particles of water beneath it oscillate to and fro with a velocity that
is different from the velocity of the waves. Also, the waves are returned Three inde endent kinds of wave motion are possible in. rods: longitudinal,
(reflected) from the edge of the pond, which is the reflecting boundary for . l p d flexural Only the longitudinal and torswnal waves are of
the surface waves. This is a phenomenon that we frequently observe when torstona , an . . .
importance to our study of machine-foundatwn-sml systems.
we are children.
In a similar manner, the sudden rupture of stressed rocks within the
earth's crust will generate waves both at the surface and within the earth to 3.1.1 Longitudinal Vibrations of Rods of Infinite Length
produce what is known as an earthquake. Smaller but similar disturbances Let us consider the free vibrations of a rod with a cro~s-section~l ~eat~,
are artificially created by such means as blasting, aircraft landings, and the Youn 's modulus E, and unit weight y (Fig. 3.1) .. It IS ass.ume t at e
explosion of bombs. Machines in operation also generate waves at their g 'f over the area and each cross sectiOn remams undJstorted
bases and sides, and these waves travel in all directions in the soil. stress ts um orm · d the stress on
during motion. The stress on a transverse plane at x IS ax' an . th
When a load is suddenly applied to a body, the entire body is not
a transverse p lane a t x
+ dx is crx + (acrx /ax) dx. The sum of forces m ex
disturbed at the instant of loading. The parts closest to the source of direction can then ~ written as follows:
disturbances are affected first, and the deformations produced by the
disturbance subsequently spread throughout the b"ody in the form of stress (3.1)
waves. 2: Fx = mass x acceleration
The phenomenon of wave propagation in an elastic medium is of great
importance in the study of machine foundations due to the following Now,
reasons.
acr ) acrx (3.2)
1. The velocities of wave propagation depend upon the elastic properties "'F=-crA+
Li X X
( cr+-xdxA=-a
X ax X
dxA
of the medium. The study of the wave propagation velocities thus provides a
62
64
WAVE PROPAGATION IN AN ELASTIC MEDIUM WAVE PROPAGATION IN ELASTIC RODS 65
a'u E a'u
(3.7b)
a~
x rJx +oa,
- dx
at' - p ax'
ax
or
The strain in the x direction in au/ax, and the ratio of stress u to strain is ~ Xn = Vrtn I-
Young's modulus E; therefore, x
L (
u =E-
au ----1 u I---
" ax (3.5)
a
(3.6)
Substituting the value of aa)ax from Eq. (3.6) into-Eq. (3.4) and replacing a,f----------,
the term y/g by p, the mass density, we get,
2 2
Eau_ au
ax' - P at' (3.7a)
(b)
or
Figure 3.2. Velocity of wave propagation and particle velocity in a rod.
67
66 WAVE PROPAGATION IN AN ELASTIC MEDIUM WAVE PROPAGATION IN ELASTIC RODS
stress on the face in the negative direction of x. Thus, while the compressive which represents a function of x traveling at velocity V,. The derivatives of u
wave travels in one direction, the tensile wave travels in the opposite direction. with respect to x and t are as follows:
Initially, only small zones close to these cross sections feel the stress, but as 2
time passes, larger zones undergo the stress caused by the displacement u. au
-a = f'(x- V,t) , a~ = f"(x - V,t) ,
It is important to see clearly the distinction between the velocity of wave X . ax
propagation V, and the velocity of a particle u, in the stressed zone. Let us 2
consider the stressed zone at the end of the rod in Fig. 3.2a. When a au = - V,f'(x- V,t), aat2u = v'r f"(x- V,t)
uniformly distributed compressive-stress pulse of intensity ux and duration tn at
(Fig. 3.2b) is applied to the end of the rod, only a small zone of the rod will
undergo compression initially. This compression is transmitted in time to Substitution of the second derivatives in Eq. (3.7c) yields identical results on
successive zones of the rod. The transmission of the compressive stress from both sides, thus satisfying this equation. A more general form of the wave
one zone to another occurs at the velocity of the wave propagated in the solution can be expressed by
medium, that is, V,. During a time interval dt, the compressive stress travels
along the rod for a distance of dx = V, dt. At any time after t,, a segment of u= f 1 (x - V,t) + f 2 (x + V,t) (3.12)
the rod of length, xn = V,t,, constitutes the compressed zone. The amount of
elastic shortening of this zone is given by Eq. (3.9a) and equals the In this equation, the first term, f 1 (x), represents the wave traveling in the
displacement of the free end of the rod. Therefore, . positive x <)irections, and the second term, f 2 (x), represents the wave
traveling in ':'flre negative x directi<?~·
O"x Ux
u=-x
E n =-Vt
E r n (3.9a)
End Conditions
or The conditions at the end of a bar may be studied by making use of the
superposition of waves. This is possible, because the differential equation,
(3.9b) Eq. (3.7c), is linear. Hence the sum of two solutwns 1s also a soluuon.
Consider a wave whose form is described by a step functwn (Fig. 3.3a).
In this figure, a compression wave is shown traveling in. the. positive x
Now, the displacement u divided by time t" also represents the velocity of direction, and an identical tension wave in the negatlve x d1rect1on. In the
the end of the rod, or particle velocity. Therefore, crossover zone (Figs. 3.3b and c), where the two waves pass each other, the
portion of the rod in which the two waves are superimposed has z~ro stress.
(3.10) However, the particle velocity is equal to tw.lce the partlcle veloc1ty m th1s
zone. The particle velocity becomes double m the cr?ssover zone,. because
It is important to note, that (1) both wave-propagation velocity and particle the particle velocity is in the direction of wave tr~vel m a .compressiOn wave
velocity are in the same direction when compressive stress is applied and (2) but is in the opposite direction of wave travel m a tenswn wave, and the
that wave-propagation velocity is in the opposite direction of particle waves are traveling in opposite directions.
velocity when tensile stress is applied. Another important consideration is After the two waves have passed the crossover zone, the stress and
that the particle velocity u depends on the intensity of the stress or strain velocity return to zero at the crossover point alo~g the centerline, and the
induced [Eq. (3.10)], whereas the wave-propagation velocity V, is only a compression and tensi'<').p waves return to their m1t1al shape and magmtude
function of the material property. (Fig. 3.3d). It will thus be seen that on the centerline cross sectiOn, the
stress is zero at all times. This stress condttion IS the same as that whtch
exists at the free end of the rod. If half of the rod is removed, the centerline
Solution of Wave Equation
cross section can be considered a free end (Fig. 3.3e). Therefore, it can be
The solution of Eq. (3.7c) for a one-dimensional wave may be expressed in seen that a compression wave is reflected from a free end as a tension wav~ of
the form the same magnitude and shape. Similarly, it can be show~ that a tensiOn
wave is reflected as a compression wave of the same magmtude and shape.
u = f(x- V,t) (3.11) Now , let us consider an elastic rod in which a compression wave IS
68 WAVE PROPAGATION IN ELASTIC RODS 69
WAVE PROPAGATION IN AN ELASTIC MEDIUM
--
GIL GIL
~
v, v,
rrnrn;,_rTTITT1, /r/{z : g (1 = 0
~
(a) _-'-'t.llll~III~III~III_T------rrmnn~T'"s~ion /
u = 0
(bl----l..Lij'+--jqr---t'TTrz:_2_"- - - ,1--,
L_L1uJ (Jo
I
I
I
I uo
v,
--- 1111111 1111111
1 v,
~
iDJIIIIIII
(cl--nrllllrrrrlll..t---11 -H!~LW_{I.lllJ__ _ (b)
V
r It U
v=O
= 2U
v,
-ITTTITlTTTliTT~ens~ion~_j
I IT I~Irnl~fln:.-1~1 rmltyJIIIL__ _(0
t: ~
(d)
--
v, a
Therefore, if a bar of finite length l vibrates in one of its normal modes The arbitrary constants, C and D, in Eq. (3.15} are determined by satisfying
(Fig. 3.5a), the solution to the wave equation, (Eq. 3.7c), may be written as the boundary conditions at the ends of the bar.
follows: For a rod of finite length, the displacement amplitude, U, needs to be
determined separately for the following three possible end conditions of the
U = U(A cos wnt + B sin wnt} (3.13)
rod:
in which A and B are arbitrary constants, wn is the natural frequency of the
rod, and U is the displacement amplitude along the length of the rod. U is a 1. Both ends free (free-free).
function of x and defines the mode shape of vibrations. By substituting Eq. 2. One end fixed and one end free (fixed-free).
(3.13) into Eq. (3.7c}, we get 3. Both ends fixed (fixed-fixed).
Csm-=
. w,J 0 (3.17)
(a) V,
U1 = C cos
<X
T (n = 1)
or
n1rVr (3.18b}
w =--
n /
2.x
U2 = C cos - - (n = 2) in which n = 1,2,3.... .
1 Equation (3.18b} is the frequency equation from which the frequencies of
the normal modes of vibrations of the rod for the free-hee. cas~ are
determined. By substitlliiing Eq. (3.18b} into Eq. (3.15}, the d1stnbut10n of
displacement along the rod can be found for _any harmonic. The first three
harmonics are shown in Fig. 3.5b, and the displacement amphtude can be
3•x
U3 = C cos - - (n = 3)
1 expressed by
n1rx (3.19}
Un = Ccos -[-
(b)
Figure 3.5. Vibrations of a rod of finite length with free~free end conditions. in which n = 1, 2, 3 ....
F
72 WAVE PROPAGATION IN AN ELASTIC MEDIUM
! WAVE PROPAGATION IN ELASTIC RODS 73
~
Fixed-Free Condition
! The displacement amplitude may then be written as
The end conditions for a rod in the fixed-free case (Fig. 3.6) are: at the fixed
end (x = 0), the displacement is zero, i.e., U = 0; and at the free end
du
(x = 1), the strain is zero, i.e., dx = 0. By substituting these into Eq. (3.15),
! U, = D sin
W
VX = D sin (2n-211)71"X
'
(3.23)
we get 1•. The first three harmonics described by Eq. (3.23) are shown in Fig. 3.6b.
I
C=O (3.20a) I Fixed-Fixed Condition
and The end conditions for a rod in the fixed-fixed case (Fig. 3. 7) are U = 0 at
x = 0 and at x =I. By substituting these conditions into Eq. (3.15), we get
w I
Dcos V =0 (3.20b)
C= 0 and
' wnl
which gives Dsin- =0 (3.24a)
V,
wnl 7T which gives
- = (2n -1)- (3.21)
V, 2
(3.24b)
in which n = 1, 2, 3 ....
wn is given by
in which n = 1, 2, 3 ....
w =(2n-1) 71"V,
" 21 (3.22)
lei
(e)
D
--j_ l
TD
U1 "" D sin ;~
. 37rx
(n = 1)
~
D
T ----- - U1 = D sin 7 (n = 1)
U2 = D s1n 2"l 1n = 2)
v .,. l D
-.......... U2 = . 21rX I
D sm - - n ~ 2)
'l / 1
I
D
L_
['....
U3 = D sin
3
;x (n = 3)
(b)
-Y
(b)
Figure 3.6. Vibrations of a rod of finite length with fixedMfree end conditions. Figure 3.7. Vibrations of a rod of finite length with fixed-fixed end conditions.
WAVE PROPAGATION IN ELASTIC RODS 75
74 WAVE PROPAGATION IN AN ELASTIC MEDIUM
We can write element are T and [T +(aT/ax) dx], as shown in Fig. 3.8b. The net torque
becomes
, n7TX
Un = D Sill-- (3.25)
~~ dx)
/
2:;(torque)T=-T+(T+ (3.27a)
in which n = 1, 2, 3 .... The first three harmonics described by Eq. (3.25)
are shown in Fig. 3. 7b. =-dx
aT (3.27b)
ax
3.1.3 Torsional Vibrations of Rods of Infinite Length
By applying Newton's second law of motion to the vibration of the rod, we
The equation for the motion of a rod in torsional vibration is similar to that get
for longitudinal vibrations of rods discussed above.
A rod in Fig. 3.8 is acted upon by a torque T which produces angular aT y
- d x = - l d x -2
a'e (3.28a)
rotation 11. The expression for the torque can be written as ax g P at
T=GI ae (3.26) or
Pax
in which IP is the polar moment of inertia of the cross-sectional area of the (3.28b)
rod, G, the shear modulus of the material of the rod; and ae/ax is the
angular twist per unit length of rod. The torques on the two faces of the
By substituting aT/ax obtained by differentiating Eq. (3.26) into Eq.
(3.28b), we get
(3.29a)
or
a'e _ 0 !I a'e (3.29b)
ar' - y ax'
or
(o)
(3.29c)
in wbicb
g G z (3.30a)
G-=-=V
y p '
or
v = (G (3.30b)
(b)
' \/{)
Figure 3.8. Torque acting on element dx of a rod. and V is the shear-wave velocity of the material of the rod.
'
76 WAVE PROPAGATION IN AN ElASTIC INFINITE MEDIUM 77
WAVE PROPAGATION IN AN ElASTIC MEDIUM
z
3.1.4 Torsional Vibrations of Rods of Finite Length
The problem of torsional vibrations of rods of short length can be analyzed
in the same manner as for the case of longitudinal vibrations (Section 3.1.2).
The solution to Eq. (3.29c) may be written as
l
(3.32) Figure 3.9. Stresses on an element in an infinite homogeneous, isotropic, and elastic medium.
Fixed-Fixed Conditions Similar equations can be written for the summation of forces in the y and z
directions. By neglecting body forces and applying Newton's second law in
(3.34) the x direction, we get
2
a(]' aT aT) au
in which n = 1, 2, 3 .... ( _x + ...__.2 + ----'-'- dx dy dz = p(dx dy dz) - , (3.36)
The concept of a natural frequency of a rod of finite length in a principal ax ay az at
mode of vibration is used in determining the elastic properties of a soil in or
the laboratory. This is discussed in Chapter 4 (Section 4.5).
2
J U Jcrx iJTxy t3Txz
p at' = ax+ ay + az (3.37a)
3.2 WAVE PROPAGATION IN AN ELASTIC INFINITE MEDIUM
Similar equations can!;~ written for the motion in the y and z directions as
The problem of wave propagation in an infinite medium will be considered follows:
now. It will be assumed that the infinite medium through which waves
propagate is elastic, homogeneous, and isotropic. Let us consider a small (3.37b)
element of dimensions dx, dy, and dz as illustrated in Fig. 3.9. The stresses
acting on the faces of this element have been shown in this figure. By
considering the variation in stresses on opposite faces of the element, the (3.37c)
stresses on each face can be represented by sets of orthogonal vectors. In
78 WAVE PROPAGATION IN AN ELASTIC MEDIUM WAVE PROPAGATION IN AN ELASTIC INFINITE MEDIUM 79
(3.38a) a2 v
p - =(A+ G)-+ GV v
ae 2
(3.43)
at2 ay
(3.38b)
and
(3.38c) a2 w ae 2
p - =(A+ G)-+ GV w (3.44)
E at 2 az
G = 2(1 + v) (3.39a)
in which V2 (the Laplacian operator in Cartesian coordinates) is defined as
and
vE a'+ -
V'= ( - a' + - a') (3.45)
A= cc-~~---::-c
(1 + v)(1- 2v)
(3.39b) ax'
2
ay' az
Equations (3.4;~)_, (3.43), and (3.44). are the equations for motion of an
in which v is the Poisson's ratio, A, G are the Lame's constants ( G is also
infinite homoge'neous, isotropic, ari{L.~lastic medium.
termed the shear modulus), and <the volumetric strain is equal to (•x + EY +
There are two solutions for the preceding equations. One solution
E.}.
• describes the propagation of an irrotational wave, whereas the other de-
The strains and rotations may be defined in terms of displacements
scribes the propagation of a wave of pure rotation. The first solution is
(Timoshenko and Goodier, 1951; Kolsky, 1963) as follows:
obtained by differentiating Eqs. (3.42), (3.43), and (3.44) with respect to x,
y, and z, respectively, and adding all three expressions together. This gives
Strains
2-
au av au p a~ = (A+ 2G)V 2< (3.46a)
Ex= Jx ' 'Yxy = ax + ay (3.40a) at
av aw av or
ey = ay , 'Yy. = ay + az (3.40b)
aw au aw (3.46b)
E =- (3.40c)
z az ' 'Yzx=az+ax
in which
Rotations
- aw au v' = _A_+_2_G_ (3.47a)
2w = - - - (3.41a) ' p
x ay az
- au aw where V, is the velocit)li~of compression waves in the infinite medium.
2w = - - - (3.41b) Equation (3.46b) is exactly of the same form as the wave equation (3.7c).
Y az ax
Substitution of A and G from Eqs. (3.39a and 3.39b) into Eq. (3.47a)
= av _au yields
201 (3.41c)
' ax ay
2 £(1- v) E,
in which Wx, WY, and Wz are rotations about the x, y, and z axes, respec- V' = -p(701-'=+C"--=;v)7( 1;-'---'-.,-2'v) p
(3.47b)
tively. Now, by substituting appropriate expressions from Eqs. (3.38),
(3.39), and (3.40) into Eq. (3.37a), we obtain in which E, is the constrained modulus.
80 WAVE PROPAGATION IN AN ELASTIC MEDIUM
WAVE PROPAGATION IN AN ELASTIC INFINITE MEDIUM 81
If _v is equal to zero, v;
will be equal to Elp and V, is equal to the
veloe1ty of the compressive wave propagation in the rod, V, [Eq. (3.8)]. For
v greater than zero, V, is greater than V,.
The second solution of the equations for motion can be obtained by 4
differentiating Eq. (3.43) with respect to z and Eq. (3.44) with respect toy
and then eliminating E' by subtracting these two equations. Proceeding in this ~
manner, we get > 3
>I>'
!.'._ (aw_av) cv'(aw _av)
P
at' ay az ay az
= (3.48)
-
0
w
0
2
and by using the expression for rotation wx from Eq. (3.41a), we get
"
>
S waves
R waves
a2-wx
p -,- = G'i/
2-
Wx
at 0 0.2 0.3 0.5
Poisson's Ratio, v
or
Figure 3.1 0. Rel~tion between Poisson's ~tj9- v and velocities of propagation of compression
(P), shear (S), and Rayleigh (R) waves in a'<se:!lli~infinite elastic medium. (After Richart, 1962.)
(3.49)
Similar expressions can be obtained for w and w,, which implies that
rotation is propagated with velocity V, given' by,
different velocities. However, the particle motion associated with the com-
pression wave in the rod and the dilatational wave in the infinite medium is
V'= G (3.30a) the same, but the wave-propagation velocities are different. In the rod,
' p
v; = Elp, but in the infinite medium, v;
= E,lp. Therefore, the compres-
By combining the Eqs. (3.47b) and (3.30a) and substituting for G in sion wave travels faster in the infinite medium than in a rod. This is true
terms of E from Eq. (3.39a), we get because no lateral displacements are possible in the former but are possible
in the latter. The second (distortional) type of wave propagates at the same
i '
= ~z(r1~;J (3.50)
velocity (V; = G/p) in both the rod and the infinite medium.
It will be seen from Eq. (3.47b) that if v = 0.5, V,-> oo and E,-> oo.
Because water is relatively incompressible compared to soil, measurement
A plot of V,IV, is shown in Fig. 3.10 (Richart, 1962). of the velocity of a compression wave in water-saturated soil is not a
From the preceding analysis, it can be seen that in an infinite elastic representative wave velocity for soil but for water. Because water has no
medium, there are two kinds of waves: shear strength and has a zero value of the shear modulus, the velocity of a
shear wave in water-sal!l,rated soil represents the soil property only. This
1. Compression wave (also called primary wave, P wave, dilatational
fact has to be kept in mind when one plans wave velocity measurements for
wave, irrotational wave). determination of soil moduli.
Figure 3.11 shows plots of shear wave velocity and void ratio at several
2. Shear wave (also called secondary wave, S wave, distortional wave, confining pressures for sands (Hardin and Richart, 1963). Table 3.1lists the
equi-voluminal wave). velocity of wave propagation for compression and shear waves for different
materials at different strain levels and confining pressures (Prakash and
The two waves, which represent different types of body motions, travel at
Puri, 1981).
"
N Table 3.1. Velocity of Shear and Compression Waves through Different Materials
Range of
Dynamic Shear
Modulus G (kg/em') Compression
for Effective Associated Shear Wave Poisson's Wave
Confining Pressure Strain Velocity V, Ratio Velocity V,
Soil Type of 1 kg/em' Level (m/sec) (Assumed) (m/sec)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Lateritic soil silty sand 553 3.9 X 10-' 167.7 0.30 313.7
G, ~2.67 to to to to
r ~ 1.93 3146 1.3 X 10-' 400.0 748.3
e ~ 0.59
¢ ~32'
w, ~ 15.2%
Stiff, brown-gray, silty clay (about 1m) 77.5 1.049 X 10-' 63.3 0.35 131.8
underlain by medium to dense sandy to to to to
silt and silty fine sand (about 9.0 m) 221.5 1.1 X 10-' 107.0 222.70
Silty sand 186.9 1.63 X 10-' 101.0 0.35 210.0
G, ~ 2.61 to to to to
r ~ 1.80 587.0 1.5 to w-' 179.0 373.0
e ~ 0.72
¢ ~30.5
w, ~ 18.6%
Fine to medium sand with some silt 131.8 1.8 10-'
X 87.0 0.33 173.0
G, ~2.47 ¢ =30' to to to to
1' ~ 1.75 w~. = 22.2% 306 4.2 x w-• 133.0 264.0
e ~ 0.72
·---··--·-····
e ~ 0.605 '~.
¢ ~ 32.5
We =28%
Poorly graded fine silty sand 322.2 1.5 x 10_' 131.5 0.35 274.0
up to 5.0m to to to to
G, ~2.63 200 1 X 10- 6 328.0 683.0
r = 1.83
e ~0.69
¢ =30'
w, ~ 17.6%
a Gs =specific gravity of particles; y =bulk density of soil; e =void ratio; ¢ =angle of internal friction; we =water content.
Source: After Prakash and Puri (1981).
"w
84 WAVE PROPAGATION IN AN ELASTIC MEDIUM WAVE PROPAGATION IN A SEMI-INFINITE ELASTIC HALF SPACE 85
space, another type of wave, the Rayleigh wave shows up. The motion of a
Rayleigh wave is confined to a zone near the boundary of the half space or
the ground surface. The solution for this wave was obtained by Rayleigh
(1885) and later described in detail by Lamb (1904). The study of waves
~
.2
0
propagating in a zone close to the surface is of practical interest in the study
u
0
E
of the machine foundations. The effect of the free surface of the soil
medium on the propagation of waves in soil will now be described.
The half space may be defined in the xy plane only with z axis assumed
positive in the downward direction (Fig. 3.12). For a plane wave traveling in
tbe x direction, particle displacement is independent of y. If the dis-
placements in the directions of x and z are represented by u and w,
o~~~~~L-~--~
0.3 respectively, and v is equal to 0, then
Void ratio
(b)
" .......... If tbe action of body forces is neglected, the equations of wave propa-
gation are the,.same as Eqs. (3.42) and (3.44).
,....,...._ .............................. _ ":?'
+' ?.~'.:'t
-.........
.............. .3Q
'.fl..0 Pst ae 2 a2 w (3.44)
_
-.. ........
-.. ....... <ooa'.......,
.......
-....._Pst _ (A+ G) az + GV w=p at'
-..-.Iooa
-...._Pst
---- ....... _ Sao
-.._pst-- Plane wove front
400,~-n~-n~-n~~~~~~~~L_~L__j~--~~
0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3
Void ratio
Ia I
Figure 3.11 . Variation of shear wave velocity and shear modulus with void ratio and confining
pressure for dry round and angular·grained sands. (After Hardin and Richart, 1963.)
a 2 =x 2 - h' (3.57a)
A general solution of these equations may be expressed as
and
(]', = -k'<t>- 2 a'<t>- 2 a'if; (3.60b)
G ax' axaz
(V' 2 + k 2 )1j; = 0 (3.54b) By substituting the expressions for </> and if! from Eqs. (3.56) into the
right-hand sides of Eqs. (3.60) at z = 0, we get
in which
-2ixaA + (2x'- k')B = o (3.61a)
(3.55)
and
where w is equal to 2Tr!T, in which Tis the period of the propagated waves. 2 2 Uo
(2x - k )A + 2ix(3B = G (3.61b)
Then his equal to 2Tri(VJ) and k is equal to 2Tri(V;T). Now, VJ and V,T
r~present the wavelengths of lo~gitudinal and transverse waves, respec-
tively. Therefore, h and k are reciprocal values of the wavelengths, and k is Therefore, we obtain
always larger than h.
Particular solutions of Eqs. (3.54a and b) may ~:)!' assumed as (3.62a)
(3.56a)
and
and
(3.56b)
B=(~t~)(~) (3.62b)
where where
88
WAVE PROPAGATION IN AN ELASTIC MEDIUM
WAVE PROPAGATION IN A SEMI-INFINITE ELASTIC HALF SPACE 89
2
F(x) = (2x - k')'- 4x'af3 (3.63)
F(x) = o (3.67)
By using Eqs. (3.52), (3.56), and (3.62), we get
x may be determined from Eq. (3.63).
(2 2 k') -a' 2 {3 -#< Instead of Eq. (3.67), which contains irrational expressions, we may
u = ix X - ;(X) - a e e;xx ~ (3.64a) consider the following equation, which does not contain radical signs
(Barkan, 1962):
and
2 2
F(x)f(x) = (2x'- k 2 ) 4 -16(x 2 - h )(x - k')x'
-(2x'- k')e-"' + 2x'e-~' · u 0
w =a
F(x)
e'xx _
G
(3.64b) = k 8 [1- 8 K_22+ (24- 16 -h2) 4 ( h2) K_6J= 0
K_4 - 16 1 - - 6
k k' k k' k
In_ order to tra~sform the exciting force into one that acts along the line (3.68)
x- o, z= 0 (Fig. 3.12), assume that u 0 is equal to - P(dx/2.,.). By
in which
subshtutmg th1s expressiOn mto the right-hand side of Eq. (3.64) and
mtegratmg With respect to x from +oo to -oo, we obtain the following f(x) = (2x'- k') + 4x'af3 (3.69)
expressiOns for the displacements u and w:
-2ixaA + (2x 2 - k')B = 0 (3.66a) Of these roots, onl~;the last one satisfies the conditions of this problem.
Its value is
and
A 1
(2x'- k')A + 2ixf3B = o k = 2 V3+ Y3 = 1.087664 (3.71)
(3.66b)
Equations (3.66a and b) will give nontrivial solution for A and B only when Similarly, if we designate
the determmant of this system equals zero. This leads to
·1· A is a root of Eq. (3.68) satisfying the required conditions.
90
WAVE PROPAGATION IN AN ELASTIC MEDIUM WAVES GENERATED BY A SURFACE FOOTING 91
vR =Ak v; (3.73)
Minor tremor Major tremor--\
for v = 0.5, VR = 0.9553V:
for v = 0.25, VR = 0.9194V,
w
~
Thus, it is seen that the velocity of surface waves propagation is some- I I
{+down)
what smaller than that of shear or transverse waves. Therefore Vn is less (b)
than v;. A plot of VRIV: for different values of vis sketched in Fig. 3.10
(Richart, 1962).
v 1
\_
t
It is thus seen that there are three principal waves in an elastic half space.
These ':av~s tra~el at different velocities. Knowing their velocities, it is easy
to prediCt m which order the waves will arrive at a given point as a result of
a disturbance at another point.
Particle motion
lei
Particle Motion at the Surface
Direction of wave propagation
Lamb (1904) studied in detail the surface motion that occurs long distances --;.-
w
away from a pomt source at the surface of an elastic half space. When a
pomt source acts at the surface, the disturbance spreads out in the form of Figure 3.13. Wave system from surface point source in ideal medium. (After Richart, Hall and
~ymmetncal annular waves. The initial form of these waves depends on the Woods, 1970, p. 90, Reprinted by Permission of Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J., After
mput Impulse. When the input is of short duration, the characteristic waves Lamb, 1904.
shown m Fig. 3.13a develop (Richart et al., 1970). These waves have three
salient features which correspond to the arrivals of the P-wave, S-wave, and
Raylmgh (R) wave. The horizontal and vertical components of particle 3.4 WAVES GENERATED BY A SURFACE FOOTING
motwn are shown m Figs. 3.13a and b, respectively.
At the ~urface, a particle first undergoes an oscillatory lateral dis- In practice, a machine foundation generates waves in the soil. To illustrate
men! on arnval of the P-wave. This is followed by another oscillation at the this condition, an ideal case of a circular footing undergoing vertical
arnval of the S-wave after a relatively quiet period. This is then followed by oscillations at the surface of an elastic half space will be considered. The
an oscdlatwn of much larger magnitude when the R wave arrives. With energy of the oscillating footing is carried away by a combination of P, S,
mcreasmg distance from the source, the time interval between wave arrivals and R waves. The esse\)tial features of this wave field at a relatively large
becomes greater and the amplitude of the oscillations becomes smaller. In distance from the source'are shown in Fig. 3.14 (Woods, 1968). The distance
additiOn, P-wave and S-wave amplitudes decay rapidly compared to that of from the source of the waves to each wave in Fig. 3.14 has been drawn in
an R-wave. Therefore: the R-wave is the most significant disturbance along proportion to the velocity of each wave for a medium with v equal to 0.25.
the surface of an elas!Jc half space. At large distances from the source, this T_l!e body waves(!:. a!!d S J~f.()p_ag~l_"..Qll~."'~r.<lradiall¥}r()_m the,s()!':f.C~-~o~~
wave may be the only clearly distinguishable wave. a hemi~helj_giJ;wav"- fr nt, an_cl __ the_R-\V>IVC propagates radmlly outward
If ~he h~rizo?tal and vertical components of the particle motion starting
at pomt 1 m Figs. (3.13a and b) are combined, the locus of the surface-
3.Iofii~-"~ ~EY-.lindjkf!l wav£_~ r~~!:...~U of tN.~~~es____~-~~ou~-~~r -~t:J:_. i-~~~~~!~-g~y
larger volum()( ofthemed\um as they tra el ouiwara. Therefore, ilie energy
particle motion for the R wave can be drawn as shown in Fig. 3.13c. The density ofep: wave.decr~ases with distiihce from the footing. This decrease
path of the particle motion is a retrograde ellipse.
i~-~!!_~gy_q._fu!~]-~~~ or decn\ase m dtsplac~ment amplitude, ts ca1l_~~-.S~t-
' ·. \
! ii . . t"·! .Q,_, "
93
92 WAVE PROPAGATION IN AN ELASTIC MEDIUM PRACTICE PROBLEMS
26 per~ent for the S-wa_ve, and 7 percent for the P-wave. The fact tha; 3.3 In a deposit of dry sand with G = 2. 70 and dry density of 112lb/ft ,
two-thuds of the total mput energy is transmitted away from a surface estimate the shear wave velocity at 10, 20, and 30ft below ground
energy source by the R-wave, which decays much more slowly with distance level.
than the body waves, indicates that the R wave is of primary concern for 3.4 If the Poisson's ratio of sand is 0.3, estimate the compression wave
foundatiOns on or near the surface of the ground. velocity in Problem 3.3.
94
WAVE PROPAGATION IN AN ELASTIC MEDIUM .
3.5 If the sand gets fully submerged, will tbe shear wave velocity be
altered? Justify your answer.
3.6 Compute the new shear wave velocities in Problem 3. 3.
.
I·.
'
4
3.7 Discuss the effect of saturation on tbe compression wave velociiy in
soils.
3.8 (a) A circular footing is vibrating in the vertical direction on the
surf~ce of elastiC half space. Describe schematically the dispersion
Dynamic Soil Properties
of v1bratwns and several wave fronts generated
(b) Explain what you understand by geometrical tktmping.
REFERENCES
lion parameters, are beyond the scope of this text and are discussed in detail The axial deformation is usually measured by a dial gauge or an LVDT
elsewhere (Prakash, 1981). attached to the bottom of the proving ring and abutted against the top of the
chamber. Triaxial shear tests permit a better control of stresses and volume
changes during shear and drainage conditions as compared to other shear
tests. There are basically three different types of tests that may be perform-
4.1 TRIAXIAL COMPRESSION TEST UNDER STATIC LOADS ed in a triaxial apparatus depending upon the drainage conditions.
With the triaxial apparatus, volume changes in the drained tests are
measured by the amount of water that flows into or out of a calibrated
lL.~s,nwlc enclosed i'n a burette.
rubber membrane In undrained tests, Jhe volume change tendencies of the soil result in
Water Pore-pressure generation of pore wiler pressures that can be measured by an electronic
gauge pore pressure transducer, manometer, or other suitable type of pressure
gauge.
To cell pressure
control Different Types of Tests in Triaxial Apparatus
Mercury
The aforementioned tests can be performed in a triaxial test machine. Test
Figure 4.1. Triaxial apparatus. interpretations are as follows:
98
Effective stress
circle
DYNAMIC SOil PROPERTIES 200
160
120
/
/
~'Dense -
e0 = 0.75
ILoose
i
'\;/ 80 I ..L
I
r<e 0 = 0.85
_
I ~
0~
4
0
0 10 15 20 25 30 35
0 5
40 10
~
2 Total
stress circle 1r /
--
0
Loose
Figure 4.2. Mohr plot for undrained test.
'-...
-40
oens:
1
f
-80 lQ. 15 20 25 30 35
Unconsolidated-Undrained Test on Saturated Soils. When an all around 0 5
incremental stress Ll.<r3 is applied to a saturated soil sample, and the drainage Axial strain (%)
son's ratio are not constants for a soil but, rather, are quantities that
25
20
15
,,. /
..1'1' iil 0'3
l7.Pore-water pressure, u..,
Chamber pressure
approximately describe the behavior of a soil for a particular set of stresses,
loading conditions, and geometry. The different values of the modulus and
Poisson's ratio apply for any other set of loading conditions.
The terms tangent modulus and secant modulus are used frequently.
10 f-- varied between 30.5 1-- Tangent modulus is the slope of the tangent to a stress-strain curve at a
_ and ~2.0 I~ per sq in.
5 particular point on the curve (Fig. 4.6). The value of a tangent modulus will
35
I....- ......,
vary with the point selected. The tangent modulus at the initial point of the
curve is known as the initial tangent modulus. Secant modulus is the slope of
0
sl' v a straight line connecting two separate points of a stress-strain curve. Based
on a linear stress-strain relationship, the following elastic constants can be
0 defined.
If a uniaxial stress a, is applied to an elastic cylinder (Fig. 4.7a), there
5
ol\ ., will be a vertical compression and a lateral expansion such that
5
' ( 4.1)
4
/
;::.;::;:~dtr3
• and
J (4.2)
II in which ex, eY, and ez ar~ the strains in the x, y, and z directions,
F_igure 4.~. Plot of undrained cylindrical compres- 2
SIOn test m which pore-pressure values are observed.
respectively (considered positive when compressive), E is Young's modulus
0 5 10 15
(After Taylor, 1948.) Axial strain, AL/L 0 in percent of elasticity, and vis the Poisson's ratio.
If shear stresses r,x are applied to an elastic cube (Fig. 4.7b), there will be
a shear distortion Yu such that
nitude of the pore pressure at failure, f!.ud, is approximately equal to the
deviator stress.
. The inclination of the envelope of th e Mo hr c1rc · 1es of total (4.3)
stresses give the apparent angle of internal friction, cf>,, and that of the Mohr
circles
no llof effectiVe
I'd stresses,
d the "effective" angle of interna1' · t.wn, 'Po
Jnc "' F or
in which G is the shear modulus.
rma Y canso~ ate clays, both envelopes pass through the origi~. In
figure 4.5, the tnaxial test data for a consolidated undrained test for Boston
Blue clay (Taylor, 1948) has been shown.
Tangent
Drained Tests on Saturated Cohesive Soils. In a fully drained triaxial test modulus
~he mduced pore pressures are allowed to dissipate before the stresses ar~
mcreased. Therefore, the pore pressures are zero, and the stresses in this
test at all stages are effective stresses.
Secant
modulus
4.2 ELASTIC CONSTANTS OF SOILS
( 4.5d)
Uniaxial Young's
loading modulus
E•!!l (4.5e)
(a) ••
and
Simple Shear
shear modulus (4.5f)
G Tu
(b) -"f..
Isotropic
av
-=e +eJ +e (4.5g)
compression
Bulk
modulus
v X Z
(c)
s.!!
3<,
For a special -·case in which ux:'£'5.:£TY = uz = cr0 and Txy = Tyz = Tzx = 0, the
volumetric strain equals
av 3CTo
Confined
compression
Constrained
modulus
V = 3e, = E (1- 2v)
(d) ~-,,..,-,-.,-fil Ec .!!...•
" .. The bulk modulus, Eb (Fig. 4.7c) is defined as
Figure 4.7. Various types of moduli.
O"o ao E
Eb = 3e, = aviV = 3(1- 2v) ( 4.6)
theEquations (4.l) through ( 4.3) defined the three basic constants of the
odrydofbelaslJcJty: E, G, and v. Actually, only two of these constants are
nee e , ecause they are related as follows: Still another special modulus is the constrained modulus E,, which is the
ratio of axial stress to axial strain for confined compression or zero lateral
G= E strain (Fig. 4.7d). This modulus can be computed from Eq. ( 4.5c) by letting
2(1 + v) (4.4) ex = ey = 0 in Eqs. 4.5a and b. Thus,
ca:or an elastic and isotropic material with all stress components acting, we
employ the pnnc1ple of superposition to obtain the various strain (4.7)
components:
1 which gives
ex= E [O'x- v(O'y + O'J] (4.5a)
1 £(1- v)
eY = E [O'y- v(O', + O'xl] (4.5b) E, = (1 + v)(1-2v)
(4.8)
1
e, = E [0',- v(O'x + O'y)] (4.5c) Uniaxial loading and confined compression involve both shear strain and
volume change as shown below:
105
FACTORS AFFECTING DYNAMIC SHEAR MODULUS
104 DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES
plasticity in terms of effective stresses. On this basis, the maximum value of
6
Condition Volumetric Shear the shear modulus Gm" (at low shear strain of 10- ) is expressed by Eq.
(4.9) (Hardin and Black, 1969):
Uniaxial
loading G ~ 1230 OCRk ( 2 .973 - e)' .rg' psi ( 4.9)
~(1-2v) u< max 1+ e
E
in which OCR is the overconsolidation ratio, 0'0 the effective all-ar~u~d
u< (1- 2v)
Confined Tmax = 2 1- 1J
stress in psi, e the void ratio, and k a factor that depends up~n the plasUcity
compression index of clays. Hardin (1978) recommended tha~ thiS _equatiOn be used for
(1 + v)(1- 2v) u< (1- 2v) an anisotropic state of stress by taking u 0 = ( ui + u, + u,) /3, the mean
E(1- v) u< 'Ymax = 2G 1- ll effective confining stress. The parameter k, given in Table 4.1 is related to
the plasticity index PI.
Strain Level. The other important factor affecting soil modulus is strain
level. Ishihara (1971) presented Fig. 4.9, which indicates strain levels
associated with different phenomenon in the field and in corresponding field
and laboratory tests. Typical variations of G versus shear strain amplitude
for different types of in situ tests are shown in Fig. 4.10. The soil modulus
0.5 1.0 values may vary by a factor of 10, depending upon the strain level.
Void ratio It is customary to plot a graph between normalized modulus (defined as
Figure 4.8. Elastic stiffness from laboratory and field measurements· 1 lab "It d "I G-value at a particular,,~train, divided by Gm, at a strain of 10- 6 ) and shear
andclays·2 1 b 1 d b · - ,sr ysan s,srts,
. ' :-a ' c ean san s; 3- 1a , dense, well-graded graveiMsand with some fines; 4-lab strain. One such plot is shown in Fig. 4.11.
~~labvely u~rform clean gravels; F~-field, silty. sands, silts, and days at Ferndale, Cholame, and The shear strains induced in soil may not be precisely known (Prakash
Centro srtes by Shannon and Wdson-Agbabran Associates (1976)· F field d "It d and Puri, 1981). In the case of wave propagation tests, the shear strain
claysatsit AB
es , , an
dCAd '2-
· n erson et al. (1978}. (After Hardin, 1978.)
,sans,srs,an
amplitudes are low and are assumed to be of the order of 10- 6 The shear
strains induced in soil essentially depend upon the amplitude of vibration or
i" In this figure, S is a dimensionless elastic stiffness parameter in Hardin's (1978) d
stress-sdtrai n relation ~or inherent isotropy. For clean sands, s varies from 1200 to settlement, which in turn depends upon superimposed loads, the foundation
st 1ts an cays,
1 S vanes from 700 to 2000.
150lr~:;~~r
' contact area, and soil characteristics. The measured values of amplitude or
settlement take care of the factors affecting them. The shear strain am-
FACTORS AFFECTING DYNAMIC SHEAR MODULUS 109
1.2,-------,,---------,-----,------,------,
a"
0
•e in situ
·;;; f vibration test --,
.s ~
•E Repeated
loading test
Wave propagation
test
~~ Dynamic shear strain 1
o E
No~;lized
Resonant
~0 f, column test Figure 4.11. shear modulus (t;)·gmaJ vs. shear strain. (After Prakash and Puri,
.0~
j~ 1980; Prakash, 1981.)
Repeated
loading test
Figure 4.9. Strain levels associated with different in situ and laboratory tests. {After Ishihara, plitude y, may be considered equal to the ratio of the amplitude or
1971.) settlement to width (Prakash, 1975; Prakash and Puri, 1977). For the case of
a vertically vibrating footing, the ratio of amplitude to width yields the
normal strain e, and the shear strain y, may be computed as follows:
"oo·r---r-~--r-rr--~--,-Tl-r--,---~~==~==~---,,---.---,-,-,
0 fo(t:edv'lbrotloot•"
(4.16)
6 F,..e vibration to•t
0 Cyclic plate lood tost
O'z - O'x
( 4.18)
'Ye = 2G
·•:~ y, (<T,- <TJ(1 + v) ( 4.19a)
-=
e, (<T,- 2v<Tx)
or
( 1- "x)(l + v)
'Yo = ----".2'------- (4.19b)
E,
Figure 4.1 0. Dynamic shear modulus vs. strain. {After Prakash and Puri, 1980; Prakash, 1981.)
108
110 DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES FACTORS AFFECTING DYNAMIC SHEAR MODULUS 111
If the loading condition corresponds to the at rest condition (K0 case), It was found that for most soils the time-dependent behavior at low strain
then the ratio of o")a, is given by Eq. (4.7) and y0 /e, = 1. levels can be characterized by an initial phase when a modulus changes
If one considers an extreme case of incipient failure with a, as the major rapidly with time. This is followed by a second phase when the modulus
principal stress, then increases almost linearly with the logarithm of the time (Fig. 4.12). For the
most part, the initial phase results from the void ratio changes and iucrease
( 4.20) in effective confinement during primary consolidation. The second phase, in
which the modulus increases almost linearly with the logarithm of time, is
believed to result largely from any decrease in void ratio and changes in the
soil structure due to a strengthening of the physico-chemical bonds in the
and the value of y 0 /e, will depend upon the value of the angle of internal case of cohesive soils and an increase in particle contact for cohesionless
friction of soil,</>, and the Poisson's ratio, v. Typical values of y0 /e, are listed soils. This phase proceeds at a constant confining stress and is referred to as
in Table 4.2. the long-term time effect. The long-term effect represents the increase in the
modulus with time that occurs after primary consolidation is completed.
Two methods are used to describe the long-term time effects. The
Table 4.2. Typical Values of y0 /E,
long-term effect is expressed in an absolute sense as a coefficient of shear
Angle of Internal modulus increase with time, 10 . That is,
Friction, cf> v = 0.25 v = 0.33 v = 0.45 v = 0.5
(I) (2) (3) (4) (5)
( 4.21)
25 0.9317 1.014 1.35 !.5
30 !.00 1.142 1.38 1.5
35 !.054 1.183 1.398 1.5 in which t 1' t2 are the times after primary consolidation, and
.
!:J.G is the
45 !.097 1.2!6 1.41 1.5 change in low-amplitude shear modulus from t 1 to t 2 (Fig. 4.12). Nu-
merically, I a equal the value of G for one logarithmic cycle of time. The
Source: Prakash and Puri, 1981.
long-term effect is also expressed in relative terms by the normalzzed shear
modulus increase with time, Na· That is,
For values of </> and v in the range of interest, it is reasonable to assume
that Yo= e,. ( 4.22)
prepared soil specimens indeed increase with the length of time a specimen oc
~
w
is confined. More recently, sustained-pressure studies on undisturbed ~
~
specimens of sands and clays have shown that this time-dependent behavior w
c
is also characteristic of natural soils (Anderson and- Stokoe, 1977). ~
:::;
The time dependence of moduli has significant implications. In the first ~
2
~
place, it means that duration of confinement at a constant confining pressure PRIMARY CONSOLIDATION--+- LONG-TERM TIME
must be considered when performing laboratory tests. Also, if the labora- "'
c
~
0
t 1000 EFFECT
tory values of tbe moduli of a given soil are to be compared, they should be 10' 102 103 t1 10 4
compared after equal confinement times for similar drainage conditions, and DURATION OF CONFINEMENT (LOG SCALE)
these times should be equal to or greater than the time of primary Figure 4.12. Phases of rnodulus4irne response. (After Anderson and Stokoe, 1977, copyright
consolidation. ASTM. Reprinted with permission.)
"'
Kaolinite Vacuum extruded 70 to 550 4000 to 170 000 1000 to 8500 5 to 25 Marcuson and Wahls (1972)
Bentonite
Agsco sand Compacted by 70 to 280 50000 to 110000 2000 to 10 000 1 to 17 Afifi and Richart (1973)
Ottawa sand raining and
Air-dried EPK tamping
Kaolinite
-"'
115
FACTORS AFFECTING DYNAMIC SHEAR MODULUS
114 DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES
in which G 1000 is the shear modulus measured after 1000 minutes of constant
confining pressure (after completion of the primary consolidation).
The duration of primary consolidation and the magnitude of the long-
term time effect vary with such factors as soil type, initial void ratio,
undrained shearing strength, confining pressure, and stress history. Figure 6G DUE TO CHANGE
4.13 shows typical time-dependent modulus responses for different soils. IN VOID RATIO
Typical values of Ic and Nc are given in Table 4.3.
The shape of tbe low-amplitude modulus-time graph at a constant iG
,, - - - ·151
confining pressure depends primarily on whether the soil is predominantly Gtooo
fine-grained (silts and clays) or coarse-grained (sands).
Figure 4.14a illustrates typical changes in the shear modulus of a clay with
time at a constant confining pressure. The two distinct phases of modulus- --+- lONG-TERM TIME
EFFECT
time response are clear from this figure. First, during primary consolidation,
values of the shear modulus are initially constant. They then increase rapidly
and finally begin to level off. Second, during the long-term time effect,
values of the modulus increase linearly with the logarithm of time.
Figure 4.14b shows the vertical height change of the clay specimen during 0,5 ~
the constant-pressure confinement. By comparing the height change results
with the modulus-time graph, it can be seen that the end of the initial phase
in the modulus-time graph coincides with the end of primary consolidation.
4
The point of transition in the modulus-time graph for this loading sequence
is defined as the end of primary consolidation. Therefore, modulus values
determined at a time before the end of the primary consolidation is
complete are at an effective stress less than that assumed, because excess
pore-water pressures still exist in the specimen. ''
During the long-term time effect phase of modulus response, the shear '
8
(b) HEIGHT CHANGE
L~.::.:..:..:_.:.,-.__ ___._,__ -:'::,---~ 2.0
4
I 101 102 10 3 10
tO-WEEKS
DURATION OF CONFINEMENT, t (MIN)
SOl LS NG
F•rgure 4 .14 · Typical modulus and height changes with time for day at constant confining
<•> · d ·h · · )
pressure. (After Anderson and Stokoe, 1977, copyright ASTM. Reprmte wrt permrssron.
NC CLAYS 5-20
OC CLAYS 3-10
CLEAN SANOS .c 1-3
modulus increases almost linearly with the logarithm of time. In Figure
4.14a, this increase was monitored for 10,000 minutes or about o~e week
(Anderson and Stokoe,_ }.977). The coefficieJ~t of shear modul~s mcrease
'
:' W
ith time I is aboui~900 psi (6200 kN I m ) , and the normalized shear
' G'
SANDS : modulus increase with time Nc is about 15 percent.
The value of I generally increases as the confining pressure increases.
Values of N de~rease with increasing undrained shearing strength and
OL-----~----~----~----~-----' increase with increasing void ratio for fine-grained soils (Anderson and
to 1 to2 toJ to4 to5 Woods, 1976). Stress history also affects values of I 0 and Nc· Figure 4.15
DURATION OF CONFINEMENT (MIN) shows this effect for a series of modulus-time tests conducted on one
Figure 4.13. Effect of confinement time on shear modulus. (After Anderson and Stokoe, 1977, specimen. Values of the modulus were determined over approximately a
copyright ASTM. Reprinted with permission.)
116
DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES
FACTORS AFFECTING DYNAMIC SHEAR MODULUS 117
12~-------,--------r--------r--------,
.. 28
<
X
AIR-DRY OTTAWA SAND 130- 50) X
<
w"' 0 0 .. 207 KN/111 2 190 w"'
.,; .,;
~
~
27 e0 = 0.5
~
~
0 y 4 10-3, ~
~
0- ON
"'~
~
~
JD-
,.,
c,.
< 0
w z ~ 61000 ~~
%< 26 180 We
~ ~ %z
~ ~<
w0 ~
0% w~
~ ~ co
~ i::'J. G DUE TO CHANGE IN YOlO RATIO ~X
::; ~~
~ ~
"'<,l. 25 6G N lo
~
2
Is .. LOG 10 (t 21t 1) G .. G1000 ~"
<
0
~
24
101 102
DETROIT CLAY
1
DURATION OF CONFINEMENT. '"'
t (min) '"'
o,'-
1
--------~~--------~--------~.-------_j
10
1
10 2 103 10-4
Figure 4.16. Typical modulus change with time for sand. (After Lodde, 1977; Anderson and
Stokoe, 1977, cbpyright ASTM. Reprinted;;,~~th permission.)
DURATION OF CONFINEIIENT, t (MIN)
Fi~ure 4.15. Effect _of stress history on shear modulus~time relationship. (After Anderson and
Stokoe, 1977, copynght ASTM. Reprinted with permission.)
Because of the general similarity between the increase in moduli with
time at low and high-shearing strain amplitudes, it seems reasonable to
conclude that many of the factors that affect the low-amplitude modulus
one-week period of confinement at each pressure in the following sequence· time response also affect the high-amplitude modulus-time response (at the
17, 34, 60, 34, and 17psi (117, 235, 414, 235, and 117kN/m 2 ). It can b~ start of high-amplitude cycling) (Anderson and Stokoe, 1977). Anderson
observed that m the overconsolidated state values of I and N and Stokoe (1977) also proposed a method, which can be used to predict the
d d · · ' a 0 were
re uce relative to value of Ia and N 0 in the normally consolidated state. in situ shear moduli from laboratory tests after allowing for time effects.
A typiCal modulus-time graph of a coarse-grained soil is shown in Fig.
4.16. It can be se~n that the shape of the modulus-time response for the Degree of Saturation. Biot (1956) showed that the presence of fluid
~ohes10nless soil differs significantly from that of the fine-grained soil shown exerts an important influence on the dilatational (longitudinal) wave velocity
m Fig. 4.14. For the sand, the primary consolidation phase is not evident but produces only a minor effect on the shear wave velocity. The fluid
Rather, the long-term time effect had begun by the time the first mea: affects the shear wave velocity only by adding to the mass of the particles in
sur~ment was made. The long-term time effect is, however, similar to that motion. A study of the influence of degree of saturation on the shear wave
which occurs for clays. velocity for a sample of Ottawa sand shows that much of the difference
In Fig. 4.16, the linear increase in modulus with the logarithm of time between the values for the dry and saturated conditions can be accounted
was momtored for ~bout 10,000 min. Values of I a and Na for this sand are for by the effect of the weight of water. Therefore, it is sufficient for an
250 psi (1725 kN /m ) and 1.0 percent, respectively. These values are much evaluation of V or G fi)J cohesionless soils to consider the in situ unit weight
smaller than those shown for the clays in Figur<> 4.14a. ·' .
and the effective pressure.
Moduli m~asured -~t sheari ng strain amplitudes between 0.001 and 0.1
percent (stram of 10 to w- )
3
also increase with time. Frequency and Number of Cycles of Dynamic Load. The effect of
The results of a number of tests show that long-term modulus increases number of cycles and frequency of dynamic loading was investigated by
occur at low to mtermediate strain levels (0.001 to 0.1 percent) for stiffer Hardin and Black (1969). For number of cycles between 1 and 100, the
clays (Lodde, 1977). Preliminary results from long-term, high-amplitude dynamic shear modulus of dry sands was observed to increase slightly with
modulus tests on sand seem to indicate that long-term modulus increases number of cycles whereas for cohesive soils a decrease in modulus with
occur m clean, dry sands at strain amplitudes up to 0.1 percent as well. number of cycles was observed. Low strain shear modulus was found to be
practically unaffected by the frequency of loading.
119
EQUIVALENT SOIL SPRINGS
118 DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES
pressure under working conditions in the field. The. sample is then subjected
Magnitude of Dynamic Load. The magnitude of dynamic load controls to an axial stress equal to the anticipated statlc stress under workmg
the shear strain levels induced in the soil and hence the dynamic shear conditions. Positive and negative values of a small mcrement . of load
modulus should be expected to decrease with an increase in the dynamic corresponding to the loading levels in the .field should then be apphed (Fig.
load. 4 18) It will be seen that initially the stram mcreases after each apphcat10n
. t· le But after 6 to 10 cycles the additional axial stram generally
of s ress eye . ' . d' 1 ·
Dynamic Prestrain. The effect of strain history on the dynamic shear becomes negligible, and a closed loop on the loadmg-:-unloa mg eye e !S
modulus of sands was investigated by Drnevich, Hall, and Richart (1967) obtained. The value of the modulus may then be determmed from the slope
using torsional-vibration-type resonant column equipment. The soil samples of the line "aa" by using Eq. ( 4.23):
were first subjected to large amplitude vibrations (dynamic prestrain) for a
predetermined number of cycles and then the low-amplitude vibration change in unit stress (4.23)
modulus was determined. It was observed that the value of the dynamic Modulus= corresponding change in unit deformation
shear modulus generally increased with the number of prestrain cycles, as
shown in Fig. 4.17. No data is available of the effect of dynamic prestrain on The soil behaves as an elastic material in the sense that there is a
the dynamic shear modulus of clays and silts. reduction in deformation when the stress is removed, but the matenal
absorbs energy and hence provides material damping. .
The load-deformation behavior of soils may also be represented m ter~s
of equivalent ;~oil springs which_ar_~ essentially, related to th~ Young s
modulus E, tlie shear modulus c;, ·and Pmsson s rat10. v. Thts concept
considerably simplifies the solution of many problems a?d ts commonly used
' in analyzing the machine foundation problem and ts d~scussed belo':.
The spring constant k is defined as the load per umt deflectiOn, 1.e.,
p (4.24a)
k = LI.Z
ao = 612 psf
o-0 "" 1188 psf 'YOx = 1.6 X w- 4
'Yox = 1.6 X lQ-4
Figure 4.17. Effect of number of cycles of high-amplitude vibration on the shear modulus at
low amplitude (C-190 Ottawa Sand, e0 =0.46, Hollow Cylindrical Specimens). (Drnevich, Hall, I
and Richart, 1967. © 1968 The University of New Mexico Press.) I
Static working
For analysis of the dynamic behavior of foundations-soil system, the soil
is usually represented by equivalent springs. This concept will now be
explained.
"' stress
load
k' = elastic deformation
Therefore,
(4.27)
c = 1.13£ _1_ ultrasonic pulse test, (3) cyclic simple shear test, ( 4) cyclic torsional simple
u I - vz VA ( 4.29) shear test, and (5) cyclic triaxial compression test.
in which
4.5.1 Resonant Column Test
E =Young's modulus
The resonant column test for determining the modulus and damping charac-
A = Area of the footing teristics of soils is based on the theory of wave propagation in prismatic rods
and (Richart et a!., 1970). Either compression waves or shear waves can be
v =Poisson's ratio propagated through the soil specimen from which either the Young's
modulus or shear modulus can be determined.
The value of C" varies inversely with the square root of the f Such a device consists essentially of a coil-magnet drive system, an
contact of the foundation with the soil. Thus if C and C h alrea o accelerometer or velocity transducer to monitor the motion of the drive
c ffi · t f 1 · . ' "' u2 are t eva ues of
system, a linear variable differential transducer (LVDT) or other type of
oe helen s o e asttc umform compression corresponding to areas A and
A 2 , t en 1 displacement transducer to detect a change in the vertical height of the soil
specimen, and a confining chamber.
In the test setup, the coil-magnet drive system is attached to a top cap,
( 4.30)
which is seated on a membrane-encased, cylindrical soil specimen. The soil
specimen can,be either hollow or sol~d, depending on the capabilities of the
However, for areas greater than 10m 2, A, is taken as !Om' only. This is
particular test" device. The bast'''"pedestal, upon which the specimen is
duhe to the fact that for large areas, soil rigidity and area effects cancel each
ot er. placed, is connected to a drainage line. Filter paper strips may be used along
the length of the specimen to accelerate specimen consolidation. The top
The values of the different soil coefficients are approximately related to
each other as g1ven m Eq. (4.31) (Barkan, 1962) cap and bottom pedestal are usually serrated or roughened in some manner
to assure good mechanical coupling between the soil and equipment. The
system is generally set up so that only a hydrostatic confining pressure can
c,- = ! cu ( 4.3!a) be applied, although anisotropic loading conditions can be simulated in
C 4, = 2Cu ( 4.3!b) some devices.
and An electrical system is employed to operate and monitor. the resonant-
column equipment. To obtain accurate shear wave velocity measurements, it
C1,=0.75C" is necessary to use electronic equipment (Fig. 4.20). In such a system, a
( 4.3lc)
signal generator supplies a sinusoidal voltage to the coils in the coil-magnet
Th~ vaflue of the ratio c.;c" depends upon the shape of area and for (alb) drive system. The magnetic field induced by the current in the coils interacts
ratio o 2, with the magnetic field from the permanent magnet, thereby resulting in a
Ci> =!.73Cu torsional oscillation of the drive cap and specimen. By varying the frequency
( 4.3ld)
of the input signal, the amplitude of vibration can be varied. An ac-
may be used in calculation. Also these coefficients will vary with area as
does.
c u
celerometer (or velocity transducer) located on the top cap generates a
voltage proportional to the amplitude of vibration of the soil-top-cap
It may be pointed out that the equivalent soil springs essentially depend system. This signal is c~nditioned and then displayed on an oscilloscope.
ohn ttheffvaluEes of E and G. Therefore, they will be influenced by all factors The amplitude and freqlency of the signal at resonance are monitored. An
t a a ect and G. ··· LVDT is used to monitor the changes in specimen height.
The purpose of the test is to vibrate the soil-top-cap system at the
first-mode resonance at which the material in a cross section at every
4.5 LABORATORY METHODS elevation vibrates in phase with the top of the specimen. The shear wave
velocity and shear modulus are then determined on the basis of system
The following laborato~y methods are used to determine the dynamic constants and the sizes, shape, and weight of the soil specimen (Drnevich,
elasl!c constants and dampmg values of soils: (!)resonant column test, (2) 1977; Drnevich et al., 1977).
124 DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES 125
LABORATORY METHODS
SINE-lAVE
r::::=~;t7'0(1,t) X
X
r--------1 VOLTitiE.TER SINE-WAVE
GENERATOR O(l,tl
GENERATOR
AHD
AMPLIFIER
J
FREQUENCY COUNTER f----.--j
Figure 4.20. Typical electronics for resonantMcolumn device. Rigid mass Specimen, nonrigid
distributed mass
The resonant column technique was first applied to testing soils by the
Japanese engineers Ishimoto and !ida (1937) and Iida (1938, 1940). About
20 years later, Shannon et al. (1959) and Wilson and Dietrich (1960) weightless spring ,J; 0/'Fixed
described new applications of the resonant column principle (Woods, 1978).
It is possible to develop several versions of the resonant column test by Orivingfo*
using different end conditions to constrain the specimen. Some common end (d)
(c)
conditions are shown schematically in Fig. 4.21. Each configuration requires tic of resonant column end conditions (After Woods 1978.)
a slightly different type of driving equipment and methods of data interpre- Figure 4.21. Schema
tation. The fixed-free apparatus is the simplest configuration in terms of
equipment and interpretation. Apparatus of this type was described by Hall
and Richart (1963). In the fixed-free apparatus shown in Fig. 4.21a, the . n of Fl·g 4 21c could be called free-free. In such a case, a node
distribution of angular rotation 0 along the specimen is ~ sine wave, but by confi gurat10 · · · d' 'b t' o ld
. 'dh . ht of the specimen and the rotatwn lstn u IOU w u
will occur at m1 e1g ' . . · · 1 be
adding a mass with mass polar moment, 10 at the top of the specimen as in 1 • ve By adding end masses, the rotatwn d1stnbut10n can a so
b e a - sme wa . . . · b 1 d by a
Fig. 4.21b, the variation of 0 along the sample becomes nearly linear. Later ' I ]' For K = 1 0 tests the mertml mass IS a ance
made near y mear. o · ' . · 11 d be
models of the fixed-free device (Drnevich, 1967) take advantage of end- counter weight, but if !!>he changes the counterweight, an axm oa can
mass effects to obtain uniform strain distribution throughout the length of applied to the specimen. . · nt
the specimen. Th hearing strain on a circular cross section Ill a torswna1 resona
The apparatus in Fig. 4.21d has a fixed base and a top cap that is partially colun:'n ~est varies from zero at the center to a maximum at the outer edge.
restrained by a spring, which in turn reacts against an inertial mass. The To stud the influence of shearing strain amplitude on she~r modulus and
configuration of the apparatus shown in Fig. 4.21c can be described as the . y D . h (1967 1972) developed the hollow cyhnder apparatus
spring-base model. The apparatus of the Shannon-Wilson device is of this dhampm_g, F" rne4v2IC2 the co,nfiguration of which is similar to the schematic of
s own m Ig. · • · l t' · not
type, if the spring is considered stiff compared to the specimen's stiffness. . 4 21b The average shearing strain on any honzonta cross s~c wn IS. .
F Ig. · · · · d the sheanng stram IS
For a condition in which the spring is weak compared to the specimen, the greatly different from the maximum or mtmmum, an
127
LABORATORY METHODS
126 DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES
Permanant
Soil
spec'! men
Top cap
No. 28 gauge
winding wire (b)
W AA
-:+-~· . • f t cOfutfin adapted for attenuation measurements. ( er
Figure 4.23. s·chematrcs o resonan ,, --
Woods 1978.)
D
A soil element at xx, as indicated in Fig. 4.24, may be considered to be
subjected to a series of cyclic shear stresses, which may reverse many times
during the life of a machine foundation. In the case of a horizontal ground
surface, there are no shear stresses on the horizontal plane before the
foundation of a machine is installed. However, shear stresses are introduced I W//, 'lll
when soil is excavated for a foundation and when the machine is installed. l r
Soil sample
Normally, static stresses are also not constant at the base of an embedded Shearing chamber
foundation. Then, when the machine is operated, cyclic shear stresses are Plan view
introduced. Thus, the actual problem involved with machine foundations is
that there are normal as well as initial shear stresses that act on the
horizontal plane. Oscillatory shear stresses are also introduced. With a
surface footing, there are no initial shear stresses on the soil at the base of
the foundation, but these stresses are present on all other horizontal planes
below the ground surface. These conditions are different for earthquake
loading, because the normal stresses on the plane remain constant while
cyclic shear stresses are induced during the period of shaking. A simple
shear device simulates all these loadings and consists of a sample box, an
arrangement for applying a cyclic load to the soil, ·and an electronic
recording system. The Roscoe (1953) device has a box for a square-shaped
sample with side lengths of 6 em and a thickness of about 2 em. This box is
provided with two fixed side walls and two hinged end walls so that the
sample may be subjected to deformations of the type shown in Fig. 4.25.
The schematic diagram in Fig. 4.25 illustrates how the end walls rotate
simultaneously at the ends of the shearing chamber to deform the soil
I I
uniformly (Peacock and Seed, 1968). Kjellman (1951), Hvorslev and Kauf-
Soil deformation
man (1952), Bjerrum and Landra (1966), and Prakash et al. (1973) have
described this type of apparatus. Elevation
Typical shear-stress-shear-strain relationships obtained during cyclic sim- Figure 4 . 25 . Schematic diagram illustrating rotation of hinged end plates and soil deformation
ple shear tests are shown in Fig. 4.26a. A soil exhibits nonlinear stress-strain in oscillatory simple shear. (After Peacock and Seed, 1968.)
characteristics from the very beginning of the loading cycle. For purposes of
high stress-high strain loading such as that due to an earthquake analysis,
Shear
this behavior can be represented by a bilinear model, as shown in Fig. 4.26b stress
(Thiers and Seed, 1968). This bilinear model is defined by three parameters:
a a
•
t t _L Shear
strain
\ \((0\'0000\\ X
II I 111111 X
/;?5777747/
_, A
H (b)
(a)
Figure 4.24. Idealized stress condition for an element of soil below ground surface during an
earthquake. Figure 4.2&. (a) Stress-strain curve of a soil. (b) Bilinear model (After Thiers and Seed, 19&8.)
129
130 DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES 131
LABORATORY METHODS
(1) modulus G, until a limiting strain 'Y, is reached, (2) modulus G 2 beyond 40r-----.--,------,----,
strain 'Yy, and (3) strain 'Yy·
If the direction of strain is reversed, the behavior can again he deter-
mined hy using modulus G 1 until a strain change of 2y, is developed, and the
modulus G 2 again controls the behavior. This pattern is continued through-
out the cycle.
Typical stress-strain plots taken from simple shear tests of San Francisco "
Bay mud were made from the records of deformation and loads versus time ~ 20~~~~~----+-------r------1
data for different cycles of loading. Figure 4.27 shows such plots for cycle 1, '0
E
cycle 50, and cycle 200, with about 4 percent shearing strain. The decrease u
'
A major drawback of most of the cyclic simple shear apparatus is that ".2"
10
they do not permit measurement or control of lateral confining pressures 0
"0
0
during cyclic loading; therefore, it is impossible to investigate in detail the E
u
effects that K0 -consolidation has on the behavior of a given soil. '['
ro
c 00
>-
0 Peak strain,%
Shear
stress (b) Dynamic modulus G 2
(kgfcm 2)
Figure 4.28. Effect of cyclic loading on dynamic moduli. (a) Dynamic modulus G,. (b)
Dynamic modulus G2 • (After Thiers and Seed, 1968.)
based on the same concept but use much shorter specimens, and the height 4.5.5 Cyclic Triaxial Compression Test
at the outside and inside diameters can be varied. Cyclic triaxial tests have been extensively used to study the stress-defor-
. The apparatus (Fig. 4.22) designed by Drnevich (1972) has an advantage mation behavior of saturated sands and silts (Puri, 1984; Seed et al., 1986).
m that both resonant column and cyclic torsional shear tests can be Also, Young's modulus E and the damping ratio ' have often been
performed in the same device. Ishihara and Yasuda (1975) also used a long, measured in cyclic triaxial tests (Fig. 4.30) when strain-controlled tests have
hollow, cyhndncal sample configuration as did Iwasaki et al. (1977). It is been conducted. These tests are performed in essentially the same manner
difficult to prepare specimens for the long, hollow, cylindrical devices, and, as the stress-controlled tests for liquefaction studies. A servo-system is used
obviously, "undisturbed," cohesionless soils cannot be tested in this device. to apply cycles of controlled deformation. Young's modulus is determined
However, Woods (1978) was able to trim hollow, cylindrical specimens of from the ratio of the applied axial stress to axial strain, and the shear
many different types of soils. modulus is computed from Eq. ( 4.4).
The cyclic torsional simple shear devices of Yoshimi and Oh-Oka As in all laboratory attempts to duplicate dynamic field conditions, cyclic
Ishib~shi and Sherif, and Cho et al. were designed to generate uniforO:: triaxial tests have limitations, among which are the following:
sheanng strams throughout the wall of a cylindrical specimen whose bottom
or top surface was tapered (Fig. 4.29) so that the taper would be exactly 1. Shearing strain measurements below 10- 2 percent are generally dif-
proportional to the inside and outside radii of the hollow cylinder. "Undis- ficult.
turbed" sp~cimens can be formed more easily for the size and configuration 2. The extension and compression phases of each cycle produce different
of this device than for the devices which require taller hollow cylindrical results.(Annaki and Lee, 1977); therefore, the hysteresis loops are not
specimens. Although the initial shearing stress conditions in a short hollow symmt!'fric in strain-controlleji tests, and samples tend to neck in
cylindrical specimen were described as uniform by Ishibashi and Sherif stress-controlled tests. '·
(1974), Ladd and Silver (1975) noted that, because the shearing stresses on
3. Void ratio redistribution occurs within the specimen during cyclic
each boundary are not the same, all initial stresses cannot be uniform
throughout a sample. testing (Castro and Poulos, 1977).
Vertical stress
---X
!t A
Compression
l
Boundaries indicated by heavy lines
~
~//~>-~
I
aH
""
0H 0H~u, •·
IJH I
I
~
- 21r Area of Triangle OAB & OA'B'
'"
Figure 4.29. Specimen, cross section and initial stress distribution in a hollow cylindrical Figure 4.30. Equivalent hysteretic stress-strain properties from cyclic triaxial test. (After Silver
sample with tapered ends. (After ladd and Silver, 1975.) and Park, 1975.)
134 DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES
FIELD METHODS 135
4. Stress concentrations occur at the cap and base of the specimen being
tested. 4.6 FIELD METHODS
5. The principal stress changes direction by 90° during the test.
The following methods for determining dynamic properties of soil are in use
Void ratio distribution is common to all cyclic shear tests, whereas the in different parts of the world.
other limitations are related mostly to the cyclic triaxial test.
It is generally agreed that (Seed et al.. 1978; Annaki and Lee, 1977) for 1. Cross-borehole wave propagation test
an earthquake-type excitation of soils, cyclic simple shear or cyclic torsional 2. Up-hole or down-hole wave propagation test
shear techniques are more appropriate than cyclic triaxial compression. 3. Surface wave propagation test
Wolfe et al. (1977) reported on their adaptation of the cyclic testing of a 4. Vertical footing resonance test
cubical device developed by Ko and Scott (1968). Their results compared 5. Horizontal footing resonance test
favorably with cyclic triaxial compression tests, but problems remained
6. Free vibration test on footings
concerning specimen preparation and appropriate testing methods to simu-
late _field conditions correctly with this apparatus (Woods, 1978). 7. Cyclic plate load test
Silver (1981) prepared a table (Table 4.4) indicating the relative quality 8. Standard penetration test
of each test technique for measuring dynamic soil properties.
Brief descriptions of these tests along with the typical setups and methods
of interpretation of data are presented in the following pages.
{'''[ . '"!;-~.:7
Table 4.4. Relative Quality of Laboratory Techniques for Measuring Dynamic Soil
Properties 4.6.1 Cross-Borehole Wave Propagation Test
Relative Quality of Test Results In the cross-borehole method (Stokoe and Woods, 1972), the velocity of
Shear Young's Material Effect of No. wave propagation is measured from one borehole to another. A minimum of
Technique Modulus Modulus Damping of Cycles Attenuation two boreholes are required, one for generating an impulse and the other for
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) the sensors. In Fig. 4.31, the impulse rod is struck on top, causing an
Resonant impulse to travel down the rod to the soil at the bottom of the hole. The
column Good Good Good Good shearing between the rod and the soil creates shear waves that travel
with horizontally through the soil to the vertical motion sensor in the second
adaptation Fair hole; the time required for a shear wave to traverse this known distance is
Ultrasonic monitored.
pulse Fair Fair Poor There are four important considerations in conducing a cross-borehole
Cyclic shear wave propagation test: (1) the boreholes, (2) the seismic source, (3)
triaxial Good Good Good the seismic receiver, and (4) the recording and timing equipment.
Cyclic
Although a minimum of two boreholes are required, for extensive
simple
shear Good investigations and for increased accuracy, three or more boreholes should be
Good Good
Cyclic preferred whenever possible. If boreholes are installed in a straight line,
torsional wave velocities can be calculated from the intervals of time required for
shear Good Good Good passage between any >J:,wo boreholes. Thus, the necessity for precisely
recording the triggering time is eliminated (Stokoe and Hoar, 1978). In
Source: Silver, 1981.
addition, the boreholes must be vertical for the travel distance to be
measured properly. In general, any borehole 10m or deeper should be
There are several available field methods with which the dynamic soil surveyed with an inclinometer or another logging device for determining its
properties and damping of soils can be determined. Salient features of these verticality (Woods, 1978).
methods will now be described. Impulsive sources are more often used, although both impulsive and-
steady-state seismic sources are in use. The major criteria for a seismic
FIELD METHODS 137
136 DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES
Figure 4.32. (a) Up-hole and (b) down-hole techniques for measurement of velocity of wave
propagation.
(((((~it-
Transducer Impulse rod
Recorder
Figure 4.31. Sketch showing cross~bore hole technique for measurement of velocity of wave ~~~en
propagation. Trigger
geophone ~1:)"
~
\
source are: (1) It must be capable of generating predominantly one kind of Wooden
plate
wave. (2) It must be capable of repeating desired characteristics at a
predetermined energy level. Rubber Back
expander plate
Velocity transducers (geophones) that have natural frequencies of 4 to
15 Hz are adequate for detecting (receiving) the shear waves as they arrive
3-component
from the source. The receivers must he oriented in the shearing mode and geophone
should be securely coupled to the sides of the boring. The recording
equipment should be able to resolve arrival times of up to 0.2 msec or 5
percent of the travel time. Storage oscilloscopes are also often used ..
Figure 4.33. Equipment and instrumentation for down~hole survey. (After Woods, 1978.)
4.6.2 Up-Hole or Down-Hole Wave Propagation Tests
Up-hole and down-hole tests are performed by using only one borehole. In
the up-hole method, the receiver is placed at the surface, and shear waves 4.6.3 Surface-Wave Propagation Test
are generated at different depths within the borehole Fig. 4.32a. In the Rayleigh waves and L'llve waves can be used to determine the shear moduli
down-hole method, the excitation is applied at the· surface·, and one or more of soils near the surface. The Rayleigh wave (R-wave) (Section 3.3) travels
receivers are placed at different depths within the hole (Fig. 4.32b). Both in a zone close to the surface. An electromagnetic or other harmonic
the up-hole and the down-hole methods give average values of wave vibrator can be used to generate a steady-state R-wave, and the ground
velocities for the soil between the excitation and the receiver if one receiver surface can be deformed as shown in Fig. 4.34. A mechanical oscillator is
is used, or between the receivers, if more than one is used in the borehole usually set to work at approximately 10Hz. One ray is drawn away from the
(Richart, 1977). Figure 4.33 is a schematic diagram of a down-hole survey centerline of the oscillator. One of the geophones connected to the horizon-
with all principal elements included (Imai and Yoshimura. 1975).
138
DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES
FIELD METHODS 139
Qo sin wt
(4.34)
and
G=V:p ( 4.35)
f--_,._x
in which p is the mass density of the soil and v, the Poisson's ratio of the
Figure 4.34. Deformed -shape of a half~space surface. (After Woods, 1978.)
soil.
Table 4.5 gives repesentative values for Poisson's ratios that can be used
in lieu of the measured values.
tal plates of the oscilloscope is fixed 30 em away from the oscillator along the
ray so that the sensmg ax1s of the geophone is vertical. A similar geophone,
Table 4.5. Representative Values of Poisson's Ratio
connected to the vertiCal plates of the oscilloscope, is moved along this ray
away from the oscillator. The second geophone is moved until the Lissajous Type of Soil v
figure on the oscilloscope screen becomes a circle. The two signals are at the Clay 0.5
same frequency and 90° out of phase. However, if the phase angle is Sand 0.3 -0.35
d1ffere~t than 90~, the Lissajous figure is an ellipse, and for a zero phase Rock 0.15-0.25
--------:c:-;;:"_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
-
~ .• c:-.
angle, 1t 1s a strmght hne (Doebelin, 1966). The distance between the two ':£ ',,-
geophones is measured. This distance is then a measure of the wavelength of
the generated Rayle1gh wave. The test is repeated at other frequencies. The The effective depth of penetration of the R-wave has been empirically
test can also be conducted by using a phase meter in place of an oscillos- related to one-half of Rayleigh's wavelength (Fry, 1963; Ballard, 1964).
cope. In case of uniform soil up. to infinite depths and the Lissajous figure of
a cncle, the wave length, A", of the propagating waves is given by A procedure for monitoring the shear wave velocities with depth based
on an impact of a falling weight and Spectral Analysis of the Surface Wave
(4.32) (SASW) has been the subject of investigation by Nazarian et al., 1983.
In the field, two vertical velocity transducers are used as receivers. The
in which S is the measured distance between geophones. receivers are placed securely on the ground surface symmetrically about an
The veloCity of the Rayleigh waves v, is then given by imaginary centerline. A transient impulse is transmitted to the soil by means
of an appropriate hammer. The range of frequencies over which the
( 4.33a) receivers should function depends on the site being tested. To sample 50 to
or 100ft deep materials, the receiver should have a low natural frequency, in
the range of 1 to 2Hz. In contrast, for sampling shallow layers, the receivers
(4.33b) should be able to respond to high frequencies of 1000Hz or more.
Several tests with different receiver spacings are performed. The distance
in which f is the frequency of vibration at which the wavelength has been between the receivers after every test is generally doubled. The geophones
measured. are always placed symmetrically about the selected, imaginary, centerline.
In case the phase angles corresponding to different distances between Nazarian et al. (1983,~have shown that use of this setup reduces scatter in
g~ophones are recorded, a curve is plotted of th€ phase angles versus the data collection due to the fact that the distances covered in the previous
dt~tances. From the ~urve, the distance S between the geophones is deter- tests are always included in the next tests. In addition, at each receiver
mmed for a phase difference of 90°. The remaining computations remain spacing, two series of experiments are performed. First, the test is carried
unaltered as above. Shear wave velocity may then be obtained from Eq out from one direction (forward profile) and then without relocating the
(4.~. . receivers the same test is performed with the source on the opposite side of
The elastic modulus E and the modulus G of the soil medium are the receivers (reverse· profile). By running forward and reverse profiles and
calculated as follows: by averaging the data of these two tests, the effect of any internal phase shift
between receivers is minimized.
140
DYNAMIC SOil PROPERTIES
The raw data obtained from the impact test is reduced with the help of a
dynamic signal analyzer (DSA), and the inversion curve is obtained. From
the different DSAs that are being commercially manufactured, the DSA
supplied by Hewlett Packard (HP 3562A) has been used successfully,
A typical shear wave profile for a site in which the velocity profiles have
been determined both by !he crosshole method and SASW method show
good agreement (Nazarian and Stokoe, 1984). The tally between the values
measured by the two methods is strikingly close. The SASW method is
economical, and less time consuming than the crossbore hole method and
has the advantage of complete automation (Nazarian and Stokoe, 1984;
Woods and Stokoe, 1985; Prakash, 1986). However, proper inversion
techniques must be used.
Motor oscillator
assembly
Concrete
IM 1501
Depth to be
Tied
Ia)
4 50 m
1 mfmin
[§]
l ,.
i'=;:J[O] ~ 2.75 m
'tr 1m min
(b)
141
142 DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES
FIELD METHODS 143
A=~
2 2 ( 4.36) 4.6.5 Horitontal Footing Resoilarice Test
' 4tr /
I For a horizontal footing (block) resonance test, the mechanical oscillator is
in which a, represents the vertical acceleration of the block in mm/sec 2, and f mounted on the block so that horizontal sinusoidal vibrations are generated
f is the frequency in Hz. in the direction of the longitudinal axis of the block. Three acceleration or
Amplitude vs. frequency curves are plotted for each force level to obtain displacement transducers are mounted on the side of the block with one
the natural frequency of the soil and the foundation system tested (Fig. near the top, a second near the bottom, and the third in the middle along
4.36). The natural frequency, fu., at different force levels is different the vertical centerline of the transverse face of the block to sense horizontal
vibrations (Fig. 4.35a). The oscillator is excited in several steps, starting
from rest. The signal of each acceleration pickup is amplified and moni-
tored. The remaining procedure is the same as for vertical resonance test.
Similar tests may be performed by exciting the block in the direction of
0.20 f-- -""' transverse axis.
0.16
1 r;
'E Determination of Coefficient of Elastic Uniform Shear of Soil, C,. In a
.s
.0..e"
u 0.12
I I
~ horizontal-vibration test, the amplitude of horizontal vibrations, A"' is
determined by the equation
E
"' 0.08
I !f ·~ ~ 140'_
( 4.38)
\
0.04
VJ ~~ r--o: 105°
C ~ 87T Yf~x
2
(4.39)
' Y
(Ao + Io ± (Ao + Io) 2 - 4yA 0 I0
Load intensity
in which Y is equal to Mml Mmo• /,,x is the horizontal resonant frequency of
block soil system, A 0 is equal to AIM, I0 is equal to 3.46 (II Mm 0 ), Mm is the
mass moment of mertia of the block, oscillator, and motor about the
horizontal axis passing through the center of gravity of the block and
perpendicular to the direction of vibration, Mmo the mass moment of inertia
of the block, oscillator, and motor about the horizontal axis passing through
the center of the contact area of the block and soil and perpendicular to the
direction of vibration, and I the moment of inertia of the foundation contact
area about the horizontal axis passing through the center of gravity of the \
\
area and perpendicular to the direction of vibration. I
The coefficient of elastic uniform shear, C, should be corrected for area Ses I
effects as for the case of C". -r ,___ _ _ ___J
Elastic rebound - Se
4.6.6 Free Vibration Test on Footings (a) (b)
Free vibration tests may be performed by pulling the block and releasing it Figure 4.37. (a) Load intensity vs. settlement' ill a cyclic-plate-load test and (b) Load intensity
in a longitudinal direction or by hitting it with a hammer for vertical vs. elastic rebound from cyclic-plate-load test. (After Prakash, 1981.)
excitation. From the observed natural frequency, the C,, C,., E, and G
values can then be determined.
The elastic rebound of the plate corresponding to each intensity of
4.6. 7 Cyclic Plate Load Test loading can be obtained from the data obtained during cyclic-plate load
tests, as shown in Fig. 4.37a. The load intensity versus the elastic rebound is
The equipment for a cyclic-plate load test is similar to that used in a
static-plate load test. It is assembled according to details given in the plotted as shown in Fig. 4.37b.
American Society for Testing Materials (1977) or Barkan (1962) or in The value of C" can be calculated from Eq. ( 4.26). This equals slope of
textbooks on foundation engineering.
r the plot in Fig. 4.37b.
After the equipment has been set up and arranged, the initial readings of
the dml gauges are noted, and the first increment of static load is applied to
the plate. This load is kept constant for some time until no further
settlement occurs or until the rate of settlement becomes negligible. The
final readings of the dial gauges are then recorded. The entire load is
I
i
I
i
4.6.8 Standard Penetration Test
In the standard penetration test (SPT}, a standard split spoon sampler is
driven with a 140-lb hammer that falls freely through a distance of 30 in. The
number of blows for 12 in of penetration of the split spoon sampler is
removed and the plate is allowed to rebound. When no further rebound
occurs, the readings of the dial gauges are again noted. The load is then designated as theN value. This is Nmcasured· In a design problem using N
values, a correction for e~ective overburden pressure is applied (Peck et al.,
gradually increased until its magnitude is equal in value to the next higher
proposed stage of loading; the load is maintained constant and the final dial 1974). Although the test iS designated as a "standard" test, there are several
gauge readings are noted. The entire load is then r~ducect' to zero and final personal errors as well as errors that are equipment based. Therefore, the
dial gauge readings are recorded when the rate of rebound' becomes use of SPT to measure any soil property has been questioned by many
negligible. engineers (Woods, 1978). The "uses and abuses" of SPT have been de-
The cycles of loading, unloading, and reloading are continued until the scribed by Fletcher (1965}, Mohr (1966), and Ireland et al. (1970}. De
estimated ultimate load has been reached; the final values of dial gauge Mello (1971} presented an extensive review of SPT from which it is evident
readings are noted each time. The magnitude of the load increment is such that although SPT is used extensively in soil investigations, there has been
that the ultimate load is reached in five to six increments. no documented, carefully controlled research conducted on it. Schmertmann
147
146 DYNAMIC SOil PROPERTIES DAMPING IN SOILS
{1975) described uses of SPT in estimating soil properties and pointed to determine G at a mean effective confining pressure corresponding to the
some hope for more accurate uses of SPT in the future with improvements mean effective confining pressure below the prototype foundation and at a
in the performance and understanding of the test. Recent careful studies by shear strain which may be induced in the soil when the foundation is
Kovacs (1975), Kovacs et al. (1977a, b), Palacios (1977), and Schmertmann subjected to dynamic load. Prakash (1981) and Prakash and 2Puri (1981)
(1975, 1977) have thrown new light on the potential of SPT for obtaining used a mean confining pressure a01 of 1 kg/em' or (1000 kN/m ) to reduce
consistent and useful soil properties. Seed (1976, 1979) and Seed et al. the data from different tests to a common confining pressure for comparison
{1983) presented correlations between SPT and observed liquefaction. It has purpose only using Eq. ( 4.15)
been reported that Chinese engineers also use this approach in their
attempts to assess the liquefaction potential of sand deposits. (4.15)
Skempton (1986) has presented a more recent review on the effects of
overburden pressure, relative density particle size, aging and overcon-
solidation on the measured SPT values. ( 4.41)
Schmertmann {1977) suggested that with SPT, either only those dynamic
properties for which SPT provides a direct model of the phenomenon can be
measured, if at all, or the factors which control the behavior of SPT and
_ _ vcrz ( 4.42)
similarly control the correlative dynamic behavior. As an example of the ux = u = - -v
former, pile driving is an obvious direct model; of the latter, it has been y 1-
shown that the factors which affect cyclic liquefaction also affect SPT in a
parallel manner (Seed, 1976). Additional advantages of using SPT to The sam/;.~marks apply to arf"ivaluation of C", C<l, C,, and c., from
evaluate dynamic effects, according to Schmertmann (1977), are that SPT is field tests. The application of the above procedure to actual field conditions
a dynamic test for modeling a dynamic phenomenon, and it is essentially has been illustrated in solved examples (Section 4.9).
undrained for each blow in that it generates principally a shearing energy.
Seed et al. (1984) have correlated the energy input of different types of
SPT-hammers used in the United States, Japan, and China and have 4.8 DAMPING IN SOILS
proposed correction factors for the energy input of different hammers.
Imai (1977) reported a correlation between (uncorrected) N and shear Types of Dgmping in Soils. The motion of the footing-soil system can
wave velocity, V,(m/sec) in 943 recordings at four urban locations in Japan be damped by two specific energy losses: (1) the ab_r;~_!fl~I()IIOf"nerg)'':"It~m
and was able to establish the following relationship: the soil mass and (2) the dissipation of energy associ:~t.,dwitli tlie geometry
of the fo"iii1dationc-soi!..J;ystem:-Thefol"mer 1S known as material or internal
~ta~~~~~~:~;n;~i~~~~~;';;~~~;:~i"t;~~-i~t;;;;~i~1~i~!~ L fo ~,
4
V = 91N°. 337 ( 4.40)
' ·
In arriving at the above relationship, be converted the N values over 50
or under 1 from the penetrating length at the time of 50 or 1 blows into the Materi7d Dam in8] Damping in a freely vibrating system reduc~s the
number of blows necessary for penetration as deep as 30 em. Prakash and pea amplitudes after each successive cycle. If the fore~ of dampmg IS
Puri (1981, 1984) successfully applied the above relationship in predicting considered proportional to the velocity of the mollon, It IS called vtscous
dynamic soil properties at different depths. damping (Section 2.4). . . .
When a cylindrical s_a,mple of soil is set into a state of free vibratiOn, as m
a resonant column test:1lhe vibration decreases in amplitude and eventually
4.7 EVALUATION OF TEST DATA disappears. This reduction in amplitude of vibration is caused by internal
damping within the soil mass. The decay of vibration is similar to that
Inthe twoprevious sections, laboratory and field methods for determining described for the free vibration of a viscously damped system. It should,
soil moduli have been described. This leaves us the task of ascertaining the however be understood that the internal damping in soils is not considered
strains and the confining pressures at which the moduli values have been to be the result of a viscous behavior; nevertheless, the theory for a
determined. single-degree-of-freedom system with viscous damping is useful for describ-
It is customary to make a plot of G versus shear strain. It is necessary to ing the effect of the damping that occurs in soils.
149
148 DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES DAMPING IN SOILS
cycles of high amplitude prestrain increase damping in some cases to twice ' '
the original value. Significant increases in damping may be related in part to
the test procedure used to control the shearing-strain amplitude. As the
shear modulus increases because of the prestraining, the procedure of
maintaining a constant amplitude develops a larger strain energy at each
cycle. It would be expected that the hysteresis loop would then include a
larger area to represent the increased damping.
Richart et al. (1970) stated that the values of logarithmic decrement for
sands may be as large as 0.20 and that these can be estimated from Eq.
( 4.44 ). Some additional data on internal damping for several types of soils
are shown in Table 4.7. ~--------~-----······--·-"· · · · ....
Table 4.7. Some Typical Values of Internal Damping in Soils (a) steady-state vibrations.
Figure 4.39. Stress-strain curves for a system with hysteresis damping.
Equivalent
Type Soil g Reference
Dry sand and gravel 0.03-0.07 Weissmann and White (1961) The condftion for a decaying '\ibFation is illustrated in Fig. 4.39b. Point 1
Dry and saturated corresponds to the maximum stress in a cycle, which starts at pomt 1 and
sand 0.01-0.03 Hall and Richart (1963) ends at point 2. It is seen from this figure that the value of 11, depends o~
Dry sand 0.03 Whitman (1963) whether the steady-state A" or the decaying-vibration cond1t1?n A,d IS
Dry and saturated considered when the damping values are large. In case of decaymg vibra-
Barkan (1962)
tions, the relationship between the lqgarith!Il_ic_.~_e_c_!:~~_!lt and the !l'_ecJ~C
sands and gravels 0.05-0.06
Clay 0.02-0.05 Barkan (1962)
Silty sand 0.03-0.10 Stevens (1966) damping capacity is (Richar.!_.."!__'l~~,_]_~!O~
Dry sand 0.01-0.03 Hardin (1965) ----- ----------"
( 4.46)
Sour~e:Richart, Hall, and Woods, "Vibration of Soils and Foundations," © 1970, p. 398.
Repnnted by permission of Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
in which k" represents the proportionality factor between strain energy and
Material damping in soils is also sometimes studied in terms of specific the square of the displacement amplitude for the nth cycle of decaymg
damping capacity, which is defined as the ratio of the energy absorbed in one vibration. It needs be emphasized that there is no general relat1o~sh1p
cycle of vibration to the potential energy at maximum displacement in that between Acs and 11 cd• but for small values of a, A"=
•
il,d, and the ralio of
1
cycle. The damping capacity may be expressed as a percentage or as a the proportionality constants, K~+ 1 1 K", is approx1~ately ..
decimal. In a stress-strain diagram, the specific damping capacity may be Sometimes the decrease in amplitude of vibratiOn w1th distance fro~ _a
represented as the ratio of (1) the area enclosed by the hysteresis loop and source that is caused by energy losses in the soil is also evaluated. This IS
(2) the total area under the hysteresis loop. For the steady-state condition in designated as attenuation (the energy loss as a function of distance) and IS
Fig. 4.39a, t the specific damping capacity ll" is given by measured in terms of -W,e coefficient of attenuation a (1 /ft). The coeffic1ent
of attenuation is related to the logarithmic decrement by
ilEu
A
1-l.cs-£
_
( 4.45) z,. Va
{j= - - =Aa (4.47)
" w
The term E. in Eq. (4.45) represents the strain energy described by the area
under the hysteresis loop. in which V is the wave velocity, w the circular frequency, and A the
wavelength of the propagating wave (Richart et al., 1970). . .
t The horizontal scale in Fig. 4.39a is greatly exaggerated for simplicity of illustration. Attenuation needs to be distinguished from JI:~":'".t!..'.~~~~~ll_'!'f!~? (SectiOn
153
152 DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES DAMPING IN SOILS
In Eq. (4.48a), G 1 (w) is the elastic component and G 2 (w) the viscous
component. The loss angle 15L is defined by
G,
tan 15 = - ( 4.48b)
L Gl
and it is related to the logarithmic decrement 15 and to the ratio p.w I G [see 2 3
Eq. (4.43)]. Thus, ':;~if;, Bx, B<t> or By, ~
· t d ·0 ratio for .,~scillation of rigid circular footing on the elastic
Figure 4.40. EquJValen ampl g d © 1970 226 Reprinted by permission of Prentice~
15 = 1T tan 8L ( 4.49) half-space. (Richart, Hall, and Woo s, C ' P· ·
Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.)
From the above discussion, it can be seen that there are several methods
for measuring and describing the damping liisOITS. ..F~rthermore:··because
darniJTiigin~oil~~~ii"~~i!ses·;;;;mt~I11~Iiiii5lli~~if~·o(vf6rationJEq. 4. 44], i!_~ay
be convementto use different .method.s for differ~nt r"f!ges ()f amplitude damping constants obtained in the analog solutions (See Section 6.4) and
('Rlcilarlet al., 1970). Beneath machine foundations, the order llrinag- the expression for critical dampmg,
nii.llde of vibrations encountered in soils is such that the logarithmic
decrement should be less than 0.2. c = 2v'kiii (2.26)
'
~~9metl:i(;(J]i5a~P.i;~. It was shown in Chapter 3 (Section 3.4) that in With this approach, the damping ratio is
an elastic medium, energy is dispersed as it recedes from the source of
disturbance. This dispersion of energy produces response curves that have a c (2.27)
!; = -
finite amplitude of motion at resonance. This indicates that damping is c,
present in the system. However, the assumption of an ideal elastic half-
space precludes loss of energy because of inelastic behavior of the material, Expressions for the d~mping ratio (Section 6.4) are
which constitutes the half-space. ;This geometrical distribution of elastic- For vertical osctllauon,
w~~~_ll..~_::!\l:Jt.."s·_l.>=~-de~igf!"t"d as gf()'!'etr!f.(ll_!f:q!!'J!iiJg. · - ... ·... 0.425 ( 4.50a)
·- From each solution for vibration of a footing on a half-space, -",Yi!]tle of !;, = '[lJ;
the equivalent damping ratio !; is derived. This iS' then used in a lumped-
parameter.. analys!S:-Aconvenient method for evaluating !; is to equate the
For horizontal oscillation,
peak amplitudy of motion from the half-space solution to the peak am-
plitude obtain(ld from the mass-spring-dashpot system and then to solve for (4.50b)
g. Figure 4.40 wasprepared by using this method (Richart et al., 1970).
Approximately the same results can be obtained by calculating !; from the
155
154 DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES DAMPING IN SOILS
IT2. .··.Effective
Strain amplitude v /v
! mean principal stress v (v
. 3. :Void ratio v \ v '
4. Number of cycles of loading v \_vj
5. Degree of saturation L u
6. Overconsolidation ratio R L
7. Effective strength envelope L L
8. Octahedral shear stress L L
9.Frequency of loading (above 0.1 Hz) R L
10. Other time effects (thixotrophy) R L
II. Grain characteristics, size, shape, Figure 4.42. Soil profile (Example 4.9.1 ).
gradation, mineralogy R R
12. Soil structure R R
13. Volume change due to shear strain Dynamic shear modulus at point' A is given by
(for strains less than 0.5%) u R
(3.30)
G=V ,,2 p
Source: Hardin and Drnevich, 1972a.
a V means Very Important, L means Less Important, and R means Relatively Unimportant
= 120' x 1750 = 256.8 kg/em'
except as it may affect another parameter; U means relative importance is not clearly known at G 9.81 X 100 X 100
this time.
The effective overburden pressure at point A is given by cr,A:
4.9 EXAMPLES 5 X 1750 = 0.8750 kg/ em'
100 X 100
EXAMPLE 4.9.1
The soil profile at a site is shown in Fig. 4.42. A cross borehole test was The values of effective overburden pressure at B, C, and D may be
conducted at this site to determine the value of shear wave velocity in a calculated in a similar manner. These values of cr, for different pomts are
small area surrounding point A (Fig. 4.42) and its average value was shown in column 3 of Table 4.9.
observed to be 120 m/ sec. Calculate the value of dynamic shear modulus G The value of dynamic shear modulus at B may be ca~culated from the
for point A. Also determine the values of G for points B, C, and Din the known value at A by using Eq. ( 4.15} and cr, in place of 0'0aud replacmg 1
profile. If subsequently the water table rises to the ground surface, what will and 2 by B and A, respectively:
be the values of G at A, B, C, and D. Assume 'YJ = I. 75 g/ em 3 and
y,., = 2.05 g/cm 3 ( 4.15}
Solution
Dynamic Shear Modulus-water table 10m below ground level (as shown or
0 5
in Fig. 4.42}. 1.75 ) ' 2
(G) B = 256 ' 8 ( - -
0.875
= 363.2 kg/em
Observed value of shear wave velocity V, =120m/sec
Dry unit weight of soil 'Yd = 1.75 g/cm 3 The value of G at points C and D may be calculated in a similar manner.
3 These values are shown in column 5 of Table 4.9.
= 1750 kg/m
159
EXAMPLES
DYNAMIC SHEAR MODULUS-WATER TABLE AT GROUND SURFACE
"
-'0
.0 c "
" 0" u ~
0\('f")V)OO Due to rise in water table, the effective overburden pressure decreases.
[-<
~ ~
"
t: ocirl~~
~ 0\00'70\ The new values of effective overburden pressure for points A, B, C and D
~
N
2 (j ~ ,......, N M('f") 3
s "-"' are shown in Table 4.9, column 4. ')',, = 2.05 g/ cm has been used in making
" u :;:: "
~
.,~
o-6
-
....c " "
2 ::: g
effective overburden pressure by using Eq. ( 4.15). These corrected values
are shown in Table 4.9, column 6.
..oo't:
-"
0
::E " OONM-.;:t
~a:)'"""'
2 s "g
~ 0('1')~~
lf)\O,.....,lrl
N('f")~"i" EXAMPLE 4.9.2
~ 0 ~ The'soil profile for a site is shown in Fig. 4.43a. Calculate the values of
- {.)2 dynamic shear modulus at different depths in the profile. Also plot the
variation of shear modulus with depth. Assume shear strain amplitude
'Yo= 10- 6 (i.e., low-amplitude vibration case).
Solution .•;_.,_,,
~
The values of low strain dynamiC shear modulus for the soil profile can be
.,;
... ,., ,.,
NV)f:-..0
calculated by using Eq. (4.9).
"
Q.
tnOI.rl-
c),_;~r-i
Gm"' = 1230(0CR)k ( · ;
29 3
2
05
- e) (0'0 ) psi (4.9)
E
+e
"'><
~
"~
O)N
'0 s
~ u The values of e, OCR, k, PI and 0'0 are needed for using this equation.
:1
c "'~
.0 ""
~.,. The values of e, PI, and OCR are given in the problem. These values are
~
- ·B "
~
c
~ " "
~~
0lb"'
~
~
also listed in Table 4.10, columns 2, 3, and 4, respectively.
The value of 0'0 is calculated as
~
0\ + ii2 + ii3
..a
i5 t:::" "
~
~0:: ao =
iiz = ii3 =
3
KoO\
"""
~ The values of K for different soil layers are calculated as follows:
0
~
For sand layers 1 and 2
"'
.c" K 0 = (1- sin</>)
"'
'5"' For normally consoli~ted clay (layer #3) K 0 is given by the equation below
"'>-c
Q
(Brooker and Ireland,' 1965)
oooo
0; tri 0 tr)' 0 K = 0.4 + 0.007(PI) for 0 s; PIs; 40
- -N 0
""
~
For the normally consolidated clay and PI= 30, K 0 is determined to be
0.61. (See also Fig. 4.49.)
....,; For over consolidated clay (layer #4), the value of K 0 is obtained from
charts given by Brooker and Ireland (1965). For PI= 55 and OCR= 2, the
"
:;:;
,_"' value of K 0 is determined to be 0.95 (Fig. 4.49).
158
-0 ~
.
...,...,...,...,:::;,_,
0" " ::r .
_,.
,..
~
0
~ -
"='
.
tl:l 0"'
Ci(ll~(tl
(D<=:In
(!> ...
"
~
+:-.-oo-
" 0. "
;.. .
Or:n'"1-
~" 2 E. "'
e Depth (ftl
. og:=; " .. k-"'~"'
" . I.
~ ~
N
0. i "'
><-,.,..,
""" " '
"
(!>
0.
< -c
...,..,_
~ ~. ~ e:.
0
a
~
(!> 0
"
. if
.
-O>
"' ~
0o-· "
~
0 e... / ~§
or """0
s· _q, """
0>1 -< ...
"0. Nq[ ....S' ~
3•
;;·
0
0
0 ~
0
i:t' •
0
s "0. ""
~
(!>
,..
~
~ "'
0
3
15'
-l " "' !; 0
0
~
~
ro
0" " o'lr 82l ...3
0
"'
~
3
"" ~· 0"
< 0
~ ~
·"'
f'
~ 0
" :E""
(!>
c 0
u
0..
~
0
~
N
~
ro~r~~~
0
"¥- 0
0 , 5"00~: «9,_.<::;:; ocoU.'. ·, '· o o 0 -<
"00
~
z
"" _,." g." ..
0
0" ;;; ~0 "'0 ~0~-o '".,_ ': . ~ "3.,. >
<h £ !l. ;., .,,£ !::;,
0 ' ,
0
..." V>
0
" 0
0 " "
s0<= 8g.
v.
0
"""
-l
;.
~
.;::
"'.
0
"
0" m
'-0
"
~
" "':::!m
~
Table 4.10. Values of Dynamic Shear Modulus at Different Depths (Example 4.9.2)
Lateral ':7' Mean
Effective Stress Effective Dynamic
Void Vertical (7"3 = (T2 Confining Shear
Depth Ratio Pressure = Ko iii Pressure Modulus
(ft) e fl- PI OCR K, r:T, (psf) (psf) r:T0 (psf) k G (psi) Remark
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
0 1.10 0 1 0.50 0 0 0 0 0 Top of layer #1
2.5 1.10 0 1 0.50 250 125 ;f~ 166.7 0 2210.4
5.0 1.10 0 1 0.50 500 250 '~}-
333.3 0 3126.0 In layer #1
5.0 0.85 0 1 0.455 500 227.5 318.3 0 4455.6 In layer #2 (top)
10.0 0.85 0 1 0.455 763 347.1 485.8 0 5504.4
15.0 0.85 0 1 0.455 1026 466.8 653.2 0 6381.6 In layer #2
15.0 1.125 30 1 0.61 1026 625.9 759.2 0.24 4538.4 In layer #3 (top)
17.5 1.125 30 1 0.61 1157.5 706.1 856.5 0.24 4821.6
20.0 1.125 30 1 0.61 1289 786.3 953.8 0.24 5088.0 In layer #3
20.0 0.80 55 2 0.95 1289 1224.5 1246.0 0.38 12348.0 In layer #4
22.5 0.80 55 2 0.95 1458 1385.1 1409.4 0.38 13136.4
25.0 0.80 55 2 0.95 1627 1545.7 1572.8 0.38 13876.8
:::
162
DYNAMIC SOil PROPERTIES
EXAMPLE 4.9.3
plotted in Fig. 4.44 and the values of the load intensity and corresponding
.i~r - s-s;"~ ~ ~
00
~~
00
~ ~
X X-'_X X X X X X X
settlements are listed in Table 4.12, columns 1 through 3. ~~Vl
r-.i("<')ff)
"'v-:oo
"' 0 "'
"""' "'
("!')vi
"'"' "'"'
-::r..-.:
4
--"':::::- :'--....
~
~f'::...
., ~ ~
8 -
"'',I'.,,, ~-..., ~ "-""~>
0
s
.,.
II
E
E
' ' ' "', ~[\ j
c
w
E
12
' ' -...,
~~
w 0
Bw
"' ' ', '-...., ~
~ E
X
16 0 ;-:;
'' 0
1\
" 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X
20
'' <'>t--O
" ' 0 "'
~
"' 0
<'>t-- "' 0
"' r--
"' 0
"' r-- E
"'
~
' ', II
24
-....\ ~
'E
Figure 4.44. Settlement vs. load intensity {cyclic plate load test) (Example 4.9.3). Jj"
163
165
EXAMPLES
N values
-::t-Mt-ov;
.,.)000<")("")
ViMOOO\t;'"--
('1'")7('1,....,,......,
:6:6!;:~M
rl"<TO\I.rlOO
~rl~NN
x X X X X
l.rJ\O,....;om '
'7"1.00\000 Figure 4.45. Typical bore log of the site.(Prakash and Puri, 1984) (Example 4.9.3).
rlrlNv)v-;
Solution
v;
t--OV'> (1) Block vibration test
0001."--0tn
o,....;,....;triM Size of tbe block= 1.5 X 0.75 X 0.70 m
2
Area of the block A= 1.5 x 0.75 = 1.125 m
Weight of the bloc~.= (1.5 x 0.75 x 0.7) x 2.4 = 1.89 t
0000 v;
Mtrl'7NO
Weight of vibrator ='0.11 t
N~t--=>.0~ Weight of block and vibrator= 2.00 t
~ "'
Vertical Vibration Test:
2 2
v;v; C = 4'1T f nz m t/ 3 ( 4.37)
N000\,......;\0
NNMviv-i
" A m
2
c 4'1T (2.00) 2 3 2 3
"= l.lZ5 x 9 _81 f"' tim = 7.154!"' tim
164
166
DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES EXAMPLES 167
or
0', 1 = Effective overburden pressure at the depth under consideration
C" = 0. 007154[~, kg/ em 3 0', 2 = Increase in vertical pressure occasioned by the static weight of the
for block
fu, = 29.75 Hz
0'" 1 = 37.5 x 2.05 = 76.875 g/ cm 2
= 0.076875 kg/ cm 2
C" = (0.007154)(29.75) 2 = 6.33 kg/cm 3
2
_ 4q [ 2mnv'm 2 +n 2 +1 m 2 +n +2
These calculated values of C" are shown in Table 4.11, column 5. The values avz = 41T mz + nz + 1 + m2n2 mz + nz + 1
of G are calculated from Cu as follows·•
2mnv' m + n + 1 J
2 2
. _1
+ sm (Taylor, 1948).
c = 1.13£
2
1
(4.29)
2 z
m +n +1+mn
2 z
f"! f"!
~
N "!
~
~ ~ 1 kg/cm 2 are shown in Table 4.11, column 9.
; Shear strain: Shear strain 'Yo is given by
Amplitude
'Yo= Width
~'
for amplitude= 0.185 mm
~~~~
0.185 -4
'Yo = = 2.46 X 10
750
~ '-( ~ The calculated values of 'Yo are shown in column 6 of Table 4.11.
oi
(2) Horizontal vibration test
N Moment of inertia of the base contact area about axis of rotation
..
~
~ '-'<..'// / J//'1///. ~
1.89 ( 1.5' + 0.70') 1.89 (0 3775-0 35)' 0.11 (0 85- 3775)'
"'-'<'/ / / ·'" // r////-
T""¥ /7
": =
Mm t 9.81 12 + 9.81 . . + 9.81 · O.
'//.1/ ///_/j :
.
~
" ;..;;.
,..'0 ::« /
..0 2
5 /~ %~W& ~ = 0.04669 t m/sec-
~ "'
~ ~ ~~1~~ Mass moment of inertia M mo:
'k~@~~
N
N v N =
2
1.89 (1.5 + 0.7') 1.89 (0 35)' 0.11 (0 85)'
v,.~·
_v .. Mmo t 9.81 12 + 9.81 · + 9.81 .
,-~~. 2
~
-
~
.
"":-:."'~.'<
Mm 0.04669
0
~0 0 0 0 0 <e~ 0 1,{} 0
r::::
1,{} 0
'.. ..., 'Y = Mmo = 0.07569 = 0.6168
~ M M N oi
U JO Ui
The values of C" may be obtained as follows:
2
C = 87T Yf:x For, p = 2.25 kg/cm 2
( 4.39)
" (A 0 + I 0 ) ± Y(A 0 + I 0 ) 2 - 4yA 0l 0
s, = 2.38- 1.505 = 0.875 mm
1.125
A= A
o m -===-- = 5.5181 p 2.25
c.=;.:= (0. 875110 ) = 25.71 kg/em
2
( 4.26)
2.0 )
( 9.81
I
0
=3 46 (-I-)=
• Mmo
3.46 (0.2109) _ 0 6408
0.07569 - ·
X
The values of C,. for other data in the cyclic plate load test may be
calculated in the same way and these are shown in Table 4.12, column 4.
The values of G for the test and the corresponding values at a mean
Substituting the values of A 0 , I0 , and yin Eq. (4.39), we get effective confining pressure of 1 kg/ em' may be computed in the same way
as for the case of block vibration test. Similarly, the strain level, Yo, may be
(0.6168)/~x
2
C = 8( 7T ) X obtained as a ratio of the elastic deflection to the width of the plate. All
" (5.5181 + 9.6407) ± Vc5.5181 + 9.6408)' these values are shown in Table 4.12, columns 5 through 9.
in which The values of G vs. shear strain, y0 , are plotted in Fig. 4.47 (Curve A).
s, =Total settlement for a given applied pressure increment b. G/Gm, vs. y6 , i.e., normalized G/Gm, vs. Yo plot:
s P = Residual settlement after the load increment has been re-
moved. The values of G for different strain levels in plot A (Fig. 4.47) were
divided by Gm,, i.e., 1317 kg/cm 2• These values for different strain levels
t Since fn is the first natural frequency, negative sign has been used. are shown in Table 4.13, column 3, and are plotted in Fig. 4.47 (Plot B).
172
DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES EXAMPLES 173
151()0
The mean effective confining pressure
1.0
N~
E 1250 Legend
u 6 Block vibration test ~ 2.05 X 2.4( 0.5 X32 + 1)
"
0 1000 o Cyclic plate load test
0.8
"'
3
~
0
o From N values ~ 3.28 tim'
~ 750 0.6
0
E ~ ~ 0.328 kg/cm 2
"
<'•i 0.4
"'
C3
u
The value of G corresponding to the mean effective confining pressure of
i"ro 1 kg/cm 2 ~ 642.2 (110.328) 0 ' 5 ~ 1121.3 kglcm 2• This value of G is at a shear
250
strain level of 10· 6 and is Gm" for the depth of 2.4 m. The value of G at
0
~
0
the shear strain levels are shown in Table 4.14, column 7. The mean
effective confining pressure ii0 below the test block can be computed in the2
Nt'--0\\0tn
same way, (as in Example 4.9.3) and its value is found to be 0.14 kg/cm
oci0~MN
,.....,....,--,....., The values of C" for ii0 = 1 kg/cm 2 are shown in Table 4.14, column 8.
(2) Cyclic plate load test.
3
"'
1 '<t
I ""
I ""
I .;-
I The value of C" from the cyclic load test data is 1/0.24 = 4.2 kg/ cm The
,.-., ,....._,....,
0000 0
,.....,.,...., 0
value of C" corresponding to the area of the test block can now be obtained.
t:, xxxxx X
0'
~
c"'=~
tnNOO-::tt---
00 N (4.30)
C~.~1 Az
Cuz = ~ 0.305 X 0.305 3
_ (1. X 0 _75 ) or , Cu 2 = 1.20 kg/em
42 5
-----
00000
«::t«::t-::1"-::t«::t
00000
The mean effective confining pressure at a depth of 30.5/2 = 15.25 em is
found to be 0.732 kg/cm 2• The corresponding shear strain level is equal to
2
2.4/(30.5 X 10) = 7.86 X 10- 3• The value of C" for ii0 = 1 kg/cm is equal to
112 3
(1/0.732) (1.2) = 1.46 kg/cm
7
(3) Wave prbpagation test ·s·
2
From the wave propagation test, G = 335.5 kg/cm • The value of C"
ooc:!ifn~b
00o.rio.ri-.,i corresponding to the area of the test block is obtained from
1.13£ 1 ( 4.29)
C" = (1- vz) vA
1!2 = 1.13 X 2G(1 + v) _1_ k /em'
"' <n
\OtnrlON
Q,....;('f)('f)tr) [1 - (0.33) 2 ] vA g
c:ic:iOOO
1.13 X 2 X 335.5 X (1 + 0.33) 1
2
(1- 0.33 ) Y150 X 75
= 10.67 kg/ cm 3
For the wave propagation test, the value of the dynamic shear
modulus is representative of a depth of L/2, in which L is the distance
between the geophones. The average effective confining pressure at a2
depth of 1/2(5/2) = 1.25 m is 1.7 x 1.25 X 100(2 X 0.5 + 1)/3 = 141.7 g/cm
X E
E u =i0.1417 kg/cm 2
The value of C" at a,~confining pressure of 1 kg/ cm is given by C" =
U<r; 2
<n
. o. 3
0<'> (1/0.1417) 0 · 5 x 10.67 = 28.41 kg/ cm •
"' The shear strain level associated with the wave propagation is taken as
10-'.
30
and the value of C" corresponding to 0'0 = 0.726 kg/cm 2 is
"' ~I
I I I I I I I I
E I I I
"'
6
M
25 17.5(0.72611)0 · 5 = 14.9 kg/cm 3•
""
~
c 11o = 1 kg/cm 2
0
·;;; A = 1.5 X 0.75 m 2 (7) Correction for area
20
'"
0 ...... The area of the machine foundation= 10 x 8 =80m 2• This is more than
~
E
0
u 10m2 The value of C., corresponding to 10m2 will therefore be used in the
E 15 design (Barkan, 1962) and is given by
.E
~
.E
0 112
u 1.5X0.75)
.
~
ro
10
o Resonance test
C" = 14.9 (
10
= 4.99 kg/em
3
.~
0 A Cyclic plate lo~d test
cw
·o
5 c---"- W~~~,P'opagat,on The reader may note that no direct correction has been applied to the
I~w-2
value of C" for effects of water table as is usually done when calculating the
"'
0
u
w
0 I I I I I I
bearing capacity. However, this has been accounted for in calculating the
10 6 -
10 5 lQ-4 w-3 mean effective confining pressure.
Strain level 'YO
Figure 4.48. C., vs. 'Yo (Prakash and Puri, 1977) (Ex. 4.9.4).
4.1 o OVERvfEw
(5) Value of C" needed for the design of the machine foundation Soil moduli under dynamic loads depend on soil characteristics, such as
The shear strain level associated with the machine operation, 'Yo, is void ratio, relative density, stress history, preconsolidation pressure, confin-
(Prakash and Puri, 1977, 1981). ing pressure, and strain level. In machine foundations, the initial static stress
level and pulsating stress level are generally low, and the number of stress
Amplitude pulses are very large. Hence, the combination of all three factors needs to
'Yo= Width be such that the soil will not experience plastic deformations or else the
- 1.0 -4 machine foundation will undergo progressive settlements and tilt and fail.
'Yo- 8 X 1000 = 1. 25 X 10 Simple equations have been developed for use with available data to
make preliminary estimates of soil mgsJ)l]i ..at.loJ1U.tmin.qmplitudes for sands
From Fig. 4.48 the value of C" for 'Yo= 1.25 x 10- 4 is 17.5 kg/em' and
corresponds to 0'0 = 1.0 kg/ em 2• and c~_,J§9..:..HJJJ In this equation, the value of K 0 , th~~o~fflclent of
eaml pressure at rest, which is a function of the plasticity index and
This value of C" has to be corrected for the mean effective confining overconsolidation of clays, may be determined from Fig. 4.49. Therefore,
pressure below the foundation and the area of the block.
depending upon the strain value associated in a particular machine faun·
( 6) Correction for the confining pressure dation, a reasonable estimate of the soil modulus can be made. If the values
The ~ean effective confining pressure at a depth of 8/2 = 4.0 m below the · are determined at one confining pressure, the corresponding values at any
foundatiOn block can be calculated as follows: other confining pressure can be determined with the help of Eq. (4.15).
There is no universaLand unique relationship between soil moduli and
eTa= [(250 X 1.7 + 150 X 1.05) + 4 X 700 x
..
!J[ 2Ko3+ 1 ] strain. However, a nonillllized plot of moduli versus strain is an adequate
guide for deciphering values from one site to another in similar type of soil
in which I is the influence factor obtained from Fig. 4.46, m = LJ z = conditions. Several laboratory and field methods for determining soil moduli
10/4=2.5, and n=814=2. The value of /=0.181. Therefore, and damping have been described.
Time effects oo the moduli in clays have been described briefly, but more
rTo = ((250 X 1.7 + 150 X 1.05) + (4 X 700 X 0.181)][ 2 X 0; 5 + 1 J information on this particular aspect is needed.
2 Several comparisons have been made among the Gm,. values obtained
= 726 g/cm = 0.726 kg/cm 2 from different tests. Cunny and Fry (1973) determined the values of Gm,.
178 DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES 179
OVERVIEW
3. 0 (4.54}
•
v • ............. where
2. 5 / !-....
';- ~32
1/ F 1---- K,= 2o(N1''')
113
5~ 8
1----
....
ii0 = mean effective confining pressures psf.
--
c D • 4 modulus in sands is particularly welcome, since the standard penetration test
-~ 1.0 2 is invariably performed in all soil investigations. SPT values have been
c
~ B
I successfully correlated with liquefaction potential of soils. .
The use of such correlations necessitated a considerable effort m Stan-
0.5
dardizing the otherwise non standard standard penetration test. (Seed et al.
A
1985; Skempton, 1986}. . .
0 The detailed discussion on material and geometncal dampmg brought out
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 the fact thah as in the resonant..•oolumn test, only material damping is
Plasticity index, P.l.
obtained from laboratory tests, whereas in footing resonance tests, com-
Figure 4.49. K0 as function of overconsolidation ratio and plasticity index. (After Brooker and bined material and geometrical damping are obtained. . .
Ireland, 1965; Lambe and Whitman, 1968.) Reprinted by permission of John Wiley, New York.
Hardin and Drnevich (1972b} demonstrated that the matenal_<'."...l11_P!~g
factor I; may be expressed as
--~-----------~---.....-------·-<·--""
for 14 sites from laboratory and field tests. They used the steady-state,
surface vibration method to evaluate G m"' in the field, but applied the I;= l;m"(1- cf-)
m"'
(4.55)
resonant column test in the laboratory. The laboratory-determined shear
and compression moduli were found to range within ±50% of the in-situ in which l;m,, is equal to 2k 1 17T and k 1 is ratio of the hatched area show? in
moduli. They observed that the cross-hole method would have given better Fig. 4.50 and the area of triangle abc, A (obc): There. are ma?y questiOns
values of shear wave velocity V, at the depths from which undisturbed concerning the validity of this equatiOn, and 1ts use m a design problem.
samples were taken and that inclusion of the secondary time effect would This indicates that more work needs to be done in this direction.
have brought the laboratory cohesive-soil values nearer to the field values. Machine foundations generally are partially embed~ed when they are
The secondary time effect is negligible for sands. Stokoe and Richart installed. This reduces the._ampiltuifeol motio-natThe resonant peaks,
(1973a, b) and Iwasaki and Tatsuoka (1977) found agreement between the increases the value of the resonant frequency, and i~creases t~e _e~~:~!~~e
resonant column and the cross-hole field test values. Prakash and Puri damping. However, the effects on amplitude and frequency~~n··me tests
(1981), who obtained in-situ data on dynamic soil constants by making depeiiaupon the mode of vibration and m~gmtude of the. motiOn as well.
resonance tests on blocks, the shear modulus test, the wave propagation For motions within the range of des1gn cntena for machmery, 1t appears
test, and the cyclic-plate-load test at several sites, reduced the modulus G that thi~ reduction Jn '.l.~!?!~tude_~esulting from partial embed~e~t.Is~~-t-he
values to a mean effective confining pressure ii0 of 100 kN /m 2 for purposes order of 10 to 25 percent.
of comparison and suggested a method for rational evaluation of test data. The ti~~·-effe(iis- for' damping in clays were studed by Marcusson and
They suggested that the value of dynamic shear modulus for analysis and Wahls ( 1977) with a Hardin oscillator in the laboratory part1~ularly to
design should be selected after taking into consideration the effect of determine the time-dependent characteristics of the dampmg rat1o of !SO-
important parameters influencing its value. tropically consolidated specimens of kaolinite and calcmm bentomte. They
Standard penetration values have been related with low strain shear used a steady-state method and the decay of free .vib~ations to obta~n the1r
modulus (Gm,,) in psf for sands by Seed et al. (1986) by Eq. (4.54) results. After completion of the primary consolidatiOn, they stud1ed the
180
DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES OVERVIEW 181
American Societ~ for Testmg Matenals_ , As~-D1l 4-(?2) (reapproved 1977). ASTM,
9
. . . (1977) "St ndard test method for beanng capactty of
1. In a uniform deposit of sand with G = 2.7 and e = 0.7, estimate the soil for static load on spread footmgs,
variation of Gm" with depth from 1m to 6 m. Assume Poisson's ratio Philadephia, PA. . · u · 't of
of 0.33 and water table at great depth. An derson, D . G . (1974) . Dynamic modulus of cohesive soils. Ph.D. Dtssertatton, mverst y
2. If the water table in problem 1 rises to the ground level, will the values Michigan, Ann Arbor. . --~ . d d ·1
A d on D G<~:· .and Stokoe, K. H ., 'Jr·-·11977)
,,, · Shear modulus: A ttme- epen en1 sot
of Gm., estimated above be altered? Estimate the new values. n ~~~p;rty
.. ASTM Spec. Tech. Pub/. STP 654, Dyn. Geotech. Test., 66-8. 9 d r
3. For a depth of 5 m and from the computed values of Gm" in problem d W d R D (1975). Comparison of field and laboratory shear mo u I.
1, estimate and plot the variation of G with shear strain for strain range Anderson, D. G., an oo_ s, . .R l. h NC Am Soc Civ. Eng., Vol. 1, pp. 69-92.
Proc -In Situ Meas. Sod Prop., a etg ' · · f
of 10- 6 to w - l
. Woods R. D. (1976). Time dependent increase in shear modulus o
Anderson, D. G., and .' c· E 102 (GT-5) 525-537.
4. What do you understand by cla . I. Geotech. Eng. Dtv., Am. Soc. tv. ng. '. . .
(a) material damping A d y D G Espana C and Me Iore, V· R · (1978). Estimatmg m sttu shear modulus p d at
n erson, . ., , ., . S . lty Conf Earthquake Eng. Soil Dyn., asa ena,
(b) Coulomb damping competent sites. Ge?tech. Eng. Dtv. pecta .. y, I 1 181-197.
(c) viscous damping, and CA Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., June, Proc. Am. Soc. Czv. Eng. o. ' . .
. , d Le K L (1977) Equivalent uniform cycle concept of soil dynamtcs. I.
(d) critical damping? Annak1, M., an e, · · · ) 549 564
Geotech. Eng. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 10 ~ (GT-6 ' ~ . t b in-situ vibration
5. A clay has liquid limit of 60% and plastic limit of 30%. Estimate the II d R .F. , Jr. (1964). Determination
Baar, . of sml N shear
4691moduh at dep h y
variation of G m" with overconsolidation ratio of this clay at a standard techniques. Waterways Exp. St. Mtsc. Pap. o. - . . N y k
confining pressure of 1 kg/ cm 2 if OCR varies from 1 to 32. D D. (1962). "Dynamics of Bases an d Foun dat tons. . " McGraw-Htll, ew or ..
Barkan,
Biot, M. A.· {1956). Theory of propagatiOn . of elastic. waves m . a fim'd-saturated porous sohd. I.
6. The shear wave velocity determined by torsional vibration of uniformly
graded dry sand specimen in a resonant column device was 750 ftl sec. Acoust Soc Am. 28, 168-191. . . h T . . 1
.
Btshop, . and
A. W., . H enk e,I D · J · (1957) • "The Measurement of Soil Properties m T e naxxa
The longitudinal wave velocity of this soil is 1200 ft/sec. Determine:
Test" Edwin Arnold, London, U.K. . ·k 1
(a) Young's modulus and shear modulus if the void ratio and the .
BJerrum, ,L., an d L an d ra, A . (1966). Direct simple shear tests on a Norwegtan qmc cay.
specific gravity of soil solids of the specimen were 0.7 and 2.7 Geotechnique 26(1), 1-20. h' t
respectively.
Brooker, E. W., and Irelan d-··H '*'•·~- · 0 · (1965). Earth pressures at rest related to stress IS ory.
(b) Poison's ratio.
Can. Geotech. I. 2, No. L . · bTt J
Assume that the confining pressures (ii0 ) in both determinations was I S J (1977) Factors affecting liquefactiOn and cychc mo l l y. .
1 t/ft 2• Castro, G., and Pou_os, · ·
Geotech Eng. Dtv., Am. Soc. Ov. ng. 103
.· E (GT-6) 501-516.
, . .
Cho, Y., Rizzo, P. C., and ump nes,E . . Ph"l d~lphia PA Meet. Prepr. 2752, 285-312.
7. List and discuss briefly laboratory and field methods for determination . H h . W K (1976) Saturated sand and cyclic dynamtc tests.
of shear modulii of soils at different strains. Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., Ann. Conv. xpo., 1a ' ' . . d
dF Z B (1973). Vibratory in-situ and laboratory sml moduh compare .1.
8. Discuss the factors affecting soil modulii and damping. Conny, R. W., an rdy, D·. . Am Soc Civ Eng. 99{SM-12), 1055-1076.
Soil Mech. Foun · tv., · · · p Pan
9. In Figure 4.13, determine Ic and N 0 for 3-soils. De Mello, V. B. F. (1971). The standard penetration tes~: A state-of-the-art report. roc.
Am. Conf. Soil Mech. Found. Eng., 4th, Puerto Rtco, VoL 1, 1-86.
1H5
REFERENCES
184 DYNAMIC SOil PROPERTIES
Imai, T. (1977). Velocities of P~ and S-waves in subsurface layers of ground in Japan. Proc.lnt.
Doebclin, E. 0. (1966). "Measurement Systems: Application and Design." McGraw-Hill, Ne~ Conf. Soil Mech. Found. 9th, Tokyo, Vol. 2, 257~260. . .
York. · d y h' M (1975) "The Relation of Mechanical Properttes of Sods toP- and
Ima 1 T an os tmura, · · U R 1 t Qya
Drnevich, V. P. (1967). Effect of strain history on the dynamic properties of sand. Ph.D. $:Wave Velocities for Soil Ground in Japan,'' Rep. RD-477, TN-07 . rawa es. ns .,
Dissertation, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. Corp., Tokyo, Japan. . .
Drnevich, V. P. (1972). Undrained cyclic shear of saturated sand. J. Soil. Mech. Found. Div., Indian Standards Institution (1978). "Indian Standard Method of Test _for ~etermmatton of
Am., Soc. Civ. Eng. 98(SM-8), 807-825. Dynamic, Properties of Soil," IS 5249-1978, 1st rev. lSI, New Delhi, Indm.
Drnevich, V. P. (1977). Resonant column testing-Problems and solutions. ASTM Spec. Tech. Ireland, H. 0., Moretto, o., and Vargas, M. (1970). The dynamic penetraton test-A standard
Publ. STP 654, Dyn. Geotech. Test., 384-398. that is not standardized. Geotechnique 20(2), 185. .
Drnevich, V. P., Hall, J. R., and Richart, F. E. (1967). Effects of amplitude of vibration on the Ishibashi, 1., and Sherif, M. A. (1974). Soil liquefaction by torsional simple shear dcvtce. J.
shear modulus of sand. Proc. Int. Symp., Wave Propag. Dyn. Prop. Earth Mater., Geotech. Eng. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. lOO(GT-8), 871-888. .
Albuquerque, NM, pp. 189-199. Ishihara, K. (1971). Factors affecting dynamic Properties of soils. Proc. Asian Reg. Conf. Sotl
Drnevich, V. P., Hardin, B. 0., and Shippy, D. J. (1977). Modulus and damping of soils by the Mech. Found. Eng. 4th, Bangkok, Vol. 2. .
resonant~column method. ASTM Spec. Tech. Pub{. STP 654, Dyn. Geotech. Test., 'h K d L' s (1972) Liquefaction of saturated sand in triaxial torston shear test.
Isht ara, . , an t, . .
91-125. Soils Found (Jpn.) 12(2), 19-39. . .
Dyvik, R., and Madshus, C. (1985). Lab measurement of Gma~ using bender elements. Adv. · d y d s (1975) Sand liquefaction in hollow cylinder torston under
Ishthara, K., an asu a, . ·
Art Test. Soils Under Cyclic Dyn. Cond., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. Conv. Detroit, 186-196. irregular excitation. Soils Found. (Jpn.) 15(1), 45-59. .
Fletcher, G. (1965). Standard penetration test: Its uses and abuses. J. Soil. Mech. Found. Div., · M d rd K (1937) Determination of elastic constants of sotls by means of
Ishtmoto, ., an t a, · · U · 15 67
Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 91(SM-4), 67-75. vibration methods. Bull. Earthquake Res. lnst., Tokyo 1mp. mv. : · .
Fry, Z. B. (1963). Development and evaluation of soil bearing capacity, foundations of . k' T d .T._atsuoka F (1977). Dynam .. ic soil properties with emphas1s on companson of
Iwasa t, . , an ~ • · .··" '.:.."" h k E 6th New
structures. Waterways Exp. St. Tech. Rep. No. 3~622, Repr. No. 1. laboratory t'eSts with field measuremetfis:, Proc. World Conf. Eart qua e ng., ,
Fugro, Inc. (1977). "Sustained~Pressure studies," Fugro Tech. Dev. Program (unpublished). Delhi, Vol. I, 153-158.
· F . d T k · y (1977). "Shear Moduli of Sands Under Cyclic
Hall, J. R., Jr. (1962). Effect of amplitude on damping and wave propagation in granular Iwasaki T Tatsuoka, . , an a agt, · M' · t 1
materials. Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Florida, Gainesville.
' ·
T orstona
·' 1 Sh ear oa d•'ng ," Tech . Memo . No · 1264. Public Works Res. Inst., mts ry o
L
Hall, J. R., Jr., and Richart, F. E., Jr. (1963). Dissipation of elastic wave energy in granular Construction, Chiba-Shi, Japan.
soils. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 89(SM-6), 27-56. Kjellman, w. (1951). Testing of shear strength in Sweden. Geotechnique 2, 225-232.
Hardin, B. 0. (1965). The nature of damping in sands. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Ko, H.-Y., and Scott, R. F. (1968). Deformation of sand at failure. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div.,
Civ. Eng. 91(SM-l), Part I, 63-97. Am. Soc. Civ: Eng. 94(SM-4), 883-898.
Hardin, B. 0. (1970). Suggested methods of test for shear modulus and damping of soils by the Kovacs, w. D. (1975). Discussion of On dynamic shear moduli and Poisson's ratios of soil
resonant column. ASTM Spec. Tech. Pub/. STP 479, 516-529. deposits Soils Found. (Jpn.) 15(1).
. Evans 1 c and Griffith A. H. (1977a). Towards a more standardized SPT.
Hardin, B. 0. (1971). Program of simple she<lr testing of soils. Univ. Ky., Soil Mech. Ser. No. K ovacs, W . D ., , · ., ' 6
8, pp. 1-14. Proc. Int. Conf. Soil Mech. Found. Eng., 9th, Tokyo, Vol. 2, 269-27 ·
'ffith A. H. and Evans, J. C. (1977b). An alternate to the cathead and rope
Hardin, B. 0. (1978). The nature of stress-strain behavior of soils. State-of-the-Art Report. Kovacs, W. D ., Gn , ,
Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., Spec. Conf. Earthquake Eng. Soil Dyn., Pasadena, CA, Vol. 1, for the SPT. Am. Soc. Test. Mater. Geotech. Test. 1 1(2), 72-81.
3-90. Ladd, R. s., and Dutko, P. (1985). Small strain measurements using triaxial app~ratus. Adv.
Hardin, B. 0., and Black, W. L. (1968). Vibration on modulus of normally consolidated clays. Art Test. Soils Under Cyclic Dyn. Cond., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. Conv., Detrott. 120-147.
J. Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 94(SM-2), 353-369. Ladd, R. s., and Silver, M. L. (1975). Discussion of Soil liquefaction by torsional simple shear
Hardin, B. 0., and Black, W. L. (1969). Closure to vibration modulus of normally consolidated device. J. Geotech. Eng. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. lOl(GT-8), 827-829.
clays. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 9S(SM-6), 1531-1537. Lambe, T. w., and Whitman, R. V. (1968). "Soil Mechanics," Wiley, New York.
Hardin, :'3·0., and Drnevich, V. P. (1972a). Shear modulus and damping in soils, mea- L eonards, G . ·
A (1962). "Foundation Engineering." McGraw-Hill, New York,.
. d
surements and parameter effects. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. Lodde, P. J. (1977). Shear ·Bl,oduli and material damping ratios of San Francisco Bay mu ·
98(SM-6), 603-624. Master's Thesis, University of Texas, Austin.
Hardin, B. 0., and Drnevich, V. P. (1972b). Shear modulus··and damping in soils, design Lord, A. F., Jr., Curran, J. w., and Koerner, R. M. (19~6) ..New_ transducer system for
equations and curves. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 98(SM-7), 667-692. determining dynamic mechanical properties and attenuatiOn m sotl. J. Acoust. Soc. Am.
Hvorslev, M. J., and Kaufman, R.I. (1952). Torsion shear apparatus and testing procedure. 60(2), 517-520.
USAE Waterways Exp. Stn., Bull. 38, 1-76. Lorenz, H. (1953). Elasticity and damping effects on oscillating bodies. Symp. Dyn. Test. Soils,
Iida, K. (1938). The velocity of elastic waves in sand. Bull. Earthquake Res. Inst., Tokyo Imp. Atlantic City, NJ, ASTM Spec. Tech. Pub!. STP 156, Part 2, 113-122.
Univ. 16, 131-144. and Wahls H. E. (1.972). Time effects on dynamic shear modulus of
M arcuson, W. F ., Ill , ' . 9 1373
Iida, K. (1940). On the elastic properties of soil particularly in relation to its water content. clays. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div. Am. Soc. C.v. Eng. 98(SM-12), 135 - ·
Bull. Earthquake Res. Inst., Tokyo Imp. Univ. 18, 675-690.
186
DYNAMIC SOil PROPERTIES
REFERENCES 187
Marcuson, W. F., III, and Wahls, H. E. (1977). Effects of time on damping ratio of clays.
ASTM Spec. Tech. Pub!. STP 654, Dyn. Geotecb. Test., 126-147. State-of-the-Art Paper. Proc. Geotech. Eng. Div. Specialty Sess. Liquefaction Problems in
Mohr, H. A. (~966). Discussion of Standard penetration test: Its uses and abuses. J. Soil Mech. Geotech. Eng. Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., Philadelphia PA Sept., 1~104.
Found. D1v., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 92(SM-1), 196-199. Seed, H. B. (1979). Soil liquefaction and cyclic mobility evaluation for level ground during
Nazarian, S., Stokoe, K. H., r_r, a~d Hudson, W. R. (1983). Use of spectral analysis of surface earthquakes. J. Geotech. Eng. Div. Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 105(GT~2), 201~255.
wa_ves method for detennmatJon of moduli and thickness of pavement systems. Transpor- Seed, H. B., and Peacock, W. H. (1971). Test procedure for measuring soil liquefaction
tatiOn Research Board, Res. Rec. No. 930, 38-45. characteristics. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 97(SM-8), 1099~1119.
Nazarian, S., and Stokoe, K. H., II (1984). In situ shear wave velocities from spectral analysis Seed, H. B., Idriss, I. M., and Arango, I. (1983). Evaluation of liquefaction potential
of surface waves. Proc. Eighth World Con[. Earthquake Eng. San Francisco CA "ol III using field performance data. 1. Geotech. Eng. Div. Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 109(GT-3),
31-38. ' ' • v• · • 458-482.
Palacio~, A. (1977). !he theory and .meas~rem~nt of energy transfer during standard penet- Seed, H. B., Pyke, R. M., and Martin, G. R. (1978). Effect of multidirectional shaking on
ratiOn test sampling. Ph.D. Thests, Umvers1ty of Florida, Gainesville. pore pressure development in sands. J. Geotech. Eng. Div. Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., 104,
Peacock,."'!· H., and .seed, H. B. (1968). Sand liquefaction under cyclic loading simple shear (GT-1), 27-44.
conditions. J. Sod Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 94(SM-3), 689~708. Seed, H. B., Tokimatsu, K., Harder, L. F., and Chung, R. M. (1984). "The Influence of SPT
Peck, R. ~··Hansen, W. E., and Thornburn, T. H. (1974). "Foundation Engineering" 2nd Procedures in Soil Liquefaction Resistance Evaluations," Rep. No. UCB/EERC 84-15.
ed. Wtley, New York. ' Earthquake Eng. Res. Cent., University of California, Berkeley.
Prakash, S. (1975). Analysis and design of vibrating footings. Symp. Recent Dev. Anal. Soil Seed, H. B., Tokimatsu, K., Harder, L. F. , and Chung, R. M. (1985). Influence of SPT
Behav., Sydney, 295-326. . procedures on soil liquefaction resistance evaluations. J. Geotech. Eng. Div. Am. Soc. Civ.
Prakash, S. (1981). "Soil Dynamics." McGraw-Hill, New York. Eng. IU(GT-12), 1425-1445.
Seed, H. B., Wong, R. T., Idriss, I. M., and Tokimatsu, K. (1986). Moduli and damping
Prakash, S. (1986). Future trend~ in geotechnical earthquake engineering research. Paper factors for &Y.namic analysis of coheslp_11~ess soils. J. Geotech. Eng. Div. Am. Soc. Civ.
presented to the VIII Symposmm on Earthquake Engineering, Roorkee, December. Eng. 112(GT-11), 1016 to 1032. ..
Prakash, S., and Puri, V. K. (1977). Critical evaluation ofiS-5249-1969. J. Indian Geotech Soc
6(1), 43-56. . . . Shannon and Wilson~Agbabian Associates (1976). Geotechnical and strong motion earthquake
data from U.S. accelerograph stations, Ferndale, Cholame, and El Centro, California.
Prakash, S.; and Puri, V. K. (1980). "Dynamic Properties of Soils from In Situ Tests" U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, NUREG-0029, Vol. 1.
(unpubhshed report). University of Missouri-Rolla, Rolla.
Shannon, W. L., Yamane, G., and Dietrich, R J. (1959). Dynamic triaxial tests on sand. Proc.
Prakash, S.,.and Puri, V. K. (1981). Dynamic properties of soils from in situ tests. J. Geotech. Pan Am. Conf. Soil Mech. Found. Eng., 1st, Mexico City, Vol. 1, 473-486.
Eng. Dw., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 107 (GT-7), 943-963. .
Silver, M. L. (1981). Load deformation and strength behavior of soils under dynamic loading.
Prakash, S.,. and Puri, V. K. (1984). Design of compressor foundations: Predictions and State-of-the-Art Paper. Proc. Int. Conf. Recent Adv. Geotech. Earthquake Eng. Soil Dyn.,
observattons. Int. Conf. Case Hist. Geotech. Eng., St. Louis, MO, Vol. 4, 1705~1710. St. Louis, MO, VoL 3, 873-896.
Prakash.' S., Nandkumaran, P., and Joshi, V. H. (1973). Design and performance of an Skempton, A. W. (1986). Standard penetration test procedures and the effects of overburden
osclllatory shear box. J. Indian Geotech. Soc. 3(2), 101 ~ 112. pressure, relative density, particle size, aging and overconsolidation. Geotechnique,
Prakash, S., .Ran~an, <:'"·· .saran, S., Srivastava, L. S., and Singh, B. (1976). Report on XXXVI(3), 425-448.
geotechmcal. mv~stlgatiOn for Penden Cement Authority cement factory at Gornto, Stephenson, R. W. (1977). Ultrasonic testing for determining dynamic soil moduli. ASTM
. Bhutan, Umverslty of Roorkee, Geotech. Eng. Stud. No. 110, Roorkee, May. Spec. Tech. Pub!. STP 654, Dyn. Geotech. Test., 179~195.
Pun, V. ~· (1~8.4). Li~uefa.ction behavior and dynamic properties of Ioessial (silty) soils. Ph.D. Stevens, H. W. (1966). Measurement of the complex moduli and damping of soils under
. Thests, Ctvtl Engmeenng Department, University of Missouri-Rolla, Rolla. dynamic loads. U.S. Army Cold Reg. Res. Eng. Lab., Hanover, N. H., Tech. Pub!. No.
Rtchart, F. E., Jr. (1961). Closure to Foundation vibrations. J. Soil Mech Found n· A I73.
Soc. Civ. Eng. 87(SM-4), Part I, 169-178. · · IV., m.
Stokoe, K. H., II, and Abdel-razzak, K. G. (1975). Shear moduli of two compacted fills. Proc.
Richart, F. E., Jr. (1977). Dynamic stress-strain relations for soils, state-of-the-art report In Situ Meas. Soil Prop., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., Raleigh, NC, Vol. 1, 422-447.
Proc. Int. Conf. Soil Mech. Found. Eng., 9th, Tokyo, Vol. 2, 605-612. . Stokoe, K. H., II, and Hoar, R. J. (1978). Variables affecting in situ seismic measurements.
Richart, F ..E., .~r., H~ll, 1. R., and Woods, R. D. (1970). "Vibrations of Soils and Proc. Am. Soc. Civ. En~, Spec. Conf. Earthquake Eng. Soil Dyn., Pasadena, CA, Vol. 2,
Foundattons. Prentice-Hall, Englewood-Cliffs, New Jersey. 919-939. . "•
Roscoe, K. H. (1~53). An apparatus for the application of simple shear to soil samples. Proc. Stokoe, K. H., II, and Richart, F. E., Jr. (1973a). Shear moduli of soils: In situ and from
Int. Conf. Sozl Mech. Found. Eng. 3rd, Zurich, VoL 1, 186~191. laboratory measurements. Proc. World Conf. Earthquake Eng, 5th, Rome, Vol. 1,
Schmertmann,. J. H. (1975). Measurement of in situ shear strength. Proc. Spec. Conf. In Situ 356-359.
Meas. Soz/ Prop., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., Rayleigh, NC, Vol. 2, 56-138. Stokoe, K. H., II, and Richart, F. E., Jr. (1973b). In situ and laboratory shear wave velocities.
Schmertmann, J. H. (1977). Use the SPT to measure dynamic soil propertiesLYes but Proc. Int. Conf. Soil Mech. Found. Eng., 8th, 1973, Moscow, Vol. 1, 403-409.
ASTM Spec. Tech. Pub/. STP 654, Dyn Geotech. Test., 341-355. . ' . Stokoe, K. H., II, and Woods, R. D. (1972). In situ shear wave velocity by cross-hole method.
Seed, H. B. (1976). Evaluation of soil liquefaction effects on level ground during earthquakes. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 98(SM-5), 443-460.
Stokoe, K. H., II, Lee, S. H. H., and Knox, D.P. (1985). Shear moduli measurements under
188
DYNAMIC SOIL PROPERTIES
true triaxial stresses. Adv. Art Test. Soils Under Cyclic Dyn Co d A
Conv., Detroit, 166--185. ·
S
n · m. oc. Civ. Eng.
Ta~lor, D. W, (1948). "Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics." Wiley, New York.
Thters, G. R. and Seed H B (1968) C r ·
5
p, d •. • · : · yc tc stress-stram characteristics of clay. 1. Soil Me h
oun · Dtv., Am. Soc. Ctv. Eng. 94(SM~6), 555-569. c ·
Trud::~· !~:i~e~~ytm~nBR. v., sand cc~ristian, J. T. (1974). Shear wave velocity and modulus
. · . aston oc. tv. Eng. 61(1), 12-25.
Wetssman, G. F., and White S R (1961) D
Spec Tech Pub[ STP 305 . S .
· ·
S .,· ampmg capactty of some granular soils. ASTM
Unbalanced Forces for
.
. · · ·
· un · ng., oscow, Vol. 1 Pt 2 501-506 turer of the machine and should be procured from him. This presents
Yu P d R" · ' . ' . difficulty sometimes since the interests of the client and the manufacturer of
, G~o~~h ~char~· F. AE. (1984). ~tress ratio effects on shear modulus of dry sands. J.
· ng. zv., m. Soc. Ctv. Eng. 110(3), 331-345. the machine are not in unison, and the manufacturer of the machine may
not like to admit that large unbalanced forces may occur from operation of
the machine supplied by him. The situation is of course different for certain
types of equipment such as compaction machinery, where unbalanced forces
are purposely developed.
The process of computation of unbalanced forces due to operation of
reciprocating and rotary machines is discussed in this chapter.
where </> =Angle between the connecting rod and the X axis, and
8 =Angle between crank rod and X- aXIS. t
Substituting for OB from Eq. (5.2) into Eq. (5.1), we ge
Cylinder
or
(5.3)
ll x =r(1-coswt)+l(1-cos</>)
---
p
B II
II X From triangles AOC and ACB (Fig. 5.1)
JJ0
%
I• AC = r sin 8 = l sin</>
Xp 'I
a. The piston and the piston rod undergo an oscillatory motion along X
"'-
cos '" -
(1- 2 1
.!__ sin2 wt-- r4 sin4
2 1' 8 I
4
wt + ...
) (5.6)
axis
h. Different points on the crank rod undergo a rotational motion about Neglecting higher powers of r/1 in Eq. (5.6), we get,
the axis of rotation through 0.
(5.7)
c. The connecting rod AB undergoes a complex motion, the end A has a cos </> = ( 1- ;;, sin' wt)
circular motion, end B moves linearly and points between A and B
move along elliptical paths. "' f E (57) into Eq. (5.3), we get
Substituting the value of cos '"' rom q. .
Unbalanced forces associated with motion of each of these components of r2 . 2 (5.8)
the crank mechanism will now be considered. ~P = r(1- cos wt) + 21 sm w1
Forces Due to Piston Motion. Let the crank rotate With a constant angular Equation (5.8) may be rewritten as
velocity w as shown (Fig. 5.1) causing displacement xP of the piston with 2
reference to its extreme outward position. Let the length of the connecting xP = r( 1 _cos wt) + ~~ (1- cos 2wt)
rod be l and crank radius r. The displacement of the piston is given by
xP = (r +I)- OB (5.1) or
.. = rw '( cos wt + 7
xP r cos 2wt) (5.11) (5.15)
The inertia force FP due to translatory motion of the piston and piston
rod is thus given by Eq. (5.12): and -;~-:-.·7
(5.16)
Ma2-f.:·MIJ=Mcr
(5.12)
where I,, I, = distances of A and B' respectively' from the mass centre M of
in which
the connecting rod. · d ay be
M at A will be undergoing a rotary motiOn an m
MP =mass of piston, piston rod and cross head . h
T e mass a2 b 1 f e F due to
combined with the mass of the crank M,,. The un a ance ore ..; M in
rotation of masses at A may be obtained by replacmg M,, by (Ma, ,,)
Force Due to Motion of Crank Rod. The unbalanced force due to rotary
motion of the crank will now be determined. The unbalance in the crank- Eq. (5.14):
shaft may be replaced by an equivalent mass at the crankpin A so as to 2 2 (5.17)
produce the same inertia force as due to motion of the crank. Since all FA =(Ma1 +Ma 2 )rw =MArw
points on the crank rod move in a circular path, equivalent mass can be
determined from Eq. (5.13):
wh~~~i~rly: :~!a~:~!a~:gm~;~e a:o~~idered along with th;,rto~rna(~_;;~
the inertia force Fn may be obtamed by addmg Mb to P m q.
(5.13)
r = crank radius
where M = total reciprocating in ass at B. . . .
and The f~ce FA at any time can be resolved into Its honzontal and vertical
components given by
r 1 = distances of center of gravity of crank rod from 0
FAX = MArw cos wt
2 (5.19a)
The inertia (centrifugal) force F, due to rotation of mass M , 1 is given by Eq.
(5.14): and
194
UNBALANCED FORCES FOR DESIGN OF MACHINE FOUNDATIONS UNBALANCED FORCES IN RECIPROCATING MACHINES 195
I
I
1 crank rotation
rShaft Cylinder # i
z
I tJJe---,---j --3] in ':hichbalanced force in the z direction due to operation of ith cylinder,
: 1'1 F,, =~~balanced force in the x direction due to operatiOn of tth cybnder.
or1 ----~~~-------1~----------~
Y,
i~sultant exciting forces transmitted to the foundatiOn due to operatlon of
X all the n cylinders are given by
ill Y!
2:" (5.27a)
~q---L-i-n y F, = w'
i=l
r,M Ai sin ( wt + a,)
Cylinder #1
1
I
x-j Fx = w' i r,[ (MAi + MsJ cos(wt +a,)+ Ms, cos 2(wt +a,)]
i~l (5.27b)
y (a) (b)
Figure 5.3. Schematic layout of (a) multicylinder horizontal engine in xy plane (piston motion . rs ·27) may be written as
· 1, E qs,,_~:
. are 1"denuca
in x direction, Engine shaft is parallel to y axis.) (b) Orientation of axes. If all cylinders
F = rw'MA
z
2:" sin (wt +a,)
i=l
(5.28a)
is parallel to Y axis and the crank rotation is in XZ plane with the origin of
and
coordinates at 0, the combined mass center of gravity of the engine and the
foundation.
The arrangement of multicylinder engine under consideration will gen- F =rw'f(MA +Ms) i; cos(wt+ a,)+ l Ms ~1 cos2(wt+ a,)}
erate unbalanced forces in the directions of X and Z. The magnitude of X l i~l ' (5.28b)
unbalanced force due to any cylinder will depend upon the crank angle a
which defines the relative position of pistons in different cylinders at any The exciting moments due to these unbalanced forces are given by
time. For example, a = 180" for a two-cylinder engine implies that when the
piston in one of the cylinders is in the extreme right piston, the piston in the " (5.29a)
M="'FY
~
other cylinder is in the extreme left position. That is, they operate out of X
i=l
Zl l
different cylinders in a multicylinder engine, its operation may result in the i=l
by replacing MA with MA,, Mn with Mn 1, r by r, and changing wt to M = Exciting moment about the y axis
y
(wt +a;). This substitution gives
and
(5.25) M = Exciting moment abont the Z-axis
'
198
UNBALANCED FORCES FOR DESIGN OF MACHINE FOUNDATIONS UNBALANCED FORCES IN RECIPROCATING MACHINES 199
!he exciting moments will have primary and secondary components depend- Unbalanced moments and forces in any particular case may be calculated
mg upon the ~ature of unbalanced forces generated by the machine. from the mounting details of cylinders and crank angles a. The compu-
The conditiOns for balancing the fo~ces and moments generated by tations become simple when all cylinders are identical and crank and
operatiOn ~fa honzontally mounted multiCylmder engine can be established connecting rods are of uniform cross section. When counterweights are used
by exammmg Eqs. (5.28) and (5.29). The primary component of exciting to balance the exciting force due to rotating mass M A, Eqs. (5.28) become
forces Will be balanced if [from Eqs. (5.28a and b)]
n F, =0 (5.33a)
2.: sin (wt +a,)= 0
and
t=l
(5.30a)
Fx= rw
2
~ [ M 8 cos(wt+ a,)+ IM 8 cos2(wt+ a,)] (5.33b)
2 2 n
n
F: = -rw- M 8 ,~[cos
"' 2(wt +a,)] (5.33d)
.2.: cos 2(wt +a,)= 0
i=l
(5.30c) 1
-~;. ,' :>"
The primary component of the exciting moments will be balanced if Eqs Substituting the value ofF, from Eqs. (5.33a) in Eqs. (5.29a,b), we get
(5.31) are satisfied: ·
(5.34a)
n
.2.:
i=l
X, sin ( wt + a ) = 0
I (5.31a) M y =0 (5.34b)
n
Also (5.34c)
.2.:
1=1
Y, cos (wt +a,)= 0 (5.31b)
n Substituting the values ofF; and F: from Eqs. (5.33c,d) in Eqs. (5.29c), we
2.:
1=1
Y, sin (wt +a,)= 0 (5.31c)
get
n
In the case under consideration, only the force Fx has a secondary compo- M;=LF;iyi (5.35a)
i=l
nent and the secondary component of moment will be balanced if
n
n M"="'
Z L.,; F".Y
XI I
(5.35b)
.2.:
1=1
Y,cos2(wt+ a,)=O (5.32)
i=l
-----+D/2 ----
0
D/2
X
given by
F= 2mew 2 (5.39a)
The vertical and horizontal components of the unbalanced force are given
by
Figure 5.4. Two cranks at 90°,
Fx = 2mew 2 cos wt (5.39b)
:::"'
Table 5.1. Unbalanced Forces and Couples for Different Crank Arrangements
Crank Arrangements Forces Couples
Primary Secondary Primary Secondary
Single crank F' without F"
counter wts.
k
F'D without
Two cranks at 180° 0 2F" counter wts. None
F'
In-line cylinders T D with
~
counter wts.
Opposed cylinders 0 0 Nil Nil
y
.
Two cylinders on F' without
one crank counter wts. (1.41) F" Nil Nil
Cylinders at 90° 0 with
counter wts.
2F' without
~
Two cylinders on 0 None Nil
counter wts.
one crank
F' with
Opposed cylinders
counter wts.
(3.46) F' D without
(3.46) F' D
~
Three cranks at 120° counter wts.
0 .. 0
'"' (1.73) F' D with
). counter wts.
r J,llt
~
Four cylinders 0 0 0
0
(1.41) F' D without
Cranks at 180° counter wts.
+~
0 (0.707) F' D with 4.0 F"D
0
Cranks at 90° counter wts.
,.~,
.
''-~
~~
Six cylinders
0 0
0 0
"'
0
"'
204
UNBALANCED FORCES FOR DESIGN OF MACHINE FOUNDATIONS
EXAMPLES 205
(')
The secondary component F~ is unchanged and its value is equal to
0.2645 t as calculated in part (a).
7. Exciting moment
The primary component of exciting moment M ~ is given by
M; = F~h = (0.7935)(1.3) = 1.0315 t m. The secondary component
of the exciting moment M;
remains unchanged and is equal to
0.344 t m as calculated in part (a). 1.0 m
EXAMPLE 5.4.2
j_
In Example 5.4.1 if the engine was mounted vertically with XZ as the plane
of crank rotation and the counterweights are installed, determine the
exciting forces and moments for design of the foundation. Assume that the
line of motion of the piston lies along the Z axis through the center of
(b)
gravity of the engine and the foundation.
Figure 5.7.
t f
(a) Arrangemen o era
nks a
,
= 180°· (b) Schematic sketch showing line of action
2
Operating speed of engine= w = 'lT(~~OO) = 157.07 sec- 1 (c) Unbalanced forces Fx
1. Unbalanced force Fx 1 due to cylinder #1
2.
Crank angle a = 1800 Fx 1 = M Arw sm wt (From 5.19b)
2
(a) Unbalanced forces and moments Fx 1 = (0.428)(0.15)(157.07) sin wt = 1583.8 (sin wt) kg
The direction of piston motion is along Z axis. The unbalanced forces = 1.5838(sin wt) t
F, along the direction of piston motion in this case are obtained by
replacmg X With Z m Eqs. (5.21) and (5.22). Similarly the unbalanced 2. Unbalanced force Fx 2 due to cylinder #2
forces Fx perpendicular to direction of piston motion are obtained by Fx 2 = (0.428)(0.15)(157.07)' sin (wt + 180") = 1.5838(-sin wt) t
mterchangmg Z and X in Eq. (5.19b).
3. Resultant forces Fx
(b) Unbalanced forces F; Fx = Fx 1 + Fx 2 = 1.5838 (sin wt- sin wt) = 0
1. Primary component F;, due to cylinder #1
(d) Unbalanced moments
F;, = (MA + Ms)rw 2
cos wt (From 5.21) The only exciting moments in this case results from the fact that F;,
= (0.428 + 0.744)(0.15)(157.07) 2 cos wt = 4337.1 (cos wt) kg and F' are equal in magnitude but act in opposite directions and thus
form :couple that causes rotation about y axis. The moment of this
= 4.3771 (cos wt) t primary couple M; is given:l>r' (Fig. 5.7)
2. Secondary component F;, due to cylinder #1 M; = F;,(D) = 4.377(0.5) cos wt = 2.188 cos wt t m
2 2
F 11 r w The foundation should be designed for the following exciting forces and
zl = MB - - COS 2wt (From 5.22)
1 moments:
2
0 ) (0.15) 2 F, = F; = 1.8354 t (secondary)
= ( .744 (0. 4S) (157.D7) cos 2wt = 9.17 (cos 2wt) kg
MY= M; = 2.188 t m (primary)
= 0.9177 (cos 2wt) t
3. Primary component F::Z due to cylinder #2
REFERENCES
F;, = (0.428 + 0.744)(0.15)(157.07) 2 cos(wt + 180")
Drnevich, V. P., and Hall, J. R., Jr. (1966). Transient loading tests on a circular footing. J. Soil
= 4.3771( -cos wt) t Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 92 (SM-6), 153-157.
Lysmer, J., and Richart, F. E., Jr. (1966). Dynamic response of footings to vertical loading. I.
4. Secondary component F'::,_ due to cylinder #2 Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 92 (SM-1), 65-91.
2
~~·.~~))
Newcomb, W.K. (1951). Principles of foundation design for engines and compressors. Trans.
F'::,_ = (0.744) (157,07) 2 cos 2(wt + 180") ASME 73, 307-312, 313-318.
=0.9177 (cos2wt)t
5. Resultant primary component F;
F; = F;, + F;, = 4.3771 (cos wt- cos wt) = 0
6. Resultant secondary component
F~ = F~ 1 + F~ = 0.9177(cos 2wt) + 0.9177 cos 2wt
= 1.8354 cos 2wt t
(F;)"'"' = 1.8354 t
MODES OF VIBRATION OF A RIGID FOUNDATION BLOCK 213
6.1 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Any movement of the block can be resolved into these six independent
displacements. Hence, the block has six degrees of freedom (or modes of
The general criteria for ensuring long-term satisfactory performance of a vibration) and six corresponding natural frequenctes. Of the stx modes,
machine foundation with respect to static and dynamic stability are set forth translation along the Z axis and rotation around the Z axis can occur
in Chapter 1 (Section 1.2}. The foundation requirements for reciprocating independently of any other motion. However, translation along the X or Y
machines with respect to dynamic stability are as follows: axis and corresponding rotation about the Y or X axis, respectively, always
212
214
FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES ELASTIC HALF-SPACE METHOD 215
Vertical
V'
Torsion (yawing)
t 0' 0'
•o
~+X
w ~ ~ 00
Longitud ina I Figure 6.2. Lamb's problems for steady-s!ate o~cillating force or ~ulse loa_ding acting at a point
(three-dimensional) or along a line (two-dimensional). (a) For verhcalload•ng at the surfa.ce. (b)
For horizontal loading at the surface. (c) For vertical loading within the body. (d) For horazon~al
loading within the body. (After Lamb, 1904. After Richart, Hall, and Woods, "Vibrations of S?ds
and foundations/'© (1970, p. 193. Reprinted by permission of PrenticeRHall, Englewood Chffs,
z New Jersey.)
Figure 6.1. Modes of vibration of a rigid block foundation.
It can be seen from Eq. (6.3) that the mass ratio essentially describes the
relatiOn between the mass of the vibrating footing and a certain mass of the
elastic half-space.
Reissners' solution was extended by Quinlan (1953) and Sung (1953a),
both of whom considered the effect of three types of vertical contact
pressures bel?w the base occasioned by an oscillating vertical force. The
pressure distnbutiOns considered were
1. Rigid base
p eiwt
(T = 0
z 27TroVr~-r2 (6.4)
(6.5)
Figure 6.3. Effect of pressure distribution on the theoretical response of vertically vibrating
rigid footing (After Richart and Whitman, 1967.)
ELASTIC HALF-SPACE METHOD 219
"'•
~
..§ 0.3 . . - - - - . . - - - - - , - - - - - - - ,
"-
E
ro 0.3
~
c•
.Q
~
c
•E 0.2 ~
I
0.2
0
<
0.]
"g_
•c
E
,
0
__..;>.._-----.j]/4
0
0 " .___.::::..-c-~:-1112
1.5 0
1.5
114
112
(,)
. ~
;•g~!e 6.5. Ampli~ude versus frequency relations for vertical oscillation of a rigid circular Frequency ratio, ao
oo .;~g ~n an elast~c halfMspace (v = ! ). (a) For constant amplitude of exciting force (b) For Figure 6.6. Displacement functions for a rigid circular footing vibrating vertically on the
exc1 mg orce amphtude dependent on exciting frequency. (After Richart, 1962 .) ·
surface of an elastic half~space. (After Rycroft, 1956.)
218
220
FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES ELASTIC HALF-SPACE METHOD 221
Thus, both c, and k, · are dependent upon a 0 and v. Next Hsieh also
(6.9) considered a rigid cylindrical footing of total weight W placed on the surface
of an elastic half-space and excited by a vertical periodic force P (Fig. 6.7b).
By differentiating Eq. (6.9) with respect to time, one gets The equation of motion of such a system is given by
2
dz wQ eiwt W d z = P- Q
dt = G~ (if; - [,) (6.14)
0
( 6.10) g dt 2
This leads to By substitut1hg Q from Eq. (6.1'i):into Eq. (6.14), one obtains
f 1 wz- f z dz
~
= Qow
Gr
(f'1 +f')e'w' W d z
2
dz P iwt
2 --+ 2 c -+kz=P= e 0
(6.15)
0
g dt ' dt '
or
Equation (6.15), which is known as Hsieh's Analog, illustrates that
= ~~ u; + t~l
0
vertical vibrations of a footing on an elastic half-space can be represented in
terms of an equivalent damped spring-mass model with the difference that
both the spring constant and damping are frequency dependent.
(6.11)
Lysmer's Analog. Lysmer and Richart (1966) proposed a simplified
mass-spring-dashpot analog known as Lysmer's Analog for calculating the
p
response of a rigid circular footing subject to vertical oscillations. They also
defined a new displacement function F as
Q
Weightless
rigid disk 4 .
Block
mass = m
F= - -
1 -v
f= F 1 + tF2 (6.16)
""•
c
0
~
0
3 .4r; _ r-:::7"
c.= (1- v) v pG
(6.19)
E
0
u
By using the above values of spring and damping constants and the theory of
vibrations (Chapter 2), natural frequency "'"' is determined as
'V!7S
w = (6.20)
nz T:i
The responss;; curves between the magnification factor, M, and a 0 , shown by
1.0 1.5 the dotted lines in Fig. 6.9 wef<;'.''obtained. These are close to the exact
Dimensionless frequency, a0 solutions obtained with the elastic half-space model. The equation of motion
~ii~~::.~-~~ ~riation of modified displacement function with Poisson's ratio. (After Lysmer and for the Lysmer's Analog may thus be written as
6
3.4r! 4Gr (6.21)
mi + ( _ v)
1
vPGi + (1 _ ~) z = P
0 - - Half-space theory
"'G'""'-~
""::;
(v =
1
3}
- - - - Simplified analog
II 2 Bz = 5 or
::;," (6.22)
2 and
Dimensionless frequency, a 0
(6.23b)
;igure 6·?· ,Response of a rigid circular footing to a vertical force developed by a constant
orce exc1tahon. (After Lysmer and Richart, 1966.)
222
225
224 FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES ELASTIC HALF-SPACE METHOD
w
The amplitude at operating frequency can be obtained by using theory of
7-8v
B x = ~--=---,- -m - 7-8v
32(1- v) pr; - 32(1- v) 'YJ 0
--, (6.25)
vibration [Chapter 2, Eq. (2.44b)]:
P, The dimensionless frequency factor a ox is equal to wr"yprG. The ex-
A = P,
pressions for the equivalent spring and damping factors are as follows: The
' k,V (1- r 2 2
) + (2/j) 2 k,{[1- (wlw,,)']' + (2~,w/w,j}ll 2
equivalent spring
(6.23c)
(6.26)
For a frequency-dependent exciting force, which is normally the case with
forces associated with machine operation, the resonant frequency is given by
and the equivalent damping
The maximum vibration amplitude for frequency dependent exciting force is The damping ratio ~x is given by
given by
ex 0.2875 (6.28)
~ =-=--
A = _m_,e c::-::~,;;B~,== X CC ~
(6.24b)
' m 0.85y B,- 0.18
The equation of the analog for sliding is
in which me= unbalanced rotating mass and e =eccentricity _of mass "m "
from the axis of rotation. e
(6.29)
The mass in the above analog is the total mass vibrating on the surface of
the elastic half-space. The shape of the magnification factor M versus a for By comparison with Equations (2.37) and (2.11),
constant force excitation in Fig. 6.9 shows that the peaks at ;esonancea are
relatively flat, and significant damping is associated with the vertical mode of (6.30)
vibration.
Mysinwt r-"\
Bx = 5
- - Exact solution
---Analog solution - - Exact sqluf1on
---Analog solution
2
:£'
;'l"
"'
c
0 2
"'•u
~
'2
00
•
"
o.sot__L-~L-~-~-~o~.s~-L-~~-L-_L-~-~~k--~~
"''
d' · 1 frequency factor for rocking only of a
Figure 6.11. Ma~nification f~ctorlvfersus l(~~ns•o~a~~s 1967. © 1968 The University of New
rigid circular footmg on elastic ha -space. er '
a~
Mexico Press.)
Figure 6.1 0. Response of a rigid circular footing on an elastic half space for pure sliding. (After
Hall, 1967. © 1968 The University of New Mexico Press.) · . ring-dashpot model that
Hall (1967) proposed an eqmva1ent mass-sp . . . . he
could be used to evaluate the response of a rockmg ngtd footmg ond t b
surface of an elastic half-space. His analog for rockmg ts represente y
about tbe Y axis, and cf> is the angle of rotation. Figure 6.11 illustrates the (6.33)
geometry of the problem and sbows a plot of the magnification factor, M 1
vs. dimensionless frequency factor ao.P for different values of the inertia ratio
B 1 (analogous to mass ratio in case of translation.) The inertia ratio Bq, is in which
defined as
kq, =spring constant for rocking
B = 3( 1 - V) _M_mo = ~ _M-"'m"'-o('--1_-_v-'-) cq, =damping constant
" 8
5
pr o 8 'Y, 5
(6.32) .,,
-r
g 0 The terms k• and c• c;n be computed as follows:
8Gr~ (6.34a)
in which Mmo is the mass moment of inertia of the foundation and machine
about the axis of rotation (in this case they axis, not shown). kq, = 3(1- v)
It may be seen in Fig. 6.11 that the response curves are characterized by
relatively sharp peaks compared to the case of vertical vibrations. Hence and
smaller damping is associated with the rocking mode of vibration (see Fig. (6.34b)
4.40). Cq, = (1- v)(1 + B 4J
229
228 FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES ELASTIC HALF-SPACE METHOD
(6.35)
Wn<P ={If. mo
(6.37)
The analog solution is shown in Fig. 6.11 by dotted lines along with the
elastic half-space solution and is in rather close agreement with it.
(6.41a)
in which Mm, =polar mass moment of inertia of the footing around the
vertical axis of rotation. The analog solution for the case of torsional
vibrations may be expressed as follows (Richart et al. 1970): The amplitude of vibrations A'' is given by
(6.39)
(6.41b)
in which tf; = angular rotation of the footing around the vertical axis of
k~, =equivalent soil
rotation, c"' =damping constant for torsional vibratit?ns,
spring constant for torsional vibrations, and M,e'w' =horizontal exciting
moment acting about the Z axis. The spring constant k 1, and the damping in which the damping ratio (; 1• is given by
constant c 1, are given by (Richart and Whitman, 1967)
0.5 (6.42)
16 I; =
k,, = 3
3
Gro ( 6.40a) " (1 + 2B,1.)
effective damping in case of
1.6r~y'Gp As in the case for rocking vibrations, t he
c1, = 1 + B,,, {6.40b) torsional vibrations is small (see Fig. 4.40).
230 FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES ELASTIC HALF-SPACE METHOD 231
Coupled Rocking and Sliding Vibrations of a Rigid Circular Footing Equation (6.43) max then be written as
It has already been. stated (Section 6.2) that either rocking or sliding (6.45)
Rx = cxi + kxx- Lex¢- Lkxcf> = 0
alo~e IS an tdeal condttton. In actuahty, the motion of a footing excited by a
honzontal force or a vertical moment involves both rocking and sliding.
Similarly, the moment M R, which represents the moment due to the
Figure 6.13 tllustrates the conditions of a rigid circular footing that rests on
the surface of an elastic half-space and is excited by a vertical moment, resistance of the elastic half-space, may be written as
M,(t) = M,e'w' and a horizontal force Px(t) = Pxe'w' acting at its center of ( 6.46)
gravity. Let the footing's center of gravity lie on the vertical axis which
passes through the center of the circular base, at a height L above the
surface of the half-space. The motion of the footing may be expressed in The equation of motion for sliding is
terms of the translation of the center of gravity x and the rotation angle q,. (6.47)
The equation of motion may be obtained by considering the limiting
eqmhbnum of the exciting and resisting forces and moments in terms of
Newton's Second Law. The horizontal resisting forceR at the base is given arid rocking
by X
( 6.48)
(6.43)
in which M m us the mass momentp.frinertia of the foundation about an axis
in which X0 =displacement at the base and is given by that passes through the system's center of gravity and perpendicular to the
xo =X- Lcf> (6.44) plane of vibrations.
By substituting MR and Rx from Eqs. (6.46) and (6.45), respectively, in
Eq. (6.48), one obtains
+ •
}i" +x
Equations (6.47) and (6.49) demonstrate that coupling of the two mo-
tions, i.e. sliding and rocking, takes place because the center of gravity of
~+Px (b)
the footing and the point at which the horizontal reactive force R x of the
elastic half-space is applied are not the same. If L equals zero, there is no
coupling effect, and sliding and rocking are independent. Particular solu-
tions of Eqs. (6.47) aud (6.49) may be obtained by substituting
•
1-1
(a)
I I 'N
• (6.50a)
I I I I r- I I
I
7 I 11 'I J(-- and
/~ I
I I ~ I + 0 (6.50b)
l_ I! ! .~ l
llr-
r
'/
~Fx
-A'r£0
X
0 I in wbich A and B are arbitrary constants.
When a footing rests on an elastic half-space, the values of both the
1: spring constant and damping coefficients are frequency dependent and must
(c) be calculated at any given frequency before the above equations can be
Figure 6.13. Coupled rocking and sliding vibrations of a rigid circular block on an elastic solved. However, if the spring constant and damping are assumed to have a
halfMspace. (After Richart and Whitman, 1967.) frequency independent constant value as in the case of analog solutions for
232
FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES ELASTIC HALF-SPACE METHOD 233
sliding a~d rocking, Eqs. ( 6.47) and ( 6.49) can be easily solved. The natural w, 1 and w, 2 are the two natural frequencies of the soil-foundation system
freq~encws of coupled rocking and sliding are obtained by making the undergoing vibrations due to combined rocking and sliding. The rocking and
forcmg functiOns Px · e'w' and M/w' in Eqs. (6.47) and Eq. (6.49) e ual to sliding may be in-phase or out-of-phase depending on the value of operating
zero. Th1s leads to: q frequency w and the two natural frequencies w, 1 and w, 2 • This point is
discussed in detail in Section 6.7.
( 6.5la) Damped amplitudes of rocking and sliding occasioned by an exciting
moment MY can be cbtained as follows:
and
_ _M Y [(w2nx )2 + (2<Sx wnx )'JL12
A - 2 (6.55a)
x M, A(w )
(6.51b)
By substituting Eqs. (6.50a,b) into Eqs. (6.51a,b) and rearranging the (6.55b)
terms, the frequency equat10n IS obtamed as given below (Prakash and Puri
1980, 1981b) '
The value of A(w 2 ) is obtained from Eq. (6.56)
4 _ 2
w2
n</>
+ (I) nx
2
_
4< <
Sx S<f> Wnx (t)n</>)
2
W nx W n<f>]
2 2
[ wnd w,d ( + ~~""""""
y y y
+4[~xwnxwnd (w2 -w2 )+ ~q,W,q,W,d ( 2- 2 ]2-
'Y rt<f> nd y (t)I!X (l)nd) -0
(6.52)
in which
Damped amplitudes of rocking and sliding occasioned by a horizontal force
Px are given by Eq. 6.57(a,b)
( 6.53)
px
Ax=-M
w,d = damped natural frequency in coupled rocking and sliding. m m
~x = damping ratio for sliding vibrations
1;1 = damping ratio for rocking vibrations
If ~x= {;1 = 0, that is, when there is no damping in the system then Eq.
(6.52) reduces to ' and
2 2 2 2
w,
4-
w,
2 Wnx + Wnq,) + W,xwn1>
= 0 (6.57b)
(
y y (6.54a)
in which w, is the undamped natural frequency o"r the system. In case the footing is subjected to the action of a moment and a
Because the effect of damping on natural frequency is small one may horizontal force, the resulting amplitudes of sliding and rocking may be
calculate the undamped natural frequency for coupled rocking and sliding by obtained by adding the corresponding solutions from Eqs. (6.55) and (6.57).
usmg Eq. (6.54a). Solving Eq. (6.54a) as a quadratic in w~, we get Rigorous solutions for Eqs. (6.47) and (6.49) can be obtained for both
elastic half-space and Halls' analog by using numerical techniques on a
1
w2 = _ [w 2 + (J)n<fl
2 ) + , /( 2 + 2 )2 2 2 high-speed digital computer. .For numerical solutions, frequency-dependent
nJ,2 2y /IX - v {J)ntf, -4ywncf>(l)Nx] {J)/JX
(6.54b) stiffness and damping can also be considered.
234 FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES 235
EFFECT OF FOOTING SHAPE ON VIBRATORY RESPONSE
on the surface of an elastic half-space was analyzed by Sung (1953b), who 1.0 1.5
0.5
used the earlier solution of Lamb (1904). Kobori (1962) and Thomson and
Kobori (1963) obtained the displacement functions, [ 1 and / 2 for the
displacement at the center of a uniformly loaded rectangular surface area.
Elorduy et al. (1967) obtained solutions (in terms of the displacement 0.24 ~------,-------,-------,
functions f 1 and / 2 ) for vertically vibrating rectangular (alb= 2) and square
'0 ·''>
(alb= 1) footings resting on the surface of elastic half-space for a typical
case of v = ! and compared them with the solutions of Sung (1953a) and " ~"(I" -~---~
Bycroft (1956), who based their calculations on an equivalent circular area.
Their solutions are shown in Fig. 6.14 for the cases of square and rectan-
gular footings, respectively. Because these displacement functions are prac-
'\; 'Y-;:~--
:-"\
/
~12
ea/2
o/2
~
tically the same, it is acceptable to use solutions of a rigid circular base I
having an area equivalent to a given square or rectangular contact area for 0 0.12 ', " b/2 +
alb up to 2.0 for approximate response calculations. Similarly, for rocking < '\ ~ Rectangle
'- ' a
or torsional vibrations of rectangular or square footings, one may compute -fz '- '-' - ~ 2
an equivalent radius of a circular footing so that the moment of inertia of ' b
the given footing about the axis of rotation is the same as that of an '
equivalent circular footing about the same axis. Thus, the equivalent radius
ro, may be calculated as follows:
For translation along the Z, X, or Y axis, 0 0.5 1.0 1.5
( 6.58a) (b)
Fi ure 6 .14. Displacement functions for vertical. vibration. of rigid squar~ an~ rectangular
For rocking about Y or X axis, fo!tings. (After Richart, Halk and Woods, 11 Vibrat1ons of Sm~s and Foundations, © 1970, P·
212. Reprinted by permission'-of Prentice-Hall, Englewood Chffs, New Jersey.)
11
ba') '
(6.58b)
roo/= ro = ( 37T
in which
For torsional vibrations about Z axis, b = width of the foundation (parallel to the axis of rotation for rocking)
and
r
o
=r =(ab(a'61T+ b') )II'= (21")11'
ol)t 1T
(6.58c)
a = length of the foundation (perpendicular to the axis of rotation for
rocking).
237
VIBRATIONS OF A RIGID CIRCULAR FOOTING
236 FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES
For footings with length to width ratios greater than 6, an ideal two- Vertical Vibrations
dimensional condition can be assumed and the footings treated as strip Bycroft (1956) considered the problem of a vertically vibrating rigid
footings which can be analyzed by applying Quinlan's (1953) method. circular footing resting on an elastic layer. He. assum~d a ngtd~base-type
The above discussion implies that a footing of any shape whether it is a distribution of vertical pressure below the footmg (this assumption IS not
circle or a rectangle, will respond similarly as long as the areas of the strictly correct) and computed values of average static_ displacement for
footings are the same. A footing having an area of 8.0 m 2 will have an different values of layer thickness ratio Hlr 0 in which HIS the th1ckness of
equivalent radius of 1.6 m for translational oscillations regardless of its the elastic layer as shown in Fig. 6.15. The values of the ratiO of average
shape, which may be a circle with a diameter of 3.2 m or a rectangle with static displacement (Z,li for the layered case, to the value of a stahc
length of width ratio of 4.0. However, the actual response of these two displacement (Z,)~ when H-'>oo (elastic half-space) and the Hlro ratiO are
footings may not be the same. plotted in Fig. 6.15. The values of the ratio of a spnng coeffiCient (k,), for
It has been found that two footings of different shapes will not behave the layered case, to the value of (k,)" for the elastic half-space, versus the
identically, even though the equivalent radius based upon equal areas for H f r value are also plotted in the same figure. Th1s figure shows clearly the
translational modes are the same (Chae, 1969). In an accurate analysis, stiff~ning effect that an underlying rigid layer has on the vertlcal m~twn of a
footing shape must be taken into account. Based upon his experimental footing, which is obvious from the reduced statlc displacement and mc~eased
observations (Chae, 1969) suggested that the concept of equivalent circular spring coefficient. For large values of H/r 0 (>4), the hehavwr approx1mates
areas may be used to predict natural frequencies but that the perimeter that of a footing on an elastic half-space. For lower values of H fro ( <1), the
characteristics should be taken into account for reasonable predictions of the motion is signijicantly affected by the stiffness of the_ underlymg ng1d layer.
amplitudes. Bycroft (1956fconsidered the case of.a weightless ng1d Clfcular d1sc (B, :" 0)
The problem of vertical vibrations of rectangular footings has also been resting on the surface of a half-space, and Warburton (1957) _obtamed
studied by Dasgupta and Rao (1978), who used a three-dimensional finite solutions for the case of B, > 0. Both of them noted that amphtudes of
element model and three different vertical pressure distributions at the motion become infinite at resonance for the case of B 2 equal to zero. Th1s
footing soil interface. However, their model is too complex for the design of occurs because of the resonance of the layer itself , which acts as a column
ordinary machine foundations. Besides, no comparison with actual obser-
vations has been reported.
It is a common practice to transform area of any shape to an equivalent
circle of same area (for translational modes) or equivalent moment of inertia
(for rocking or torsional modes) (Richart and Whitman, 1967; Whitman and
Richart, 1967). Dobry and Gazetas (1986) and Dobry et a!. (1986) have
suggested that this procedure of using the concept of equivalent radius has
limitations and the foundation shape defined by the aspect ratio a/ b has a
significant influence on dynamic stiffness and damping values, especially in
cases of long foundations.
of elastic material fixed at the base, free at the top, and restrained against It may be noted here tbat a hard rock underlying a relatively thin layer of
lateral deformations on the side. In this condition, it behaves like a rod of elastic soil may cause large amplification of the vertical amplitudes because
elastic material. The conditions involving the vibrations of such a column of of the reflection of energy back into the soil. Special care must be taken m
soil have already been discussed in Chapter 3 (Section 3.1). Vibrations in the design of a machine foundation for such a case.
higher modes are possible for such a case. For a footing which has a certain
weight in which B, > 0, the amplitudes are finite at resonance, but are
amplified by the underlying hard layer. The increase in amplitude at
resonance occurs because the underlying hard layer obstructs the transmis- Torsional Vibrations
sion of the wave energy away from the vibrating footing and reflects back a The problem of torsional vibrations of a rigid circular footing on an
part of this energy into the layer. This results in reduced geometrical elastic layer overlying a rigid layer was investigated by Re1ssner (1937),
damping. The energy is finally dissipated by transmission in a horizontal Arnold et al. (1955) and Bycroft (1956).
direction. Kuhlemeyer (1969) discussed the transmission of wave energy The results provided by Bycroft (1956) on B, vs. a0 for different values of
into a layered medium. An estimate of the amplitude magnification at H/r are shown in Fig. 6.16. Based upon model tests as well as theoretiCal
resonance for a vertically vibrating footing on anelastic layer is given in inve~tigations, Arnold et al. (1955) observed that as the. elastic layer
Table 6.1. The magnification factor, ML in Table 6.1 is defined as becomes thinner in comparison with the radius of the footmg, effective
damping is decreased and is less than that for a torsionally vibrating footing
on an elastic half-space. Bycroft (1956) demonstrated that as the H/ro
( 6.59)
becomes sm}tller, the natural fr$quency of the torsional vibrations ap-
proaches the natural frequency of ''rod of radius r o and length H v1bratmg
in which (Z,) 1 =dynamic amplitude of the elastic layer and (Z,)oo =static in torsion as a column fixed at the base and free at the top. Cases of
deflection (elastic half-space). The term (Z,)oo is given by torsional vibration of such columns have been discussed in Chapter 3
(Section 3.1).
(Z) = (1- v)P, (6.60)
s oo 4Gro
The linear elastic weightless spring method is sometimes used for analysis
t P, sin wt Pz sin wt
(6.62)
Therefore, the natural frequency of a vertically vibrating system is given by
c A]'/2
wnz = [ ~ rad/sec (6.63a)
or
lei
/,
nz
=- 1 [cmA]'
27T -"-
1
'
Hz (6.63b)
Figure 6.18. Block foundation that slides only, and its equivalent model.
in which
Therefore, Eq. (6.65a) may be written as
w," =The circular natural frequency (undamped) of the soil foundation
system in vertical vibration (rad/sec); mi + c·';tf =
;
PX sin wt (6.65b)
f"' =Natural frequency of vertical vibrations (Hz)
The frequency of sliding vibrations of the system is
The amplitude of the vertical vibrations A, is given by
(CA)
112
wnx = -'- rad/sec (6.66a)
A = _P_,'-,;Csi::::n_w~t~ m
, m( Wnz 2 _ z) (6.64a)
W
(6.64b) in which
Sliding Vibrations
wnx =The circular natural frequency of the sliding vibrations in radians/
sec and
Consider a horizontal unbalanced force, Px(t) = Px sin wt, to act on a /,nx =The natural frequency of the sliding vibrations in cycles/sec or Hz.
block foundation as illustrated in Fig. 6.18. The vibrations of the foundation
in this case are analogous to vertical vibrations and may be expressed in The amplitude of the sliding vibrations is given by
terms of Eq. (6.65a):
px
A = , z (6.67)
(6.65a) x m(w nx - w )
in which
The expressions for frequency and amplitude in sliding are thus similar to
x =sliding displacement of the foundation, from its equilibrium position; the expressions for vertical vibrations.
and
A =the base area of the foundation; and
Rocking Vibrations
kx =the equivalent spring constant of the soil in sliding; and is given by
Consider now only the rocking vibrations induced in a fo~ndati?n bl~ck
(4.28b) · · moment M Y (t) • Here , M y (t) = M y sm wt m whtch
by an externally excttmg
245
244 FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES LINEAR ELASTIC WEIGHTLESS SPRING METHOD
M, denotes the moment acting in the XZ plane (Fig. 6.19a). The footing is Because the displacement angle cf> is small, tan cf> = cf> in radians and the
symmetrical about the Y axis, and the center of mass of the foundation and moment
the machine and the centroid of the base area lie on a vertical line and in the
(6.70)
plane of the moment. The displaced position of the foundation is shown in
Fig. 6.19a, and its rotation is cf>. The equation of motion may be obtained by
applying Newton's second law of motion as explained below. in which
1. Moment M; occasioned by the inertia of the foundation is given by L = the distance between the center of gravity and the axis of rotation,
and
M=-M
1
;;..
mo<f-' (6.68) W =the weight of the foundation.
in which
Mmo is the moment of inertia of the mass of the foundation and machine 3. Moment MR occasioned by the soil reaction.
with respect to the axis of rotation. Consider an element dA of the foundation area in contact with the soil and
2. Moment Mw occasioned by the displaced position of the center of located at a distance l from the axis of rotation (Fig. 6.19b). The soil
gravity of the foundation is given by reaction depends upon the displacement at the point under consideration
and varies from zero at the center of rotation to a maximum value at the
Mw = WL tan cf> (6.69) edge of the fo9ting. The soil reaction over the elementary area dA is given
by r,- ,,/"
dR = c.zq, dA (6.71)
in which
C =the coefficient of elastic nonuniform compression. The reactive
" moment dM R occasioned by the soil reaction dR is given by
Initial position
2
dMR = ldR = -C,I c/> dA
Displaced position
If the foundation does not lose contact with the soil, then the soil reaction
will be as shown in Fig. 6.19b, and the total reactive moment MR against the
foundation area in contact with the soil is given by
(a)
MR =- r c,/cf> dA =- c.q, I I' dA = - c,)cf> (6.72)
in which I is the moment of inertia of the foundation area in contact with the
I" soil with respect to the axis of rotation.
"~(
4. The exciting moment My(t) = M, sin wt. The equation of motion may
therefore be written as
In Eq. (6.74a,b), the value of WL is negligible compared to the value of c I Torsional (Yawing) Vibrations
and may be neglected. This leads to "'
A foundation is excited in torsional vibration when it is acted upon by a
w
n</>
=(C•I)II'
M (6.74c)
horizontal moment, M,(t) = M,.,.~in wt, around the vertical axis that passes
through the center of gravity of"ihe foundation, and the position of the
mo foundation at any time may be defined in terms of the angle of rotation </J.
By comparing Eq. (6.73) with Eq. (6.61), and neglecting WL one obtains The horizontal displacement at the base will vary according to the
distance from the vertical axis of rotation (Fig. 6.20), and the resistance of
k1 = c1 I (6.75)
in which z
k </> = Equivalent spring for rocking vibrations.
Mz sin wt
A = MY
</> Mmo(w~</>- w 2 ) (6.76) X
(6.77)
Figure 6.20. Torsional vibrations of rigid block: (a) Block subjected to horizontal moment. (b)
(6.78) Development of nonuniform shear below the base.
248 FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES 249
liNEAR ELASTIC WEIGHTLESS SPRING METHOD
the soil will thus be a nonuniform shear, which may be defined in terms of a assumed that the center of gravity of the machine and foundation and
coefficient of elastic nonuniform shear C1,. As for rocking vibrations, the centroid of the foundation base area are located on a vertical axis. Figure
equation of motion for torsional vibrations may be expressed as 6.21 shows a foundation that is excited by the following forces and mo-
ments , referred to the combined center of gravity of the foundation and the
(6.80) macQ.ine:
in which
1. Vertical force, P"(t) = P" sin wt,
M m< = mass moment of inertia of the machine and foundation about the 2. Horizontal force, PJt) = P, sin wt, and
vertical axis of rotation (polar mass moment of inertia) and 3. Moment, My(t) =MY sin wt
J" =the polar moment of inertia of the foundation's base area.
If the origin of coordinates is located at the center of gravity, 0, the
The natural frequency of the torsional vibrations is given by following displacements of the foundation need to be considered (Fig. 6.21):
1 ( cM"' J' ) 112 Hz The equatio~~ of motion referrecf't6 the center of gravity may be written by
!,,< = -2 (6.81b) applying d'Alemberts principle as follows:
71" m<
By comparing Eq. (6.80) with the equation of motion of a vertically -mi + Z,=O (6.85)
vibrating footing [Eq. (6.61)], one finds that the spring constant for torsional -mi+X,=O (6.86)
vibrations (non-uniform shear conditions at the base) is given by
-Mm'¥
-"+M=O
1
(6.87)
(6.82)
in which
The amplitude of torsional vibrations, A • is given by
M"
A,,= M ( 2 2) ( 6.83)
mz WmJ!- W
in which
M, = sum of all external moments acting on the foundation and lying on M 2 = C,AL(x ~ L</>) ( 6. 94)
the XZ plane, and
M m = mass moment of inertia of the machine and foundation about an 7. Moment Mn occasioned by the soil resistance [as in Eq. (6.72)]
axis passing through combined center of gravity and perpendicular
to the plane of vibrations. ( 6. 95)
At any time t, the following forces will act on the foundation: By substituting the value of the forces and moments in Eqs. (6.85) to
(6.87), one obtains
l. Weight W of the foundation and machine. Projection on the X axis
equals zero and on the Z axis equals Z 1 = ~ W. . mi + C.Az = P,(t) (6.96)
2. Soil reaction z,
occasioned by settlement of the foundation under the mx + C,Ax ~ C,AL</> = Px(t) (6.97)
action of tbe static weight W:
Mm¢ ~ c,ALx + (C•I ~ WL + C,AL )</> = My(t) 2
( 6.98)
·;!c·'·:~
( 6.88) Equation (6.96) contains only the terms of z, and in no way depends upon
in which Eqs. (6.97) and (6.98). Hence it follows that the vertical vibrations of the
foundation occur independently of any other motion. Equations (6.97) and
(6.98) contain both x and q, and are interdependent. Therefore, sliding and
z" =elastic settlement caused by the weight of the foundation and
machine rocking are coupled modes. Because the vertical vibrations of a foundation
occur independently of any other vibrations, the treatment given earlier in
A = the area of the foundation
this article for vertical vibrations will hold in the present case also. A
solution for simultaneous rocking and sliding vibrations will now be ob-
3. Soil reaction Z 3 at any time t occasioned by the displacement z of the
tained.
foundatwn measured from the equilibrium position is given by
Natural Frequencies of Coupled Rocking and Sliding. The system that is
( 6.89) considered here is a two-degree-of-freedom system. The solutions for natur-
4. Horizontal soil reaction X 1 at the base is
al frequencies are obtained by considering the free vibrations of the system,
and, therefore, the forcing functions in Equations (6.97) and (6.98), may be
replaced by zero. From this, one obtains
(6.90)
in which X0 is given by ( 6.99)
and
X 0 =X~ L</> (6.91) 'ii'J:.
Mm¢ ~ C,ALx + (C4,I ~ WL + C,AL 2 )</> = 0 (6.100)
in which x =horizontal displacement of the center of gravity. By
substituting this value of X 0 in Eq. 6.90 one obtains Particular solutions of these equations may be assumed to be
!n ';hich Xd: <1> and " are arbitrary constants whose values depend upon the
mttta1 con thons of motion.
W
w'[( C•/-M WL) + C,A(MmM+ mL
4 _
""
2
)
+ m
C,A ( C.;I-
Mm
WL)J =
0
. Bdy substituting Eqs. (6.101) and (6.102) into eqs. {6.99) and (6.100) and m m m
d 1v1 mg by sm (w, t + "), one obtains (6.109)
2
-mw,X + C,AX- C AL<P = 0 By definition, the quantity (Mm + mL 2 ) is the mass moment of inertia of the
' foundation and machine about an axis that passes through the centroid of
or the base contact area and is perpendicular to the plane of vibrations. This is
denoted by Mmo. Thus,
X(C,A- mw!)- C,AL<P = 0 (6.103) (6.110a)
and
Further, by letting
Mm
-- = y where 1 > y > 0 (6.110b)
Mmo
or
Equation (6.109) may be rewritten as
2
-C,ALX+<P(C,AL +Crb 1-WL-MmWn')=0 (6.104)
(6.111)
From Eq. (6.103),
X= C,AL<P However,
C,.A- mw~ (6.105)
C,A 2
----;;;:-- = W nx (6.66a)
By substituting the value of X from Eq. (6.105) into E (
obtains q. 6.104), ooe
and
(6.120)
Equation ( 6.113) may be rewritten as
or
2
CAL
"
2
+ Cl-
,, WL- Mmw A (6.121a)
(6.54b) A X~ C"AL •
Also
By substituting for A, from above in Eq. (6.119),
2 2)
(6.114) (C"AL 2 +C 4,J-WL-M"'w )(C"A-mw A -CALA ~P
.p r <f> x
C"AL
2 2
2 X 2
W 11 q, W 11 x
w,l w,z (6.115) which gives
y
and A,~~
C"AL
2
Wnl- W,z
2 1 [( W"<l>
=-
2 2 )2
+ Wnx -
4 YWn<f>Wnx
2 2 )]1/2 (6.116) 2
y M [{;,A(C,I- WL) _ w".[TC"A(mL + Mm)
m m mM m {. mMm
Amplitudes of Vibration ----::---:c_.::.C~,A:.::L::..__ _ _--: P, (6.121b)
Having determined the natural frequencies of the system, one may now
m Mm [
2 2 2
2 + w'
wnxwn,P- "'- ( wnx ) + w' J
compute the amplitudes of vibration for the following three cases: y y
n<fl
Case I. If only the horizontal force Px sin wt is acting, Eqs. (6.97) and By substituting from Eqs. (6.114) and (6.115) into Eq. (6.12lb), we get
(6.98) may be rewritten as follows:
C"AL p
mi + C"Ax - C"AL</> ~ Px sin wt (6.117) A </> ~ mMm[wnlw,z-w
2 2 2( 2 +
Wnl
2 )
w,2
+ w 'l X
and (6.121c)
Case II. If only moment MY sin wt is acting. then Eqs. (6.97) and (6.98) forms of vibrations correspond to the frequencies W111 and W112 of the
may be rewntten as
foundation. The vibrations are characterized by a certain relationship be-
tween the amplitudes Ax and A"', which depends upon the foundation's size
nVi + C~Ax- C~AL<f> = 0 (6.125) and soil properties but not on the initial conditions of the foundation's
and movement. Assume that the foundation is subjected only to the exciting
moment MY. From Eqs. (6.127) and (6.128), one obtains
(6.126)
(6.131)
By assumi?g solutions as for Eqs. (6.117) and (6.118), it can be sho h
the fol!owmg expressions hold: wn t at
in which the radius vector p is the ratio of amplitudes in sliding and rocking,
A _ C~AL respectively. It can be seen from Eq. (6.131) that when w is very small,
x- b.(w') MY (6.127) p "' L and the foundation rotates about an axis that passes through the
and -centroid of the base contact area, and sliding in absent.
As w increases up to W112 , (w!x- w!
2 ) is greater than zero, and p is
therefore greater than L, and Ax and Aq, have the same sign. It means that
( 6.128) during vibrations at frequencies w < w112 , when the center of gravity is
displaced >m· a result of sliding.Jn,. the positive direction of the x axis, the
Case III. If both the unbalanced force Px and moment M are actin , rotation of the foundation is also •positive and the sliding and rocking are in
the amplitudes of motwn are determined as follows: Y g phase. This form of vibration is shown in Fig. 6.22a. In such a case, the
foundation will undergo rocking vibrations with respect to a point at a
distance p from the center of gravity of the foundation. The value of p is
given by the absolute value of expression after substituting "'nz for win Eq.
(6.131).
and It can be seen that when w = wnx, p ~co and the foundation experiences
only sliding vibrations. When the frequencies w > wnx, p becomes negative,
A·= (C~AL)Px + (C~A- mw 2 )Mr and the axis of rotation shifts above the center of gravity. The sliding and
q, b.(w') (6.129b)
rocking then occur out of phase by 180". This form of vibration is shown in
Fig. 6.22b. .
The total amplitude of the vertical and horizontal vibrations may be
computed by using Eqs. ( 6. 77) and (6. 78), respectively. Tbus,
(6.130b)
L \
in which h = height of the top of the foundation above the combined center \
of gravity. p \
\ .... ..--
Form of Vibrations Associated with Combined Rocking and Sliding L 0
v
In the ca~e of simultaneous rocking and sliding, the soil foundation system is
(•} (b)
Figure 6.22. Simultaneous rocking and sliding (a) in-phase with each other; (b) in-phase
charactenzed by the two natural frequencies wn, and wn,. Well-defined
opposition.
258
FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES LINEAR ELASTIC WEIGHTLESS SPRING METHOD 259
6.8 DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR A BLOCK FOUNDATION The minimum distance to any important foundation in the vicinity of the
machine foundation should also be ascertained.
So far the methods of analyzing block foundations (Sections 6.4 and 6.7)
and design requirements of foundations for reciprocating machines have
3. Trial Size of the Foundation
been considered. Two approaches currently being used for the design of
foundations for reciprocating machines are: A suitable size of the foundation should be selected for preliminary
analysis. The following guidelines wiJI be useful for this purpose and will be
l. Elastic half-space approach (Richart et al., 1970). helpful in minimizing the number of trials.
2. Linear weightless spring approach (Barkan, 1962).
Area of Block. The size of a foundation block (in pla?)should be larger
A step-by-step procedure for design with either approach is given below. than the bed plate of the machine it supports, with a m1mmum all-around
It is essential to procure pertinent machine and soil data before a rational clearance of 150 mm.
design for a foundation to support a machine can be attempted. The Depth. In all cases, the foundation should be deep enough to rest on
obtaining of the relevant data is the first and most important step and is good bearing stratum and to ensure stability against fmlure. .
discussed first, followed by guidelines for selecting trial size of foundation Center of Gravity. The combined center of gravity of the machme and
and dynamic soil constants. the block should be as far below the top of the foundation as possible, but in
no case shall it be above the top of the foundation.
1. Machine Data Eccentricf;Jy. The eccentricit)p,bould not exceed 5 percent of the least
The following information should be obtained from the manufacturers of the dimension in any horizontal direction. . .
machine for guidance in designing: To simplify computations, it is advisable to select a simple shape m plan.
Any grooves, projections, and asymmetry should be avmded except when
a. Layout of the machine and a detailed loading diagram consisting of a these are necessary.
plan, elevation, and section showing details of connections and the
point of application of all loads on the foundation.
4. Selecting Soil Constant
b. Height of the axis of the main shaft of the machine above top of the
foundation. For a preliminary design, the soil constants can b~ obtained. from. the
procedure given in Chapter 4 (Section 4.7). For all Important JObs, 1t IS
c. Capacity or rated output of the machine.
recommended that dynamic soil properties should be determmed. m the
d. Operating speed of the machine. laboratory and in the field for at least three different stram levels: Th1s pomt
e. Exciting forces of the machine and short-circuit moment of the motor, should be kept in mind when conducting soil explora~wn. A particular value
if any. may be selected for an anticipated strain level m a g1ven design problem. A
f. Position of cavities, open spaces, and anchor bolt locations. correction for the effective confining pressure and shear stram levels must be
g. Permissible amplitudes of vibration. applied before proceeding with the design. .
Often it may be desirable to select a range of sod constants and to work
2. Soil Data out limiting values of the natural frequencies and motiOn amphtudes for th1s
range of the values of soil constants selected.
The following information about the subsurface soil should be known:
,.~~,
a. Soil profile and data (including soil properties generally for depth 5. Centering the Foundation Area in Contact with Soil and Determining Soil
equal to twice the width of the proposed foundation or up to hard Pressures
stratum). Determine the combined center of gravity for the machine and the foun-
b. Soil investigation to ascertain allowable soil pressures and to deter- dation in the x, y, and z planes and check to see that the_eccentricit_y alongx
mine the dynamic properties of the soil. or y axis is not more than 5 percent. This is the up~er hmtt f.or this ty_pe of
c. The relative position of the water table below ground at different analysis. If eccentricity exceeds 5 percent, the add1t10nal rock1~g occasiOned
times of the year. by vertical eccentric loading must be considered in the analysis.
263
262 FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES
r (6.136)
6. Design Values for Unbalanced Exciting Loads and Moments
The values of the exciting forces and resulting moments may now be
determined with respect to the combined center of gravity of the system. If
the vertical unbalanced force acts at some eccentricity, it will give rise to a
moment. Similarly, if the horizontal unbalanced force acts at a certain
l
f
M
m•
=Mass moment of inertia of the foundation about the vertical axis
of rotation
(6.137)
distance above the top of a block foundation, the magnitude of the moment
occasioned by the horizontal force equals the product of the horizontal force
I
and the distance between the center of gravity of the combined system from B. Noncircular Foundations
its point of application. The nature of the unbalanced forces and moments
should give the investigator an idea about the nature of the foundation's f For Rocking Vibrations:
vibrations. I= moment of inertia of the base area about an axis passing through the
centroid of the base contact area and perpendicular to the plane of
I vibrations. It equals ba 3!1?,.-in which 'a' is the dimensio? of the
7. Determining Moments of Inertia and Mass Moments of Inertia
I rectangular area in the plarle of vibration, and b the dimension
The following moments of inertia and mass moments of inertia need to be
determined: i perpendicular to this plane [Eq. (6.79)]. Also
M mo =Mm +mL
2
(6.110a)
A. Circular Foundation
in which L is the height of the combined center of gravity above the
For Rocking Vibrations:
I. = IY = I, moment of inertia of the base area about an axis passing
through centroid of the base contact area and perpendicular to the plane
of vibration
I base.
The value of 1' may then be determined as 1' = Mm/Mmo
For Torsional Vibrations:
Iz = polar moment of inertia of the base area about the vertical axis
7TY
4 through the center of gravity
I x = yI = I =4-0 (6.133) 2 2
(a + b
ro =radius of the base of the foundation.
I I,= J, = ab
12
)
(6.138)
M m = mass moment of inertia the foundation system about an axis M = mass moment of inertia of the machine and the foundation about
passing through its centroid and perpendicular to the plane of m•
the vertical axis
vibration
'H'Ycfo'
1Tro
Mm = (6.134)
4g M m' M mx and M my are obtained as in Appendix 4.
in which 'Yc =unit weight of concrete.
8. Natural Frequencies and Amplitudes of Vibration
Mmo ~Mass moment of inertia of the foundation system about an axis Steps 1 through 7 give the information which will be used for computing the
passing through the centroid of the base and perpendicular to the natural frequencies and amplitudes of vibration. This information _is com-
plane of vibration. mon and subsequently the dynamic response may be calculated either by
M = 1rr:H
mO
(r: + H')
g'Yc4 3 (6.135)
Elastic Half-Space approach or by Linear Weightless Spring approach.
These steps of calculation for both these approaches are given below:
DESIGN PROCEDURES FOR A BLOCK FOUNDATION 265
264 FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES
(6.58a) (6.41a)
(6.58b)
r = (ba(a' + b2))114 = (21,)'14 (iv) Coupled modes. The natural frequencies of combi~ed rocking and
(6.58c) sliding are obtained from Eqs. (6.52 and 6.54) w1th "'"x and "'"•
o~ 6w w
obtai!led as follows: 1
, .".
(ii) Determination of Mass Ratio, Spring Constants, and Damping Fac-
tors. The values of mass or inertia ratio, spring constants, and (6.30)
damping factors can be computed from Table 6.2. Damping ratios
can also be determined from Fig. 4.40.
(6.37)
(iii) Natural Frequencies and Amplitudes of Vibration in Uncoupled
Modes. Damped natural frequencies are obtained as the roots of Eq. (6.52)
Vertical Vibrations
(6.20)
Table 6.2. Mass or Inertia Ratio 8, Damping Factor {;, and Spring Constant k for
Rigid Circular Footing on a Semi~lnfinite Elastic Half~Space
Mode of Mass (or Damping Undamped natural frequencies can be obtained by using Eq. (6.54b)
Vibration inertia) ratio factor Spring Constant
(1) (2) (3) (4)'
1 . [(wnx
2 , l
+ wn¢> V< wn¢> + wnx l' -
2 2 , 2 1
4 ywn<P(J)nx
k, = 4Gro
= (1- v) _!'!... g = 0.425 (t)n1,2 = Z'to/ ±
Vertical B, 3
1- v
4 pro ' B, (6.54b)
Sliding
B (7-8v) m g = 0.2875 _ 32(1- v) G
x = 32(1- v) pr! X B, kx- 7-Sv ro
Damped amplitudes for motion occasioned by the applied moment,
3(1- v) Mmo
--, 0.15 k = 8Gr~
Rocking s. 8 pro g.= (1 + s.JVB:; • 3(1- v) can be obtained from Eqs. (6.55a,b).
0.5 16 '
Torsional B,. =M"'" g'1' = 1 +2B k.;, = 3 Gro 2 )2 + (2 < 2 112
pr"' M [( wnx sx«>nx ) ]
• A
x
= _Y
Mm A(w 2 )
(6.55a)
Source: Richart, Hall, and Woods, "Vibrations of Soils and. Foundations," © 1970, p. 382.
Reprinted by permission of Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey. "'From analog solution. and
267
266 FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES DESIGN PROCEDURES FOR A BLOCK FOUNDATION
22 2 112
[(w~x- w ) + (2gxw""w) ] (6.81a)
(6.55b)
~(w')
and
( 6.57a)
The amplitudes of vibration can be computed with the following equations:
and
+ 4"~XW 2)1/2 2
2
Wnx ( wnx (C"AL 2 + C1 I- WL- Mmw )Px + (C"AL)My
(6.57b)
~(w') Ax= ~(w 2 )
(6.129a)
1.5 m
The natural frequencies and amplitudes of vibration calculated in step 8
should be compared with operating speed and permissible amplitudes, 2
respectively, to check if the foundation size selected is adequate. The
natural frequency of the foundation soil system should be at least 30%
~~~05;
~===~-----4.0
(preferably 50%) away from the operating speed of the machine. The
amplitude of vibration should be smaller than the limiting values of am- m
plitude specified by the manufacturer of the machine. If it has not been Ia)
y
possible to procure this information, the permissible amplitude should be
fixed with due consideration to stability of the machine and also the effects -
of vibrations on machines and structures in the neighborhood. From the 0.5 m
data available so far, it appears that vibrations in neighboring structures will
be negligible if the vibration amplitude of the foundation is less than /:~
0.20mm.
For machines vibrating in different modes, the resultant vibration am- 2.0 m
' I'
+ - 3.0 m
plitude should not exceed the permissible value.
two axes so that there is no rotation in the raft under dynamic forces. 0.5 m 3.0 m 0.5 m
The analyses for these machines should be made as though tbeir foun- (b)
dations were independent of each other by breaking the raft into sections
Figure 6.23. layout of foundation illustrative examples (6.9.1-6.9.6). (a) Section, (b) plan.
corresponding to separate foundations.
The design value for the permissible amplitude of vibrations may be
increased by 30 per cent for such cases. 2
Assume that the dynamic shear modulus G = 500 kg/cm , .v = 0.33, 3 the
In addition to proper design of the machine foundation, its construction
density of the soil y = 1.65 t/m 3 and unit weight of concrete !S 2.4 tim·
aspects need special consideration. The construction aspects of machine
foundations are discussed in Chapter 14. Determine the following:
2. Soil data
5. Natural Frequency and Amplitude
G ~ 500 kg/cm 2 ~ 5000 tim'
Natural Frequency, f.,
v ~ 0.33, x ~ 1.65 t/m 3
3. Foundation data Mass moment of inertia about Y axis through center of gravity of the
base
Density of concrete 1', = 2.4 t/m 3
Weight of the foundation= 36.0 t (as calculated in Example 6.9.1)
Mmo = Mm + mLz (6.110a)
Total weight of foundation and machine= 36.0 + 2.5 = 38.5 t
Area of the foundation= 4.0 x 3.0 = 12.0 m 2 38.5 2 2
=4.7051+ _ (0.9344) =8.1316tmsec
9 81
4. Selection of soil constants Mm
The values of soil constants, i.e., springs and damping will be obtained y = - =0.5786
Mmo
using G = 6000 !1m 2 and v = 0.33
Moment of inertia of the contact area about y axis
5. Centering of the foundation area
The height of combined center of gravity L above the base is given by: 4' 4
I=3 x - =16m
12
=0.9344m
38.5
rox:~ (6.58a)
Because of symmetry of the foundation block and the machine about = ~ = 1.9544m
the vertical axis, the eccentricity ex= eY = 0.
Mass ratio, Bx
6. Unbalanced Exciting Loads and Moments
7-8v W
Exciting moment MY = 0.5 t m (6.25)
Bx = 32(1- v) - ,
'Ysr ox
7. Moment of Inertia and Mass Moments of Inertia (7- 8 X 0.33)(38.5) = _
Mass moment of inertia about an axis through the combined center of 3 0 6356
32(1- 0.33) X 1.65 X 1.9544
gravity and parallel to they axis, Mm (see Appendix 4)
By replacing r 0 with rox in Eq. (6.26), we get Spring constant, kx
k = 32(1- v) G
=I[~ (a;+ a;)+ m{(x 1 - X0 )
2
+ (z 1 - zoJ) 2 ] X 7-8V YOX
Rocking Vibrations
(6.37)
Equivalent radius, r00 from (Eq. 6.58b),
11
~228990
ro<l = ( b')
3:
'
= ~
(3x4')
= 2.1245m
=
8.1316
Replacing r0 with ro<l in Eq. (6.32) we get Inertia ratio, B 1 = 167.81 radlsec
(6.30)
= ~ 57663 X 9.81
38.5
= 121.21 radlsec
Natural frequency of rocking (6.57)
276 FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES
lz
A"ftf
2 2
A(w ) = (47.12) - (47.12) '(167.81 . +121.21
2 {[ 4
0 5786
_ 4 X 0.36 X 0.22 X 167.81 X 121.21)
0.5786
2 2
167.81 X 121.21 ]'
+
+ 4[
0.5786
0.36 X 121.21 X 47.12 (
0.5786
0.22 X 167.81 X 47.12 (
167 .81
,_
, _
47 .12
,)]
,)
2
}
112 2.0m __ J
! oo(ij
k~'· - t"Tw'"'"
/ -t
l
121 .21 . 47 .12
~ 0.9334m
+ 0.5786 1
--- \!I l __ L
= 6.3558 X 108
--- X
0.5 X y/(121.21 2 ) 2 + (2 X 0.36 X 121.21) 2 a. ---J
. . Ax= 4.7051 X 6.3558 X 10 8 2 =2.0m ;rl
MY Y(w~x- w ) + (2gxwnxw)
2 2 2
A =
(6.55b)
• Mm A(w 2 )
0.5y/(121.21 2 - 47.12 2 ) 2 + (2 X 0.36 X 121.21 X 47.12) 2
4.7051 X 3.1813 X 108
= 2.19 X 10- 6 rad
Total horizontal amplitude, A, (Fig. 6.24a)
A,=Ax+hA•
= 2.45 X 10- 3 + (2.15- 0.9344) X 2.19 X 10- 6 X 10 3 mm \
--- /
I
= 5.112 x 10- 3 mm = 0.005112 mm (6.130b) I "'
I '
Vertical amplitude, A,
a 4 -6 3
A=2A•=2X2.19x10 x10 mm
3
= 4.38 x 10- mm = 0.00438 mm
I
I
I
I "'ilg:.
/
/
/
7 I
I
I
I
I
I
I •
EXAMPLE 6.9.3
\
/
/
The block shown in Fig. 6.23 is excited by a horizontal moment, M =
0.5 sin wt m, which acts around the vertical axis through the system's center
of gravity. Determine the amplitude of vibration if the frequency of the
-- (b)
exciting moment is 10Hz. Use the elastic half space approach. Assume E 1 6 9 2 and 6.9.5. (b) Examples
3 Figure 6.24. Illustrations for Problems 6.9.2-6.9.6. (a) xamp es · ·
G = 600 kg/em', v = 0.33, Y, = 1.65 t/m and unit weight of concrete y =
3 ' 6.9.3 and 6.9.6.
2.4t/m.
277
279
278 FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES EXAMPlES
3
4. Selecting Soil Constants = 254965 t m/rad
The values of the soil constants, i.e., the soil springs and damping will
be obtained using G = 6000 tlm 2 and v = 0.33. Damping. coefficient, I;•
~''
r m/'
= [
2
ab(a + b
67T
2
) J114
(6.58c)
=
254965
[(
1-
( 62 83 )')'
216.42
(
+ 2 X 0.165 X
62.83 )']
216.42
6
(4'+3')]1/4 =2.1 x 10- rad
= [ 4x3 1T =1.9973m f h f f "E" Figure 6 24b is,
6 Horizontal displacement of the edge o t e oo mg ' .
280 EXAMPLES
FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES 281
3 3 3 2
C" = 5 kg/cm = 5 X 10 t/m for 10m area 2. Soil Data
2 2
3. Foundation Data. Same as in Example 6.9.1 C" = 6.0 kg/ cm for 10m area
2
Total weight of the machine and foundation = 37 .I t C, = 1/2 Cu = 3.0 kg/cm , Cq, = 2 Cu = 12 kg/cm 3
Area of the foundation base= 12m 2 3. Foundation Data
Density of concrete y,·= 2.4 t/m 3
4. 2 Soil Constants. Because t~e area of the foundation's base is more than
10m , the value of C" for 10m will be used Weight of the foundation= 36.0 t (As calculated in Example 6.9.1)
Total weight of foundation and machine= 36.0 + 2.5 = 38.5 t
5. Natural Frequency and Amplitude
Area of the foundation= 4.0 x 3.0 = 12.0 m 2
Natural frequency
4. Selecting the Soil Constants
w = ~CuA
m (6.63a)
n< Since the area of the foundation base in contact with the soil is
12m2 > 10m 2, the values of C", C, and C1 as for the 10m2 area will be
= ~5000 12 X 9.81
X
used for calculation.
37.1
= 125.95 rad/sec 5. Centering of the Foundation Area (Refer to Example 6.9.2)
fu, =20Hz L=0.9344m
'if'J:. e=e=O
X y
Amplitude of vertical vibration A
, ' 6. Unbalanced Exciting Loads and Moments
P,
Az = 2 2 (6.64b) Horizontal unbalanced force= Px = 0.2 t
m(wn,- w )
Vertical distance between line of action of Px and the combined center
0.2 of gravity= (2.0 + 0.15- 0.9344)m = 1.2156 m.
37.1 2 Moment MY about the combined center of gravity occasioned by the
9.81 ((125.95) - (62.83)
2
t' horizontal unbalanced force P
= 4.4 x 10- 6 m= 4.4 x 10- 3 mm My = 0.2 X 1.2156 = 0.243 t m
283
282 FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES EXAMPLES
i-
1.!',·.• .·
7. Moment of Inertia and Mass Moment of Inertia (Refer to Example
6.9.2) (6.122)
38 5
= · X 4.7051(49018.98- 47.12')
Mm = 4.7051 t m sec 2 9.81
2
Mmo = 8.1316 t m sec' X (7634.91- 47.12 )
1' = 0.5786 9
= 4.679 X 10
I= 16 m 4
Amplitude A,
8. Natural Frequencies and Amplitudes
Limiting natural frequencies
(C.J- WL + C"AL 2 - Mmw')Px + (C"AL)M, (6.129a)
Ax= . Ll.(w')
Using the line~r weightless spring approach, compute the dynamic response Amplitude, A.p
of ~e found~l!on flock m Ex~mple 6.9.3 in torsional oscillations. Assume M,
C"- 6.0 x 10 tim for a 10m area. (6.83)
A,1, = M ( , _ ')
mz Wnof! (t)
Solution 05
· = 5.5 x 10- 6 rad
1. Machine Data. (Refer to Figs. 6.23 and 6.24 and to Example 5.4434(143.76 2 - 62.83 2 )
6.9.1). The we1ght of the machine is not given in the problem and is
therefore neglected. Horizontal displacement of the foundation due to torsion Fig. 6.24b
Operating speed = 10Hz A=rA.;.=Y(2 2 +1.5 2 )x5.5x10 6
(6.84)
Horizontal unbalanced moment M, = 0.5 sin wt t m 6
= 13.75 x 10- m
2. Soil Data =0.01375mm
Cu=6X 103 t/m 3
c, = 0.75 C" = 4.5 x 10 3 tim' EXAMPLE 6.9.7
3. Foundation Data (Refer to Example 6.9.1) • Design a foundation for a reciprocating compressor. The following data are
Weight of the foundation = 36 t supplied. .,,. 7
Area of the foundation= 12m' 1. Machine Data
Operating speed of the compressor = 405 rpm
4. Selecting Soil Constants. Since actual foundation is greater than 10 ' Weight of the compressor = 9 t
the values of Cq, as for 10 m'will be used. m'
Height of the center of gravity of compressor above its base= 0.5 m
5. Centering of Foundation Area. Not needed for this problem. Operatiog speed of the motor= 1470 rpm
Weight of the motor = 2.0 t
6. Design Values of Exciting Loads and Moments Height of the center of gravity of the motor= 0.5 m
Exciting moment M, = 0.5 t m Bearing level of the compressor above its base= 0.5 m
Frequency of excitation= 10Hz= 62.83 rad/sec Unbalanced forces and moment occasioned by the operation of the
compressor
7. Determination of Moment of Inertia and Mass Moment of Inertia.
From Example 6.9.3
Horizontal primary force = P; = r; = 0
Horizontal secondary force = P~ = P~ = 0
Solution
1. Machine Data. The machine data is listed in the problem explicitly 3000-----+~----3000-----1-:
and is not repeated here. -·-.--
2. Soil Data. As listed in problem and Example 4.9.3 (Chapter 4).
3. Trial Dimensions. Trial dimensions of the foundation are shown in
Fig. 6.25. In selecting these dimensions, the requirements with regard
to geometrical layout of the machine, as required by the manufacturer
of the machine, were taken into account.
4. Selection of Soil Constants 4000
500 500
0 ~ ~.---r----,,-,- 1----
·~25
l!LI
Amplitude of vibration= = 0.0125 rnrn
h . I 0.0125 _ I
S ear stram eve! r, = x = 2.1 x 10 6
6 1000
Plot C in Fig. 4.47 gives the values of G versus y, at 2.4 rn depth, and 1255~-l+' - - 1 7 4 5 - - - + ! 1
~ -f~
G, corresponding to y0 = 2.1 X 10- 6 is found to be ci. +Motor
the value of2
1080 kg/ crn at a mean effective confining pressure of 1.0 kg/ crn 2• The
T
I'r--t- . 3: . -r--
z 1106
3oo~\oo
375 L__..,L ~ "-'-+----:~ ~
375 3oo f---a5o~t----s5o--j
r----;...x
z
I 4000
y
2894
Compressor
axis r Motor
- - - - . - Motor axis
+
500
400
X
5 Figure 6.25b. Plan for Design Example 6.9.7. All dimensions are in millimeters.
1300
~~:
5000
0'01 = 300 X 2.05 = 615 g/cm'
Figure 6.2Sa. Section of the foundation for Design Example 6.9.7. All dimensions are in
millimeters.
iiv 2 = 4q/
288 FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES EXAMPLES 289
Here
1.13 X 2 X 8076(1 + 0.33) 1 I 3
q =static stress intensity= 2.948 t/m 2 C, = (1 - 0.33 2 ) v'IO t m
4 3 = 294.8 g/cm 2 (see Step 5) = 8614.5 t/m 3
m= 3 = 1.33, n = 3 = 1
5. Centering of the Foundation Area and Determination of Soil Pressures
From Fig. 4.46, I= 0.190 Total mass of foundation and machine from Table 6.3, (column 5) =
0.5593) O.S
= 1080 x ( - - = 807.6 kg/cm 2
1 mi = nHiss of element ':'~ i.:,:
= 8076 t/m 2 x,, y,, z, = coordinates of the center of gravity of the element with
reference to the X, Y, Z axis.
c = 1.13£ 1
The details of the computations of the mass of the various elements
" (1- v 2 ) VA
of the machine and foundation and the products m;X;, miyi, and miz;
_ 1.13(2G(I + v)) 1 are shown in Trible 6.3, columns 2-11.
- (1- v 2 ) VA
Because the area of the foundation is larger than 10m2 the value of C
2
for a 10 m area will be used in design "
I
!.
- 43.2718
X= .4
14 265
=2.9994m
-
Z= L=
14.8583
.4
- 58.6326
Y= .4
14 265
= 1.0299 m
= 4.0642 m
14 265
1:
rable 6.3. Computations for Example 6.9.7 ~
-----'----'~=:::c_.::.:.::::_--~~------11.··· -~-------::--::------------
Coordinates of . = Yo;= Zo; m1 ( 2 2 )
~lements m,(y!, + z~;)
Xoi 2 2
Mass Center of Gravity f (i- i,) (Y- y,) (i- z,) 12 a..,,+ aY, m,(xot +Yo;)
1 2
ffsystem (tm- sec ) ofElementm m,.x,. m,y, ,1.
m,z, (m) (m) (m) IT ay, + a",
m,(' ') (tmsec2 ) (tmsec 2 ) (tmsec 2 )
m, x, y, z,
¥~--------=-----------
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
::Ompressor
notor
0.9174 1.93 4.044 3.55 1.7705 3.7099 3.2567 1.0694 0.0202 "
2.5201 5.8266 1.04953
0.2038 3"805 4.369 3.3 0.1512
I 5.8715 3.0 4.0 0.25
0.7754 0.8904 [ 0.6725 0.8056 0.3048 2.2701 1.0692
2 17.6145 23.486 1.4678 0.0006 0.0642 0.7799 31.4370 3.5955 48.9291 0.0242
3
4.4036 3.0 4.0 0.80 13.2108 17.6144 r 3.5228 0.0006 0.0642 0.2299 13.3429 0.2509 22.3849 0.01830
4
0.8372 1.93 4.044 2.075 1.6157 3.3856 ' 1.7371 1.0694 0.0202 1.0451 0.3831 0.9148 0.2450 0.9577
0.1669 2.78 4.044 1.85 0.4639 0.6749 0.3087 0.2194 0.0202 0.8201 0.0558 0.1143 0.0256 0.0082
5 2.0857 3.805 4.369 1.95 7.936 9.1124 4.067 0.8056 0.3048 0.9201 2.0148 1.9594 2.0148 1.9893
6(-) -0.0596 1.93 4.044 2.925 -0.1150 -0.2410 t
K
-0.1743 1.0694 0.0202 1.8951 -0.0087 -0.2140 -0.0111 -0.0682
14.4265 43.2718 I 14.8583 47.2249 13.5167 73.5883 4.1302
58.6326
I•
290 FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES
EXAMPLES 291
7. Design Values of Unbalanced Forces and Moments. The values of 9. Computation of Natural Frequencies and Amplitudes of Vibration. In
various exciting forces and moments are explicitly listed in statement terms of the given data, the foundation is subjected to an unbalanced
of problem under machine data. vertical exciting force, a moment in the YZ plane (coupled rocking
and sliding) and a horizontal moment (torsion or yawing). The
8. Determination of Moments of Inertia and Mass Moments of Iner-
tia. The mass moment of inertia Mm about an axis that passes through
a common center of gravity of the machine and foundation and is
perpendicular to the YZ plane is (see Appendix 4)
I
f-
dynamic motion characteristics corresponding to these exciting forces
and mollJs:nts will now be analyzed. The operating speed is 405 rpm or
w = 42.41' rad/sec.
Mm = ~ [ ~~ (a~,+ a;,)+ m,(y;, +z;,)] The design of the foundation will first be evaluated by the elastic half
From Table 6.3 (columns 15 and 16), space approach. Steps 1 to 7 are common with the solution by linear spring
approach as well.
Mm = 47.2249 + 13.5167 = 60.7416 t m sec 2
Mass moment of inertia Mmo Mass Inertia Ratio, Spring Constants and Damping
t
M mo =Mm +mL 2 (6.110a)
i
a. Vertical Vibration
= 60.7416 + 14.4265(1.0299) 2 t
=75.0786 t m sec 2 I Equivalent radius, r"' from Eq. (6.58a),
Mm 60.7416
")' = Mmo = 75.0786 = 0.8090 (6.110b)
I 48)112
= ( -; =3.9088m (6.58a)
Mass moment of inertia m about the Z axis through the common
center of gravity (see Appendix 4) I Mass ratio B,
M mz = [ m,
12 ( a xi+
z 2
a zyi ) + mi ( Xoi + YoJ
z J 1-v m
B=---,-
1- v mg
-4--,- ( 6.17)
z 4 pr oz 'Y_~T oz
From Table 6.3 (columns 17 and 18)
= (1- 0.33)(14.4265) (9.81) = 0.1936
Mm, = 73.5883 + 4.1302 = 77.7185 m sec 2 4 X (3.9088) 3 2.05
Moment of inertia of the base contact area, Ix about the axis that
By replacing r0 with r0 , in Eq. (6.7b) we get spring stiffness, k,
292 FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES EXAMPLES 293
3 114
k = 4Gr 0, = (ab )
z l- v ro<P 37T
(6 8')
114
4 X 8076 X 3.9088
-x - =4.249m
1 _ 0 _33 = 188462.5 tim
37T
Damping ratio ~' Spring stiffness k.,
< = 0.425 8Gr!.
,, VB; (6.22) k = ~---"''-:- (6.34a)
• 3(1- v)
0.425
8076 4 2493
~' = \1'0.1936 = 0 "965
8
X X · = 2465757.9 t m/rad
3(1- 0.33)
b. Sliding Vibrations Inertia ratio, B.,
Equivalent radius roy B-
3(1- v) -Mmo
(6.32)
.- 8 5
pr oq,
roy= (A)Iiz = 3.9088 m
7r (6.58a) 3(1- 0.33) (75.0786) = 0.0651
8
Spring stiffness kY (~:~~ )<4.249) 5
0.2875 (6.38)
= \1'0.235 = 0.587
77.7185
_ ___:_cc..:..:...::=.:::..._ = 0.3656
c. Rocking Vibrations
By replacing r0 with r0 • in Eq. (6.40a), we get spring stiffness k• b. Natural Frequency in Pure Sliding, w"'
_ !k; = 1155230.8
(6.30)
wny- \j "J:i \j 14.4265
16 = 103.73 rad/sec
= 3 x 8076 x (3.9947) 3 = 2745665 t m/rad
c. Natural Frequency in Pure Rocking, wn<t>
Damping ratio, I;•
0.5
!;• = 1 + 2B ,, (6.42)
= ~2465757.9 = 181.22 rad/sec
0.5 75.0786
= 1 + 2 X 0.3747 = 0 ·2888
d. Coupled Rocking and Sliding. Undamped natural frequencies
9. Natural Frequencies and Amplitudes of Vibration in coupled rocking and sliding are given by
(6.23c) I
'
i.
w~ 1 = 4.3955 X 10 4,
2
W 01 = 209.65 rad/sec
= 99.68 rad/sec,
fo 1 = 33.36 Hz
= 15.86 Hz
w~ 2 = 9938.0, W foz
'
02
((0.165 + 0.04)
2 f
1(
(188462 .3 ) \j 1 - ( 114.29
42.41 )')' (2
+ .
X 0.965 X 42.41)
114.29
lI
= 2.265 x 10- 6 m !
i
= 2.265 X 10- 3 mm < 0.0125 mm I
r: is acting at 2w. However, the final value of amplitude of motion
will not be appreciably affected.
I! (6.56)
I
v
296 FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES
EXAMPLES 297
(6.41a}
_ 4 X 0.587 0.551 X 103.73
X X 181.22)
0.8090 . /2745665
2 = 'V 77 .7185 = 187.95 rad/sec
+ 103.73 X 181.222] 2
0.8090 . /, = 29.91 Hz
+ 4 [ 0.587 X 103.73 X 42.41 2 2
0.8090 (181.22 - 42.41 )
4
= 9.0328 X 10 [
1 ± 0. 69981
(6.64b) 2
(0.165 + 0.04) -7
5 29 10
2 2
14.4265((169.2993) - ( 42.41)) = · x m w! 1 = 7.6773 X 10
4
, wn 1 =277.079rad/sec
= 0.000529 mm
fn! = 44.09 Hz
Check
w ~2 = 13558.23 , Wnz = 116.439 rad/sec
w 42.41
0 25 fnz = 18.53 Hz
169.2993 = ·
A,= 0.0000529 mm < 0.0125 mm
Undamped amplitude
b. Limiting natural frequency in sliding along the Y axis, wny
~(w 2 )= mMm(w~ 1 - w )(w! 2
2 2
- w ) (6.122)
tr '~;,~o.:r
1 8614.5 = 7.7267 10
11
C,= 2 C" = - -
2
=4307.25t/m
3 X
= 6.062 x 10- 4 mm
d. Coupled Rocking and Sliding. Undamped natural frequencies in cou- iS.:.
pled rocking and sliding are given by 2
_ [C,A- mw ] M (6.128)
2 2 ) 2 2 A.,- ~(w2) Y
w4- w2 (
wny + (J)ncf> + wnywnc/> = 0
'Y
(6.112)
n n '}' 2
(4307.25 X 48- 14.4265( 42.41) ](2.2)
2 2
w' _ w2( 119.7126 + 242.3732 ) + (119.7126 2 X 242.3732 2) = 7.7267 X 10
11
n n 0.8090 0.8090 O
4 9
= 5.147 x 10- 7 rad
w~- w~(9.0328 X 10 ) + 1.0406 X 10 = 0
300 FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES
OVERVIEW 301
(1981) have found, however, that better correlations between computed and
That is, one-third of the mass of the spring can be assumed to be con-
observed values of amplitudes are possible if the values of the sot! parame-
centrated at the center of the vibrating mass. Pauw (1953), Balakrishna and
ters are selected to be consistent with the effective confining pressures and
Nagraj (1960), and Balakrishna (1961) and Hsieh (1962) attempted to
shear strain amplitudes. Based on the results of small-scale field experi-
compute the effective in-phase soil mass (or mass moments of inertia of the
ments, Novak (1985) pointed out that the elastic half-space theory grossly
soil) (Table 6.4). However, Richart et al. (1970) recommended that even tf
overestimates the values of geometrical damping. Further investigations are
the "in-phase mass" could be determined satisfactorily, this information
therefore needed to be able to arrive at methods for predicting realistic
would not lead directly to an evaluation of the vibration amplitude. Also, in
values of damping. Also the stiffness as well as damping are significantly
fixing the quantities of the analog, the in-phase soil mass (or mass moment
influenced by an underlying hard stratum and this fact must be carefully
of inertia) has not been considered. Therefore, an in-phase soil mass may
considered while designing the foundations for the machines and also while
not be considered at this stage in the analysis, but the problem may be
evaluating its observed performance (Dobry and Gazetas, 1986; Novak,
realistically analyzed in the future.
1985).
The effects of the nonlinearity of a soil on a foundation's response have
Based on an evaluation of the performance of a reciprocating compressor
been studied by Novak (1970), Funston and Hall (1967), and Ehlerchritof
foundation Prakash and Puri (1981b) stressed the importance of conducting
(1968), but such effects may be insignificant in the design of ordinary ' '. .
suitable in situ dynamic soil investigations and properly mterpretmg the test
machine foundations, because after the first few cycles of operation, the soil
data to arrive at the design values of soil parameters. Moore (1971) and
behavior essentially approaches that of linear elasticity for the small am-
Prakash and Puri (1981b) observed that there is relatively little field
plitudes of motion. However, nonlinear effects may be significant for radar
confirmation pf the accuracy of commonly used design methods. Thus, there
installations and missile launching facilities.
is a great need to monitor the pe,fformance of prototype machine foun-
dations. Such efforts will be meaningful if necessary geotechmcal mves-
tigations of the sites are conducted simultaneously.
Table 6.4. Effective Mass and Mass Moment of Inertia for Soil below a Vibrating
Footing
Effective mass or mass moment REFERENCES
of inertia of soil
Mode of vibration v = 1/4 v = 1/2 Arnold, R.N., Bycroft, G, N., and Warburton, G. B. (1955). Forced vibrations of a body on
an infinite elastic solid. Trans. ASME 77, 391-401.
Vertical translation 0.5pr~ l.Opr~ 2.0pr~ Balakrishna, R. H. A. (1961). The design of machine foundations related to the bulb of
Horizontal translation 0.2pr~ 0.2pr~ O.lpr~ pressure. Proc. Int. Conf. Soil Mech. Found. Eng., 5th, Paris Vol. 1, 563-568.
Rocking 0.4pr~ not computed Balakrishna, R. H. A., and Nagraj, C. N. (1960). A new method for predicting natural
Torsion (about vertical 0.3pr~ 0.3pr~ 0.3pr~ frequency of foundation-soil systems. Struct. Eng., 310-316.
axis) Barkan, D. D. (1962). Dynamics of Base and Foundations. McGraw-Hill, New York.
Bycroft, G. N. (1956). Forced vibrations of a rigid circular plate on a semi-infinite elastic space
Source: Hsieh (1962). Published by Thomas Telford Publications and on an elastic stratum. Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London, Ser. A 248, 327-368.
Chae, Y. S. (1969). Vibrations of non-circular foundations. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am.
Soc. Civ. Eng. 95 (SM-6), 1411-1430.
Dasgupta, S. P., and Rao, N. S. V. K. (1978). Dynamics of rectangular footings by finite
Data on the performance of machine foundations are scant. The procure- elements. J. Geotech. Eng. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 104 (GT-5), 621-637.
ment of such data will increase confidence levels in the design. Based upon a Dobry, R., and Gazetas, G:'~i(1986). Dynamic response of arbitrarily shaped foundations. J.
limited number of observations, Barkan (1962) found good agreement Geotech. Eng. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 112 (GT-2), 109-135.
between the computed and the observed natural frequencies of vertically Dobry, R., Gazetas, G., and Stoke, K. H. (1986). Dynamic response of arbitrarily shaped
vibrating foundations designed on the basis of the linear elastic weightless footings. J. Geotech. Eng. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 112 (GT-2), 136-159.
spring method. His computed amplitudes, however, were not in agreement Ehlerchritof, O.M. (1968). Non-linear parameters of vibrating foundations. J. Soil Mech.
with observed amplitudes. Richart and Whitman (1967) compared model Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 94 (SM-6), 1190-1214.
footing test results with solutions based on the elastic half-space method. Elorduy, J., Nieto J. A., and Szekley, E. M. (1967). Dynamic response of bases of arbitrary
shape subjected to periodic vertical loading. Proc. Int. Symp. Wave Propag. Dyn. Prop.
Their computed amplitudes for the vertical vibrations ranged from 50%
Earth Mater., Albuquerque, NM, 105-121.
below to more than 50% above the observed amplitudes. Prakash et al.
305
jU4 FOUNDATIONS FOR RECIPROCATING MACHINES REFERENCES
Funston, N. E., and Hall, W. J. (1967). Footing vibrations with non~linear subgrade support. J. · F E J d Wh"tman R. v. (1967). Comparison of footing vibrations tests with
Rtchart, . ., r., an 1 , . ( M 6) 143 168
Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 93 (SM~5), 91-211. theory. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Clv. Eng. 93 S - , - ·
Hall, J. R. (1967). Coupled rocking and sliding oscillations of rigid circular footings. Proc. Int. Richart, F. E., Jr., Hall, J. R., and Wood~, R. D. (1970). "Vibrations of Soils and
Symp. Wave Propag. Dyn. Prop. Earth Mater. Albuquerque, NM, 139-148. Foundations." Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
Hayashi, K. (1921). "Theorie des Tragers auf Elastischer Unterlage." SpringerNerlag, Berlin Sung, T. Y. (1953a). Vibrations in semi~infinite solids due to periodic surface loading. ASTM
and New York. Spec. Tech. Pub/. STP !56, 35-63. . . .
Heteyni, M. (1946). "Beams on Elastic Foundations." Univ. of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor. Sung, T. Y. (1953b). Vibrations in semi-infinite solids due to penodtc surface loadmg, S. D.
Hausner, G.W., and Castellani, A. (1969). Discussion on the paper, Comparison of footing Thesis, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
vibration tests with theory by F. E. Richart, Jr. and R. V. Whitman. J. Soil Mech. Found. Terzaghi, K. (1943). "Theoretical Soil Mechanics." Wiley, Ne~ York. .
Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 95 (SM-1), 360-364. erzag . K • (!955) . Evaluation of coefficients of subgrade reaction. Geotechmque, 5, 297-326.
T h 1, .
Hsieh, T. K. (1962). Foundation vibrations. Proc. lnst. Civ. Eng. 22, 211-226. Thomson, w. T., and Kobori, T. (1963). Dynamical compliance of rectangular foundattons on
Kobori, T. (1962). Dynamical response of rectangular foundation on an elastic half space. an elastic half space. Trans. ASME 30 579-584.
Proc. Jpn. Nat!. Symp. Earthquake Eng., 81-86. Warburton, G. B. (1957). Forced vibrations of a body upon an elastic stratum. Trans. ASME
Kuhlemeyer, R. L. (1969). Vertical vibrations of footing embedded in layered media. Ph.D. 24, 55-58.
Dissertation, University of .California, Berkeley. 't R v and Richart F. E. Jr. (1967). Design procedures for dynamically loaded
Wh1 man, · ., ' ' · ( 6) !69 193
Lamb, H. (1904). On the propagation of tremors over the surface of an elastic solid. Philos. foundations. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Clv. Eng. 93 SM- , - ·
Trans. R. Soc. London, Ser. A 203, 1-72.
Lysmer, J., and Richart, F. E., Jr. (1966). Dynamic response of footing to vertical loading. J.
Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 92 (SM~1), 65-91.
McNeill, R. L. (1969). Machine foundations, soil dynamics specialty session. Proc. Int. Conf. !.·
Soil. Mech. Found. Eng., 7th, Mexico City, pp. 67-100.
Moore, P. J. (1971). Calculated and observed vibration amplitudes. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div.,
Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 97 (SM-1), 14!-158.
Novak, M. (1970). Prediction of footing vibrations. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ.
Eng. 96, (SM-3), 837--861.
Novak, M. (1985). Experiments with shallow and deep foundations. Proc. Symp. Vib. Frob.
Geotech. Eng., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., Annu. Conv., Detroit, 1-26.
Pauw, A. (1953). A dynamic analogy for foundation soil systems. ASTM Spec. Tech. Pub[.
STP 156, 90-112.
Prakash S., and Puri, V. K. (1969). Design of a typical machine foundation by different
methods. Bull. Indian Soc. Earthquake Techno!. 6 (3), 109-136.
Prakash, S., and Puri, V. K. (1980). "Design of a Compressor Foundation-Observations and
Predictions," Mach. Found. Des. Anal. Lect. Notes. University of Missouri-Rolla, Rolla.
Prakash, S., and Puri, V. K. (1981a). Dynamic properties of soils from in-situ tests. J. Geotech.
Eng. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 107 (GT-7), 943-963. .
Prakash, S., and Puri, V. K. (1981b). Observed and predicted response of a machine
foundation. Proc. Int. Conf. Soil Mech. Found. Eng., lOth, Stockholm, Vol. 3, 269-272.
Prakash, S., Puri, V. K., and Horst, W. D. (1981). Some aspects of machine foundation design.
Proc. Int. Conf. Soil Mech. Found. Eng., 10th, Stockholm, Vol. 4, 868-871.
Quinlan, P. M. (1953). The elastic theory of soil dynamics. ASTM Spec. Tech. Pub!. STP 156,
3-34.
Reissner, E. (1936). Stationare Axialymmeterische durch line Schuttelnde Masse Erregte
Schwingungen lines Homogenen Elastichen Halbraumes. 'lng. Arch. 7 (6), 381-396.
Reissner, E. (1937). Freie und Erzawungene Torsionschwingungen des Elastichen Halbraumes.
Ing.-Arch. 8(4), 229-245.
Reissner, E., and Sagoci, H. F. (1944). Forced torsional oscillations of an elastic half space. J.
App/. Phys. 15, 652-662.
Richart, F. E., Jr. (1962). Foundation vibrations. Trans. Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 127, Part I,
863-898.
7 METHODS OF ANALYSIS 307
(a) (b)
There are several types of machines that produce transient dynamic loads of
short duratiOn that may be characterized as impacts, shocks, or pulses. Figure 7.1. Typical arrangement of a hammer foundation resting on soil. (a) Frame mounted
on foundation blo_fJ<; (b) frame mounted on;~,tl:!,e anvil.
Examples of shock producing machines are the hammers, presses, crushers,
and mills. Ha'?mers are most typical of impact machines and are of many
types. Accordmg to their functiOns, they may be classified into forging
hammers (proper) and drop hamm~rs. Drop hammers are used for a variety operation on the foundation itself, and also on the adjacent structures and
of purposes such as forgmg, stampmg, and ore breaking. machines and people in the vicinity.
The hammer-foundation system consists of a frame, a falling weight The foundation for a hammer generally consists of a reinforced concrete
known as "tup," the anvil and the foundation block as shown in Fig. 7.1. block. In case of small hammers, the anvil may be mounted directly on the
The. fra'?e may be mounted on the foundation block (Fig. 7.1a) or on the foundation block (Fig. 7.2a). To reduce the transmission of impact stresses
anvil (F1g. 7.lb). to the concrete block and the frame, an elastic pad consisting of rubber, felt,
The anvil is a massive steel block on which material is forged into desired cork, or timber is generally provided between the anvil and the foundation
shape or br?ken by the illlpact of repeated blows of the tup. The anvil may block (Fig. 7.2b). In case of high capacity hammers, special elements such as
be fixed or 1! rna~ move m a manner similar to the tup. An impact machine coil springs and dampers may be used in place of elastic pads (Fig. 7.2c).
Ill WhiCh the anvil also moves is known as a counter-blow hammer. The foundation block is mostly designed to rest directly on soil (Figs. 7.2a,
Impact machines are rated according to the nominal weight of the tup or b, c). When the soil conditions are poor, the foundation block may be
the droppmg parts and the height of the drop. The tup's movement is
me.asured by the number of blows or impacts it makes per minute. The l supported on piles. The foundation block may have to be supp?rted on
elastic pads or spring absorbers, if necessary, to reduce transmission of
weight of the tup may vary from 0.25 to 10 tons. The height of the drop may · vibrations to adjoining facilities (Figs. 7.2d, e).
range from 0.3 to 2.0 m or more. Steam or air pressure may be used to lift
the tup, which 1s then allowed to fall freely. This class of hammers is known
as drop hammers. The forging P?wer of the hammer may be enhanced by 7.1 METHODS OF ANXLYSlS
~ncrea_smg the velocity of drop wtth compressed air-·or steam. The hammers
m which steam or air pressure acts on the tup, both during the process of The dynamic response of hammer foundations is computed by modelling
hemg lifted or dropped, are known as double-acting hammers. A part of the them as lumped-mass systems. The number of degreess of freedom that
Impact energy IS used up in causing plastic deformation of the material being must be considered in the analysis depend on the foundation type and also
forged and conversiOn mto heat, and the remaining energy is transmitted to on whether the tup moves along the centerline of the system or at an
the foundation and the soil. A proper design of the foundation for the eccentricity. When the anvil is rigidly mounted on the foundation block
hammer IS therefore essential to avoid any harmful effects due to hammer without an absorber pad (Fig. 7.2a) and the impact is central, the system
306
Anvil and
/ foundation block
Foundation
~1
block
resting I
on soil
Elastic
pad
below Anvil and
-tr- 1
anvil foundation
block
(a) (b)
~jt:[}i];'11r'"r.;.nrnr~t~ ~Tup
llft0Jf~J~€6~f,ht
Foundation block
resting on soil
~Tup
Damping
in pad
Anvil
I
I
Spring k3 of pad
below anvil
(d) (c)
Anvil
Damping in I Foundation
absorber block
Foundation Spring k2 of
block
/ elastic pad
L"""'----,,---r:-oii'amping in
the pad
Trough
~1
Foundaf1on
block
Spring absorber
below foundation
block
:::wk//ffff~//////,/,1,/I///,?/
for all practical purposes. The eccentricity of impact is generally avoided by
Figure 7 .4. Simplified twowdegree-of-free-
suitably controlling the geometrical layout of the foundation, and proper dom model.
alignment of the tup and frequent maintenance, and most practical cases can
thus be analyzed by using a two-degree-of-freedom model (shown in Fig.
7.3c). The computations can be further simplified by making the following
· ·ated w1'th this mode of vibration (Section 6.4). Similarly,
assumptions: d ampmg are assoc1 · f h d
the elastic pad has a finite damping depending upon the matenal o t e/-a ·
1. The anvil, foundation block, frame, and tup are rigid bodies. The duration of the impact (assumption 4) is generally very sma11 an l(s a
conservative assumptiOn · (N ovak , 1983) · The embedment . effects as- .
2. The pad and the soil can be simulated by equivalent weightless, elastic sumption 5) can be neglected if an air gap or a trench filled w1th sawdust IS
springs.
constructed around the foundation block, otherwise the embedment may
3. The damping of the elastic pad and soil is neglected. significantly modify the frequencies and amphtudes (Novak, 1970). 'b .
4. The time of impact is short compared to the period of natural These assumptions simplify the process of computatmn o~ VI ratton
vibrations of the system. characteristics of the hammer foundation, which can be ldeahzed as an
5. Embedment effects are neglected. undamped two-degree-of-freedom system, as shown Ill F1g. 7 .4.
m 1 =mass of the foundation and includes the mass of the backfill and the w = the limiting natural frequency of the anvil and foundation resting
frame (if mounted on the foundation block as in Fig. 7.1a) nl, on soil (assuming the anvil is rigidly attached to the foundation
m, =mass of the anvil (and includes the mass of the frame if it is block)
mounted on the anvil as in Fig. 7.1b) w,,, = the limiting natural frequency of the anvil vibrating on the elastic
k 1 = equivalent soil spring below the foundation block for vertical vibra- pad or springs, and
tions
k 2 = equivalent spring of the pad below the anvil
z 1 = displacement of the foundation
z 2 =displacement of the anvil The values of wn 11 and wn 12 may be calculated as
The value of the equivalent soil spring k 1 may be ~htained either by using
the elastic half-space method (Richart and Whitman, 1967; Richart et al., wnll = ~ m: m
1 2
(2.99a)
1970) or from the linear spring approach (Barkan, 1962). The value of k
1 and
from the elastic half-space method is obtained as
(2.99b)
k = k = 4Gr0 (6.18)
1 ' (1- v)
~' ''- ,;,.'f'
Similarly the value of k, from linear spring approach may be obtained Amplitudes of Anvil and Foundation Motion
from Eq. ( 4.27):
The amplitudes of anvil and foundation vibration may be computed by
( 4.27) considering the free vibrations of the anvil-foundation soil system as being
triggered by an initial velocity imparted to the anvil by the impact of the ram
in which A 1 = area of the foundation block in contact with the soil. on the metal piece being forged.
The value of k 2 may be obtained from Eq. (7.1): The particular solutions for amplitudes of vibration may be obtained by
expressing z 1 and z 2 as follows:
(7.1)
(7.2a)
in which
(7.2b)
E = Young's modulus for the material of the pad
b = thickness of the pad The initial conditions of vibration may be expressed by using Eq. (7.3). At
A, =area of the anvil base in contact with the pad timet= 0
(7.3a)
In case the anvil is supported on spring absorbers, k 2 should be calculated
as the combmed stiffness of all the springs. (7.3b)
""+:.
Natural Frequencies in which Va is the initial velocity of anvil motion. By substituting z 1 and z 2
from Eqs. (7.2) into Eqs. (2.95b and c) and using the initial conditions given
The two natural frequencies w, 1 and w, 2 of free vibration of the system of by Eq. (7.3), the expressions for z 1 and z 2 are obtained Eq. (7.4):
Fig. 7.4 may be determmed from the frequency equation given below:
(2.98) (7.4a)
in which
and
315
METHODS OF ANALYSIS
314 FOUNDATIONS FOR IMPACT MACHINES
(7.5b) in which V is the velocity of the anvil after impact, W2 the weight of the
anvil (including the frame if it is mounted on the anvil), and V, the v~locity
The values of amplitude of anvil and foundation can thus be determined of the rebol!Ild of the tup after im,pf!Cl. Accordmg to the pnnctpal of tmpact
for rigid bodies, the momentum' before and after the impact in a conser-
from Eq. (7.5a, b) by substituting the values of wnl, wnl• Wnz• and V,. The
initial velocity of anvil motion can be determined by considering the impact vative system is constant. Therefore,
of the tup on the anvil and the velocity of the tup at the time of impact. w w w
_ov.=-"V +-'V (7.8)
gTI gt ga
Initial Velocity of Tup at the Time of Impact
Equation (7.8) has two unknowns, V1 and V,. A second equation may be
For a single-acting drop hammer, the initial velocity of the tup VT, at the
time of impact after the !up's free fall is
(7 .6)
I Tup
and the resistance of the counter pressure of air or steam. For well-adjusted
hammers TJ will be close to 1 and a value of 0.65 may generally be used. For
I
:
double-acting hammers, operated by pneumatic or steam pressure, VT, is
given by: Anvil
Ch r
•(
e.G.\
(7.7) Elastic pa d
I
in which I
Foundation
block
Wa =the gross weight of the dropping parts, including upper half of the
die
p = steam or air pressure
A P = the net piston area
i
I
Figure 7.5. Model for calculating initial velocity
of anvil for the case of eccentric impact.
317
316 FOUNDATIONS FOR IMPACT MACHINES METHODS OF ANALYSIS
obtained from Newton's law, according to which the coefficient of elastic after eccentric impact, it is V, + r¢,- V1 • By applying Eq. (7.9), we obtain
restitution "e", is defined by
(7.13)
relative velocity after impact
(7.9)
e = relative velocity before impact
From Eqs. (7.8), (7.12), and (7.13), the values of V, and¢, are obtained as
The coefficient of elastic restitution depends upon the material of the follows:
bodies involved in impact. For impact between two perfectly rigid bodies, e
is equal to 1. When a rigid body impacts a plastic body, e is zero. The value (7.14a)
of e thus lies within the range of 0 and 1 for forge hammers. The value of e
depends on factors such as the temperature of the forged piece, the
and
dimensions and form of the grooves in the stamping hammers, and the
. _ s(1 + e)r V: . (7.14b)
elastic properties of the tup, die, and anvil. The coefficient of restitution 2 2
increases with the number of blows as the piece being forged cools. To "'"- (1 + s)(r +e)- r n
account for the most unfavorable conditions of operation, a value of e = 0.5 in which k' is equal to Mm 2 g/W0 • When r is zero, i.e., for central impact,
may be adopted for design purposes.
Eqs. (7.14a) and (7.14b) yield
Equation (7.9) is the second equation used to solve for V1 and V, and
may be rewritten as
(7.10)
This expression for V, is the same as in Eq. (7.1la).
u p = k,
z, A+ z, (7.15)
m, =mass of the dropping parts. 2
If the impact of the tup on the anvil is not central, then in addition to the
linear motion in the vertical direction, the anvil will rotate around the axis Dynamic Force Transmitted by the Foundation
that passes through the center of gravity of the anvil and is perpendicular to
the plane of the impact. In addition to the linear momentum angular The dynamic force Fdyn transmitted to the soil is given by
momentum also needs to be considered in the case of eccentric impact. The (7.16)
moment of momentum of the tup and anvil is given by (Fig. 7.5). Fdyn = k,Z,
Soil Data. For drop hammers of up to 1-ton capacity, soil data should
The criteria mentioned above should ensure the satisfactory performance generally be collected to a depth of 6 m. For heavier impact machines, it is
preferable to investigate soil conditions to a depth of 12m or to a hard
stratum. If piles are to be used, the investigation should be conducted to a
suitable depth.
Table 7.1. Maximum Allowable Amplitudes for Layout Plan. The layout plan of the shop in which the drop hammer is
Hammer Foundations to be installed should be obtained, and the position of any precision
machines in the vicinity and adjoining structures that may be adversely
Weight of the Tup Maximum Amplitude, mm
affected by the hamm~'s operation should be ascertained so that vibration
(ton) Anvil Foundation Block isolation measures may be incorporated at the design stage, if necessary.
(!) (2) (3)
<1 1.0 1.2 2 Soil Constants
2 2.0 1.2
>3 The values of the dynamic soil constants should be determined following the
4 1.2
procedure suggested in Chapter 4 in a manner that is consistent with
Source: N~vak (1983). Reproduced with the permission of conditions of confining pressure and anticipated strain levels likely to be
the Canadwn Geotechnical Journal.
induced in the soil by the prototype foundation.
321
320 FOUNDATIONS FOR IMPACT MACHINES DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR HAMMER FOUNDATIONS
4Gr" (6.18)
The allowable soil pressure below the foundation should he determined k, = 1- v
from appropriate field tests.
EA 2 (7.1)
k,= -b-
3 Trial Dimensions of the Foundation Components
in which
Select the trial dimensions of the anvil, foundation block, and size and
thickness of the pad below the anvil. The guidelines given below may be G = dynamic shear modulus of the soil
followed in determining the trial dimensions.
r o = equivalent radius of the foundation
Area. The area at the base of the foundation block should be such that v =Poisson's ratio
the safe loading intensity of the soil is never exceeded while the drop E =Young's modulus of pad material
hammer is operating. A = area of the anvil
2 '1
b = thickness of pad below the anv1 ·
Depth. The depth of the foundation block should be designed so that
the block is safe in punching shear and in bending. The inertial forces that Equivalent radius r" is given by:
develop should also be included in the calculations. The minimum thickness
of the foundation block should be 1.0 m for light hammers and 2.5 m for (6.58a)
hammers of medium weight.
Thickness of the Elastic Pad. The thickness of the elastic pad below the
anvil and the foundation block (if necessary) depends on the material of the
pad and should be ascertained by analysis.
5 Velocity of Tup and Anvil
4 Natural Freqencies of the Hammer- Foundation System Compute the velocity Vn of the tup before impact as follows:
Compute the limiting natural frequencies W 01 and W 01 as
[ ' 11Y2g(W" + pAP)h (7.7)
Vn= W
0
(2.99a)
in which
in which e is the coefficient of elastic restitution (the value of e may be taken 7.4 EXAMPLE
as 0.5) and s is equal to W,fW0 •
It is proposed to install a 2.0 t forging hammer in an industrial complex. The
data pertaining to the hammer is given below:
6 Motion Amplitudes of the Foundation and Anvil
Compute the maximum foundation and anvil amplitudes as follows: Weight of tup without die = 1550 kg
Maximum tup stroke h = 750 mm
For the foundation, Weight of the upper half of the die = 450 kg
Area of the piston A= 0.14 m'
2
(7.5a) Supply steam pressure p = 70 t1 m
Weight of anvil block = 32.5 t
Total weight of hammer
For the anvil,
= 45.5 t (anvil+ frame)
. 2
Bearing area of anvil= 2.0 X 2.0 = 4.0 m
(7.5b) Permissible vibration amplitude for anvil = 1.5 mm
Permissible amplitude for foundation= 1.0 mm
';'y- ~., __ .,~
in which wn 2 is the smaller natural frequency. Material of pad below the anvil'" ·Pine wood
, I 2
Modulus of elasticity of the pad= 5 x 10 t m
Allowable compressive stress in pad
7 Dynamic Stress in the Pad
= 400 t1 m 2 perpendicular to grain
Compute the dynamic stress in the pad with Thickness of timber pad= 0.60 m
Efficiency of drop '1 = 0.65
k 2 (z 1 - (-z 2 ))
uP= A (7.15) Coefficient of elastic restitution e = 0.5
2
The details of the suggested foundation are shown in Fig. 7 .6. The depth
The computed values of the natural frequencies and motion amplitudes of the foundation is 2.4 m below the natural ground level. The allowabJe soil
should satisfy the criteria for safe operation. Also, the stresses in the pad pressure at the base of the foundation was determmed to be 25 t1 m . The
should be smaller than the permissible values for the pad material. data on dynamic soil properties is as giVen m Example 4.9.3, (Chapter 4).
Assume unit weight of reinforced concrete equal to 2.4 tim and the umt
weight of soil equal 2.050 tim'. Check and comment on the adequacy of the
8 Stresses in the Soil foundation shown in Fig. 7 .6.
Compute the stress in the soil with
Solution
(7.17) Design Data
Machine Data. The data on the hammer is listed in the problem.
in which u represents the stress in the soil, and A 1 the contact area of the 2
foundation block with soil. The stress in the soil should be less than 0.8 Sm·z oata. The allowable soil pressure is given as 25 t/m· FThe 4data
47
times the allowable stress in soil when static loads alone are supported. on dynamic soil properties is given in Example 4.9.3. Plot C m 1g. · ·
A computer program for calculating the dynamic response of a hammer ·
g~ves
G vs. )' at 2 • 4-m depth at a mean effective confimng pressure of
0
2
foundation using the above listed design procedure is given in Appendix 2. l.Okg/cm
325
324 FOUNDATIONS FOR IMPACT MACHINES DESIGN EXAMPLE
(a)
T
2400
in which
fc-(J"v2 = 4q[
1 1--------oOOO------~
I= influence factor (from Fig. 4.46)
4
m=3=1.33,n=3=1
3
2
q =static stress intensity= 6.50 t/m = 0.65 kg/m
2
(b)
I= 0.190
Figure 7.6. Layout of the foundation (Example 7.4.1). (a) Longitudinal section and (b) cross 2
section. ii, 2 = 4 x 0.650 x 0.19 = 0.494 kg/cm
ii, = 0.615 + 0.494 = 1.109
2 Weight of the Foundation and Contact Area
From the dimensions shown in Figs. 7.6a and b, we get:
2
I Assume Ko = 0.5
I k,
wnll = 'Y m I + m 2 (2.99a)
6 Velocity of Dropping Parts
k 1 =equivalent soil spring.
_ / (Wo + pAP)h (7.7)
VTi- '1\j2g w
k = 4Gro 0
I 1- V
'1 = 0.65, W0 = 2.0 t, p = 70 tim'
r" =
148 =3.908m
V-:;; AP=0.14m 2
and h=0.75m
The above ex~mple was also solved using the computer program given in
Appendtx 2. A hstmg of the input data and the results is shown in Appendix REFERENCES
2.
Barkan, D. D. (1962). "Dynamics of Bases and Foundations." McGraw-Hill, New York.
Harwood, M., and Novak, M. (1986). Uplift in hammer foundations·. Soil Dyn. Earthquake
Eng. 5(2), \1)2-117.
7.5 OVERVIEW
Lysmer, J., and Richart, F. E. (1966). Dynatllic response of footings to vertical loading. J. Soil
Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 92(SM-1), 65-91.
A simple two-degree-of-freedom model for predicting undamped vertical Major, A. (1980). "Dynamics in Civil Engineering. Analysis and Design," Vol. 2. Akademiai
~espouse of an anvil-foundation soil system has been discussed. This model Kiad6, Budapest.
ts an approximate representation of a rather complex system and has been Novak, M. (1970). Prediction of footing vibrations. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ.
com~only used (Barkan, 1962; Major, 1980; Prakash, 1981). The vibration Eng. 96(SM-3), 837-861.
~mphtudes have been computed by treating the impact as a pulse of Novak, M. (1982). Response of hammer foundations. Int. Conf. Soil Dyn. Earthquake Eng.,
mfimtely ~hort du~ation that dies out before the system starts moving, thus 1st, Southhampton, Vol. 2, 783-797.
Novak, M. (1983). Foundations for shock producing machines. Can. Geotech. J. 20(1),
resultmg m free v1bratwns triggered by initial velocity. The duration of the
141-158.
pu.lse m case of hammers varies from 0.01 to 0.02 second and as the piece Novak, M. (1985a). Analysis of hammer foundations. Int. Conf Soil Dyn. Earthquake Eng.,
bemg forged becomes cold, the pulse duration gets reduced to 0.001 to 2nd, Southampton, 4-61 to 4-71.
0.002 sec (Novak, 1982, 1985b; Novak and El Hifnawy, 1983). The as- Novak, M. (1985b). Experiments with shallow and deep foundations. Proc. Symp. Vib. Probl.
sumptiOn of a sho~t duration pulse is thus reasonable. The amplitude Geotech. Eng., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., Annu. Conv., Detroit, 1-26.
response can be esllmated by usmg Fourier analysis. Lysmer and Richart Novak, M., and El Hifnawy, L. (1983). Vibrations of hammer foundations. Int. J. Soil Dyn.
(1966) presented a complicated analysis for predicting response of a footing Earthquake Eng., 2(1), 43-53.
subjected to transtent loadmg u~mg an assumed time history of the pulse. Prakash, S. (1981). "Soil Dynamics." McGraw-Hill, New York.
Unfortunately, the exact l!me h1story of the pulse is generally unknown at Richart, F. E., Jr. and Whitman, R. V. (1967). "Design" procedures for dynamically loaded
the time of design. foundation. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., 93(SM-6), 169-193.
. The effects of embedment and damping have not been considered in the Richart, F. E., Jr. Hall, J. R., and Woods, R. D. (1970). "Vibrations of Soils and
Foundations." Prentice-M1JJJ, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
Slmphfied a~alysis. Embedment of the foundation into the .soil results in
mcre~sed sllffness and damping. The methods of estimating stiffness and
dampmg for embedded footing will be discussed in Chapter 11. Damping for
s~rface footing can be estimated by the elastic half-space method, as already
d1scussed Chapter 6 (SectiOn 6.4). If the soil conditions are poor, hammer
foundal!on may be supported on piles. The stiffness and damping for
p1le-supported foundatiOns 1s d1scussed in Chapter 12. Modal analysis may
be used for predicting damped response of hammer foundations when
8
LAYOUT OF A TYPICAL TURBOGENERATOR UNIT 331
/
LD' L171. P. turbine
pressure stage in case of a multistage turbine). The isometric view in Fig. 8.1 1000 kg/m 2 to 3000 kg/m 2 (200 psf to 600 psf) are accounted for in design
shows the layout for a typical 110-MW T.G. unit supported on reinforced depending upon the size of the T.G. unit.
concrete frame foundation.
Condenser Loads
8.2 LOADS ON A TURBOGENERATOR FOUNDATION Condenser loads are transmitted to the foundation due to (a) weight of the
condenser and (b) vacuum in the condenser.
During the service life of the power plant, a T.G. foundation is subjected to
a variety of loads. The design of the turbogenerator and the plant layout Load Due to Weight of the Condenser. The condenser loads acting on
determine the nature of the loads imposed on the foundation. In general, the foundation are influenced significantly by the method used for sup-
the loads acting on a T.G. foundation may be divided into two main porting them and the type of connection between the exhaust casing of the
categories: turbine and the condenser. One of the following schemes is generally
adopted for supporting condensers:
1. Loads due to normal operation of the plant.
2. Loads due to emergency conditions. 1. The condenser mounted directly on rigid supports on the base mat and
a flexible (expansion) joint provided between the condenser and the
A brief discussion about the magnitude and characteristics of these loads turbine exhaust (Fig. 8.2a).
is given below. 2. Condenser supported on spr}~gs (Fig. 8.2b).
1. Dead load.
2. Live load.
3. Condenser loads.
4. Thermal load.
5. Pipe load.
6. Unbalanced loads due to machine.
7. Torque load.
Dead Load
The self weight of the foundation components, weight of turbine and
generator, bed plate and equipment such as control valve, interceptor valve,
and boiler feed pump comprise the dead load. The self weight of foundation
components is estimated from section details and unit weight of the ma-
terial. Information on dead weight of machine and equipment, as well as
their point of application, is furnished by the machine manufacturer.
Live Load
The live loads act on the foundation during installation and repairs neces- (a)
sitated by maintenance operations. Codes of practice generally lay down the Figure 8.2. Schematic arrangement of supporting condensers: (a) condenser on rigid supports;
values of live loads from floor slabs and galleries and usually live loads of (b) condenser on spring supports.
334 FOUNDATIONS FOR HIGH-SPEED ROTARY MACHINES LOADS ON A TURBOGENERATOR FOUNDATION 33S
When the condenser rests directly on the rigid supports, the entire dead stresses in concrete. Heat buildup in turbine casing and bed plates induces
weight of the condenser unit is transferred to the foundation mat. When the thermal loading on the foundation. The expansion of the casing and bed
springs are provided between the condenser and the base mat, the load is plate of the machine relative to the concrete deck results in frictional loads
transferred partly to the base mat and partly to the deck slab. The spring on the slab that are internally balanced (resulting in local effects but no net
stiffness determines the proportion in which the load is shared between the resultant load).
base slab and the deck. The stiffness of the springs may be specified by the It is difficult to estimate precisely the magnitude and direction of thermal
manufacturer of the turbine or condenser. loads since they depend on a number of factors, such as the distance
between the points where bed plates are held down with anchor bolts,
Loads Due to Vacuum in Condenser. The pressure on the turbine casing friction between the bed plates and concrete, and the load on the bed plate.
is atmospheric and the pressure in tbe condenser is below the atmospheric An approximate estimate of the thermal load may be made by using Eq.
pressure. The differential pressure between the turbine casing and the (8.2):
condenser results in a suction or a vacuum load transferred to the deck slab (8.2)
through turbine base plates. The magnitude of the vacuum load is sig-
nificantly large and may be several times the weight of the condenser and is
considered as a distributed load along edges of supporting members. This where
results in localized stress concentration and torsion. The area over which
this vacuum load acts is the area of the opening (joint) that connects the F r = thermal load
condenser to the turbine outlet. The condenser vacuum load may be p. = coefficient of friction between material of bed plate and material of
deck' •.,..•...
calculated using Eq. (8.1):
P =sum of loads due to machine, condenser, pipes, and normal torque
(8.1)
Loads due to temperature changes are generally taken into account by
in which assuming differential temperatures between the upper and the lower slabs
and between the inner and the outer faces of the deck slab as specified by
Pu =condenser vacuum load the manufacturer. The deck slab is considered as a horizontal frame and
A = area of joint opening between the turbine and condenser induced moments due to differential temperature are accounted for. Con-
p" = atmospheric pressure sideration should also be given to change in direction of thermal loads
p c = vacuum pressure during start and shut down.
depend upon speed of rotation. The magnitude of unbalanced forces and in which
moments can be calculated using Eqs. (5.38) and (5.39). The unbalanced
pulsating loads are transferred to the foundation through the shaft bearings. TA =torque due to high-pressure (H.P.) turbine (t m)
The T.G. manufacturers provide information about unbalanced loads that T 8 =torque due to intermediate-pressure (I.P.) turbine (tm)
should be used in the design of the foundation under normal operating
Tc =torque due to low-pressure (L.P.) turbine (t m)
conditions. In designing a T.G. foundation, most unfavorable combination
of unbalanced dynamic loads should be used. Tg =torque due to generator (t m)
Seismic Load
(8.3b)
The loads due to earthquake depend upon the seismicity of the area in
which the plant is located. The magnitude of the lateral force due to
earthquake may be determined from codal provisions (Uniform Building
(8.3c)
Code, 1985). The lateral force may be calculated [see Eq. (8.4)] (Uniform
Building Code, 1985, ASCE 1987):
(8.3d) (8.4)
where
'if,J~
F = lateral force on the floor (deck slab)
ah = seismic zon~ coefficient
The criteria given below should be followed in designing a T.G. foun- methods of analysis for computing the response of T.G. foundation are
dation. discussed in this article. The objective of the analysis is to determine if the
proposed foundation will perform satisfactorily under the action of various
1. Natural frequencies of the foundation should deviate from the normal loads acting according to the design criteria laid down in Section 8.3.
operating speed of the machine by at least 30 percent. It may be mentioned here that the design of a frame foundation is
2. Vibration amplitudes at bearing level should not exceed the values different from the design of massive-block-type foundation in several ways.
specified by the manufacturer. Permissible amplitudes may be adopted from In case of a block foundation, it is adequate to check the natural frequencies
Table 8.1 if the limiting values have not been furnished by the manufac- and amplitudes of vibration. A structural design of the foundation block is
turer. generally not needed. In the case of a frame foundation, it is necessary to
check the frequencies and amplitudes of vibration and also to des1gn the
3. The stresses due to normal operating load in structural components
members of frame from structural considerations. The stresses induced in
and sod should not exceed their specified values under the worst combi-
nation of loads. the members of the frame due to the adverse combination of various static
and dynamic loads should not exceed their permissible values. The aspects
4. For emergency loads, appropriate increase in permissible stresses may of structural design of the frame fouodation are beyond the scope of this
be allowed as per codal provisions (Uniform Building Code, 1985). text and only the methods of dynamic analysis for computing the natural
frequencies and amplitudes of vibration are considered here. The methods
8.4 DESIGN CONCEPTS for dynamic analysis of the frame foundations may be d1v1ded mto two
categories:
Turbogenerator foundations are generally designed as low-tuned or under-
tuned foundations of concrete or steel. Low tuning implies that the fun- 1. Simplified methods.
damental natural frequency of the foundation is lower than the operating 2. Rigorous methods.
speed of the machine (Fig. 1.2). When foundations are designed on the
low-tuned concept for turbines operating at 1800 rpm, as is the case in some In the simplified methods, a number of assumptions are made and the
nuclear power plants, it may become necessary to support the machine on analysis is carried out on frame-by-frame basis. A single-degree-of-freedom
springs. or a two-degree-of-freedom model is adopted for computing the natural
T. G. foundations have also been conventionally designed using large frequencies and amplitudes. The role of the soil below the base is generally
supporting columns with cross beams to provide a rigid frame. The low- neglected.
tuned concept is generally preferred because of additional volume of space In rigorous methods, the frame fouodation is modeled as a three-
below the deck which becomes available when slender columns are used and dimensional space frame and analyzed as a multidegree freedom system.
cross beams are omitted. The additional space results in easier access for Rigorous solutions accounting for the three-dimensional nature of the
maintenance and more flexibility in layout of accessories. In any case, the problem are, however, complicated and simplified analysis may be used to
design is made to ensure favorable vibration characteristics under normal obtain practical solutions. Both the simplified and the rigorous methods are
operating conditions. For the case of emergency loads, it is ensured that the described below.
foundation will not suffer any permanent damage during the short period of
ti':'e . for which the machine operates under abnormal loads by installing
8.5.1 Simplified Methods
tnppmg relays so that the machine is automatically shut off as soon as the
emergency conditions, such as a strong-motion earthquake or short circuit, In simplified methods of,~~;nalysis, the frame foundation is idealized either as
develop. a single-degree-of-freedom system or as a two-degrees-of-freedom system.
The methods for analysis used in designing frame' foundations will now be A description of the underlying assumption and the procedure for compu-
described. tation of response for each of these cases is given below.
the natural frequencies by the method known as the resonance method. In Pz sin wt
the resonance method, consideration was given only to the natural frequen-
cy of the system in relation to the operating speed of the machine, and the
amplitudes of vibration were not computed. Vibration characteristics in t
vertical and horizontal directions by this method are calculated as follows.
11 ~
0!
.u
acting together and the mass is determined by the mass of total loads acting ~k
on this cross frame. This analysis is based on the assumptions given below: I l! a'
~
,- l /~~m"'7
1. Frame columns are fixed at their lower ends into the rigid base slab. gj
2. The difference between vertical deformations of individual frame 7//7]/////,
-;.;-
columns is negligible.
3. The torsional resistance of longitudinal beam is insignificant compared
to the deformation resistance of transverse beams. Therefore, the
Column
ends
assumed
V Baseslab
L_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.: ___ _j
:
(b)
I
The spring stiffness of the frame kz for vertical vibrations is given by I _j
I
(8.6)
b-4
figure 8.5. Values of a and b for a frame with haunches
345
344 FOUNDATIONS FOR HIGH-SPEED ROTARY MACHINES METHODS OF ANALYSIS
For perfectly flexible connection between the beam and columns at their 1959) as follows:
ends, the effective span length I will be the same as the center-to-center
(8.10)
distance between the columns 10 . For perfectly rigid end connections, the
effective span will be equal to the clear span 11 . For other cases, the effective
length is determined depending upon rigidity of corner sections. The rigidity
in which
of corner section of a frame can be defined by the ratios b/10 and h 0 /l 0 in
which h 0 is the height of the column from the top of the base slab to the Ll.z = vertical deflection of beam due to the concentrated load W m
center of the frame beam (Fig. 8.4a) and b is one-half of the column width 1
Ll.z = vertical deflection of beam due to the distributed load q
for a frame without haunches (Fig. 8.4a) or the distance as shown in Fig. 8.5 2
for a frame with haunches. Ll.z = vertical deflection of beam due to shear
3
The effective span is calculated as Az 4 = axial compression in the column
in which
(8.9)
I = moment of inertia of the beam about the axis of bending
b
in which a is one-half of the depth of the beam for a frame without haunches E =Young's modulus for concrete
(Fig. 8.4a) and the distance shown in Fig. 8.5 for frames with haunches.
K = relative stiffness factor
The values of effective span and height are used to calculate deflections in
the frames due to applied loads.
The magnitude of deflection Ll.z in Eq. (8.6) may be calculated from the The value of K is given by
available solutions for rigid frames (Kleinlogel, 1949, 1964; Leontovich, I,, h
K=-- (8.12)
I" I
ql 4
5K + 2 (8.13)
Ll.z, = 384EI, K + 2
(8.14)
(8.15)
0~---J----~-----L-----L----~~
0 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.20 in which
w = rr;g
\JW
L Columns are fixed into the rigid base slab at their lower ends.
nz
2. The deck slab is rigid in its own (horizontal) plane.
Average natural frequency of vertical vibrations w is given by 3. Resistance offered by the columns in axial compression is large
"" compared to their resistance in bending.
4. Torsional vibrations of the deck slab are neglected.
n (8.16) 5. Elastic resistance of the soil at the base can be neglected.
~n ~J:ich Wnz~, wnzz are the natural frequencies of vertical vibrations of the Assumptions 1 and 2 are realized in practice. The thickness of the deck
md!Vldual frames.
slab and the width and depth the beams in longitudinal and transverse
The average value of the amplitude of vertical vibration may be com-
puted as directions are large compared to their spans and deck slab may be assumed
to be perfectly rigid in its own plane. Assumption 3 is not fully realized.
When columns are of large cross-sectional area, this assumption holds. But
(8.17a) wben slendeL,columns are used, tl)is.ilssumption is not realized. Assumption
4 is not strictly valid and is hard to. tealize. Torsional vibrations are excited
by the nature of the dynamic loads acting on the foundation and also
in which because the mass center of the deck slab and line of action of superimposed
dynamic loads and the resultant horizontal reaction due to bending of the
columns do not act along the same straight line.
A, = amplitude of vertical vibration of the foundation
These assumptions make it possible to analyze the frame for horizontal
Pv =total vertical unbalance force vibrations using a single-degree-of-freedom model, as shown in Fig. 8.7. The
!; = damping expressed as percent of critical damping
/4M --,1---
1
be obtamed by takmg w"" = w in Eq. (8.17a) above i I
I I
I I
(8.17b) !.,; I Kht is combined
(.Deflected J- lateral stiffness
of all frames
In case the difference between the natural frequen~y of vertical vibration
f shape of I
I column I
and operatmg frequency is smaller than 30%, Eq. (8.17b) should be used to Colum n....- I
I
compute A,. The amplitude of vertical vibrations of any individual frame I I
can be calculated by usmg Eq. (8.17) with values of vertical spring stiffness I I
natu~al fr~quency, and vertical unbalanced force for the frame unde; ///. 1'/// /r /
k = 12£1" (6K + 1) These assumptions have been gi.:;cussed already for the case of vertical
(8.20)
X h3 3K+2 vibrations using a single-degree-of-freedom system. They enable a frame-by-
frame analysis to be carried out for the case of vertical vibrations. No
Amplitude of horizontal vibrations. Amplitude of horizontal vibration A assumption has been made about the rigidity of the end connection between
may be calculated as follows: • the transverse beam and the columns. The vibrations of beams and columns
of a transverse frame can therefore be represented by a two-degrees-of-
A·=~k~.V7~(1~~(w=l~w=".~~~~]~2 =+~(~2=fw=l=w=",~,)2 (8.21a) freedom system, as shown in Fig. 8.8. In Fig. 8.8a, tbe beam undergoes
l
and honzontal VIbratiOns IS an oversimplification of a complex problem. I I 2
\ Direction of
Only the fundamental f~equency in vertical or horizontal mode is computed. .!'!.....\ I
2 rvibmtion
columnsof
Because of the s1mphfymg assumptions on which this method is based the \ I
\ I
results are highly approximate. A better estimate of vibration characteristics \ '~!;~
can be ma?e by using a two-degrees-of-freedom model which is a refinement ~kj
~
over the smgle-degree:of-freedom model. The two:degrees-of-freedom sys-
tem will now be descnbed.
/
(b)
(o)
Two-Degrees-of-Freedom System
system. (a)
Figure 8.8. Vertical vibrations of a cross frame as a two-degree-of-freedom
The pr_oblem of vertical and horizontal vibrations is analysed in each case by deflected shape; (b) mathematical model.
Ideahzmg the system as a two-degrees-of-freedom system. The method has
351
350 FOUNDATIONS FOR HIGH-SPEED ROTARY MACHINES METHODS OF ANALYSIS
forced vertical vibrations due to flexural bending, and columns vibrate along _ 13 (1 + 2K)W + 31W (8.25)
their axial direction. The equivalent spring mass model for this system is ~z- 96Elb(2 + K) 8GAb
shown in Fig. 8.8b. The forces in the columns are developed due to their
axial deformation and spring k 1 in Fig. 8.8b, represents the stiffness of the in which
column in loading along the axial direction. The spring stiffness k 2 repre-
sents stiffness of the transverse beam in bending. G = shear modulus of the beam material
Vertical natural frequency. The vertical natural frequency of the system 1= effective span of the beam
shown in Fig. 8.8b may be obtained as follows:
A = cross-sectional area of the beam
b
Mass m 1 acting on the column is given by (Barkan, 1962) 1 = moment of inertia of the beam
b
Mass m 2 acting at the center of the cross beam is given by (Barkan, 1962) Equations (8.27a, b) are similar to Eq. (2.95a, b). The tw? natura~ frequen-
cies of the system may therefore be obtained by solvmg the requency
(8.23) equation given below:
(2.98)
in which W m is the weight of the machine.
The stiffness of each column for axial deformation (Fig. 8.8a) is given by
in which
k1 EA,
(8.24a) (2.99a)
2 h
in which
(2.99b)
E =Young's modulus of the material of the columns
A c = cross-sectional area of a column m,
p,=-
h =effective height of the column m,
Total vertical stiffness of both columns is given by Amplitudes of Ve~ical Vibrations. The amplitudes of verti~~ ;ibration
are obtained from Eqs. (2.108) and (2.109) by replacmg F, wit '
(8.24b)
(8.27c)
Stiffness of spring k 2 • The deflection of the beam (Fig. 8.8a) for a load W
at the center is given by
and
352
FOUNDATIONS FOR HIGH-SPEED ROTARY MACHINES METHODS OF ANALYSIS 353
A - z - (l + p,)w~l1 + p,w~r2- W 2 bending in the frame columns, which thus offers a lateral resistance to the
''- '- m,LI.(w') P, (8.27d)
horizontal motion of the deck slab. The lines of action of the exciting and
2 the resisting forces are not the same. As a result, a horizontal couple is
Ll.(w ) is calculated using Eq. (2.104).
generated which induces torsional vibrations in the deck slab, as shown in
Fig. 8.9. Torsional vibrations are also excited due to unsymmetrical distribu-
d Horizontal
· Vibrations. The horizontal vibrations of the frame foun- tion of unbalanced loads on the deck, the resultant of which may not be
atiOn. are also analyzed by a two-degrees-of-freedom system based on the passing through the mass center. The deck slab thus undergoes combined
followmg assumptiOns.
horizontal and torsional vibrations under the effect of horizontal exciting
loads. The overall motion of the deck slab may be represented by a line
l. The columns are fixed at their lower ends into the rigid base slab. diagram shown in Fig. 8.10 in which the deck slab has been replaced by its
2. Effect of elasticity of the soil below the base can be neglected. center-line A 1B 1 in the initial position. This sketch depicts a typical two-bay
3. Deck slab ts rigid in its own (horizontal) plane. frame. The load carried by each transverse frame including its self weight,
4. Elastic resistance of the columns to axial deformations is relatively dead loads, weight of machine, and the load transferred by the longitudinal
much larger co~pared to thetr elasttc reststance in bending in the beams may be represented by a point load; 33 percent of the weight of the
transverse duectwn. columns is also added. Thus the mass m 1 is the equivalent mass representing
the load shared by this particular transverse frame including 33 percent of
Assumpti~ns 1 and 2 imply that vibrations due to horizontal unbalanced the weight of columns of this frame. Similarly the masses m 2 and m 3
forces occu~ '? the part of the foundation above the base slab. Assumption 3 represent th({masses for the otherJ~ansverse frames. Dis the mass center of
about. the ngtdtty of the deck slabs implies that the deck slab will undergo m 1 , m 2 , m 3 (Fig. 8.10). The lateral stiffness of each transverse frame has
only ngtd body motton and that flexural vibrations are insignificant. Because been replaced by an equivalent spring. The spring stiffness k, 2 thus repre-
of tts ngtdtty, the deck slab can be replaced by a beam with its centerline sents the lateral stiffness of one transverse frame. The value of lateral
along the centerline of the mainshaft of the machine. Assumption 4 implies stiffness for any of the frames may be calculated by using Eq. (8.20). Point
that the rotatiOn . of the deck slab about a horizontal axis is restrained C in Fig. 8.10 represents the stiffness center, that is, the centroid of spring
because of htgh sttffness of the column to axial deformations. The deck slab stiffness k, 1 , k, 2 , and kx 3 • It is shown in Fig. 8.10 that the deck undergoes
thus undergoes honzontal translation under the effect of horizontal unbal- horizontal displacement parallel to itself (from A 1 B 1 to A 2 B 2 ) and also
anced forces, as shown in Fig. 8.9. This motion of the deck slab induces rotates about the vertical axis through the mass center (of gravity) D. The
Centerline ofdec~
slab (initial) ... ~ ,_ _
Final position
(after coupled 2 ~kx3
translation and
rotation) C D B
A1 ._-----'--i-f=---,+--L-----_. 1
L_7 ___ _ T
1 m1
A3.__ _ _ _ _
m2 m3
Displacement due to
t
t
A•,---~r-~~--~~~~----~,,---eB 2
horizontal translation Due to horizontal Due to tra~tion -- -e 83
displacement and rotation
F•b'gure 8.9 .. Vibrations of the deck slab due to combined translation along X-axis and rotation
a out Z ax1s. f Figure 8.1 0. Spring-mass model for combined horizontal and rotational vibrations of the deck
slab.
r
!
355
METHODS OF ANAlYSIS
354 FOUNDATIONS FOR HIGH-SPEED ROTARY MACHINES
(8.30c)
final displaced position of the centerline of the deck slab is sbown by line
A 3 B 3 (Fig. 8.10). The distances of the different masses from the mass center Total value of R.I for all the masses is given by
D are shown as a 1 , a2 , and a3 and the distances of the stiffness center Care
shown as b 1 , b 2 , and b 3 , respectively. The procedure for computing the
natural frequencies and amplitudes of horizontal vibrations is now de- 2:" Rj = kh(x + elj;) (8.30d)
j=l
scribed.
in which
Natural Frequency of Horizontal Vibrations. The equations of motion
for the system shown in Fig. 8.10 may be written as follows [see also Eq. k = sum of lateral stiffness of all the frames = E k xj
(2.126)]: . ; =distance of the stiffness center C from the mass center D (Fig. 8.10).
m
m.X + L Rj = Px sin wt (8.28a) The moment M about the mass center due to a force on the mass mj is
I
j=l
given by
"
Mm,~ + L Mj = M, sin wt (8.28h) (8.31a)
j=I
in which (8.3lb)
" The set of Eqs. (8.33) and (8.34) are similar to the equations o~ motion
Mmz 2: mia~
= j=l (8.29)
discussed in Chapter 6 (Section 6.7) for coupled rockmg and shdmg. The
frequency equation in this case may be written as Barkan (1962)
For a given frame at a distance ai from the mass center, the elastic spring
• 2 2) , , , _ (8.35)
force R j is given by Wn- (awnx + Wno/ Wn + Wnx{t)n~' 0
-il-o:
(8.30a) in which
The value of k,j may he obtained from Eq. (8.20). The displacement xj is (8.36a)
due to horizontal movement plus rotation and is given by
(8.30b)
(8.36b)
in which xis the displacement of the mass center. Therefore, Rj is given by
356 FOUNDATIONS FOR HIGH-SPEED ROTARY MACHINES 357
METHODS OF ANALYSIS
w"x represents limiting natural frequency of horizontal translation when the on the basis that significant response of the system takes place in the
center of rigidity C coincides with mass center D, that is, e = 0 and M, = 0. fundamental mode. The higher modes of the system are neglected. In the
There will be no torsional vibrations in this case. The system becomes a case of under-tuned foundations, some of the higher-modes may be near the
single degree of freedom system. Similarly w"'' represents the limiting operating speed and cause instability in the system and may c~use excessive
natural frequency of rotational vibrations about the vertical axis when e = 0 vibrations. The effect of longitudinal beam on vertiCal v1bratwns of trans-
and Px = 0. Equation (8.35) can be solved to obtain two natural frequencies verse frames and the role of soil below the base slab has been neglected.
of the system wn 1 and wnz· These considerations make the computed vibration response ap-
proximate. In a realistic analysis, the structural fr~me should be analyzed as
Amplitudes of Horizontal Vibrations. The amplitudes of vibration are a three-dimensional space frame and the mteracllon of s~1l belo': the base
given by should also be taken iuto consideration. Methods of analys1s for th1s purpose
are now discussed.
2
e z
[ zwnx+wn"'-w
z z] ~-wnxM
Px z Mz
r m mz
AX = (8.37) 8.5.2 Rigorous Methods
~(w')
It is possible to improve upon the simplified methods to incorporate the
and interaction effects of soil below the base slab. For example, the case of
2
vertical vibrations may be analyzed by the model shown in Fig. 8.11. The
Px
e z --(w
-w M,-
z -w z) - mathematical model in Fig. 8.l;l.J1as been obtained by assuming the ba~e
rz nx m nx Mmz slab to be rigid and lower ends tif columns fixed into the base slab. Th1s
A"'= ~(w2) (8.38) model is a modification of the single-degree-of-freedom model shown m Flg.
8.4b. For vertical vibrations the effect of vertical stiffness of soil at the base
in which Ax is the amplitude of horizontal translation, A"' is the amplitude in has been replaced by an equivalent soil spring k 1. The damping in soil and in
rotation, and the structure can also be included. This model can be analyzed as a
two-degrees-of-freedom system.
A( W 2) = w4 ( 2 2 ) 2 2 2
- awnx+wn 1, W +wnxwnl/1=0 (8.39)
where Pz sin wt
e2
a=l+r 2 (8.40) ,,
in which r is the radius of gyration defined by Eq. (8.41):
r= ~M,;;, (8.41) ~
01: ....--
kz = Vertical stiffness
of frames
~
The resulant horizontal amplitude A, is given by ~
(8.42)
1. The frame columns are considered fixed at their lower ends. The
kh = Horizontal stiffness
response of the superstructure is calculated and role of the soil is
of frames neglected.
2. The superstructure and the foundation slab are incorporated into a
single model and the interaction with the soil is accounted for.
The plan and sections of a typical frame are shown in Fig. 8.13a, b, and c.
Considering the frame as fixed into the base slab and neglecting the
Base slab
m)
interaction effects of soil below the base, the lumped-mass model can be
r~/~~1~------r-----~
made, as shown in Fig. 8.13d. A rigorous model that accounts for the
interaction effects of soil can be made, as shown in Fig. 8.13e. The effect of
~
kx = Equivalent
k¢ = Equivalent soil
spring in rocking
soil has been simulated by providing equivalent soil spring. The stiffness of
soil spring
the equivale~t soil springs may b~gbtained by using the concepts of elastic
/
in sliding half-space theory (Section 6.4) odinear spring method (Section 6.7). The
damping in the structure and the soil can also be accounted for. The
Figure 8.12. Mathematical model for horizontal vibrations incorporating soil interaction
effects. damping values for soil may be calculated by following the procedure of
Section 4.8. The equations of motion for the models shown in Fig. 8.13d and
e can be written in the form given by Eq. (8.43):
The interaction effects of soil on horizontal vibrations can be accounted
for by modeling the system as shown in Fig. 8.12. The springs kx and k
represent the soil stiffness in sliding and rocking respectively. The model i~
Fig. 8.12 is a modification of single-degree-of-freedom model shown in Fig.
8. 7 to mcorporate effects of soil. The interaction model in Fig. 8.12 is a
three-degrees-of-freedom system and can be analyzed following the proce-
dure in Chapter 2 for multidegrees-of-freedom systems. Damping in soil in
sliding and rocking modes and also in the structure can be included. Models
in Figs. 8.11 and 8.12 can be combined to represent the complete system.
I
2500'-~t<---- 3600,--~+---2500
.t--+-·t -- 2000
(e)
Three- Dimensional Analysis
Figure 8.13. A typical frame foundation: (a) plan of the deck slab; (b) longitudinal section; (c)
The frame foundation resting on the soil represents a multidegree cross section; (d) lumped-mass model with columns assumed fixed into the base slab; (e)
lumpedwmass model including interaction effects of soil.
freedom system and should be analyzed as such. The frame foundation may
600
400
miO
400
Line memb
spr~~s
represent
mg
1000
900'r----- 4800---- 9 DO 1000
5400
1000
8600 (d)
(b)
m,,
Hollow 600
400
I
400 I
1000 1000
3600 5400
Columns
~============~~~============-IJJOOO
6800
(c)
360 361
362 FOUNDATIONS FOR HIGH-SPEED ROTARY MACHINES DESIGN PROCEDURES 363
e can be written in the form given by Eq. (8.43): displacements induced at different points on the frame, the magnitude of the
load for structural design of the frame members can be calculated using the
[M]{Z) + [C]{Z} + [K]{Z) ~ {F(t)) (8.43) principles of structural mechanics (Hurty and Rubinstein, 1964).
The frame foundation can also be modeled using a finite element
in which approach. The superstructure frame is modeled as a three-dimensional
frame by using beam elements. Shear walls within the superstructure are
[M] ~ mass matrix modeled by a finite-element mesh. The base slab and the soil are also
[ K] ~ stiffness matrix modeled by a finite-element mesh. The effects of nonhomogeneity of soil
[ C] ~ damping matrix mass and nonlinearity of its stress strain behavior can thus be included.
{ Z} ~displacement vector Nonlinearity effects are especially important when emergency loads such as
{ Z} ~ velocity vector due to earthquake are being considered for critical structures such as turbine
foundations in a nuclear power plant. The details of formulating three-
{ Z} ~ acceleration vector
dimensional models have been given by Arya and Drweyer (1977), Arya et
{ F(t)) ~applied load vector al. (1979), ASCE (1987), and Shen and Stone (1975).
When the frame foundation is modeled as a multidegree freedom system,
The equations of motion [Eq. (8.43)] may be solved by direct integration the response calculations can be made using commercially available compu-
to obtain the response of the system. Alternatively, they may be uncoupled .. ter codes such as STRUDL, which can be used for both linear or nonlinear
into a set of linear equations and the solution obtained by the normal mode analysis. Thf, effect of soil resi~tance can be simulated in the form of
method. The normal mode method is generally preferred, since it offers the equivalent springs. When the franie-foundation-soil system is to be ana-
facility to obain the natural frequencies and mode shapes. The total lyzed by making a finite element model and nonlinearity effects are to be
response can be obtained by modal superposition (Section 2.14), in which included, the solution can be obtained by using computer programs such as
case the maximum response at any frequency can be calculated from the ADINA. For detailed instruction for using these programs, reference should
displacements resulting from each mode. This makes it possible to calculate be made to the respective user's manuals (ADINA System, 1981; ICES
the amplitude of vibration not only at the normal operating speed of the STRUDL II, 1979a, b).
machine, but also at all speeds through which the turbine passes during Since tbe permissible vibration amplitudes for a turbo-generator founda-
starting and shutdown. Amplitude frequency plot showing the vibration tion under normal operating conditions are extremely small, the behavior of
amplitude for different speeds of the turbine can thus be obtained. A typical the soil foundation system can be safely assumed to be in the elastic range,
amplitude-,frequency plot is shown in Fig. 8.14. From the values of tbe and linear elastic analysis will be sufficient in most practical problems.
problems.
A brief description of the capabilities of STRUDL and ADINA is given
in Appendix 3.
The methods for analysis of frame foundations have been discussed in the
previous section. A stef;cby-step design procedure will now be given. The
design will consist of two stages:
1. Preliminary design.
2. Detailed design.
Operating frequency (rpm) Before attempting the design, the machine, soil and seismic data and
Figure 8.14. A typical amplitude-frequency plot. foundation details listed below should be procured.
364 FOUNDATIONS FOR HIGH-SPEED ROTARY MACHINES DESIGN PROCEDURES 365
2. Information on openings, depressions, and projections, including any Proportioning of the foundation includes deciding the layout of the foun-
other requirement for the machine. dation and selection of sizes of the different components for preliminary
3. Weight of machine. analysis. In deciding the layout of the foundation, the following points
should be considered.
4. Capacity and rated output of the machine.
5. Operating speed of the machine. 1. The layout of the foundation should as far as possible be symmetric
6. Weight of rotor and eccentricity. with respect to a vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the machine.
7. A complete loading diagram showing the magnitude and point of 2. The machine bearing should be located directly on the transverse
application "of all loads that are to be accounted for in design. The frames. The columns and transverse frames should be exactly in planes
information on various loads should include: perpendicul&'J: to the longitudinaL,a]<is of the machine.
3. The foundation should be so "dimensioned that the resultant force due
Dead loads
to weight of machine, top deck and columns (including intermediate slabs if
Live loads any) and the base slab, together pass through the center of gravity of the
Construction loads base contact area. The eccentricity should in no case exceed 3 percent.
Thermal loads 4. Overhanging cantilevered sections should be avoided. If they are
Load due to condenser weight and due to vacuum (depression) in unavoidable, they should be designed to ensure rigidity with the main
condenser frame.
Pipe loads
Unbalanced loads due to machine operation Depth of the Deck Slab and Longitudinal and Transverse Beams. The
Torque loads depth of the transverse and longitudinal beams should be one-third to
one-quarter of the clear span. The depth of deck slab usually ranges from
Loads due to short-circuit current 0.60 m to 1.5 m. The deck slab should be rigid in its own plane.
Loads due to bending of rotor
Loads due to missing bucket Column Size. The columns commonly used are sized so that the ratio of
8. Permissible vibration amplitudes. height to width generally varies from 2 to 10. Adequate haunches should be
provided at intersection of beams and columns to avoid concentration of
Soil Data stress and to ensure rigidity of the connection.
1. Adequate subsoil exploration should be done to obtain subsoil data Base Slab. The b'ri~e slab should be sufficiently thick and rigid to
including allowable soil pressures up to a depth of. three times the width of achieve a uniform soil reaction so as to maintain the deck slab in a plane and
the foundation or till hard stratum.
keep the shaft alignment intact. Also the slab thickness should be enough to
2. Dynamic soil properties should be obtained by field or laboratory satisfy the condition of fixity of columns at their lower ends. The thickness
investigation. of the base slab may be taken as 0.07 L 413, where L is the average of
3. Position of ground water level and fluctuations in its level (if any adjacent clear spans in m. A minimum thickness of 1m is generally
should be ascertained). preferred for the base slab.
367
366 FOUNDATIONS FOR HIGH-SPEED ROTARY MACHINES DESIGN PROCEDURES
Dynamic Soil Constants. Dynamic soil constants corresponding to the 1'(1 + 2K)W 3/W
(8.25)
shear strain amplitudes induced by operation of tbe machine should be ~' = 96Eib(2 + K) + 8GAb
selected following the procedure of Section 4.7.
in which
Check for Soil-Bearing Capacity. The pressure transferred to the soil
due to the combined weight of the machine, foundation, and other superim- W = any load acting at the center of the beam
posed static and dynamic loads should be less than 80 percent of the A b = cross-sectional area of the beam
3
allowable soil pressures for the case of static loads alone. I b =moment of inertia of the beam given by bd 112 in which b is the
width of the beam and d is the depth
8.6.2 Dynamic Analysis l = effective length
K =relative stiffness factor (Eq. 8.12).
The preliminary analysis may be carried out by using a two-degrees-of-
freedom model for the case of horizontal and vertical vibrations, by The value of l is given by
following the steps given below:
l = 10 - 2ab (8.8)
Vertical Vibrations
in which l is the. center-to-center distance between the frame columns and b
Spring Stiffness k 1 and k 2 • The spring stiffness k 1 (Fig. 8.8) is given by is one-half the width of the column''{fir a frame without haunches and the
distance as shown in Fig. 8.5 for a frame with haunches.
k = 2EA, (8.24b) The values of a are given in Fig. 8.6. The value of k is given by
J h
Ib h (8.12)
in which K=--
( l
E =Young's modulus for concrete in which I is the moment of inertia of the column.
A, = cross-sectional area of the columns '
h =effective height of the column given by Eq. (8.9) Natural Frequencies of Vertical Vibrations. The natural frequencies of
vertical vibration are given by
h=h 0 -2aa (8.9).
(2.98)
in which
in which Mass Center of Gravity (Point D in Fig. 8.10). The distance X of mass
center from A 1 is given by
WL ~load transferred by the longitudinal beams on one column
W, ~ weight of the two columns constituting the transverse frame L:wx
x~ I I (8.44)
WB ~ weight of the transverse beam · L:Hj
Mass m 2 is given by
in which Xi is the distance of center of gravity of load on any frame j from
m ~ Wm + 0.45WB end A 1 •
2 g (8.23)
Polar Mass Moment of Inertia of All Masses about a Vertical Axis through
in which Wm is the weight of machine and bearing. the Mass Center, M mz
(8.27c) in which aj is the distance between center of mass mj and the mass center.
·['' :•, - .-~·'
A
,z
= z =
z
(1 + JL)w!fl + f.LW~/2-
m,b.(w')
w2
P, (8.27d)
k . ~ 12EI, ( 6K +
X] h3 3K + 2
1) (8.20)
2
b.(w ) is calculated from Eq. (2.104). Total Lateral Stiffness kh
Horizontal Vibrations
Load Carried by Each Frame WI
(8.7) Distance of the Stiffness Center (Point C in Fig. 8.10) from End A 1
in which
8.7 EXAMPLES
(8.37)
EXAMPLE 8.7.1
in which A reinforced concrete frame is shown in Fig. 8.13 (a, b, c) and carries
vertical loads at points s~own
I,
in Fig. 8.13a. The details of these loads are:
(8.39)
Points #1 and 2 = 5 t each
The amplitude of rotational vibrations A is Points #3, 4, 5, and 6 = 2 t each
"'
Assuming unit weight of concrete as 2.240 t/m 3 and Young's modulus for
concrete as 3 X 106 t/m 2, calculate the natural frequencies of horizontal
(8.38) vibrations in the longitudinal direction (a) by hand solution treating the
frame as a single-degree-of-freedom system. (b) by treating the frame as a
372 FOUNDATIONS FOR HIGH-SPEED ROTARY MACHINES EXAMPLES 373
multidegr~e heedom system without considering the effect of soil and also
by mcludmg mteractwn effect of soil. Assume the value dynamic shear
I,=
06
· ~2°· 9 ' = 0.03645 m
4
3
modulus G = 9000 tim and v = 0.33. Neglect the effect of haunches.
Relative stiffness factor K:
Solution K = I, lz_
The dimensions of the frame and the various loads acting on it are shown in I, l
F1g. 8.13 (a, b, c). K = 0.036 X 5.5335 = O 9786
0.03645 5.589 .
Unit weight of concrete= 2.24 tim 3
Young's modulus of concrete E = 3 x 106 tim' Horizontal stiffness kx
Total weight of the deck slab W
W= 8.6 X 6.8 X 0.6 X 2.24- 3.6 X 2.8 X 0.6 X 2.24 = 65.04 t
k,
= 12EI,
h3
(6K + 1)
3K+2
Applied load= 5 + 5 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 18 t (8.20)
Total load WT = 65.04 + 18 = 83.04 t 6
k = 12 X 3 X 10 X 0.03645 ( 6 X 0.9786 + 1)
Effective span of beam and height of column:
x (5.5335) 3 3 X 0.9786 + 2
f = 5. 7- 2 X 0.185 X 0.3 = 5.589 m The values of the soil springs k"' kx and k were obtained by using the
procedure in Section 6. 7•Ior the base area of the foundation. The values of
h = 5.7-2 X 0.185 X 0.45 = 5.5335 these springs are for the base area of the foundation are:
Moment of inertia of the beam I 6 : k, = 103044.7 tim k, = 84874.8 tim k., = 1569928.4 timirad
Table 8.2. Computer Output: Plane Frame Analysis, Soil Interaction Neglected (l b) "En ineering User's Manual. Vol. 2. Additional Design and
1 979
ICES STR~DL .rl. . , S h. I of Civil Engineering Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
AnalysiS Fac1 1ttes. c oo '
Mode Eigenvalue Frequency Hz Period sec
Cambridge Massachusetts.
1 3 .464487D 03 9 .367850D 00 !.067481D-C1 ~~einlogel (1.94~). "Rahmenformeln." Springer~Verlag, Berlin and New York.
2 1.981161D 05 7.084030D 01 1.411626D-02 Kleinlogel (1964). "Rigid Frame Formulae." Frederick U~gar Publ. Co., New York.
3 2. 779605D 05 8.390967D 01 1.191758D-02 L t . h V (1959) "Frames and Arches." McGraw-Hill, New York. . ,
4 1.202309D 06 1.745133D 02 5. 730223D-03 eon ovJc ' · · . _ . A · nd Design " Akademiai Ktado,
Major, A. (1980). "Dynamics in Civil Engmeenng: na1ysts a .
5 3. 747028D 06 3.080803D 02 3.245907D-03 Budapest. Vol. 3. B k
6 5.200198D 06 3.629363D 02 2.755304D-03 Rausch, E. (1. 959 ). "Maschinen Fundamente und Andere Dynamisch Beanspruchte au on-
7 1.074382D 07 5.216747D 02 1.916904D-03 structionen." VDI Verlag, DUsseldorf. . _.
8 1.631767D 07 6.429091D 02 1.555430D-03 N E (1975) Natural frequencies of a turbme foundat1on. Proc.
ShenSt~~t~De~~~~:~n;~we~ Pian-ts Fa~ilities Conf., New Orleans, Il-~02 to 11-.311. . .
nternational Conference of Buildmg Officmls, Whittier,
Uniform Building Code (1985). I
California.
Table 8.3. Computer Output: Plane Frame Analysis, Soil Interaction Included
Mode Eigenvalue Frequency Hz Period sec
1 5.455556D 03 1.175547D 01 8.506678D-02
2 6. 768874D 03 1.309419D 01 7.636974D-02 -?--•
·:"· ..
3 1.594582D 04 2.009759D 01 4 .975722D-02
4 8.922416D 04 4. 754028D 01 2.103480D-02
5 1.357772D 05 5.864538D 01 1.705164D-02
6 4.283156D 05 1.041603D 02 9.600583D-03
7 1.387527D 06 1.874740D 02 5 .334072D-03
8 1. 728597D 06 2.092509D 02 4. 778952D-03
REFERENCES
ADINA System (1981). "ADINA User's Manual." ADINA Engineering Inc., Watertown,
Massachusetts.
American Society of Civil Engineers (1987). "Design of large steam turbine-generator foun-
datiOns." ASCE task committee on turbine foundations.
Arya, S. D., O'Neill, M., and Pincus, G. (1979). "Design of Structures and Foundations for
Vibrating Machines." Gulf Publ. Co., Houston, Texas.
Arya, S.D., and Drweyer, R. (1977). Mathematical modelling and computer simulation of
elevated foundations suppbrting vibrating machinery. Trans. -fMACS 19, No. 4.
Barkan, D. D. (1962). "Dynamics of Bases and Foundations." McGraw-Hill, New York.
Hurty, W. C., and Rubinstein, M. F. (1964). "Dynamics of Structures." Prentice-Hall,
Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
ICES STRUDL II (1979a). "Engineering User's Manual. Vol. 1. Frame Analysis." School of
Civil Engineering, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
9 FOUNDATIONS FOR lOW-SPEED ROTARY MACHINES
For motor generators operating at low speeds (less than 300 to 450 rpm),
it is advisable to design a high-tuned foundation in the form of a rigid
concrete block. For motor generators operating at 1200 to 1500 rpm, both
massive concrete or frame-type foundations may be provided depending
This ~hapter deals with the design of foundations for the following types f
machmes: o upon soil conditions and the space required for equipment and other
accessories. t,: >. ,.rr
1. Low-speed rotary machines. To ensure long-term satisfactory p"erformance of motor generator units,
2. Machine tools. the design criteria given below must be satisfied both for static and dynamic
3. Stamping, forging and punch presses. loads.
The design of foundations for motor generator units is considered separately Data Required. Information listed below should be obtained for the
from turbogenerator units for the following reasons: design of a foundation for the motor generator unit.
376
378
FOUNDATIONS FOR MISCELLANEOUS TYPES OF MACHINES
FOUNDATIONS FOR LOW-SPEED ROTARY MACHINES 379
Machine Data
f frequency of pressure waves in water flowing through the pump
=
1. Weight of motor and generator. N = speed of the pump in rpm
2. Weight of rotor for (a) motor and (b) generator and the effective n = number of vanes in the impeller
eccentricity for each. If information on unbalanced forces and mo-
ments is available, data on eccentricity is not needed.
3. Weight of flywheel. Design Criteria
4. Operating speed. From considerations of dynamic stability of the pumping installation, the
5. Short-circuit moment. criteria to be satisfied are:
6. Geometric layout of the machine units, anchoring details, and open-
ings required for accessories and inspection. 1. Natural frequency of the soil foundation system should be at lea;\~0
i
percent away from the operating frequency and the frequency o e
pressure surges.
I
Soil Data
2. Amplitudes must be within permissible limits.
1. Soil profile and data on soil characteristics up to three times the
foundation width or hard stratum. Machine Data. The following machine data is needed for design of its
foundation:
2. Realistic dynamic soil properties consistent with confining pressures
and strain amplitude as discussed in Chapter 4 (Section 4.7). 1. Weighf'of the pump. ..,. '
3. Position of water table.
2. Operating speed of the pump.
Design Procedure. The choice of the foundation among massive block 3. Number of impeller vanes.
type or frame type depends upon operating floor level, layout of the 4. Frequency of pressure surges.
accessory equipment, operating speed of the machine, and subsoil charac- 5. Unbalanced forces due to pump operation.
teristics. Vibration characteristics of the block-type foundations may be
computed following the procedure recommended in Section 6.8. For frame- Soil data should be procured as discussed for motor generator sets. .
type foundations, the procedure suggested in Section 8.6 should be adopted. Block-type foundations are used for pumping installations. The v1bral!on
characteristics are ascertained following the procedure suggested m Section
Foundations for Centrifugal Pumps 6.8 for block foundations.
These pumps operate at low speeds. The foundation size provided from
considerations of geometry of the pumping installation is large enough and Foundations for Fans and Blowers
vibration problems usually will not arise. There are two main sources of
vibration for which the foundation response must be checked: A fan consists of a set of blades attached to a rotor. The angle of blades is
set so that the rotation of the fan causes a flow of air in the ax1al duectiOn.
1. The forces due to unbalance in the rotating unit known as impeller. In blowers, the air flows both axially and radially. Speed of operatiOn of fa.ns
2. If the clearance between the impeller and the casing is inadequate, the and blowers varies over a wide range from 150 to. 750 rpm. High-capacity
pressure surges increase and the ensuing waves propagate through the units usually have 4J;.ver speed of operation. VIbratiOns result due to
water to the casing and to the foundation. The frequency of such unbalance in the rotor; drive mechamsm, and the motor. .
waves is given by (Judd, 1955) Fans and blowers are supported on block foundatiOn. Layout of a typical
block foundation for a primary fan is. shown in Fig. 9.1. Because ofthe1rlow
Nn speed of operation, the vibrations transmitted to the smlby the foundatiOns
t= 60 (9.1) of the fan may have a detrimental effect on the ad]ommg structures. A
trench is generally provided around the foundatl~m. . .
in which Soil and machine data necessary for foundatiOn design IS the same as
discussed earlier for motor generators.
380
FOUNDATIONS FOR MISCEllANEOUS TYPES OF MACHINES FOUNDATIONS FOR lOW-SPEED ROTARY MACHINES 381
<l of discharge of primary Foundation Jaw crushers may have different geometrical configurations and may be
air fan unit ""' block
with or without counterweights. Some typical configurations of these
crushers are shown in Table 9 .I, column 2. The unbalanced inertia forces
for each case may be calculated by equations summarized in column 3,
Table 9.1.
In the case of gyratory or cone crushers, the ore is pulverized between
the crushing head of the main shaft, which undergoes a rocking motion
along a circular path, and the armored jacket of the upper stationary part.
Magnitude of the inertia force F 1 , due to angular rotation of the main
shaft with the attached crushing cone is given by Eq. (9.2a):
<tof primary air
fan foundation
(9.2a)
~Grout~
m 1 =mass of the main shaft including mass of crushing cone
Covered~ch
r 1 = distance between center of gravity of the main shaft and crusher
16
t _1J T
cone .from the axis of the.,s~.usher
Lr.= rb w = angular velocity of shaft rotation.
~· :P ,,, J
ur~
The camshaft, gears, and accessories, e.g., counterweights attached to it,
give rise to a force F2 in a direction opposite to that generated due to
rotation of the main shaft. The magnitude of this force is given by Eq.
(9.2b):
~. v / (9.2b)
+ Reinforcement
bars as per design
(b) Section XX
(concrete not shown)
t in which
1. Jaw crushers.
2. Gyratory crushers. or
3. Rotary hammer crushers.
(9.2c)
The operation of the crusher results in unbalanced inertia forces that This force Facts in the plane of rotation of the crushing cone, which is a
induce forced vibrations of the foundation.
horizontal plane and may be resolved into two mutually perpendicular
FOUNDATIONS FOR LOW-SPEED ROTARY MACHINES 383
Px = Fsin wt (9.3a)
The forces Px and PY will also give rise to exciting moments Pxh and PYh
in which h is the height of point of action of Px and PY above the top of the
foundation. These moments act in vertical planes and induce rocking of the
foundation.
The nature of the unbalanced forces associated with jaw crushers (Table
II II 9.1, column 3) and gyratory crushers [Equation (9.2c)] is similar to those
associated with operation of reciprocating machines.
Centerline <t
I
I
Crusher Inlet
([ of oil
drain
Radial hammer
Pocket for
anchor bolt
([of pulverizer
unit
Circular binders
,c.Jop of structural
,·- steel Radial bar
Outlet
'. Reinforcement
bars
~~oc:=:==fi=s=,:~:"':~d:~:~c:"u"'sh"',"',""""""""J;;;;;;;: Outlet
I Top of
I
Centerline
Sand filling
vLL'--~
concrete
raft
Section 6.8 if a block foundation is adopted and of Section 8.6 if a frame C,----(D
foundation is to be designed.
I. Driving motor.
2. Motor generator (power) unit.
3. Rollers and drive-gear stands. A typical roller unit is shown in Fig.
9.4.
I. Speeding up the rollers at no load. The torsional moment during this (b)
Ingot exit
lcl
stage is constant and is shown by AB in Fig. 9.5a. Figure 9.5. MomenHime history of pulse du~ing r~lling operation. ~a) S~~ematic. diag~am for
2. The ingot is gripped by the rollers and forced through them and one passage of ingot, (b) idealized momenH1me d1agram, and (c) s•mphf1ed des1gn d•agram.
simultaneously the rollers accelerate. The torsional moment increases
as indicated on Fig. 9.5a by line BC.
4. Towards the end of one rolling pass, the rollers slow down resulting in
3. Rolling then proceeds at constant speed. The torque stays constant as
shown by line CD. diminishing torque as shown by D EFG.
5. The ingot then exits, torque diminishes along line GH.
Adjusting screw Adjusting screw
6. The exit of the ingot is marked by sudden unloading of the system as
shown by lines HIJ.
7. One pass of the ingot is completed and torque gradually falls to zero
along line JK. ,.,
Roll stand
An ingot passes through the rollers several times before the finished
section is obtained. The shape of "torsional moment" vs. "time" diagram
for each roller pass is similar. The maximum torsional moment on the shaft
and consequently the maximum exciting moment on the foundation are
developed at the end of the acceleration stage as shown by C, and this
Roller moment varies slightly during the rolling process. It may reasonably be
Figure 9.4. A typical roll stand unit. (After Major, 1980.) assumed that the absolute change (decrease) in torsional moment during exit
388 FOUNDATIONS FOR MISCELLANEOUS TYPES OF MACHINES
FOUNDATIONS FOR LOW-SPEED ROTARY MACHINES 389
of the ingot is of the same order as the change in moment (increase) when
Operating and Drive Gear Stands
the ingot is gripped by the rollers. The design diagram for torsional moment
variation for one pass of rolling may be simplified to that shown in Fig. 9.5b. The roller stand provides support to the bearing and transmits the forces
Further, the exit of the ingot is followed by a decrease in torsional moment arising during rolling process to the foundation.
and the stresses in the foundation can exceed those during the process of The gearbox houses the gears that drive the rollers. A torque equal to the
steady rolling when the torsional moment is maximum. The loading diagram torque on the shaft of the drive motor acts on the gearbox. The foundations
may therefore be further simplified to that shown in Fig. 9 .5c. for the gearbox should therefore be designed in the same manner as for the
The torsional moment will induce rocking vibrations of the foundation. driving motor.
The stress induced in the soil will be the sum of the stress due to static load When the drive-gear and working stands are mounted on a separate
and rotation of the foundation and may be obtained as follows [Eq. (9.4)]: foundation, not tied to that under the driving roll motor, the dynamic effects
of external loads on the foundations are evaluated separately but similarly.
Drive-gear stand, working stand, and driving roll motor may be mounted
(9.4)
in which I
I
on a common foundation, the drive-gear stand is then subjected to the
action of a torsional moment whose sign is opposite to that of the moment
acting on the stator of the driving roll motor. The sum of all the external
dynamic loads transmitted to the foundation and soil in this case equals
qmax =maximum value of stress induced to soil zero, and the foundation will be under the action of internal torsional
W = weight of foundation and equipment thereon moments whqse magnitude equal~ t:!Je moment of the shaft of the motor, as
A = foundation area in contact with soil well as under the action of the (;quipment weight. These loads should be
C.; =coefficient of elastic nonuniform compression of soil considered in the stress analysis of the foundation and its components.
For designing foundations for a rolling mill, the data as given below
a = foundation width in plane of rotation
should be obtained:
<l>m"' = maximum angular rotation of the foundation
The value of <l>m" may be obtained by dynamic analysis as for a Machine Data
foundation excited by a moment (Sections 6.4 and 6.7). Alternatively, the
value of <l>m"' may be taken as the value of angle of rotation of the 1. Layout of the complete unit.
foundation if the given torsional moment were applied statically and multip- 2. Weight of the rolling-mill equipment.
lied by a dynamic loading factor. A dynamic load factor of 2 has been 3. Weight of the driving roll motor.
suggested by Barkan (1962). 4. Maximum moment at the motor shaft.
5. Horizontal force transmitted to the footings.
Motor Generator (Power Unit). The power unit supplies power to the
6. Erection loads.
roll motor and consists of one or more direct current generators and a
flywheel mounted on the same shaft. The generators are operated by an
electric motor. The value of torque Mi due to operation of the power unit is Soil Data. As for other foundations (Sections 6.8 and 8.6). The drive
given by roll motor is usually supported on a separate block foundation.
The motor generator may be supported on massive-blocks or a frame-
~-q'
(9.5) type foundation. ·
Operating and drive gear stands are usually mounted on a common
in which
foundation. Static computations of the foundation are limited to
I= mass moment of inertia of all rotating masses of the power unit 1. Stress analysis of separate units of the foundation, such as units
N = speed of operation weakened by openings, cantilevers, and others.
dNI d.t =rate ,of change of speed, which varies from 3 to 10 cycles (per 2. Computation of local stresses under supporting slabs.
sec.) (Barkan, 1962). The value of the design moment should 3. Analysis of stresses within the foundation.
be taken as 2Mi to account for the most unfavorable conditions.
4. Computation of pressures transmitted to the soil.
390 FOUNDATIONS FOR MISCELLANEOUS TYPES OF MACHINES FOUNDATIONS FOR MACHINE TOOLS 391
The foundation is assumed to be a girder of varying rigidity resting on an Foundations for Grinding Mills
elastic base.
Grinding mills are of two types: (a) drum mills and (b) tube mills.
A dynamic factor of 2 is used in respect to the computations 1 and 2 The tube mill has a narrow diameter and larger length. The diameter and
above. Calculations 3 and 4 are based on actual weights. length or height of a drum mill are comparable .
. A typical f~undation for the roller unit and driving gear for a light steel A tube mill has an outer shell that is rotated by a motor. The tube
millis shown m Fig. 9.6.
contains a charge of steel balls that impinges upon the material being
ground. Drum mills work on the same principle as the tube mills. The
grinding mills may be used both for dry and wet grinding.
For design of foundation for grinding mills, the following data should be
procured (Major, 1980):
Dynamic analysis is generally 'n'cit needed for the design of mill foun-
dations. Soil stresses must, however, be checked and ensured to be below
the permissible values for the loading conditions given below:
1. Weight of machine.
2. Weight of foundation.
3. The horizontal component of the centrifugal force in the direction of
motion of the bottom generator of the tube. The magnitude of the
horizontal component should be taken as 10 percent of the weight of
the mill (W) for mills with short drums and 20 percent of W for tube
mills. Weight W is the weight of the mill without ball charge and
material to be ground. Permissible values of the soil stresses are
generally reduced to 80 percent of those under static loads. Weight W
is considered to be uniform over the two supports of the drum.
±0.00 When the soil conditions are good (permissible soil stresses 3.5 kg/ cm 2 or
more), separate foundations may be provided for intake and discharge ends
of the mill and also for driving motor and the reduction gear. When soil
2
conditions are not favol\(lble (allowable soil stress <1.5 kg/cm ), the entire
mill should be placed on a common foundation.
needed only in exceptional cases. A static design is generally adequate. In The crosshead may be actuated through hydraulic or pneumatic pressure,
the case of precision machines, it may be necessary to protect the machine or an eccentric or a friction drive may be used. Accordingly, the type of
against vibrations from other machines such as hammers, crushing mills, press is: (1) hydraulic press, (2) eccentric press, and (3) friction press.
compressors, and railroad and traffic vibrations. In such situations, the A press unit complete with the material being pressed represents an
foundation may be mounted on suitably designed vibration absorbers (Sec- internally balanced system, and no net load is transferred to the foundatmn.
tion 10.3). Vibration isolation can also be achieved by providing a trench Dynamic analysis, therefore, is not needed. A dynamic overload factor of 2
around the machine tool (Section 10.5). and inclusion of twice the weight of the material being forged is sometimes
considered in design. Dynamic overload in stamping presses is caused by the
drop of an upper ram on forge piece. In eccentric presses, there is a dynamic
9o3 FOUNDATIONS FOR STAMPING, FORGING, AND PUNCH PRESSES torque in the horizontal plane of the foundation. In the case of a large
eccentric press, impact moments are also caused.
Presses are commonly used in practice for stamping, forging, and punching Dynamic effects for hydraulic presses (Fig. 9. 7) can be accounted for by
purposes. A press is assigned a name depending upon the specific operation consideration of deformations in the system (Rausch, 1959). Let hand A be
for which it has been designed. A press consists of a crosshead, a bed plate the height and cross-sectional area of the anchor columns of the hydraulic
and columns. The bed plate rests on a base that is anchored to the press (Fig. 9. 7).
foundation. A schematic sketch of a press is shown in Fig. 9.7. The bed The elastic deformation As of the columns is given by
plate can also be directly anchored to the foundation depending upon the
type of the press. The crosshead moves up and down and has a fixed travel "•·•' Wh
us-=- (9.6)
known as stroke. The base plate can be adjusted and fixed at any desired · EA
elevation. The desired process of forging, stamping, or punching may be
performed by attaching the appropriate tool to the crosshead. For stamping in which
purposes, the stamping dye is attached. Likewise for forging operations a
forging tool of the required size and shape is attached. The punching W= weight of machine minus the moving crosshead
operation is performed by fixing a suitable cutting tool to the crosshead. It A = cross-sectional area of all columns
should be noted that the forging operation in a press is performed by h= height of the columns
applying a compressive force through a suitable tool to the red hot metal E= Youngs' modulus of column material
piece and differs from the forging under impact done with the forging
hammers. The dynamic factor F is given by
Columns I
II I v
F=-- (9.7)
~
I I I
I I
I I
r Crosshead
where V is the velocity of impact.
I I I I
I I I II The dynamic force is given by
I : I /
(9.8)
:: ! : : Adjustable
--bed plate
"'%~
The data required for designing foundations for presses will now be
discussed.
Design Data. The data giVen below should be obtained for designing
Foundation
foundations for a press. block
=0.2X =9.5t
Moment about the base Md = 9.5 x 3.7 = 35.15 t m
2 2
Dynamic stress at base due to moment= 35.15/(k x 6 x 6 ) = 0.97 t/m
Stresses on the soil due to combined static and dynamic load
2 2
=8.29 ± 0.97 tim 2 = 9.26 t/m and 7.32 tim
The stresses induced are less than the allowable soil pressure.
Check of foundation design at discharge end
I Static
1T 1
1800 Plan
150
~ Weight of machine and foundation=- + 35 + 294.91 = 404.91 t
t- 2
l
2
I Base area= 8.6 X 6 = 51.6 m
. 404.91
6000 3600 I 36 6000 Stress due to static load = 51:"6
1 ]+--- I
l
I =7.84 tim 2 •~:
1 l----3000 . '
l•l
30004
1000 1800
i
3000
(b)
~ I E
1800
• I1000
• •I
Dynamic
Moment due to horizontal centrifugal force = 35.15 t m
35.15 2
All dimensions Stress due to moment= 1 2 = 0.81 t/m
'm mm 6 X 8.6 X (5.5)
2 2
Figure 9.10. Foundation for a grinding mill: (a) inlet end and (b) discharge end. (See Example). Total stress= 7.84 ± 0.81 t/m 2 = 8.65 t/m and 7.03 tim
10
398 FOUNDATIONS FOR MISCELLANEOUS TYPES OF MACHINES
The stresses induced in the soil due to combined action of static and
dynamic loads are smaller than the allowable pressure both at the inlet and
discharge ends. So the foundation proposed is adequate.
Many times the designer is faced with the problem of designing the machine
foundations. for which the permissible amplitudes of motion are much
smaller thai( those considered n6fmally acceptable for uninterrupted ma-
chine operation. It may often be difficult to design the foundation for such
limiting amplitudes by proper selection of the mass or the foundation
contact area or by increasing the rigidity of the base. A foundation on
absorbers may provide an answer to the design problem in such a case. The
absorbers used for this purpose may be rubber, cork, felt or neoprene pads,
or steel springs. Pneumatic absorbers are also used for this purpose. A
foundation supported on spring absorbers is shown in Fig. lO.la.
There may be situations when amplitudes of vibration of the machine
may be within the acceptable limits so far as the performance of the machine
itself is concerned but the resulting vibrations may adversely affect the
performance of other machines in the vicinity or may he harmful to adjacent
structures. A vibrating footing becomes a source of wave generation in the
soil mass (Fig. 3.14). The energy transmitted by the waves may cause
vibrations of the structures in the intervening medium. The harmful effects
of these waves depend on the operating speed of the machine, the amplitude
of motion of the footing, and the nature of the intervening medium. The
adverse effects of machine vibrations on surroundings may be avoided either
by limiting the amplitudes of vibrations of foundation using absorbers or by
providing trench or pit!\' barriers. The trench barriers for screening of waves
may be provided either around the source of vibrations (active isolation) or
around the precision machine or structure sought to be protected against
vibrations (passive isolation). Sensitive eqnipment such as seismographs are
usually isolated against vibration due to traffic or machine operation by
providing trench barriers around them. In some situations, the depth of the
trenches for achieving effective isolation may be very large and may pose
construction and maintenance problems. Pile barriers may be effectively
used for vibration isolation in such cases.
399
400 VIBRATION ABSORPTION AND ISOLATION PRINCIPLE OF VIBRATION ABSORPTION 401
[f:7~~,~'""'
vertical unbalanced forces. As mentioned in Section 6.2, the vertical vibra-
tions are independent of vibrations in other modesc The problem of machine
where
The process of reducing transmission of vibrations by controlling the
amplitude of vibration of the footing by use of absorbers or by providing F0 sin wt =exciting force
barriers has been extensively used in the industrial world (Adiar, 1974; Baxa w =frequency of machine operation rad/sec
and Ebisch, 1982; Barkan, 1962; Klein and Crockett, 1953). z, z 2 =vertical displacements of centers of gravity of masses m 1 and
Amplitudes of a machine-foundation system that are within acceptable m 2 , respectively
limits at the time of its commission may increase following a period of its k 1 =equivalent stiffness of vertical soil spring below the base and is
operation. This may be occasioned by an increase in unbalanced loads, given by
402 VIBRATION ABSORPTION AND ISOLATION
PRINCIPLE OF VIBRATION ABSORPTION 403
and w"t 2 is the limiting natural frequency of the mass m 2 resting on absorbers
a_nd calculated on the assumption that the system below the springs has large or
ngidity. w" 12 IS given by
(10.4b)
(2.99b)
It is seen from Eq. (10.2) that the amplitude with absorber will be small
The maximum amplitudes Z 1 and Z 2 are given by only if the ratio r 2 is small. When r 2 , i.e., w" 12 /w is negligible, the amplitude
of vibration .Z1 is almost zero and the absorber efficiency is high. The
2 effectiveness of the absorber is thus maximum when r 2 = 0 and decreases as
wn/2
z1 = m1 Ll.(w2) Fo (2.108) the ratio r 2 increases. For very large values of r 2 (r 2 ~oo), the value of Z 1
approaches the value Z for the no absorber case.
z _ (1 + !L)w; 11 + !Lw; 12 - w2
From the preceding discussion, it may be concluded that for the absor-
2- m, Ll.(w2) Fo (2.109) bers to have a favorable effect on the amplitudes of foundation vibration,
the natural frequency of the mass above the absorbers should be as small as
in which possible in comparison with the frequency of machine operation. The
required natural frequency of the foundation above the absorbers may be
achieved by using absorbers of suitable stiffness and by appropriate selection
of mass above the absorbers. For machines operating at high speeds, the
required condition bet~een w" 12 and w can be easily satisfied without
(2.104) significant increase in the' weight of the foundation above the absorbers. For
and w is the operating frequency. machines operating at low frequency, the relationship is usually difficult to
satisfy by just decreasing the rigidity of the absorber because this decrease
The exciting unbalanced force due to a machine is proportional to the
beyond a certain limit is not practicable due to strength requirements. In
square of the frequency of machine operation and, therefore, F0 may be
expressed as such a case, massive foundation above the springs is necessary. A proper
choice of the type of absorber is very critical in such cases. The absorber
system may be designed based upon the value of r 2 , which depends upon the
F0 = Sw 2
(10.1) required degree of absorption 1) defined by
404 VIBRATION ABSORPTION AND ISOLATION COMMON VIBRATION ABSORBERS 405
(10.5)
The principle of vibration absorber explained above will now be used for
developing a procedure for the design of foundations on absorbers. Dif-
ferent types of absorbers commonly used are described first.
Spring Suspended
inertia block
Spring
Figure 10.2. Spring absorber having only one spring: (a) without housing; (b) with housing. Figure 10.4. Typical isolated double-frame hammer foundation-suspended-type absorber.
(Courtesy Korfund, Inc. 1986.) (Courtesy Korfund, Inc. 1986.)
406 VIBRATION ABSORPTION AND ISOLATION 407
COMMON VIBRATION ABSORBERS
The choice of any arrangement depends on the balance of the machine liquids. It can undergo large compression. Cork p_ads are placed under the
and its operational speed. For high-speed machines that are relatively well machine or the foundation as necessary. The sllffness of a cork pad to
balanced, a supported-type arrangement is used since in such cases a heavy vertical compression without lateral expansion may be calculated by usmg
foundation mass above the springs is not generally necessary. For low- Eq. (7.1)
frequency machines, a heavy mass above the springs becomes necessary and
a "suspended-type" absorber arrangement is generally adopted. Suspended- EA (7.1)
k=-
type arrangement provides easy access to the casings housing the springs. t
Analysis of the absorber foundation system, irrespeCtive of the supported
or suspended type, can be made by treating it as a two-degrees-of-freedom To prevent lateral deformation, the cork pads may be framed, or the
system, as described in Section 10.1. arrangement shown in Fig. 10.5 may be used. Cork pads may need frequent
Spring absorbers are commercially available in several sizes and replacement. Oil and water hasten the decay of the cork pad.
capacities. The information on the load-deflection characteristics is fur-
nished by the manufacturers of these absorbers. Steel springs are affected by
the environmental conditions and should be protected against corrosion. 10.2.3 Rubber
Rubber provides an excellent absorber material because of its resilient
properties. Pads and springs made of rubber can be used for th1s purpose.
Rubber can be directly vulcanized to metal. Rubber spnngs can be made by
10.2.2 Cork
vulcanizingc:rubber to metal and, j~ave the advantage of bei?g able. to take
Natural cork is one of the best vibration and noise absorbing materials. It compression, shear, or torsion. A typical rubber spnng of th1s type 1s show?
has a low unit weight, high compressibility, and is impermeable to gases and in Fig. 10.6a. A rubber spring in the form of a hollow cyhndncal sleeve IS
shown in Fig. 10.6b. For preventing buckling under heavy loads, hollow
cylindrical rubber springs are bonded witb metal plates (F1g. 10.6c). The
Bolting Bolting stiffness properties of rubber pads are frequency dependent (Snowdon,
required not required
1979) and are also influenced by the relal!ve stze of the loaded area to the
Vibracork
total area of the pad (especially the area of the lateral surface of the pad).
Resilient properties of rubber are strongly influenced by the env1ronme~t,
Vibracork
(a)
l" (c)
for example, operating temperatures and mdustnal otis. Uneven loadmg
also reduces the life of a rubber pad.
Retaining curn
for equipment
tending to walk
Vibracork
(b) (c)
(a) (b)
Figure 10.5. Typical cork arrangement: (a) using channels. to apply load to vibracork for light
machinery; (b) continuous layer of Vibracork for heavy machinery and concrete foundations Figure 10.6. Bonded rubber pads: (a) rubber spring bond~d ~etween two metal plat~s; (b)
above the floor line; (c) Vibracork for isolation of equipment on concrete foundation below rubber spring in the forin of hollow cylinder; (c) rubber sprang m the form of hollow cyhnders
floor line. (Courtesy Korfund, Inc. 1986.) bonded to grooved steel plates. (After Major, 1980.)
408 COMMON VIHRA TION ABSORBERS 409
VIBRATION ABSORPTION AND ISOLATION
to the piston, and let i5 be the downward movement of the piston. If the area
of the piston is A, then the new pressure p 2 is given by PIA. According to
Boyle's law
Ia) (10.6)
(b)
in which n is an index. Also,
Figure 10.7. Timber pads with multiple layers: (a) two layers; (b) three layers.
v, = V1 - oA
1 0.2.4 Timber
Therefore,
Timber pads are commonly used below anvils in hammer foundations.
Single or multiple layers of hard wood (such as oak, pine, or beach) beams (10.7a)
are used for the purpose. The timber beams are arranged so that the
direction of the compressive load is across the grain. Arrangement of timber
beams in multiple layers is shown in Fig. 10.7(a, b). The stiffness of a timber or
pad in compression is given by Eq. (7 .1).
The values of E for different grades of timber are available in "Codes of
Practice."
(10.7b)
10.2.5 Neo11rene
Differentiating Eq. (10.7b) witb respect to B, we get
Neoprene and neoprene cork pads prove very resistant to industrial environ-
ment. These are commercially available in different sizes and with a wide
range of load deformation characteristics.
r The pneumatic springs may be the single- or double-acting type (Harris and
Crede, 1976). Pneumatic springs can be made to provide damping as well.
The load supporting area may vary with deflection. Pneumatic springs are
commercially available in different shapes and capacities. A typical convo-
luted air spring knowif-as "Airmount" manufactured by Firestone, Inc., is
shown in Fig. 10.9. The performance characteristics of the pneumatic
springs are supplied by the manufacturers and must be ascertained before
planning use of such systems.
When the loads are heavy and the required natural frequency of the
absorber is low, the static deflection in the usual (spring or pad) type of
~Cylinder
absorbers will be large. However, in pneumatic absorbers, the static deflec-
tion can be controlled by adjusting the air or gas pressure to support the
Figure 10.8. Principle of a pneumatic absorber.
load while maintaining the low stiffness necessary. Baxa and Ebisch (1982)
410 VIBRATION ABSORPTION AND ISOlATION
DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR FOUNDATIONS ON ABSORBERS 411
( 4.27)
or
4Gr0
k 1 = (1- v). (6.18)
in which
I wnli = ~ m;m
I 2
(2.99a)
Figure 10.9. A typical convoluted air spring. (Airmount® isolator by Firestone.) in which m 1 = W1 /g and m 2 = W2 /g. Compute the ratio of masses f.L
r m,
f.L = -
have reported the successful use of the pneumatic absorber to control the m,
vibrations of a 4000-hp hammer mill operating at 600 rpm. The total weight 6. Determine the ratio of frequencies r 1
isolated was around 550 tons and was supported on 16 Airmounts.
(10.3)
10.3 DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR FOUNDATIONS--ON ABSORBERS
where w is the operating speed of machine.
Design procedure for a foundation on absorbers and supporting a recip- 7. Compute the amplitude Z for the system resting on soil (no absorber
rocating machine having its main unbalanced force component in vertical provided).
direction is described below:
(10.4a)
1. Design Data. Procure all design data about the machine and soil
listed in Section 6.8 and the limiting amplitudes.
in which F 0 is the unbalanced vertical force.
412
VIBRATION ABSORPTION AND ISOLATION PRINCIPLES OF VIBRATION ISOLATION WITH WAVE BARRIERS 413
k 2-- 2
follows:
mzwnf2 (2.99b) Active Isolation. The isolation is provided at the source of vibration. A
12. Select the typ~ of absorber. An absorber having total stiffness k, may wave barrier is provided close to or surrounding the source of disturbance as
now be chosen. This selectiOn can be easily made from the information shown schematically in Fig. 10.10, in which a circular trench of radius R 0
gtven m ~anufacturers catalog about load us deformation characteristics of
commercial absorbers.
I
Oscillating
13. Find the amplitude of vibration Z 2 of the system above the absorbers. force
in which
Circular, open
trench of
radius Ro
and depth H.
(2.104)
14. Actual load per spring P,
Figure 10.10. Schematic of vibration isolation using a circular trench surrounding the source of
(10.9) vibrations~active isolation. (After Woods, 1968.)
415
414 VIBRATION ABSORPTION AND ISOlATION PRINCIPLES OF VIBRATION ISOLATION WITH WAVE BARRIERS
AMPLITUDE OF
SENSITIVE series of field tests to evaluate the screening effect of trenches. The cases of
INSTRUMENT OR
SURFACE
/TOOL
active as well as passive isolation were investigated. The effect of parame-
INCOMING RAYLEIGH WAVE ters such as the trench dimensions (length and depth), ItS distance from the
source and the frequency of vibrations, on their effectiveness as wav~
barriers was assessed. The tests were conducted at a prepared site. The soil
conditions at the test site consisted of uniform silty, fine sand (SM) up to 4ft
d eep w1'th 'Yd- - 104lb/ft3, w = ·7% ' e = 0 ·61 ' and. Vc =940ft/sec3 at surface,
_ m
and sandy silt (ML) from 4 to 14ft deep with 'Yd = 91lb/ft, w- 23-ro,
e = 0.68, and Vc = 1750 ft/sec at upper boundary. The water table was below
14 ft in depth. A small vibration exciter was used as the sourc~ of vertical
Figure 10.11. Schematic of vibration isolation using a straight trenchMpassive isolation. (After
Woods, 1968.)
vibrations and was set up at the center of the test site. Usmg velocity
transducers the amplitudes of vertical ground motion were measured at
selected points throughout the test site before installation of the trench (no
trench condition) and after installation of the trench (after trench condition).
and depth H surrounds the foundation for the machine (the source of A comparison was made of the amplitudes of motio? for the "n? trench"
vibration). and "after trench" conditions and was used m evaluatmg the effectiveness of
the barrier. Amplitude reduction factor (ARF) defined in Eq. (10.10) was
Passive Isolation. The isolation is provided near the location of the used to give a quantitative evaluation of the effectiveness of the trench
structure sought to be protected from th\, incoming waves. The wave barrier at the point of measurement. .
barriers are thus provided remote from the source of vibration but near the The critical dimensions of the trenches used in all tests were normah~ed
site where reduction of vibration amplitudes is required. Figure 10.11 shows with respect to the Rayleigh wave length ( AR) for the frequency of vibratiOn
an example of passive isolation in which an open trench of length L and used in a particular test when comparing r~sults from two or more tests at
depth H is used to protect a sensitive instrument from the harmful effect of different frequencies. The velocity of Rayleigh waves VR and the wavelength
waves. An were determined by steady-stat~ vibration tests (Section 4.6). Thevalues
The criteria for design of trench and pile barriers for effective vibration of v and A at different frequenCies used m the test program are giVen m
R R
isolation is discussed in this article. The wave barriers are considered Table 10.1 (Woods, 1968). .
effective in reducing vibrations if the amplitude reduction factor (ARF) is In the active isolation tests, the depth of trenches was vaned from 0.5 to
0.25 or less. The ARF is defined as (Woods, 1968): 2ft the radius R of the annular trench (Fig. 10.10) varied from 0.5 to
l.O,ft, and the an;ular dimension e was varied from 90' to 360' around the
ARF"' amplitude of vertical vibration with trench source of vibrations. Frequencies of 200 to 350Hz were used m tests (Table
amplitude of vertical vibration without trench
(10.10) 10.1). The values of scaled depth H!An thus varied from 0.222 to 1.82 ~nd
those of scaled distances R 0 / An varied from 0.222 to 0.910. Some typical
results of the investigation by Woods (1968) are shown m Fig. 10.12 m the
10.4.1 Trench Barriers
There have been several successful and unsuccessful applications of the
trench barriers for vibration isolation in the past (Barkan, 1962; McNeill et Table 10.1. Wavelength and Wave Velocity for the
at., 1965). The problem of designing trench barriers for effective vibration Rayleigh Wave at the Test Site
screening has been the subject of several experimental and analytical
investigations. Based upon the results of a series" of field tests, Barkan Frequency, AR
Hz ft VR, ft/sec
(1962) pointed out that a reduction in vibration amplitudes as a result of a
trench or sheet pile barrier, is achieved only when the trench dimensions are 200 2.25 450
250 1.68 420
sufficiently large compared with the wave-length of the surface waves
300 1.38 415
generated by the source of disturbance. Dolling (1966) studied the effect of 385
350 1.10
size and shape of the trench on its ability to screen vibrations.
Woods and Richart (1967) and Woods (1968) conducted a comprehensive Source: Woods (1968).
416 VIBRATION ABSORPTION AND ISOLATION PRINCIPLES OF VIBRATION ISOLATION WITH WAVE BARRIERS 417
4. Partial circle trenches having angular length 0 < 90", did not provide
an effectively screened zone.
5. Trench width is not an important parameter.
6. Amplification of vibratory energy occurred in the direction of "open
side" of the trench.
Woods (1968) also conducted passive isolation tests using open rectan-
gular trenches and investigated the effect of trench length L, width B, depth
H, and the distance from the source R 0 . A typical layout for these tests
consisting of two vibration exciters (operated one at a time), 75 transducer
locations, and a trench is shown schematically in Fig. 10.13. The trenches
ranging in size from 1.0 ft deep by 1.0 ft long by 0.33 ft wide to 4.0 ft deep
by 8.0 ft long by 10ft wide were used in the tests. Frequencies of excitation
32,
- > 1.25
D I ':i'. :.<-'
24'
01.25-0.50 H!An
1.452
RofAR
0.726
1.25-o.5o Hf>...n
0.596
RofAR
0.596
0 I 16'
!:::::: l 0.50-0.25
D o.25-0.125
l::::::j 0.50-0.25
0.25-0.125
N
0 7:0
I 8'
I
0
~·75pick"P
form of amplitude reduction factor contour diagrams. It may be seen from 0
this figure that ARF of 0.25 or less was achieved for the trench dimensions
used in these tests. By comparing the results of different tests in which ARF benches
of 0.25 or less was achieved with those in which ARF of 0.25 could not be
achieved, the following conclusions were drawn regarding the use of
trenches for active isolation.
1. For full circle trenches (0 ~ 360"), a minimum value for HIAR of 0.6 is
required to achieve ARF equal to or less than 0.25.
2. The zone screened by a full circle trench extended to a distance of at
least 10 wavelengths (10AR) from the source of excitation.
3. For partial circle trenches (90" < 0 < 360"), the screened zone was
defined as the area outside the trench extending to at least 10
wavelengths (10AR) from the source and bounded on the sides by
radial lines from the center of the source through points 45" from ends
of the trench (Fig. 10.12b). A minimum value for HIAR of 0.6 is
required for the trench to be effective. Figure 10.13. Schematic of the test site for passive isolation tests. (Woods, 1968.)
418 VIBRATION ABSORPTION AND ISOLATION PRINCIPLES OF VIBRATION ISOLATION WITH WAVE BARRIERS 419
from 200 to 350Hz were used in the tests. The values of HI An varied from Significant results of this study were as follows:
0.444 to 3.64 and that of R 0 1An from 2.22 to 9.20. It was assumed in these
tests that the zones screened by the trench would be symmetrical about the 1. For effective passive isolation (R 0 = 2An to ?An), the depth of the
0" line. It was defined that for effective isolation, the values of ARF should trench H should be at least 1.33A..
be less than or equal to 0.25 in a semicircular zone of radius of ! L behind 2. Larger trenches were required at greater distances from the source. To
the trench. Typical amplitude reduction contour diagrams for one of these maintain the same ARF, the scaled area of the trench (HI An x LIAR=
. tests are shown in Fig. 10.14. · HLIA~) should be increased with increasing scaled distance R 0 1An.
The least area of the trench in the vertical direction should be 2.5A~ at
R 0 = 2An and 6A~ at R 0 = 7.
3. Trench width had practically no influence on effectiveness of open
.. .. ...... .... .. .... ...
················· . .. .... . trench (for BIAR = 0.13 to 0.91).
....············
.... .. .. .... .... .. . .. .. .... 4. Amplification of vertical motion occurred in zones in front of trenches
············· and to the sides of the trenches.
.·················
. .. .. .. . .. . .. .. .
.... .. .. .. .. .... .. .... ...... .. .
.. ...... .... .. ...... .... .... .. .... Sridharan et al. (1981) conducted an experimental investigation to deter·
. . . ... . .. .. .. .
··············· mine the effectiveness of open trenches and trenches backfilled with sawdust
and sand as isolation barriers. Surface and embedded square footing
l,'.i •i{.. .•)J?'
(10.12b)
't I nfinitely
,; gid pile
-
Two rows of void obstacles were found to be more effective and could be
stee I
used if a single row of cylindrical void obstacles spaced closely enough is not
possible or when depth is not optimal. Slurry-filled barriers were found to be 10 7 -
effective provided solidification of the slurry is prevented. The solid wave Concrete
barriers were also effective, but their behavior was different and needed
further investigation. Gravel Timber
Liao and Sangrey (1978) used a two-dimensional acoustic P-wave model E 10 '-
to simulate in an approximate manner the passive isolation of foundations Dense sand
from Rayleigh waves. Experiments in multiple acoustic scattering were Hard c\ay
conducted as an extension of the work of Woods et al. (1974) and the effect 10 5 -
of diameter, spacing, and material properties of the soil-pile system on Silt
(10.13)
10.5 DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR WAVE BARRIERS
in which
The information listed below should be procured before attempting the
Pp = density of pile material design of any type of vibration isolation barriers:
p, = density of soil medium
VR(p) =Rayleigh wave velocity in the pile material Data Required "'
VR(•) =Rayleigh wave velocity in the soil medium. 1. Source Data. The information on operating frequency f of the source
of vibration should be obtained.
The piles are considered soft if IR < 1 and hard if IR > 1. The values of 2. Soil Data. The soil profile, unit weights, and water c?ntent of the
Rayleigh wave impedance (pVR) for various materials are given in Fig. soil at the site and information on its dynamic properties should be
10.17. Liao and Sangrey (1978) also observed that the two row barriers can obtained. The velocity of Rayleigh waves VR may be measured at the
be more effective than single row barriers. site with steady-state vibration test. Alternatively, the shear wave
A step-by-step procedure will now be given for design of trench and pile velocity may be determined by cross bore hole method. If no
isolation barriers.
424 VIBRATION ABSORPTION AND ISOLATION 425
DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR WAVE BARRIERS
information is available, the value of dynamic shear modulus may be 10. Location of the Trench. The trench should preferably be located
determined by using Eq. (4.9). between 2.0AR to 7 AR from the source.
11. Length of the Trench L. The length of the trench may be determined
G ~ 1230(0CR)ke·~7! ~e)' (0'0 ) 0 5 (4.9) from Eq. (10.17).
Ar~LH
The shear wave velocity V, may then be calculated as
or
v, ~ v;
{G (3.30b) L~
Ar (10.17)
H
Assume VR = v;. The value of area of the vertical projection of the trench Ar is given
3. The distance between the source of disturbance and the structure to by (Woods, 1968)
be protected.
4. The size of the area over which effective vibration isolation is Ar ~ 2.5A~ for R 0 ~ 2AR (10.18a)
desired.
and
Design of Isolation Barriers (10.18b)
5. Calculate the wavelength of the Rayleigh waves through the soil by
Eq. ( 4.33a), For other values of R 0 between 2AR and 7 AR, the value of Ar may be
determined by interpolation. The minimum length of the trench
(4.33a) should not be smaller than the value given by Eq. (10.17) or the
length of the structure being protected.
Active Isolation- Trench Barrier
Passive Isolation- Pile Barriers
6. Calculate the minimum trench depth H as
12. Depth of Pile H. The minimum depth of the pile H should be 1.33AR
H~0.6AR (10.14) [Eq. (10.16)]. If the bedrock is shallow, piles may be placed on the
bedrock.
7. Location of the Trench. The trench should be located as close to the 13. Diameter of the Cylindrical Void (Pile) D. The diameter of the pile D
source as possible. The distance R 0 between the centerlines of the may be calculated from Eq. (10.12a):
source and the trench should be less than AR, especially when afull
circle trench is used. (10.12a)
8. The length of the partial circle trench 8° (Fig. 10.12b) should be
obtained as follows: Determine the angle a subtended by the outer 14. Spacing of Piles Sn. The clear spacing between the piles Sn is given by
boundaries of the protected area at the center of the source (Fig.
10.12b). The value of angular length 8 is then given by sn
-<-
1
(10.12b)
AR 4
(10.15)
15. Material of the Pile. Calculate the Rayleigh wave impedance of the
soil p,VR(.>)' Using Fig. 10.17, select the pile material so that the
Passive Isolation- Trench Barrier
impedance ratio IR is <1.
9. Calculate the minimum trench depth H for passive isolation as
(10.13)
(10.16)
426 VIBRATION ABSORPTION AND ISOLATION METHODS OF REDUCING VIBRATION AMPLITUDES 427
16. Length of the Pile Barrier L. The length of the pile barrier L may be Reduction in Fa can be achieved by attaching additional mass (masses) on
determined by joining the center of the source "with the outer the rotor in such a manner that the effective eccentricity of the rotating mass
boundary of the area to be protected and then placing the pile barrier decreases. In rotating components such as flywheels, the eccentricity is
perpendicular to the axis through the source as shown in Fig. 10.15. reduced by cutting grooves on the flywheel at predetermined locations.
17. If one row ?f piles is inadequate, a second row of piles may be Unbalance of the rotors in high-speed rotary machines is checked as a part
provided to mcrease the effectiveness of isolation. of normal maintenance operation.
Primary inertia forces in reciprocating machines can also be balanced by
means of counterweights in two ways:
10.6 METHODS OF REDUCING VIBRATION AMPLITUDES IN
1. The component of the force in a direction perpendicular to piston
EXISTING MACHINE FOUNDATIONS
motion may be completely counterbalanced and the component along
the direction of piston motion may be only partly balanced.
Excessi~e foundation vibrations may sometimes develop soon after the
mstallatwn of the machine or sometimes thereafter due to an increase in the 2. It is also possible to counterbalance completely the first harmonic of
unbalanced loads arising out of wear and tear of the machine, change in the the exciting force in the direction of piston motion by using counter-
subsoil conditions, defective design or construction" It may be possible to weights at appropriate distances from the axes of rotation" The
reduce or limit these vibrations by appropriate selection of the following component of unbalanced force in the perpendicular direction of
remedml measures" It must be emphasized that before any remedial mea- piston motion will then increase.
sures are considered, the cause of excessive vibrations ffiust be established The use elf a particular method>~nd its efficiency in counterbalancing the
by proper investigation, which will also help in choosing the most effective exciting forces induced by an engine for the purpose of decreasing foun-
measure. Improper selection of the remedial measures may further worsen dation vibrations depends on the type of engine and on special features of
the situation rather than improve it. The methods used to reduce vibrations the foundation"
in existing machine foundations are: In a horizontal reciprocating engine, the most dangerous foundation
vibrations are those occasioned by simultaneous rocking and sliding. In this
1. Counterbalancing the unbalanced exciting loads. case, a decrease in the vibrations of the foundation may be achieved by
2. Chemical soil stabilization. counterbalancing the inertia forces of the engine by the second method,
3. Structural measures" even if it leads to some increase in vertical vibrations. Therefore, if an
4. Providing vibration dampers. engine was counterbalanced by the first method but impermissible horizon-
tal vibrations were observed after the construction of the foundation, then
Each of these methods will be discussed now. counterbalancing by the second method (i"e., by changing the character of
counterbalancing) may be used as one of the simplest measures to decrease
these vibrations.
Counterbalancing of Unbalanced Loads Due to Machine Operation Cases in which vertical vibrations of an impermissible amplitude are
Counterbalancing of unbalanced loads in a machine will result in smaller present in systems with horizontal motors; the use of second method is
~nbalanced exciting loads and hence result in reduced amplitudes of vibra- unsuitable, and the first method should be applied.
tion. The unbalanced forces for rotating machinery such as centrifugal Similarly, for vertical motors, the method of counterbalancing selected
pumps, turbogenerators and turbines are given by will depend on the type of foundation vibrations-vertical, horizontal, or
rocking. •(
F0 = mew 2 sin wt (5.37) The main advantage in using this method for reducing vibrations is that
installation of counterweights for balancing a motor does not require
in which dismantling or prolonged interruption of operation" The shutdown is only
for th~ time needed to attach the counterweight to the sides of the crank.
Fa = unbalanced force
m = mass of the rotor Chemical Soil Stabilization
e = eccentricity of the mass Foundation vibrations may sometimes be reduced by chemical stabilization
w = speed of operation of the soil that results in an increase in the rigidity of the base and,
428 VIBRATION ABSORPTION AND ISOLATION METHODS OF REDUCING VIBRATIONS AMPLITUDES 429
consequently, in an increase in the natural frequencies of the foundation. P:r: sin wt Foundation
This method is effective only when the natural frequencies of the foundation I / block
~ Attached slab
before stabilization of the soil are higher than the operational frequency of / ofareaA1
the machine. An increase in rigidity of the soil, in such cases, will increase I
still further the difference between the frequency of natural vibrations and I --:c- ~
.
Foundation block
I
';?.mmmmmmmmmt!%''(,
~
"'
L rr
the operating frequency of the engine, resulting in a decrease in the
amplitudes of foundation vibrations. If the foundation has natural frequen-
cies that are smaller than the operational frequency of the machine, then
soil stabilization may cause an increase in the amplitudes of vibration,
because the natural frequencies of the foundation after stabilization may
come closer to the operating speed.
Chemical and cement stabilization of soils is economical as its costs are
low in comparison with other methods of reducing vibrations. Another
Figure 10.18. Use of special slabs in reducing vibrations.
advantage of this method is that it can be applied without any prolonged
interruption of the machine.
The extent of soil stabilization below the footing depends on the nature contact with the soil. Local condition may govern the choice in some cases.
of its vibrations. For a foundation undergoing only rocking vibrations, If a vibrating footing lies close to another foundation, it may be attached to
stabilization may be necessary only near the foundation edges (perpen- the latter. Use. of special slabs (Fig.,.,;[0.18) attached to the main foundation
dicular to the plane of vibrations). If the foundation vibrations are vertical, may also prove effective in reduCing vibrations in some situations. The
stabilization of soil below the entire area of the footing will be necessary. weight of the slab and its area in contact with the soil must be analyzed to
The depth of the stabilized zone should not be less than the width of the ensure the effectiveness of this measure.
footing and it should extend by 30 em beyond the periphery of the foun-
dation.
Barkan (1962) reported a case where vibration amplitudes of foundation Vibration Dampers
for a horizontal compressor decreased by 50 percent as a result of soil Amplitudes of vibration of a foundation undergoing vertical vibrations may
stabilization achieved by injection of silicates. be decreased by attaching two auxiliary masses as shown in Fig. 10.19 by
means of elastic tie rods. The attached mass and the tie rod constitute the
Structural Measures vibration damper. The system consisting of the foundation and the damper
can be represented by Fig. 2.22a in which m 1 is mass of the foundation and
The structural measures are used with the object of changing the natural machine, m 2 is the attached damper mass, k 1 is the equivalent soil spring,
frequencies of the soil-foundation system in such a way as to achieve the and k 2 is the stiffness of the tie rod or the spring that attaches m, with the
largest possible difference between these natural frequencies and the fre- foundation. The principle of vibration damper has been explained in Sectmn
quency of operation of the machine. These consist in increasing the rigidity 2.13, where it has been established that if the damper mass and stiffness are
of the foundation by providing piles below the foundation by method of chosen so that the natural frequency of the damper wn 12 is equal to the
underpinning; by increasing contact area of the foundation with the soil; by operating frequency of the machine w [Eq. (2.106)], then the amplitude of
increasing foundation mass and by attaching suitably designed slabs to the vibration of the foundation becomes zero. The amplitude of vibration of the
existing foundation. Appropriate choice of structural measure depends on attached damper mass ~then given by
the nature of the vibrations and the relationships between the natural
frequencies and the operating speed. (2.107)
It is also possible to. increase the foundation mass without inducing
changes in the frequency of foundation vibrations, resulting in a decrease in
the amplitudes of vertical vibrations. For undertuned machine foundations, Amplitude Z 2 thus equals the static deflection of mass m 2 produced by a
an increase in rigidity of the foundation will produce undersirable effects. In force of magnitude equal to the maximum value of the exciting force Fa. It
such a case, it may be better to decrease further the natural frequency of the may be noted from Eqs. (2.106) and (2.107) that neither the frequencies nor
foundation by increasing the foundation mass without increasing its area in the amplitudes of vibration of the damper depend upon the properties of the
430 VIBRATION ABSORPTION AND ISOLATION EXAMPLES 431
only for some optimum value of damping. Dampers for foundations under-
t P, sin wl
going rocking or sliding vibrations can be designed similarly.
10.7 EXAMPLES
Foundation block
EXAMPLE 10.7.1
Design the foundation for a reciprocating machine operating at a speed of
750 rpm. The weight of the machine is 2.0 t and it produces a sinusoidally
varying unbalanced force of 0.5 t in the vertical direction. Due to limited
available space, the area of the foundation should not exceed 3m X 2m.
Ia I
Due to presence of precision machines in the vicinity, the vibration amp-
litude should be less than 0.025 mm. Assume the dynamic shear modulus of
the soil G = 1950 tim 2 and v = 0.305. Unit weight of concrete y, may be
taken as 2.4 tim'.
Solution
1. Design, Data
2. First Trial
The limiting amplitude of foundation vibrations is only 0.025 mm. Con-
Figure 10.19. (a) Vibration dampers attached to the foundation; (b) damper system with
dashpot. sidering the limitation of 3 m x 2m on the foundation area, it will not be
possible to design a simple block foundation satisfying the criteria for
adequate design. The amplitude of vertical vibrations is 0.2024 mm as
soil below the base or the mass of the foundation. By satisfying the computed subsequently. A foundation resting on absorbers must be de-
condition wn 12 = w, it is theoretically possible to damp the vibrations of a signed.
foundation and dampers with even small masses will be effective. A smaller
mass of damper necessitates a smaller value of the stiffness of the spring k 2 , 3. Second Trial
which will result in large amplitudes of vibration of the damper mass. The Adopt a foundation \'rea of 3m x 2m. Let the size of the foundation
stiffness of the damper is thus governed by its strength requirements. below the absorber (F~: 10.1a) be 3m x 2m x 0.3 m and the size of the
The damper will work efficiently if w, the Operational speed of the foundation block above the absorber be 3m X 2m X 1m.
machine, is constant. If the operational speed of the machine fluctuates and
comes closer to wn 12 , large amplitudes will build up. If the fluctuations in the Weight of foundation block below the absorber= W 1
operational speed are large, it is difficult to design a vibration damper. The = 3 X 2 X 0.3 X 2.4 = 4.32 t
working range of the damper may be increased by introducing damping into 4.32 2
Mass m 1 = . = 0.4403 t sec im
the damper system, as shown in Fig. 10.19b, which results in a decrease in 9 81
amplitudes of vibration as w approaches w" 12 • These effects will be possible Weight of foundation block above the absorber W2 = 3 x 2 x 1 X 2.4 =
14.4 t
432
VIBRATION ABSORPTION AND ISOLATION EXAMPLES 433
4 X 1950 X 1.382 w
k, = k, = ( _ _
1 0 305 ) = 15510 tim (6.18) or
w ~ 12 = (0.4706)(78.53) /sec
2 2
5. Limiting Natural Frequency of the Whole System Resting on Soil wn
11
or
W - ~ m k+I m (2.98a)
n/1-
I . 2 wn 12 = 53.87 rad/sec
(2.98b)
6. Frequency Ratio r 1
2
= (1.6717)(0.4706)(78.53) = 4851 tim
85.69
Wnll
rl = ~ = 78.53 = 1.0911 k 2 = 4851 tim is the total stiffness of the absorber system. Use eight
' absorber units, each having a stiffness of 600 tim. The actual value of
7. Amplitud¢ of the System Resting on Soil (No Absorber Case) wn 12 = "1/(8 X 600) /1.6717-53.58 rad/sec.
Step 12 is omitted since pertinent data is not supplied.
Z= Fo
(m 1 + m 2 )(w~ 11 - w 2 ) (10.4a)
13. Amplitude of Vibration of the System above the Absorber Z 2
0.5 2
(1 + t-t)w~ 11 + f-'W~ 12 - w
(0.4407 + 1.6716)(85.692 -78.53 2 ) z, = m,A(w') F0 (2.109)
= 0.0002024 m = 0.2024 mm
4
= w - (1 + t-t)(w~ 11 + w~ 12 )w + (1 + t-t)w~I1W~ 12
2 2
A(w )
8. Degree of Absorption (2.104)
11=-
z A(w 2 ) = 2.200 X 108
(10.5)
zl 2
= (1 + 3.796)(85.65) + 3.796(53.58) -78.53 (0.5)
2 2
8
0.2024
11 = O.D25 = 8.096
z, <o( (1.6717)(2.20 X 10 )
= 0.000053 m = 0.054 mm
Adopt 17 = -10 for the design
Dynamic load on each absorber= 0.000053 x 600 = 0.0324 t
9. Frequency Ratio r 2 , i.e., wn 12 /w Note that the amplitude Z 2 is calculated to check the stresses in the
absorber material. The amplitude Z 1 has been restricted to a value less than
_ [1- (1 + t-t)(r; + r~- r;r~)] the specified value of 0. 025 mm. The value of Z 1 may be calculated using
1)- r;[(l+t-t)(r;-1)] (10.5)
Eq. (2.108).
434 VIBRATION ABSORPTION AND ISOLATION
EXAMPLES 435
2
Wn/2
Solution
zl ~ mlb.(w') Fo (2.108)
1. Source Data
(53.58) 2 Operating speed of the compressor ~ 1200 rpm
(0.4403 )( 2 .20 X 10') (0.5) ~ 0.0000148 m 1200
Operating frequency f ~ 6o ~ 20Hz
~0.0148mm
Active isolation
f--20.0 m----1 f--20.0 m----1 6. Depth of the Trench H for active isolation
~ 1!:!1 ~ 1!:!1 H~0.6AR (10.14)
II I', I
I
I
I I
I
)
1
15.0 m
~0.6 x 7.5 ~ 4.6m
I I Trench \ I 7. The trench may be located 5 m from the center of the source, as
I I \ \ !
I I --+--,----,- shown in Fig. 10.20a.
I I 8. It is planned to use a partial circle trench. Angle a is determined as
I I 1• \ 30 m--+,-->j
(Fig. 10.20a):
I I I I
I
a~ 2 tan- 1 G~) ~ 18.92°
I I I
Ct Compressor \ 1 60 .0 m .
I I
I I I I
PI Precision \ I I I The angular length of the trench 0 is given by:
p2 } machines \ I 45.0 m
I I
I I I I 0 ~ a0 + 45° + 45° ~ 18.92 + 90 ~ 108.92° ~ 110°
I I I I
I I
45oj /::::45'
><
50~/
>/ a
1/
I I
Jl
II
Passive isolation ""-
Adiar, A. (1974). The design and application of pneumatic vibration isolators. Sound Vib.
8(8), 24-27.
Barkan, D. D. (1962). "Dynamics of Bases and Foundations," McGraw-Hill, New York.
Baxa, E., and Ebisch, R. (1982). Controlling automobile shredder vibration through pneumatic
isolation. Foundations for equipment and machinery. Publ. Am. Caner. Inst. SP~78,
33-46.
Beskos, D. E., Dasgupta, B., and Vardoulakis, I. G. (1985). Vibration isolation of machine
foundations. Proc. Symp. Vib. Frob. Geotech. Eng. Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., Annu, Conv.,
Detroit, 138-151.
439
11
ELASTIC HALF-SPACE METHOD
350 1-------Wr--1----+---j--
Dynamic Response of
Embedded Block
Foundations
surface. For an embedded foundation, the soil resistance is mobilized both Fi 11 1 Response curves of horizontal vibrations of concrete foundation with different
below the base and on the sides. The additional soil reaction that comes into h~~~~s of ~ontact with surrounding undisturbed soil at the same excitation intensity. (After
play on the sides of an embedded footing may have a significant influence on Novak, 1970.)
its dynamic response. The results of the field investigations of embedded
foundations by Novak (1970, 1985}, Beredugo (1971}, Beredugo and Novak
(1972}, Fry (1963), Stokoe (1972}, Stokoe and Richart (1974) and of 1972} and extension of the linear-elastic-weightless spring approach of
laboratory experiments by Chae (1971), Gupta (1972}, and Vijayvergiya Barkan (1962} byPrakash and Puri (1971, 1972).
(1981) show that as a result of embedment, the natural frequency of the
foundation-soil system increases and the amplitude of vibration decreases as 2. Rigorous methods, which include th~ finite ele~ent methods with o~
compared to the response of a surface footing under otherwise identical without special energy absorbing boundanes (Chnstmn and Carner, 1978,
conditions. These conditions are illustr~ted in Fig. 11.1 by typical response Dasgupta and Rao, 1978; Day, 1977; Johnson et a!., 1975; Kausel and
curves for a concrete block of diam'eter d, having different depths of ...
U sh lJima, 1979·, Lysmer , 1980·, Tassoulas , 1981·'· Wass, 1972}, and the
embedment h, and subjected to an unbalanced horizontal force. It is boundary integral approach (Dominquez and Roesset, 1978).
observed from this figure that the natural frequency of this system increases
and the horizontal vibration amplitude A, decreases with an increase in In the design of machine foundations the elastic half-space method and
embedment ratio hid. the linear elastic weightless spring method are commonly used and the
The determination of the response of an embedded foundation sup- design of embedded block foundation~ using these. two m~thods only ts
porting a machine is thus of great practical importance and has been the considered in this chaf~ter. Pile foundatwns Will be dtscussed m Chapter 12.
subject of several theoretical and experimental studies. The available
analytical procedures for computing the response ·of an einbedded footing
may be classified into the following categories: 11.1 ELASTIC HALF-SPACE METHOD
1. Approximate methods, which consider the effect of the soil on the The earlier solution for computing the dynamic response of embedded
sides of the footing separately and include extension of the elastic half-space foundations was obtained by Baranov (1967} and has been extended by
method for the surface footing (Anandakrishna and Krishnaswamy, 1973a; Novak and Beredugo (1971, 1972), Beredugo (1971, 1976), and Novak and
Baranov, 1967; Beredugo and Novak, 1972; Novak and Beredugo, 1971, Sachs (1973). The following assumptions are used as a basts for the
438
441
HASTIC HALF-SPACE METHOD
440 DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF EMBEDDED BLOCK FOUNDATIONS
P,(t). The equation of motion may be written as
solutions: (1) the footing is rigid, (2) the footing is cylindrical, (3) the base
of the footing rests on the surface of a semi-infinite elastic half-space, and mi(t) = P,(t)- R,(t)- N,(t) (11.1)
the soil reactions at the base are independent of the depth of embedment,
(4) the .soil reactions on the side are produced by an independent elastic in which m is the mass of the footing, z the vertical displacement of the
layer lying above the level of the footing's base, and (5) there is a perfect footing, R,(t) the dynamic vertical reaction at the base, a?d N,(t) th~
bond between the sides of the footing and the soil. Assumption 1 is valid in dynamic vertical reaction along the side surface of the footmg. The sml
all practical cases. Assumption 2 may not hold in all cases. Assumptions 3 reaction at the base is obtained from the elaslic half-space approach as
and 4 enable the reactions on the base and side to be independent of each
follows:
other. The contact between the soil and the sides of the foundation
(assumption 5) may not be perfect. The nature and extent of the contact R,(t) = Gr (C + iC,)z(t) (11.2)
0 1
between soil and the sides of the foundation are affected by the nature of
the soil, the method of placement and compaction, the amplitude of in which
vibration under operating conditions, and temperature variations, depend-
ing upon the specific use of the machine. Assumptions 1-5 considerably and (11.3)
simplify the evaluation of the soil's resistance, and the elastic half-space
approach can be conveniently extended to account for embedment effects.
The vibrations of embedded block foundations in different modes of vibra- The displacement functions/, and/2 (Reissner and Sagoci, 1944; Sung, 1953;
tion are discussed below. Bycroft, 1956; Luco and Wes~n, 1971) depend upo? (1). the dimen-
sionless frequency ratio, a0 = wrWfJ7G, (2) the Pmsson s ratiO v, and (3)
the stress distribution below the base. G is the dynamic shear modulus of
the medium. The dynamic soil reaction N,(t) on the side is obtained by
11.1. 1 Vertical Vibrations using
The solution to the problem of vertical vibrations of embedded foundations
was obtained by Novak and Beredugo (1972) in the following manner: N,(t) = f s(z, t) dz (11.4)
///////
Side layer
I )
//////T s(t) = G,(S 1 + iS2 )z(t) (11.5)
-
_ _ ...J._ _ _ _ _ - - - - _J....---
G,p
1---,o- R,lt) s, =
4
J 02 (a 0 ) + Y '0( a0 )
(11.7)
Elastic half-space
Figure 11.2. Vertical vibrations of an embedded foundation according to the elastic half-space in which J (a 0 ) and J1 (a 0 ) are Bessel functions of the first kind of order zero
0
approach. (After Novak and Beredugo, 1972.)
442 DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF EMBEDDED BLOCK FOUNDATIONS
ELASTIC HALF-SPACE METHOD 443
and one,. respectively, and Y0 (a 0 ) and Y 1 (a 0 ) are Bessel functions of the
second kmd of order zero and one, respectively. The natural frequency from Eq. (11.13) can be determined by trial and
The value of the soil reaction on the side is thus given by error, because both C1 and S 1 are functions of the frequency ratio a0 •
Calculation of the dynamic response can be simplified considerably if the
in which z is the real response from Eq. (11.9). The stiffness k, and
dampmg c, are thus given by [compare Eq. (11.9) with Eq. (2.37)] (11.18a)
(11.18b)
(11.11)
and and
cz = Gr ( + -G
-w° C - ' -h Sz)
z Gr (11.12) 1
( c, + s,~v (p,ipJ(a,laJ)
0
t;, = -2-vrlo_b_o -y7c"",=+~(~G=,/=G=)""(h=/=ro""s,=)- (11.18c)
~:e undamped natural frequency of the embedded footing w"" is then given
in which b0 is the mass ratio m/pri.
A comparison of the response, for which the frequency-dependent values
=
fk:. v-
v-;::; (Gr
=
0 ()
cl + G h
sl )
of the stiffness and damping parameters and corresponding constant values
{t)nze
m m
_!..
-
G 'o
(1l.l3) of these parameters are used, is shown in Fig. 11.3, in which it may be
observed that the two solutions are close to each other in the range of
The damped amplitude of vibrations A is practical interest (Novali;and Beredugo, 1972).
"
(11.14) 11.1.2 Sliding Vibrations
Consider a cylindrical block of radius r0 , height H, and embedded to a depth
in which the damping ratio is h, as shown in Fig. 11.4. This block is acted upon by a horizontal exciting
cX force, Px(tl = Pxe'w'. It is assumed that only ~lidi!!K.Y!!?!<tti5?.11S.t~J<e.J?l.~~e.·
t; =
(11.15) The forces of resistance are: (1) the horizontal soil reaction Rx(t) at the base
z 2mwnze and (2) the.soil reaction Nx(t) on the side. The eqnation of motion may thus
445
ELASTIC HALF-SPACE METHOD
8 -Variable parameters
c-i
VI VI ---Constant parameters
0
,f
"'
VI VI
0 0
oo
"'"'
MM
00
NO
v-i v-i
RR
N~ -------
II II II II II II
rc...i"'rt..JN r\.,)""n;•.J'l IC'),..II:.-:JN
Dimensionless frequency a 0
Figure 11.3. Gomparison of vertical re.~90se curves computed with variable and constant
parameters (hi r = 0.5, b0 :;:: 8.1, piPs= 0':75, and G.fG = 0.5.) (After Novak and Beredugo,
0
1972.)
~0
"'0
+ ,.o
I .., H - h
<---<>
<'10
I \ I
. /,1'/// 10'/
v-i v-i I I
II II I I I
u"'v('l I I I
Side layer
I 1 ~N,(t) h
GS> Ps I I
0 I I
0 'f( I I
I I
i I J
x(t)
I ~
I Rx(l)
\--,o--1
Elastic half-space
G, P
Figure 11.4. Sliding vibrations of an embedded foundation according to the elastic half-space
approach (After Beredugo and Novak, 1972.)
444
446
DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF EMBEDDED BLOCK FOUNDATIONS
Table 11.2. Stiffness and Damping for Half-Space and Side Layers for Sliding
(11.20) Vibrations
in which G is the dynamic shear modulus. The parameters C, and C, Poisson's Validity Constant
1
depend upon the displacement functions /, 1 and fx 2 for sliding as well as2 ratio v HalfRSpace Functions Range Parameters
upon the dimensionless frequency a0 = wr0VPfG, the Poisson's ratio v, the
frequency of excitation w, and the mass density p of the half-space (Bycroft, 89.09a
0
1956). The horizontal reaction N .. (t).,_~~ layer is give\!__12Y_{J':Iovak C,, = 4.571- 4.653a 0 + a,+ 19 .14
and Beredugo, 1971; Beredugo and Novak, 1972) 0.0 0:S:a 0 <2.0
'' ····-- -~-------~------
0.1345a 0
C, 2 = 2. 536a, - a, _ 1. 923
(11.21)
in which Q, isthe dynamic shearlllodulus of thesid.~-l~y.er and the functions
S,1 and s~, depen(ftipoii the Poiss6ii;s ratio and-dimensionless frequency of 0
c,, = 5.333- 1.584a, + a,+ 6.552
10.39a
the side~_s;L.J'he values of C, 1 , C, 2 , S 1 , and S,, are gi~abiel1.2.
By substituting the values of R,(t) and NJt) from Eqs. (11.20) and (11.21), 0.5 Q:s:a 0 <2.0
respectively, into eq. (11.19), one obtains 0.1741a 0
C, 2 = 2.923a 0 - a,_ 1.927
s,, = 3.60
0.0 S, 1 = 150.3a 0 - 3630a~ + 3948a;
- 1934a~ + 348Sai
0.8652a,
By comparing Eq. (11.22b) with Eq. (11.9) for the case of vertical S,, = 7.334a, + a,+ 0.00874
vibrations and Eq. 2.37 one obtains
Sxl = 2.474 + 4.119a 0 - 4.320a~
3 4
+ 2.057 a0 - 0.362a 0 0.2!5a 0 o52.0
(11.23) s,, = 4.00
and 0.25 S, 1 '
= 1.468vU; + 5.662ya;;
f 41.59a,
S,, = 0.83a, + 3.90 + a,
(11.24) ft
I'I
sxl = 2.824 + 4.7fl:t)a
3 0 - 5.539a~
4
Both k, and c, are frequency dependent. Beredugo and Novak (1972) + 2.445a 0 - 0.394a 0 0.2:::::.;: a0 :s: 2.0 _
established that the values of k, and s_may be approximat<e.!:Ll>.)C.1n;q]lency- s" = 4.10
_!.ndepen4wsa1!Jes_J2!.Jlll practical purposes by the substitutions 0.4 s"' = -1.796vU; + 6.539V'a;;
----------------
56.55a,
(11.25) sx2 = 0.96ao + 4.68 + ao 0,;; a0 ,;; 1.5 S, 2 = 10.60
(11.26)
Source: Beredugo and Novak (1972).
447
448
DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF EMBEDDED BlOCK FOUNDATIONS
ELASTIC HALF-SPACE METHOD 449
The values of C,p cx2• sxl> and sx2 are also given in Table 11.2. Therefore,
the frequency-independent value of k, is given by
.---.....
My(t)
I
I
(11.27)
H! h I
and the frequency-independent damping is
f//////
1' I
I
I l
'//uu
' and
(11.28)
(11.29)
+
lL~ r ~I
I
I
ioltl Nq,(t) ) Side layer
Gs, Ps
The values Sft• and So/ 2 are independent of v, are functions of the 11.1.4 'Coupled Sliding and Rocking Vibrations
dimensionless frequency a0 , and are shown in Table 11.3. The values for Sxt Consider the coupled sliding and rocking vibrations of the embedded footing
and Sx, are shown in Table 11.2. The equation of motion then is shown in Fig. 11.6. The footing is acted upon by a honzontal force,
M (t) = My e'w', ahout its center of gravity.d
e'w'' and a moment ' Y
Px (t) = p x
(11.35) The forces and moments occasioned by the soil's reaction at the base an
side are shown in Fig. 11.6. The equations of motion for sliding and rocking
are
(11.42a)
The frequency-dependent spring kq, is given by
and
(11.36) (11.42h)
The frequency-dependent damping factor is in which M is the mass moment of inertia about an axis that passes through
the system~ center of gravity and is perpendicular to th~ plane of the
vibrations. The values of the soil's reaction, RxCt), and reststmg moment on
(11.37)
the base, Rf(t), are (Beredugo ati<l,·tNovak, 1972)
Beredugo and Novak (1972) found that the frequency-independent values of (11.43)
kf and c</> may be u~ed for all e_ractical pu_!poses. These ~!lay be obtained by
SUbStitutin~ eft= eft• Sf!= Sf!• Sxt = Sxt and eo/ 2 = eo/ 2 a0 , S</> 2 = S~ 2 a 0 , and
and Sx 2 = Sx 2 a0 • The values of Cft• S<t>t• Co/ 2 , and So/ 2 are given in Table
11.3. This gives the frequency independent k</> as
R,p(t) = Gr~(e<t>t + ie</> 2 )</>(t)- Gr 0 (ext + iex 2 )[x(t)L- L </>(t}]
2
2 (11.44)
kf = Gro'{ eft+
- G
a' ( -h ) (-
Sft + -h2 Sxt
- )}
(11.38a)
'o 3r 0
and frequency-independent damping co/ as
2
, cr; •{ - G, h (- 1 h - )}
Cq. = v puro c</>2 + G ro so/2 + 3 r~ sx2 (11.38b)
The damping ratio is
(11.39)
(11.40)
The values of horizontal soil reaction, Nx(t), and resistance moment, Nq,(t), By substituting for x(t), x(t), <f>(t), and ¢(t) from Eqs. (11.49a,b) into
of the side layer are (Beredugo and Novak, 1972) Eqs. (11.47) and (11.48) and rearranging, one obtains
(11.50)
(11.45)
and and
2
G,r~( !!._ ){[<s., + iSq, h~ + L:)(sx, + iSxzl]<t>(t)
(11.51)
Nq,(t) = 2) +( h2 -
'o 3'o ro ro
in which the frequency-dependent stiffness constants are
+ _!_(!!___- L)(s +iS )x(t)} (11.46)
'o Zro 'o xt x2
Gro( Cx, + ~ ~ Sx,)
kx = (11.52)
The parameters ex,, Cx 2 , Sx,, and Sxz have been defined for the case of pure
sliding vibrations and are given in Table 11.2, and the parameters Cq, 1 , C<l''
Sq, 1 and Sq, 2 have been defined for the case of pure rocking vibrations and kq, =
'{ (L)' G., (h) (G')(h)
Gro c.,+ ro ex,+ G Yo s., + G Yo
are given in Table 11.3. By substituting the values Qf Rx(t) and Nx(t) into 2 2
Eq. (11.42a) and of Rq,(t) and Nq,(t) into Eq. (11.42b), one obtains h L hL] } (11.53)
X [-+--- S
3r~ r~ ~/'!fa xl
(11.54)
=P eiwt (11.47)
X and the frequency-dependent damping constants are
and
(11.55)
Mm¢(t) + r~[o,!!._ ( 2h - !:_)(sx, + iSx2 ) - G !:_ (Cx 1 + iCxzl]x(t)
'o 'o 'o 'o
or: ( (L)'
;:;; ex,+ (G
Cq, =--;;;-- c.,+
G,)( roh )s"''
+ r~{ G(Cq, 1 + iCq, 2 ) + G,:, [<s., +iS.,)
2 2 G)(h)[ 3r~
+ (G
h+L 2
hL] )
2
r~ - r~ Sxz
(11.56)
+ ( -h 2 - -,
hL + 2L ') (Sx, + iSxzl ] + G 2L ( Cx 1 + iCxz) } <f>(t) Yo
3 'o 'o 'o 'o
(11.48) and
(11.57)
Particular solutions of above equations can be found by substituting
(11.49a) The terms kxq, and ex</> represent cross co~pling stiffness ~nd damping terms
respectively. Undamped natural frequencies may be obtamed by makmg ex,
and
c and C P (t) and M (t) equal to zero in Eqs. (11.50) and (11.51). This
<b' x</>' x y
(11.49b) leads to
and and
(11.59) (11.70)
For a nontrivial solution Beredugo and Novak (1972) suggested that the parameters CxP Cxz• Sx 2 ,
c</>1> c.,, s<f>l• and s., may be replaced by their frequency-independent
values _cxl' cxz, §xl' sxz, ~4>1' co/2' ~!fld s4>2' by ~ubstituting ~xl = cxl'
(11.60)
c,t = 9</>t' Sxt = Sxl' S<l>t = S<t>t' Cxz = Cxzao, Cct>z = Cq,zao, Sxz = Sxzao, and
s., ~ Sq, 2a0 , respectively as discussed earlier for the cases of pure sliding
or and rocking.
With these substitutions we get frequency-independent springs
(k x -mw 2 )(k o/ -Mm w 2 )-k2xo/ ~o • (11.61)
(11.62) kq, =
'{ - ( L )'-
Gro Cq,r + '• ex!+
G
G(h)-
;:; Sq,r + G
G(h)
;:;
in which w ~ 1 and w ~ 2 are the two natural frequencies of the system in (11.72)
coupled rocking and sliding.
Real amplitudes of vibration are obtained (Beredugo and Novak, 1972) and
as follows:
(11.73)
(11.63)
(11.64) (11.74)
in which
c<f> = VPGro
•{-c.,+ (L)'-
- Cxz + (h)
- \1rp;a;[_
~ -r.:G s., + (h' L - -,
-3 + -, hL)- ]}
2
2
sx2
~ ~ p ro ro ~
a1 ~
2 (MY)
(k </> - M m w - - k px¢ (11.65) (11.75)
X
and
(11.66)
{3 1 ~ k x -mw - -
2. px ex</>= -v"--=z[- (h)rp;a;( h)-]
p(iro LCX, + ro \1 '{;' G L- 2 sx2 (11.76)
M kxc/> (11.67)
y
The frequency-independent values ex~> ex,,_ SxP _and ~xz are gi~en in Table
(11.68) 11.2. The frequency-independent values of C.;~> C1 ,, S.;~> and S.; 2 are given
in Table 11.3. The use of frequency-independent values for stiffness and
mMmw'- [mk 1 + Mmkx + CxCq,- c~ 1 ]w + [kxk</>- k~<l]
2
E1 = damping makes it possible to calculate natural frequencies and amplitudes
(11.69) by hand.
DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF EMBEDDED BLOCK FOUNDATIONS 457
ELASTIC HALF-SPACE METHOD
in which in which s and s are parameters for the side layer and are functions of
the dimen~lonless f~equency ratio. By substituting the values R,;(t) and
1
.P = angle of rotation N,;(t) from Eqs. (11.78) and (11.80) into Eq. (11.77), one obtams
R.p(t) =moment of the resistive force at the base of the footing about z axis
N.p(t) =moment of the resistive force on the sides of the foundations about
z axis
MmJ;(t) + Gr~[ C.; + ~ (
1 :Js., + ;( C~, 2 + ~ ( ~)s,,,,] i/J(t)
M m• = polar mass moment of inertia of the foundation about z axis
(vertical axis about which the torsional vibrations take place). = M,(cos wt + i sin wt) (11.81)
The value of R~,(t) is given by (Novak and Sachs, 1973) The frequency-dependent stiffness coefficient for torsional vibrations is thus
given by
(11.78)
(11.82)
H- h
The natural frequency (undamped) of the torsional vibrations is given by
Y. /
Jl""·~
m•
Gs, Ps
~'O
G, p
R;(t)
Figure 11.7.
approach.
Torsional vibrations of embedded foundations according to the elastic half-space
I in which
r
I
458 DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF EMBEDDED BlOCK FOUNDATIONS LINEAR ElASTIC WEIGHTLESS SPRING METHOD 459
(11.86)
{11.90)
We will now discuss the extension of linear weightless spring method for
(11.87)
calculation of dynamic response of embedded footings.
The values of C"" c,,,
S"" and s,,
are given in Table 11.4 (Novak and
Sachs, _1973). The value of the frequency-independent stiffness coefficient is
then giVen by 11.2 LINEAR ELASTIC WEIGHTLESS SPRING METHOD
t PAt) t P,it)
or
(11.91b)
~
+T H
t
%
in which A equals ab, the area of the base of the foundation block in contact
with the soil.
The vertical soil reaction on the faces of the block occasioned by sliding
or
mi! + [ C.ab + Cit('{;a + 2b )h ]z = P,(t) (11.93b)
A,
(')
and may be rewritten as
Figure 11.8. Vertical vibrations of embedded foundations (linear elastic spring approach). (a)
Actual problem. (b) Soil reactions. (c) Equivalent problem. (11.95)
l. The applied vertical force P,(t). The embedded foundation then will be analyzed as a footing resting on
2. The inertial force mi!, in which m is the mass of the foundation and z the surface and using c.,~iven by Eq. (11.96b) in place of c. (Section 6.7).
is the displacement at any time. When his equal to zero in Eq. (11.96), c., is equal to c., as for a surface
3. The vertical soil reaction at the base Rb, and footing.
The natural frequency of the vertical vibrations w., of the embedded
4. The vertical soil reaction (frictional force) on the sides F,.
footing is given by
The magnitude of the vertical soil reaction on the base Rb is given by
(11.97a)
(11.91a)
or
4&2 DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF EMBEDDED BlOCK FOUNDATIONS LINEAR ELASTIC WEIGHTLESS SPRING METHOD 4&3
the applied external force, Px(t), the inertia of the block, mx, the horizontal
(11.97b) soil reaction at the base R x, and the horizontal reaction on all the four sides
of the block, R,.
The amplitude of vibration of the embedded foundation A, is given by The magnitude of horizontal soil reaction at the base is given by
P, (11.101)
A, = m ((J)nze-
z z) (11.98)
w
in which C, is .the coefficient of elastic uniform shear at the base of the
in which w is the frequency of the exciting force. foundation.
If instead of a rectangular or a square block, the block is circular with a The horizontal soil resistance on the vertical faces of the block R, consists
radius r and embedded to a depth h, the equation of motion for free of a force occasioned by the uniform compression of the soil against the
vibrations is given by faces of the block parallel to the y axis and the shearing force on the two
faces parallel to the x axis that result from the uniform shear between the
(11.99) soil and the block. Thus,
(11.100) in which C , the coefficient of elastic uniform compression for the side
layer, repre~ib'nts the net force oci:l\'gioned by uniform compression and the
decrease in compression on faces of block perpendicular to the direction of
vibration.
The equation of motion is, therefore,
From Eqs. (11.96) and (11.100) for h > 0, C"' is greater than C", and the
overall spring stiffness of soil is more than that for a surface footing. (11.103a)
or
11.2.2 Sliding Vibrations
Consider the sliding vibrations of a rigid block that are caused by a (11.103b)
sinusoidally varying unbalanced force, Px(t) = Px sin wt, shown in Fig. 11.9.
When the block slides by an amount x along the x axis, it is acted upon by in which C, denotes the value of equivalent coefficient of elastic uniform
shear and is given by
(11.104a)
zt Px(t)
(11.104b)
----.---
lJ- h
l
I
The natural frequency ~f the sliding vibrations of embedded foundation is
" I given by ·
h
I
I C.,.s a hx Gus bhx
1 a
I
I
J -:;._X
Cr A x
or
(11.105a)
Figure 11.9. Sliding vibrations of an embedded foundation according to the linear elastic (11.105b)
spring approach (a) Actual case, (b) Soil reactions on sides and base.
464 DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF EMBEDDED BLOCK FOUNDATIONS LINEAR' ElASTIC WEIGHTLESS SPRING METHOD 465
2
Axe= m ( (J)nxe- 2) (11.106)
w (Cq,zrf>) X bdz
For a circular block embedded to a depth h, the soil reaction against the
vertical face may be replaced by a net force of uniform compression on the
projected area of the face on a vertical plane, and the equation of motion is
(11.108a)
~-------------a------------~
or Ia) (b)
---
~) /
T+
C, = ( C, + ; C"' (11.108b)
r'r;r I
It will be noted from Eqs. (11.104) and (11.108) that when h > 0, C, > C, I ~
and hence the overall stiffness of the equivalent soil spring for an embedded I
H I dz Fore e on elementary
foundation undergoing sliding is higher than that for a surface footing. area d ue to nonuniform
u
~ lf---z¢ shear = C.;,(z¢>)(adz)
1. The applied external moment MY sin wt, 5. The moment occasioned by the nonuniform compression of the soil
2. The moment due to inertia of the block M against the faces of the block parallel to the axis of rotation, i.e., they
axis, M, (Fig. 11.10b),
(6.68) bh 3
l
h
M,_~
0
(Cq,,zc/>)(b dz z) = c.,,cf> 3 (11.109)
3. The moment occasioned by the displacement of the center of gravity
Mw: in which Cq,s is the coefficient of elastic nonuniform compression for
(6.69) the soil layer on the sides of the foundation and represents the net
effect of the soil's reaction on the faces of the block parallel to the axis
4. The moment occasioned by- the soil's reaction at the base M R: of rocking, and
6. The moment occasioned by the nonuniform shearing resistance be-
(6.72) tween the faces of the block perpendicular to the axis of rotation and
LINEAR ELASTIC WEIGHTLESS SPRING METHOD 467
466 DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF EMBEDDED BLOCK FOUNDATIONS
the soil, MN. The shearing displacement of any height z above the in which c," is the equivalent coefficient of elastic nonunif~rm ~om
base equal to z<f>. The shearing resistance of an elementary area of the pression for the embedded foundatiOn, and I the moment of mertia of
face of the block is c,,(z</> )adz. the base contact area of the foundation around the y axis, which is
The moment about 0 occasioned by this resistance is given by ba 3112.
For h equal to zero, c,, is equal to C•, and for h greater than zero,
c,", is greater than c.,.
The natural frequency of the rocking vibrations, w""', may be computed
Therefore the total moment due to nonuniform shear for the two faces by using,
is given by
.. bh 3 ah 3
Mmo<f> + Cq,l</>- WL</> + Cq,, 3 </> + 2C,, 3 </> For circular foundations, the moment occasioned by the soil's resistance on
2 the sides is due to the nonuniform compression of the soil on the sides and
+ Cn'P_,_ -a bh .
- =MY sm wt (11.112a) the moment occasioned by the shear F,. The moments are given by
2
and the equation of motion for free vibrations is
3
M, = J: c.,,(2r dz z</>z) (11.116a)
h (11.127)
I
470
DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF EMBEDDED BLOCK FOUNDATIONS
DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR AN EMBEDDED BLOCK FOUNDATION 471
~!
foundation is expressed by
l~ _/JG (11.132a)
L L c_p
I
I Ms.;,
and
(11.132b)
- G, h S ] (11.71)
kx = Gro [ cxl +G ~ xl
(11.18c)
3 - - - - ko~ = Gro
'{ c.,+
_ (L)'-
-;:; cx1 +GG., (h)s (G·)(!!_)
Yo '" + G ro
in which b 0 is the mass ratio, m/pr 0 . The values of C" C2 , S" 5 2 should be·
obtained from Table 11.1 (column 3). The undamped natural frequency wnu 2 2
h L hL]- } (11.72)
is X [ 2 + -, - - 2 Sx1
-
3r 0 r0 'o
wnze =
fk: =
\1-;:;
m
~Gr
-
m
0 (-C, + GGs - St
r0
h-) (11.13) and
(11.73)
The damped amplitude of vibrations A;, is given by
and
described in Chapter 4. The values of C, for the soil on the sides may be
similarly determined from suitable tests. The value of C., for the side layers
will depend upon the type of soil and the method of placement and
compaction. If no other information is available C"' may be taken as 0.5 to
0. 75 Cu.
The_ valu~s of _ex\' cx2,}xl, and sx2 are given in Table 11.2, and the values
of c.,, C</> 2 , s.,, and S• 2 are given in Table 11.3. The undamped natural 2. Uncoupled Modes. For vertical vibrations the coefficient of elastic
.
f requenctes, wn2 1 an d wn2 2 , are uniform compression c"' for the embedded foundation is given by
w'
nl.2
~!2 [(kx
m
+ !.±..) ± ~! (kx
M 4
_ !.±..)'
M
_IS__]
+ M
(11.96b)
m m m m m
(11.62) The natural frequency of vertical vibrations "'"" is
The damped amplitudes of vibration, Ax and A•, are
(11.97a)
(11.63) or
and
(11.97b)
in which P,
A,= mwnze-w
( 2 ')
(11.98)
(11.68) (11.132a)
or
(11.69)
€z ~ -[mc<P + Mmcx]w + [cxk<P + c,kx- 2cx<Pkx.p]w
3
(11.70) (11.132b)
',
B. Linear Elastic Weightless Spring Appro/ch The maximum undamped amplitude of torsional vibrations A"' is given by
1. Selecting Soil Constants. Soil constants such as C C C and C , M,
, . ' U' r' ¢' .p (11.133)
for the sot! below the base may be selected by following the procedure A.,,= M ( 2 _ ')
i mz Wn!fre W
476
DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF EMBEDDED BLOCK FOUNDATIONS
EXAMPLES 477
(11.104b) (6.134b)
and
9. Check for Adequate Design
The design of the foundation will be satisfactory if the computed natural
frequencies and amplitudes of vibration are within their prescribed values,
(11.113b) as discussed earlier in Chapter 6.
The values of limiting frequencies in pure sliding of w and pur k"
w are nxe e roc mg
nq>"
11.4 .EXAMPLES
w = VC"A
m
EXAMPLE 11.4.1
nxe (11.105a)
A foundation block 6 X 4 X 4 m high and made of M-150 concrete is
and embedded in soil to a depth of 3.0 m, as shown in Fig. 11.13. The block is
subjected to a vertical sinusoidal force of P, = 7.6 sin wt tons by an engine.
_ v(Cq,J WL) r The operating speed of the engine is 600 rpm. The dynamic shear modulus
wn<Pe - (11.114a) ' G for the soil below the base is 6300 tim 2 and Poisson's ratio is 0.25.
Mrno Assume G, = 0.75, the density of the soil below the base, y = 1.8 tim 3 and
The natural frequencies in coupled sliding and rocking d for the side soil r, = 1.6 tim 3• Determine the natural frequency and am-
given by . ' wne1 an wne2' are
W4 _
wznxe + wzm/>e ) 2
2 2
WnxeWnq.e
ne ( W 11 + = 0 (11.119)
I' ' I'
"////
3.0 m
and
2
A
"''
= C"ALPx + (C"jL- mw')My
~(w') (11.126) _L'-----------'
! - - - - - - - - 6 . 0 m ---------1
1 1
The term d(w ) is given by
Figure 11.13. Embedded block (Examples 11.4.1 and 11.4.2).
479
478 DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF EMBEDDED BLOCK FOUNDATIONS EXAMPLES
plitude of vibration of the block using the elastic half-space approach. The r = (A (6.58a)
0 \1-;
density of concrete y, may be taken as 2.4 tim 3•
(24
Solution
= \13.14 = 2.764 m
1. Machine data
The frequency-independent spring stiffness k, of the embedded foundation
The weight of the machine is not given in the problem and has not been
included in the calculation. Operating speed of the machine is 600 rpm. is
w = 62.83 radisec
k, =
- G, h -
Gro [ cl + G ;:;; sl
J (11.17a)
2. Soil data
For soil below the base
From Table 11.1, column 3, for v = 0.25,
G 6300 tim'
=
y= 1.8tim
3 .c 1
=5.2, sl =2.70
v= 0.25 4725 3 ]
k, = (6300)(2.764) [ 5.2 + X
2 _764 X 2.7 tim
6000
For soil on the sides
= 130734.8 tim
G, = 0.75G = 4725 tim 2
')', = 1.6 tim3 The frequency-independent damping ratio ~' is
3 and 4. Foundation data
The data on the foundation is given in the problem.
- - h ~-
( C' +S-
p,
- G,)
1 2 ro p G (11.18c)
Length of block a = 6.0 m ~' = 2Vbo V(C1 + (G,iG)(hir 0 )S 1 )
Width of the block b = 4.0 m
Height of the block H = 4.0 m m W
b0 = - = - ,
Embedded depth h = 3.0 m pr~ 'Y'o
Weight of the foundation block = ( 6 x 4 x 4)2.4 = 230.4 t
Base area of the block= 6 x 4 =24m 2 230.4 = 6.06
3
1.8(2.764)
5 and 6. Unbalanced exciting forces
The unbalanced vertical exciting force From Table 11.1, column 3,
P, = 7.6 tons c, =5.0
Since the exciting force is in the vertical direction only, calculation of
moment of inertia and mass moment of inertia is not relevant to this
sl = 2.1 s, = 6.7
problem. ..., 3 /"'1-c.6~'4'"'72"'5
5.0 + 6 ·7 X 2.764 \11.8 X 6300
7. Natural frequencies and amplitudes of vibration ~=------~~~~==~ 112
a. Selecting soil constants ' ( 4725 3 2 7 )
2(v'6.Q6) 5 ·2 + 6300 X 2.764 X ·
The values of soil constants given above are adopted for this calculation.
(Follow procedure of Chapter 4 if adequate soil data is available.) = 0.816
b. Vertical vibrations
The undamped natural frequency of the embedded footing w"' is
The equivalent radius r 0 is
4BO
DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF EMBEDDED BLOCK FOUNDATIONS EXAMPLES 4B1
that is, the natural frequency of the embedded foundation in this case is 39.1 associated rigid massless footing as shown in Fig. 11.14b. For the case of
percent greater than that of the surface footing. The ratio of undamped pure vertical vibrations, the vertical impedance K, is then defined as
amplitudes is
A,_ 0.0408 (11.134)
A, = 0.1482 = 0 ·275
that is, the amplitude in the embedded case is only 27.5 percent the in which R (t) is the total vertical soil reaction against the foundation and
amplitude if the footing were treated as a surface footing. includes th~ resistive forces at the base and on the sides for the case of
embedded foundations and, z(t) is the uniform harmonic settlement of the
soil-foundation interface. R,(t) will be equal to the vertical exciting force
11.5 COMPLIANCE-IMPEDANCE FUNCTION APPROACH and may be expressed as
(11.135a)
The response of a vibrating footing may also be computed by using
impedance-compliance functions for the footing soil system (Gazetas, Similarly,
iwi (11.135b)
1983). For the case of harmonic excitation, the dynamic impedance is z (t) = ze
defined as the ratio of the steady-state force (or moment) to the resulting
displacement (or rotation) at the base of a massless rigid foundation. The dynamic compliance function F, for the case of purely vertical vibra-
Dynamic compliance functions are similarly defined as the ratio of the tions may be expressed by Eq.-,(~~1.136)
dynamic displacement (or rotation) to the dynamic resistive forces (or
moments) at the base of the foundation. Dynamic compliance functions may z(t) (11.136)
also be termed as dynamic displacement or flexibility functions. The impe- F, = R,(t)
dance and compliance functions will be different for different modes of
vibration. Consider the footing shown in Fig. 11.14a to be replaced by an The torsional impedance K"', the horizontal impedance Kx (or Ky) and
rocking impedance K can be defined by equations similar to Eq. (11.134).
For the vibration coridition involving coupled rocking and sliding, cross-
± Actual foundation
coupled impedance terms such as K,x (or K,y) may also be defined. .
The dynamic force and displacement are generally out of phase (Section
2.5). The dynamic displacement can be resolved into two components: a
component in phase and another component 90° out of phase with the
applied harmonic load. The impedance function [Eq. (11.134)] may be
expressed using complex notation in the form
(11.137)
in which the subscript a represents z, x (or y), </>, <f>x (or <!>y) and .P depending
upon the form of vibrations. Both the real and imaginary components of
impedance are func.tj.ons of frequency w. The significance of real and
imaginary components· of dynamic impedance can be eastly understood_ by
considering a single-degree-of freedom system as for the case of vertical
vibrations. The equation of motion for damped vertical vibrations may be
written as
(a) •
Lettmg z ( t) = ze iwi an d p , ( t) = p ,eiwi and substituting in the equation of
Figure 11.14. (a) Rigid massive foundation. (b) Associated rigid massless foundation. motion above, we obtain
485
484 DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF EMBEDDED BLOCK FOUNDATIONS COMPLIANCE-IMPEDANCE FUNCTION APPROACH
(11.144)
2 • p (t)
( k,- mw ) + tc,w = z(t) (11.138)
in which f3 is the hysteretic damping ratio. . . .
Comparing Eq. (11.138) with Eq. (1.134), we obtain As for the case of dynamic impedance, the dynamic compliance functmns
defined by Eq. (11.136) may be expressed in terms of real and imaginary
2
K, = (k,- mw ) + ic,w (11.139) parts as follows:
(11.145)
Equation 11.139 shows that the dynamic impedance is a complex number.
Further, comparing Eqs. (11.137) and (11.139)
Subscript a has already been explained earlier for the case of dynamic
Kzl = kz- mwz (11.140a) impedance. . . . .
For uncoupled modes as in the case of vertical or torsw~al vJbratmns, the
Kz2 = CzW (11.140b) compliance functions are the inverse of impedance functmns, for example
material damping and may be written in the form reactions of the soil acting at the center of the foundatiOn base, and other
486 DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF EMBEDDED BLOCK FOUNDATIONS 487
COMPLIANCE-IMPEDANCE FUNCTION APPROACH
z () iw<
t = ze , z=z 1 +iz 2 (11.152a)
Mz{t)
t = xe
x ()
iw< , x = x 1 + ix2 (11.152b)
cJ>(t) = cJ>e'w' , . </> = </> 1 + i</>2 (11.152c)
iJ!(t) = 1/Jeiw< , 1/1 = 1/11 + ii/12 (11.152d)
TI The soil reaction also will be harmonic in nature and may be wntten as
11 RJt) = Rxeiw<
T,(t)
T,(t)
=
=
Tq,eiw<
T,e'w'
(11.153b)
(11.153c)
(11.153d)
The complex soil reaction amp~jtudes in Eqs. (11.153) are related to the
displacement and rotation amplitudes through the correspondmg Jmpe-
d.ances as given in Eqs. (11.154).
Original position
(11.154a)
Rx = Kx(X- L</>) + Kx</></> (11.154b)
I T, = K<l</> + Kx<l>(x- L</>) (11.154c)
I
I --.._)
T, = K•iJ! (11.154d)
-i I X f------
Substituting Eqs. (11.151), (11.152), (11.153), and (11.154) into the Eqs.
(b)
(11.147) to (11.150), we obtain
Figure 11.15. Definition of variables for vibrations of a massive foundation. (a) Section. {b)
Plan. P ,e Ia~
z = 2 (11.155a)
K,(w)- mw
M eio:o/1
quantities are as previously defined in this chapter. For harmonic excitation,
"'= K</>(w)-' Mm,w 2
(11.155b)
P,(t) = P,eli(w<+a,)] (11.151a)
'*'= {K*<J>x
>.. P e0"x 1 - M e0"• 1}N
K*x,Py (11.155c)
Px(t) = Pxe[i(wt+ax)]
(11.151b)
"- =
'P {K*X M y e0 "• 1 - K*X<f> PX eu"" 1}N (11.155d)
My(t) = Mye[i(w<+a•)] (11.151c)
M,(t) = M,e[i(w<+••)]
in which
(11.151d)
K~ = Kx(w)- mw
2
(11.156a)
in which a is the phase angle of excitation and its subscript indicates the
form of excitation. The steady-state motion may be represented by K:.; = Kx<l(w)- Kx(w)L (11.156b)
489
488 DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF EMBEDDED BLOCK FOUNDATIONS OVERVIEW
2
K; = K,(w)- Mm,w' + Kx(w)L - 2Kx<P(w)L (11.156c) and Dobry and Gazetas ( 1985) have suggested a different approach for
calculating soil stiffness and damping factors for embedded foundatmns of
N = (K*x K*-
q, K*x<b2 )- 1 (11.156d) arbitrary shape for the case of vertical vibrations. The soil is assumed to be a
homogeneous and elastic half-space. The arbitrary base area Ab of the
This approach can be us~d for surface as well as embedded machine footing is circumscribed with a rectangle of length L and wtdth B as shown
foundations by suitably defining the impedance functions. If the forcing in Fig. 11.16. A dimensionless shape paramete: A.ILB i~ used to acco~nt
function is nonharmonic, it may be decomposed into a number of sinusoids for the effect of shape of the area on its dampmg and sl!ffness properl!es.
by using Fourier analysis. The static stiffness is first calculated for a surface footing case and then
modified for embedment effects. The static stiffness of the embedded
footing is further modified to calculate the values of dynamic stiffness. The
11.6 OVERVIEW method appears promising but more work is needed before it can be
adopted by a practicing engineer. . .
The problem of analysis and design of embedded rigid block type The response of a footing embedded in a homogeneous u~tform sot! can
foundations subjected to sinusoidally varying unb'i.lanced forces has been be computed easily using the same elastic constants and denstty for the sml
discussed on the basis of the elastic half-space approach and linear elastic on the sides as for the soil at the base.
weightless spring approach. Both solutions are extensions of the solutions The effect of embedment in a stratum can be easily accounted for in the
for surface footings that have been obtained by extending the method elastic half-space approach by using the proper displacement functions [ 1,2 to
developed by Baranov (1967), who assumed that the soil underlying a compute the stiffness and the dampJ9g parameters c1 ,2 for the base layer.
footing is an elastic half-space and that the soil on the sides is an in- For the case of a stratum, increasing the embedment reduces dependence on
dependent elastic layer composed of a series of infinitesimally thin in- the stratum's thickness considerably.
dependent elastic layers. The compatibility condition between the elastic The effect of the nonlinear behavior of a soil has not been accounted for.
half-space and the overlying elastic layers is thus satisfied only at the body Experimental data on the response of embedded foundations shows goo.d
and far from it. The approach yields reasonable results in the closed form qualitative agreement with theoretical predictions based on the elasttc
and is very versatile and easily applied to any mode of vibration (Novak and half-space approach (Novak and Beredugo, 1971). It has been observed that
Beredugo, 1971, 1972; Novak and Sachs, 1973). backfilling considerably reduces the effects of embedn:'ent and that non-
The response of embedded foundations has been solved with the elastic linearity causes an inevitable scatter when the expenmental results are
half-space approach by using expressions for the overall spring stiffness and compared with linear spring theory.
overall damping ratios and accounting for the properties of soil on the base Rigorous analytical solutions of embedded footings have been attempted
and sides of the footing and the embedment ratio hI r 0 • In these solutions, by Lysmer and Kuhlemeyer (1969), Kaldijan (1971), Krizek et a!. (1972),
the stiffness and damping are frequency dependent. Constant values of these Wass and Lysmer (1972), and Urlich and Kuhlemeyer (1973). Johnson eta!.
parameters have also been given for which the predicted response compares (1975) proposed static stiffness coefficients for rigid circular, and stnp
well with exact solutions in the range of practical interest.
For the linear elastic weightless spring approach, expressions have been
derived for computing the equivalent soil constants c"'' c", c.,. and c.,, in
terms of (1) the values of C", C", C<P, and c. for a surface footing and (2)
the factors accounting for the geometry of the foundation, and depth of
embedment, and parameters of the soil on the sides of the foundation. By
using the values of equivalent soil constants, it was found that an embedded
footing can be analyzed in the same manner as a surface footing.
As in the case of surface footing, the effect of soil mass participating in
the vibrations has not been considered. The effect of damping has been
neglected in the case of the linear elastic weightless spring approach.
The elastic half-space solutions were developed for circular footings. The
concept of equivalent circular area may be used for footings of other shapes,
as already discussed in Chapter 6 (Section 6.5). Gazetas and Dobry (1985) Figure 11.16. Rectangle circumscribing an arbitrary area.
491
490 DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF EMBEDDED BLOCK FOUNDATIONS REFERENCES
footings embedded into an elastic stratum as well as for layered strata. Beredugo, Y. 0. (1976). Modal analysis of coupled motion of horizontally excited embedded
footings. Int. J. Earthquake Eng. Struct. Dyn. 4, Q · 3-410.
These coefficients can be used for dynamic analysis involving soil-structure
Beredugo, Y. 0., and Novak, M. (1972). Coupled horizontal and rocking vibration of
interaction.
embedded footings. Can. Geotech. J. 9(4), 477-497.
Anandakrishnan and Krishnaswamy (1973b) accounted for the effects of Bycroft, G. N. (1956). Forced vibrations of a rigid circular plate on a semi-infinite elastic space
embedment on vertical vibrations by considering an increase in effective and an elastic stratum. Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London, Ser. A 248, 327-368.
damping force occasioned by a skin friction mobilized between the vertical Chae, Y. S. (1971). Dynamic behaviour of embedded foundation-soil systems. Highw. Res.
surface of the footing and the surrounding soil as a Coulomb damper and Rec. 323, 49-59.
obtained solutions for natural frequency. Christian, J. T., and Carrier, W. D. (1978). Janbu, Bjerrum, and Kjaernsli's chart reinter-
It will be realized that embedment. significantly affects the dynamic preted. Can. Geotech. J. 15, 123-128.
response of foundations. The effect of embedment essentially depends upon Dasgupta, s. P., and Rao, K. N. S. V. (1978). Dynamics of rectangular footings by finite
the nature of the soil on the sides of the footing and the method of elements. ], Geotech. Eng. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 104 (GT5), 621-637.
placement and compaction. The nature of the contact between the soil on Day, S. M. (1977). Finite-element analysis of seismic scattering problems. Ph.D. Thesis
the sides and the foundation is an important consideration (Novak, 1985). University of California, San Diego.
Dobry, R., and Gazetas, G. (1985). Dynamic stiffness and damping of foundations by simple
While considering the effects of embedment on the dynamic response of a methods. Proc. Symp. Vib. Probl. Geotech. Eng., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., Annu. Conv.,
foundation, the behavior of the soil on the sides under continuous vibration Detroit, 75-107.
over long periods must be given due consideration along with effects· Dominguez, J., and Roesset, J. M. (1978). "Dynamic Stiffness of Rectangular ~oundations,"
brought about by the specific operating conditions of the machine. Although Res. Rep. R78-20. Department of Civil Engineering 1 Massachusetts Instttute of Tech-
embedment reduces the amplitude of vibration of the foundation, more nology, Cambridge, Massachusetts. ~:..-':t·
energy is transmitted into the surrounding soil as more surface area of the Fry, z. B. (1973). "Development and Eva1~ation of Soil Bearing Capacity, Foundation of
vibrating footing is in contact with the soil. The energy transmitted in this Structures," Waterways Exp. Sta. Tech. Rep. No. 3-632.
manner may have adverse effects on adjoining structures. No studies are Gazetas, G. (1983). Analysis of machine foundation vibrations. State of the art. Soil Dyn.
available on the effects of vibrations of embedded foundations on sur- Earthquake Eng. 2(1), 2-42.
Gazetas, G., and Dobry, R. (1985). Vertical response of arbitrarily shaped embedded
rounding structures. The designer must carefully consider the favorable foundations. J. Geotech. Eng. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 111 (GT6) 750-771.
effect of embedment on response amplitudes to any unfavorable effect on Gupta, B. N. (1972). Effect of ~foundation embedment on the dynamic behaviour of the
surrounding structures. foundation-soil system. Geotechnique 22 (1), 129-137.
The compliance impedance function approach may be used to analyze the Hadjian, A. A., Luco, J. E., and Tsai, N.C. (1974). Soil-structure interaction: Continuum or
vibration response of a footing. The method is promising as it better defines finite element? Nucl. Eng. Design 31, 151-617.
the contribution of the soil on the vibratory response of the footing. Jakob, M., and Rosset, J. M. (1977). "Dynamic Stiffness of Foundations: 2-D vs. 3-D
However the process is too complicated for design of an ordinary machine Solutions," Res. Rep. R77-36. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Mas-
foundation and has generally been used only in soil structure interaction sachusetts.
studies under seismic loads. Johnson, G. R., Christiano, P., and Epstein, H. I. (1975). Stiffness coefficients for embedded
footings. J. Geotech. Eng. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 101 (GT-8), 789-800.
Kaldijan, M. J. (1971). Torsional stiffness of embedded footings. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div.,
Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 97 (SM-7), 967-980.
REFERENCES ,._ Kausel, E., and Ushijima, R. (1979). "Vertical and Torsional Stiffness of Cylindrical
Footings," Res. Rep. R76-6. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Mas-
Anandakrishnan, M., and Krishnaswamy, N. R. (1973a). Response of embedded footings to sachusetts.
vertical vibrations. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 99, 863-883. Krizek, R. J., Gupta, D. ~.,and Parmelee, R. A. (1972). Coupled sliding and rocking
Anandakrishna, M., and Krishnaswamy, N. R. (1973b). Vibrations of embedded footings. vibrations of embedded foundations. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 98
Proc. Int. Conf. Soil Mech. Found. Eng., Moscow, Book Nd: 4.3, SpeC. Sess. Soil Dyn. (SM-12), 1347-1358.
428-429. Luco, Y. E., and Westman, R. A. (1971). Dynamic response of circular footings. J. Eng. Mech.
Baranov, V. A. (1967). On the calculation of excited vibrations of an embedded foundation (in Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 97 (EM-5), 1381-1395.
Russian). Vopr. Dyn. Prochn. 14, 195-209. Lysmer, J. (1980). Foundation vibrations with soil damping. Civ. Eng. Nucl. Power, Am. Soc.
Barkan, D. D. (1962). "Dynamics of Bases and Foundations." McGraw-Hill, New York. Civ. Eng. 2 (Pap. 10-4), 1-18.
Beredugo, Y. 0. (1971). Vibrations of embedded symmetric footings, Ph.D. Thesis, University Lysmer, J., and Kuhlemeyer, R. L. (1969). Finite dynamic model for infinite media. J. Eng.
of Western Ontario, London, Canada. Mech. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 95 (EM-4), 859-877.
492
12
DYNAMIC RESPONSE OF EMBEDDED BlOCK FOUNDATIONS
Novak, M. (1970). Prediction of footing vibrations. J. Soil Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ.
Eng. 96 (SM-3), 836-861.
Novak, M. (1985). Experiments with shallow and deep foundations. Proc. Symp. Vib. Probl.
Geotech. Eng. Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., Annu. Conv., 1-26.
Novak, M., and Beredugo, Y. 0. (1971). Effect of embedment on footing vibration. Proc.
Can. Conf. Earthquake Eng., 1st, Vancouver, 111-125.
Novak, M., and Beredugo, Y. 0. (1972). Vertical vibration of embedded footings. J. Soil
Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 98 (SM-12), 1291-1310.
Machine Foundations on
Novak, M., and Sachs, K. (1973). Torsional and coupled vibrations of embedded footings. Int.
J. Earthquake Eng. Struct. Dyn. 2(1), 11-33. Piles
Prakash, S., and Puri, V. K. (1971). Dynamic response of embedded foundation in vertical and
torsional modes (unpublished report). University of Roorkee, Roorkee, India.
Prakash, S., and Puri, V. K. (1972). Coupled rocking and sliding vibrations of embedded
foundations (unpublished report). University of Roorkee, Roorkee, India.
Reissner, E., and Sagoci, H. F. (1944). F~rced torsional oscillations of an elastic half space. J.
Appl. Phys. 10, 652-662.
Stokoe, K. H., II (1972). Dynamic response of embedded foundations. Ph.D. thesis presented
to the University of Michigan, at Ann Arbor, Michigan. , '
I In foundations subjected to vibrations and shocks the use of piles may be
Stokoe, K. H., II, and Richart, F. E., Jr. (1974). Dynamic response of embedded machine
foundation. J. Geotech. Eng. Div., Am, Soc. Civ. Eng. 100 (GT-4), 427-447.
necessary ,jn the following situ!lti}lns:
. • ~)>:"''"',
If a pile foundation is used because the total pressure on the soil is larger
than its bearing capacity, then conventional methods of design are applied.
In such cases the practical procedure of pile-foundation design consists in
the determination of the number of piles needed from the known value of
the bearing capacity l?f a single pile. This value may be determined by load
tests or any other "!.'tandard procedure. The length of the piles is best
selected on the basis of test pile driving.
When a pile foundatioJ1_ !§.. l!.~eded to increase the natural frequency of
vibraiTOnanddecr-ease-ihe amplitudeoFVlfirailoii 'orifie fouiiclation, lheii
tlie'practical-Cfesignproceoiirerequfreni'pecrarconslcferallons,'wh1i::'h-will be
examined in this chapter. The natural frequency and amplitude of a soil-pile
system for any mode of vibration can be calculated from a knowledge of its
stiffness and damping properties by using the theory of vibrations (Chapter
493
ANAlYSIS OF PilES UNDER VERTICAl VIBRATIONS 495
494 MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PilES
If a cyclic pile test under vertical loads is performed as on a plate (Section Two cases of pile supports will be considered: end bearing piles and friction
4.6), then the elastic settlement of the pile is proportional to the magnitude piles.
of the load. Thus, denoting by P the load acting on the pile, and by z 1 the
elastic settlement, we obtain 12.1.1 End-Bearing Piles
If piles are driven in soft soil and are embedded in smmd .mck-rn;..a hard
p = c,z, (12.1)
stratum at their ti we rna c · ~r that this stratum is rigid. Deformations
o p1 e tlp do not occur when dynamic loads are transferred to the pile. The
in which C, is a coefficient of proportionality, i.e., the coefficient of elastic pile can then be considered as an elastic rod fixed at its tip (base) and free at
resistance of the pile and represents the load required to induce a unit elastic the top, with a mass (m) resting on the top (Fig. 12.1).
settlement of the pile. If no mass rests on top, we then have a solid resonant column with the
The coefficient of elastic resistance of the pile depends on soil properties, fixed-free condition, which has a resonant frequency wn given by
pile characteristics (e.g., length), and the length of time the pile has been in
the soil. For example, the elastic resistance of a pile may have different (2n -1)1rV,
wn = 21 (3.22)
values during driving and some time later.
The natural frequency of the pile in vertical vibration is then given by
forn=1, -.:;-;;,.;.:,:·
''7rv,
(12.2) wn=-zr
V, 1 [E
in which m is the mass of the pile and static load on pile. fn = 4/ = 4/ \j p (12.3a)
Based upon the above simple concepts, Barkan (1962) has described test
data and typical values of elastic constants of piles and pile groups under or
both vertical and horizontal vibrations. This analysis does not consider
(12.3b)
damping in the system and the dynamics of the problem, for which practical
solutions are described in the following sections.
Prakash (1981) has discussed the solutions of piles under earthquake-type in which
loading, in which case the deflections are relatively large. In machine E =Young's modulus of elasticity of the pile,
foundation problems, the permissible amplitudes of vibration are quite p(=ylg) =mass density of the pile material, and
small. Hence the values of the elastic constants ( C,) determined from a
lateral deflection of the order of 3.4 mm in Barkan's test are not applicable I= length of the pile
to machine foundation problems. V, =compression wave velocity in pile (V,).
Soli-pile constants to be used in machine foundation problems are to be
determined essentially at very small deflections, of the order of a few
thousandths of an inch. The soil property, e.g., shear modulus, must
I
essentially be at a low strain value, e.g., around 10~ although there is no
'Oirecr relaUonshtp available between strains in the soil along a pile, par-
ticularly in horizontal vibrations and soil deformations around the pile. Puri
et a!. (1977) have suggested a procedure for determination of amplitude-
dependent soil-pile stiffness from dynamic and cyclic pile-load tests.
Solutions for vertical vibrations will be presented first, and will be
Figure 12.1. Fixed-free rod pile with mass attaciled to free end.
followed by cases of horizontal and torsional vibrations.
496
MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES ANALYSIS OF PILES UNDER VERTICAL VIBRATIONS 497
For the case in which the weight of the pile is negligible as compared to 1.6
the supported mass, the natural frequency may be obtained as follows: We
apply the end condition U = 0, at x = 0, to Eq. (3.15) and find that c = 0 1.4
and tbe displacement amplitude becomes
1.2
• W X
U= Dsm-"- (3.23) 1.0
V,
From Eq. (3.13), we get ~I"
•""
N
0.8
0.6
au au
ax = ax (A cos wnt + B sin wnt) (12.4) 0.4
and 0.2
a2 u ,
- , = -wnU(A cos wnt + B sin w t)
at n (12.5)
IV
For longitudinal excitation of the rod in Fig. 12.1, displacement is zero at Figure 12.2. Graphical solution for Eq. (12.8). (After Richart, Hall, Woods, "Vibrations of Soils
the fixed end. At the free end, a force equal to the inertia force of the and FoundationS," © 1970, page no236.·,,R~rinted by permission of Prenctice-Hall, Englewood
concentrated mass is exerted on the rod. Therefore, Cliffs, NJ.) ".
F=-AE=-m-
au a'u resonant frequencies of unloaded steel, concrete, and wooden piles, as
Jx at' (12.6)
computed from Eq. (12.8). As the axial load is increased on a pile of given
Substituting Eqs. (12.4) and (12.5) into Eq. (12.6), we get length, the resonant frequency is reduced and can be determined from Fig.
12.3.
au
AE- =mw 2 U
ax n (12.7)
12.1.2 Friction Pile~
Finally, substituting U from Eq. (3.23) into Eq. (12.7), we get
Analysis of floating piles under vertical vibrations is quite different from that
(J)n wn[ 2 W I
for end-bearing piles in which no load transfer from the shaft to the soil
AE V cos y = w nm sin -"- occurs. There are at least four methods that could be employed to examine
r r ~ the response of floating piles to vertical loads.
which can be reduced to
1. A three-dimensional analysis (e.g., using the finite element method) in
which the propagation of waves through the pile and soil is consi-
(12.8) dered.
2. Solution of the,.pne-dimensional wave equation, for example, in a
in which Al-y is the weight of the rod and W is the weight of added mass. manner similar to the solution of this equation to analyze the pile-
The solution of Eq. (12.8) is plotted in Fig. 12.2, from which the natural driving process.
frequency in vertical vibrations, fn may be determined. 3. An analysis of the response of a lumped-mass-spring-dashpot system
In order to illustrate the influence of axial loading on the resonant representing the pile and soil.
frequency of end-bearing piles on rock, Richart (1962) prepared a diagram 4. An approximate elastic analysis in which the problem is simplified to
th~t.l.~!?}uded t~':_Par!!';'."t.~:~.!. .ii."i.~J2.!!£L!'i!J<J~J1Kth,_,m£!.J>jle material one of plane strain and it is assumed that the elastic waves propagate
(f:\g. 12."3). Tile three curves in the upper part of the diagram illustrate the only horizontally.
498
MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES ANALYSIS OF PILES UNDER VERTICAL VIBRATIONS 499
Lumped-Mass-Spring-Oashpot Model
The single-degree-of-freedom lumped-parameter model for the actual soil
pile system Fig. 12.4a is shown in Fig. 12.4b. The foundation response can
be determined" from elementary theory of mechanical vibrations (Chapter 2)
if appropriate values of the mass,' damping, and spnng constant can be
selected for the system. It should be noted that the model m Fig. 12.4b is
the same as in Fig. 2.9a for which complete solutions have been obtained
(Se~tion-:h-5~ring £On§tant, C, has been used in this model in place of
•. /·'kin Chapter 2. This solution differs from Barkan's solution described earlier
!' in this chapter in only one respect. Maxwell et al. (1969) considered
···~ ~ 'i damping in the system.
V In their model, M_illnyel!~L~LL!2.69) have considered the equivalent
mass m to be only above the giund i.e., mass of the oscillator, pile cap,
and the static load. They report tests on steel H-piles and concrete-filled
pipe piles, in silty sand and cl overlying sand, to determine the rela-
60 80 100 150 200 tionship between frequency and isplacement. Fro!l1_.1h,.~te_st_Ees\llt_s, v.~l\les
Pile length, {ft)
of equiv~lentstiffness. C,and da ping ratio g were back-calculated.
F.ig.ure 12.3. Resonant frequency of vertical oscillation for a point~bearing pile resting on a . At nisoiiince, the dynamiC vafue-oCc;was '£ound to-be 'greater than the
ngrd stratum and carrying a static load W. (After Richart, 1962.) statiC sllffness for comparable p1le~ But:J.!._was suggested that use of tlie 1111\..
~!at[s.§Jiffw:ss w_guld be a<!~.guat<UQ!:_Practiciirpilfp'ases.-::_------
The computed damping ratio g for single piles was of the order of 0.00 to
A three-dimension~! analysis is too expensive and involved for practical
0.24 (Fig. 12.5}. However, it was alsofOl,l_ll.<l.!h,at _i,J()Jh,!il_e__~ti_f,f_I'~~~~-':~JEe
des1gn. Such an analys1s may be necessary for pile-supported turbogenerator
damping ratio varied wi'tb frequency, so that the use of a single frequency-
foun~atwns In nucl~ar p~wer plants, where toleranc.e limits are very critical. iiidepe'lld~-;;(··~ai;:;-;;-· o£ · · eac11·· c;rfflese i>aranieters\voura·n:orTeaa"!oan
Soluti~ns of one-dtmensmnal wave equations, involving extension of the ac;cufl'.t1f.:.I1X<>:9i£JJ2ii:§f'Pile'response·a£-atnre<iuenc1es:·rn.-j)';.:tic.ila;:·&e
numencal method of analysis used for pile driving, does not appear to have resp.onse at resonance'was-nofi'e1ia&ly'predicted from data on stiffness and
been used for s~lving problems of pile response under vertical vibrations damping generated at non-resonant frequencies. The variation of stiffness,
(Poulos and Dav1s, 1980}. The use of a lumped'mass spring-dashpot system expressed in terms of a stiffness ratio c,tc,. (in which c,. is the stiffness at
h~s been succes~fully apphed to shallow foundations (Richart et al., 1970; resonant frequency), and damping ratio g with frequency ratio flf., is shown
R1chart and Wh1tman, 1967) and has been applied to pile foundations by in Fig. 12.5 for pipe pile D-1 (Maxwell et al., 1969}.
>UU
MACHINE fOUNDATIONS ON PILES
ANALYSIS Of PILES UNDER VERTICAL VIBRATIONS 501,
Static load
'r:=--:-::-r Oscillator 2.0
0
Pile cap
lA a
eiJ 1.s
6
"'• "'fu"~ ~§ 111 <!l.
I. 0
0. 5
~ t 89i
n8~o o" o
Pile
0
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3. 0
Q = Qo sin 2'11" ft
0.25
m
0.20
I·•<t 0~/ 0
'-r----r-'-r z = Aq, sin(2'1!'ft - q,)
~
0
~
0.15
oll_ 0
8
~
c
·c_
E 0.1 0
/l
00%~t
a
BpB ~ "'"'"'
B a a
0.0 5 a
-- A
~
/
c = damping coefficient 0
0 0 .5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3. 0
Co = effective spring constant
m = equivalent mass of system Legend Static f
Frequency ratio, fn
Q = periodic exciting force load (tons)
Qo = magnitude of exciting force 50
t = time Figure 12.4. Analytical model for floating 0
Maxwell et al. also carried out tests to determine the effeot_()fJ>il~c;~ It should be noted ;~at because the stiffness of a pile foundation is
thJ;.J:-e~<>-OL.pile fou.o>l~s. One test was performed with the cap in' generally greater than that of a corresponding surface foundatiOn, the
contact with the soil and another test after excavating beneath the cap. natural frequency of the foundation-soil system Will be mcreased by the use
Typical test results showed that the dynamic displacements of the pile cap of piles. '1 b
were approximately 0.0385 in and 0.145 in respectively with a constant force The values of soil-pile-constant C, (spring constant) must necessan y e
excitation of 4T for pile in contact with the soil and pile cap not in contact determined from a pile test aliiJtlie value of the daommg ratio {; must be
with the soil. estimated based on 3!!.eerin_gj~~~l_lt. There may be several questtons
'ontlle3ccuracy-of"-·these values and hence on the predicted response.
502
MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES ANALYSIS OF PILES UNDER VERTICAL VIBRATIONS 503
Novak's Model
vibration w(z, t) such that (Novak, 1977)
;r~~ main assumptions in development of this model (Novak, 1974, 1977)
w(z, t) = w(z)e'"" (12.9)
I. The pile is vertical, elastic, and of circular cross section in which w(z) is the complex amplitude at depth z, w is circular frequency,
2. It is a floating pile. ' and t is time.
The motion ~UJ!~e- is re~sted _l?y~ distributed ..".~~~~o_~_'.'.~.s.<J.i!.~.SP,~~
3. It is perfectly connected to the soil. along the pile length and ~y ~..C:QQCentrated react'?.ll.. actmg at the tlp.
Theretore-;-illed!Stributed reaction appears in the equation-of mo11o!i'IOi'an
. The soil abo~e . the tip is modeled as an elastic layer composed of element dz, and the concentrated reaction represents the boundary condi-
mfimtesi.mally thm mdependent layers. This assumption is equivalent to the tions at the tip.
assu'_llptlon of plane strain and leads to very reasonable results for end- The distributed soil reaction acting on pile element dz at depth z can be
beanng piles and embedded footings. It actually means that the elastic written as (Baranov, 1967).
waves propagate only honzontally. The soil reaction acting on the tip is
assumed to b~ eq_ual to that of an elastic half-space. It is further assumed p(z, t) dz = G(Swl + iSw 2 )w(z, t) dz (12.10)
that t?e motmn IS small and the excitation is harmonic. The latter as-
sumptiOn yields the Impedance functions and the equivalent stiffness and in which G is the shear modulus of the soil surrounding the pile and
dampmg constants of the soil-pile system that can be used in structural
analysis. •·· J,(aoV6(a 0 ) + Y,(a 0 )Y0 (a 0 )
Sw = 21Tao ·2 2 (11.6)
In Fig. 12.6, an elastic vertical pile is shown undergoing complex vertical ' J 0 (a 0 ) + Y 0 (a 0 )
(11.7)
in which J0 (a 0 ), ! 1 (a 0 ) are Bessel functions of the first kind of order zero and
one, respectively, and Y 0 (a 0 ), Y1 (a 0 ) are Bessel functions of tbe second kind
of order zero and one, respectively. Parameters Sw 1 (=S 1 ) and Sw 2 (=S2 ) are
functions of the dimensionless frequency, a0 = r 0 w/V,, in which r 0 is the pile
radius, V, is VGTP; and pis tbe mass density of soil. Equation (12.10) is
similar to Eq. (11.5). Parameters S are shown in Fig. 12.7 as function of
dimensionless frequency a0 •
With the soil reactions defined by Eq. (12.10), the differential equation
of damped axial vibration of the pile is
2
a'w(z, t) aw(z, t) E A a w(z, t)
m1 +c -
at' at P az'
+ G(Sw, + iSw,)w(z, t) = 0 (12.11)
~~-
in which m,' is the mass of the pile per unit length; cis the coefficient of pile
internal damping, E is Young's modulus of the pile, and A is the area of the
pile cross section.~-----..----~---------.... .._---"------------
With harmonic motion described by Eq. (12.9), Eq. (12.11) reduces to an
ordinary differential equation
(12.18)
and
2 2 b
r=V(a + b ), tan.p=- (12.19)
a
Then the frequency parameter A is more conveniently written as
(12.20)
in which
Dimensionless frequency ao
Figure 12.7. Parameters 5"' 1 , 5"' 2 , C,. 11 and C.., 2 • (After Novak, 1977). A1 =vrcos
<P
2, A2 = vrsin ~ (12.21)
At the tip, the motion of the pile generates a concentrated reaction, R(t)
(12.14) of the soil lying below the level of the tip. This can be described ap-
proximately as the reaction of an elastic half-space to the vertical motion of
Note a rigid circular disk. This reaction can be written as R(t) = Re'w', the amp-
litude of which is
(12.15) (12.23)
and
cw1' cwz =;=,.dimensionless parameters depending on the dimensionless fre-
quency, a 0 = r0 w/Vb, and Poisson's ratio v.
The shear wave velocity of the soil below the tip V, =yG,Ip,, and G,,
(12.17) and p, are the shear modulus and mass density of the soil respectively.~
G,--> oo, Jl!~ mo,!i2!!_Qf the tip vanishes corresponding to an end-bearing
in which Vc = YEP/pP is the longitudinal wave velocity in the pile, and Pp is -pile. ----- --··-~-··--··---·~-·-y;·---·~·---·---
With G,--> G, the pile becomes floating. Tne uJstributed soil reaction,
~
506 MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES ANALYSIS OF PILES UNDER VERTICAL VIBRATIONS 507
p(z, t), contributes to the total stiffness and damping of the system in both
cases, but to different degrees. (12.31)
Using Bycroft's (1956) solution, the polynomial expressions for the
parameters Cw are for v = 0.25: With the integration constants established, tbe amplitude of the pile
displacement becomes
Cw 1 = 5.37 + 0.364a 0 - 1.41a~ (12.24a)
w(z) = 1 cos A}+ C(A) sin A}= w1 + iw 2 (12.32)
(12.24b)
and for v = 0.5 in which C(A) is obtained from Eq. (12.29). The unit appearing in Eqs.
(12.28), (12.29), and (12.32) is actually the amplitude of the head and thus
has a dimension of length.
Cw, = 8.00 + 2.18a 0 - 12.63a~ + 20. 73ai - 16.47a:+ 4.458a~
The real amplitude of motion is
(12.25a)
w(z) =vw; + w; (12.33)
Cw, = 7.414a 0 - 2.98a~ + 4.324ai -1.782a: (12.25b)
and the phase angle is
The parameters Cw described by Eqs. (12.24) and (12.25) have been w,
plotted against dimensionless frequency in Fig. 12.7. cf>(z) = a tan - (12.34)
,~-'~'. wt
The axial force in the pile, positive for tension, is
Novak (1977) has plotted variations of the amplitude and phase with relative
( ) _-EPA-d-=EA-
Nz dw(z)
z
A ( . z
l -BsmA-+CcosA-
l l .
z) (12.26)
depth z/1, slenderness ratio llr 0 , wave velocity ratio V,IV,, and frequency
p ratio a 0 for v = 0.5 and density ratio p/pP = 0.7, which is typical of reinfor-
ced concrete piles, and shear wave velocity ratios Vb!V, = 1 and 10,000 that
The end force of the pile must be equal to the soil reaction given by Eq. characterizes floating and end-bearing piles, respectively. Internal dam~
(12.23). Thus, the boundary condition for the tip, z = l, is o1 the pile has been neglected. These plots indicate that the tip condition is
particularly important in weak soils (small V,IV,) in which even a very long
A
EPA[ (-BsinA+ CcosA)= -Ghr0 (Cw, +iCw,)(BcosA+ CsinA). pile can vibrate almost as a rigid body. Conversely, in stiff soils it is o_n.Jythe
upper part of a pile that undergoes significant displacement. The increase in
(12.27) the phase shift, where VISible, is indicative of increased damping.
Equations (12.22) and (12.23) yield To design ri!":~Ul'IJ<Jr!e_d_f<:)otin_g_s_ll_nd.~t~ll~!l!E~s,_t_ll~-~tiffness and damp-
ing constants of the soil-pile-system at the level of the pile.Kead are'iieedea.
B= 1 After theseli.ave beeiicteierillinecl;-ffie-reiii.ainfrig proceoure aoesnofarner
(12.28)
from that applied to piles resting on rock, i.e., end-bearing piles.
The second integration constant from Eq. (12.27) is The complex stiffness is equal to. the force that produces a unit dynamic
displacement of the pile head at a cer!am frequency. Thus, It IS kw ''l'V{U}
K'AsinA-(C +iC )cosA inwhich N(z) EPA dw(z) !dz. Differentiating Eq. (12.32) and substituting
C(A)- w, wz
z = 0, we get the coll)plex stiffness
- K'A cos A+ (Cw, + iCw,) sin A x 1 (12.29)
in which Cw, and Cw, are calculated for frequency a 0 = r 0 w/Vb and (12.35)
Vs!Vc = 0.03
N
--
..!!
J
E
O.D3 '
\
.............
f.~w1_ -------::-100
40 -- ---- 100
.....
---.::.. «:---
''
100
40
•
E
• O.Q2
ro
0.
- -- -- ------
40 --
109
---------40
O.Ql
- - VbfVs = 1
- - - VbiV8 = 5
0
0
Dimensionless frequency a0 = r w/V8
0
Figure 12.8. Variations of stiffness and damping parameters of pile with frequency (After Shear wave velocity ratio Vb /V8
Novak, 1977.) · Figure 12.9. Variations of stiffness and damping parameters of pile with ratio of shear wave
velocities of soil below and above the tip. (After Novak, 1977 .)
510
MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES ANALYSIS OF PILES UNDER VERTICAL VIBRATIONS 511
\ - Floating pile For design of both e_nd bearing and friction piles, Novak (1974, 1977) ,!!'!.<:!,
Rroposed_.."~.E~~!()E••~~il ..':'!_ofi~~~~~ ...~.~!'-:. !~."~--~~~!}•..4.".P.th... N. o.vak and. ,.!2-
1
\ - - - End-bearing pile ~
\ Sllaii1ouby (1983 1 extended t ese so utions ror soil shear modulus decreas-
\ ilfg·upward'accofl:lilfgl6 a qiiifi:lriitic"parilool'aofor end
bearing oas'weii as
\ tfoating piles (Figs. 12.12 and 12. 13, respectively). - - - - -
\ The geometric damping ratio for a single pile supporting a structure can
\ fw2 (damping}
\ be computed from the damping constant by using Eq. ( 12.41 ).
--- (12.41)
.'W
/'.·
\.'\./
\
•I i'
•
0 !4 b
~e
~
•
0.08
\ v
fw1 -
fw2 -
Epile/Gsoil
stiff~ess
damping
T
= 250
..•-
0.06
'~Wi ,-
~~ 500
-a;Sl
u Eu
0
~'3
~ 0.04 250 f--
·~
~li ~~
0 4 0~
E
<( •
0
··~
500
)00'" F Gsoil
0.02 1000
.;;,
2
~2500(
-+- 10,000
0
0 20 40 60 ' 80 100
• Frequency w (rad/sec) (b) Pile slenderness .!:..
F•gure 12.11. Vertical response of foot' 'o
piles (/I ro =50, 25, v = 0.5 p/ = 2 ;~i, s~pported by: (a) floating piles; (b) point bearing Figure 12.12. ~~a~!! .. ~~':!!e!!!gJ.~£tors for fi~ed-tiJ?~~~~!l~~!!L~~~!!l!.li)KPJ!es. (a) homoge-
, PP ' .• c- 0.02. (After Novak, 1977.)
neous soil (b) parabolic soil profile. (After Novak and EI-Sharnouby, 1983.)
0.1 2
,
0.10 !
I
!'-\'. . . . Epile/Gsoil
- - 1 - - - ·t- --==
~ 250
0.10
,"'- ~',·,
llfw -- stiff~ess
2 damping
i
! llfw2' i' ...... __ ---1 ---
0.08
.Lfw2 Epile/Gpile ~ 250
0.08
- .....·...
I',
-- --- ---
- -
~-~ I 1- 500 0.06
I I ~
......
!!?~
~ g 0 . 06
Q) c:
I
.......
250
I
I
'"---. - ---
t--_ '" 500
Ea>
"'""
~o
I
I
I r\rW!
t---- --- 1000 0.04
~
~/
2501-- --
1--- 1000
fw1-- --
"' E
a.
---
0 Gsoil 2500
500
I
-"
0.04
f' lf:'- r - - - t-2500-
-- 500
hiooo I> Gsoil
v--- -- --
1000 0.0 2 _l.0.Q9{2_
-~
1/ / . / I-- 10,000
~
0.02 2500 -- 2500 10,000
·~ v 0
40 60 80 100
(a)
0
0
~
20
"""- 40 60
10,000
80 100 (b)
0 20
Pile slenderness lro
Figure 12.13. Stiffness and damping parameters for vertical response of floating piles. (a) figure 12.13. (Continued). (b) parabolic soil profile. (After Novak and EI-Sharnouby, 1983.)
homogeneous soil.
512 513
514 MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES ANALYSIS OF PILES UNDER VERTICAL VIBRATIONS 515
where m, is the mass of the cap plus machinery or the portion of the If the pile cap is not in COf!l_a<;t with the ground, Eqs. (12.42)an~(12_,43)
structure vibrating in phase with the cap.
c~~)is~ii!.llrectlyto'compute~theresponse o(ihe pile group_in _verlical f' '\
a
v'ibrations. Emb;;d,;ient of theplie--cap:-however, has favorable effect on :
Pile Croups the--response of the group: the stiffness and damping values of the pile group '
are increased.
Most piles are installed in groups. The group stiffness as well as damping ~ In practice it--should be assumed that embedment is effective only in the
will not, in general, be the simple sum of the stillness anC~<tanrpmg-·of development of side friction between ilfu ca and oil and only whende~~e
Individual piles. Novak and Gngg (1976) have suggested that the deilect!on nu ar ac fill is used. The sm beneath the base of the cap iSlikely to be
factors proposed by Poulos for groups of statically loaded piles may also be
applied to a pile group undergoing steady-state vibrations. Hence Novak
oTJ,-;;-;;;-guaHt£:!inCi _ci~£~y_t!J"-~-'Y-~Y.fr_()l1l__tl1".£~· Similarly conesivellaCklill )o'
and Grigg propose that stiffness of pile group k! may be obtained from Eq.
(12.42):
mayshrink away from the sides and become ineffective.
Novak and Beredugo (1972) have develo e
stiffness and geometric damping cons
essions for calculating
s for the embedded fpotings (pile
1
cap in this case, see Section 11.1.1 . These are added to the stiffness and
damping values obtained in Eqs. (12.42) and (12.43). The sum of the two
(12.42) stiffness and damping values give the total system stiffness and damping for 1
a group of piles. _
In Eq. (11.17a), neglecting the effect of the base (i.e., C1 = 0) and using
. get ___::.:__-~~,;.-
kwf for k , , we .,.,.:"'~------'--;,_-'--'-
___
in which n is the number of piles and a, is the axial displacement interaction
factor for a typical reference pile in the group relative to itself and to all
other piles in the group, assuming the reference pile and all other piles carry
· RG,hS,J 1
_ (12.44a)
Also, from Eq. (11.18b), neglecting the effect of base, C2 = 0, we get (c,) or
the same load. The factor a" can be evaluated from Fig. 12.14. cf
The equivalent geometric damping ratio for the group is given by w ---------
c~ = hr0 S2VG:P, ~ (12.44b)
In these equations, h is the depth of embedment o the cap, r 9 is the
(12.43) equivalent radius of the cap, G, and P,.!':_r_e the shear o and total mass
d~sity of the backfill, and S(imd S2 are con n s 'II: 1 able 11 v,
is the Pmsson 's ratw of the backfill sml. "'-["
f ~---------r
0.8
~
,~.....
,~
t [ Total(c')
= c' + c1
---~--~::.w---' .
/ (12.45b)
l
Novak (1974) computed the vertical response of a machine and its
foundations (Fig. 12.15). The foundation consisted of a rectangular block of
"'
.9
u
0.6 concrete (16ft long X 10ft wide X 8ft high). It was considered both (1)
.1'
0
I embedded 2ft into the soil and (2) having no embedment. It was supported
0
~ 0.4
I on 35-ft-long end beaqpg timber piles in a medium stiff clay. The machine
"E• I weight was 10 t. The reiponse of the pile foundation with varying frequency
0.2
--- ' ~
0
I is shown in Fig. 12.16. It can be seen from this figure that in pile-supported
structures,
I
interaction on damping and stiffness of pile groups, distribution of internal
T.
8'
forces in the piles, and response of pile-supported foundations to harmonic
excitation have been studied.
It was found that dynamic group effects differ considerably from static
gtou effects and ella! dynamtc stiffness and dam ing of pile groups are'
[
a
1. The pile is considered to be an equivalent cantilever and the effect of
soil is neglected. The resonant frequency and the amplitude of vibration of
the cantilever may then be determined by methods applicable to beams.
However, no information can be obtained on the moments, stresses, and
displacements along the length of the pile 'for dynamic loads.
2. The pile is considered as a beam on an elastic foundation subjected to
time-dependent loading and analyzed by finite differences. Moments, stres-
ses, and displacements along the length of the pile may be analyzed, and
impact loads as well as harmonic loads can be considered (Tucker, 1964).
3. Prakash (1981) presented an analysis for determination of natural
frequencies and mod~ shapes of fully embedded piles under lateral free
vibrations. This solut~n can be extended for determination of pile response
to horizontal excitations.
4. The approximate analytical
derives stiffness and dam in
Frequency w {rad/sec)
Figure 12.16. Vertical response of (a) pile foundation, (b) embedded pile foundation (c)
shallow foundation, and (d) embedded shallow foundation (b = m!pr: =5.81). (After N;vak
1974.} z , Novak (1974) had derived lateral stiffness and damping constants for
516
~~
.-\ ,~tl] ~~ s·
~
n
a - ~
~.8 ;?_
::o
~~
::o
~~
..,
~~
..,
~~
g, '"" c.
nSe;gg::l ~ ~ · ::(~"'·0 =~
"-!-,
n
II II ~r--tf'
o""" ,.,""'!"'
0
II
~ 3
II ;;·
::£
o.
~
;!!,~ a· a·
::s
0> 0>
a.
fa ~
0
~ N'
3
2. Z
n· ~
~
g:,.
a· .....
§;:c~Oo ~"" ~ a(t)<~o(r
'\:I U'l :::::r ;:::;.; 2 ::l ::t
3 S" § §
~ =
0..
c 3 'i:l
3~ ~ ~ ~ ~
§ ~ 8" " 00. g
I'Jl (JQ (D -· r.ll ..... Vl
.-+ -· '""I -· Vl c.. U'l 0" J-j ........
~"'"~~(§"O.c
(D
-E.(!)
...... -·
S
=
Vl
a~
,....
0"
~
0
o
C1tl r.ll
n
a
~;;.,c.n'-':;
1:' 'I" N 0
c;l
c:r
(i"
<o=~
tl)
(D g. r.ll ;·
.....
"
..
§
..... s-
r.ll
c
ga
Vl
=
~
U'l
Vl~os
::r'>-t
§ 8. g s- 0
,_. <<...::'!g,o r .... S § c.;J;""or=.o..
!!,. ..... "t::
_, ::I ,.... 0.. :::r' ;::: g ;: :
~ ...~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 8"
N
c =.: '"0
~U'l
0 :..'\.... ('"') r':l ,...... " (l)
o.U'l(ll=.:
- o o '$- -e. -e...... -e...... ........ ........ se; _._ ......
=: II II II II II II 'E. 9 - g 8
I~~ I~~
'<
s·
'"c:::l
0g
g;
0 I
.., "1::1t"l
~ "1::J"""-!
""l
oN
't:l\"'j
't:l
o,~
It"l"1::1
1oo.,;
"":)
0
"'! "1::1V·j 0 . , It"l
~
tv 't:l
'<J
....., 0
""t
'-'
I~t"l
"C
't:l
,g
(")
Q
0Q.
;:::
,_.
675 "~ "tJ
lJ.)"
..._
t:j 0
U'l
~ a~~o..-
:.: 1 o, 't;j o,
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
(!) --. -- ,-.... --- -.. -
Pt.
-· -e. -$. N ....., N
;-;., ??' e:.. ::Ia---..-!<
-· V)
=::
Q
::l
N
'-" .._,
'-' '-' '--" .._.-
=~(lln:::r'
(tlCilQ.'-"::::::;,:
>
(/j 0..00.. ~
~tr1 ..... ..§(l) ;
= ..0 :::r' -"t::
Q. t:: (tl (tl ,....
z
ITI
,_J~r5C..?'
'"""] ..... '""I 0"'"
~ooo
...... 0 """"
co,....~
c:
z
(tlVl=~(tl
-.. -
1--' 1--' .....
::t.
0 (") 0
>
!VN§::Io :::!
1--' ~ Vl ~ .~ 0
::::::":0'....,._:;0.: z
;!; y·o o. CD VI
<:1--'::::l~ft
>-t 0
z
~!'-JQ..;:::~
_-.,
!--' - -
!--' - -
!--' - -
!--' - -
!--' - -
!--' Vl-- -· -
!'J !'J N N !'J !'J "'1::1
Ul
!--'
Ul
0
+>--
\0
+>--
00
+>--
-.J
+>--
0\
=
(tl!--'
Ut o.= ~J-->
;!!_-, i=
1T1
'-' '-' '-' '-' '-' '-' 'VJ ' - ' (tl ' '-' Vl
~-~-~~~~-~.~~--~~·
TABLE 12.1. Stiffness and Damping Parameters of Horizontal Response for Piles with I I r0 > 25 for Homogeneous Soil Profile
and I I r, > 30 for Parabolic Soil Profile
Stiffness Parameters Damping Parameters
£pile/
v ff>~~: f~~~~ ~~I f.,. !~</>~, fx;" !~2
(1)
Gsoil
(2) (3} (4Y
!"'"
(5}. (6) (7) (&Y (9")' (10)
(a) Homogeneous Soil Profile
0.25 10,000 0.2135 -0.0217 0.0042 0.0021 0.1577 -0.0333 0.0107 0.0054
2.500 .~
0.2998 -0.0429 0.0119 0.0061 0.2152 -0.0646 0.0297 0.0154
. 1,000 0.3741 -0.0668 0.0236 0.0123 0.2598 -0.0985 0.0579"'; 0.0306
500 0.4411 -0.0929 0.0395 0.0210 0.2953 -0.1337 0.0953 0.0514
250 0.5186 -0.1281 0.0659 0.0358 0.3299 -0.1786 0.1556 0.0864
0.40 10.000 0.2207 -0.0232 0.0047 0.0024 • •;": 0.1634 -0.0358 0.0119 0.0060
2,500 0.3097 -0.0459 0.0132 0.0068 , ., 0.2224 -0.0692 0.0329 0.0171
1,000 0.3860 -0.0714 0.02q1 0.0136 0.2677 -0.1052 0.0641 0.033,9
500 0.4547 -0.0991 0.0436 0.0231 0.3034 -0.1425 0.1054 0.0510
250 0.5336 -0.1365 0.0726 0.0394 0.3377 -0.1896 0.1717 0.0957
(b) Parabolic Soil Profile
0.25 10.000 0.1800 -0.0144 0.0019 0.0008 0.1450 c-0.0252 0.0060 0.0028
2,500 0.2452 -0.0267 0.0047 0.0020 0.2025 -0.0484 0.0159 0.0076
1.000 0.3000 -0.0400 0.0086 0.0037 0.2499 -0.0737 ,o.03o3: 0.0147
500 0.3489 -0.0543 0.0136 0.0059 0.2910 -0.1008 •'1l0491 0.0241
250 0.4049 -0.0734 0.0215 0.0094 0.3361 -0.1370 0.0793 0.0398
0.40 10,000 0.1857 -0.0153 0.0020 0.0009 0.1508 -0.0271 0.0067 0.0031
2,500 0.2529 -0.0284 0.0051 0.0022 0.2101 -0.0519 0.0177 0.0084
1,000 0.3094 -0.0426 0.0094 0.0041 0.2589 ~0.0790 0.0336 0.0163
500 0.3596 -0.0577 0.0149 0.0065 . 0.3009 -0.1079 0.0544 0.0269
250 0.4170 -0.0780 0.0236 0.0103 0.3468 -0.1461 0.0880 0.0443
:::
<.c Source: Novak and El-Sharnouby (1983). /~ 1 and /~ 2 are parameters for pinned end.
520
MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES
ANALYSIS OF PILES UNDER TORSION 521
It will be seen from the comparison of corresponding numbers for two
o.s r-=:o-r-.......c::---r--r-
1 --r-~~~--r-
1
profiles that the parabolic soil profile shows much lower ·stiffness and 111
damping than the homogeneous soil. Also in Table 12.1, coefficients have
been included for both pin-headed and fixed-translating headed piles. For ~r-...,
0.71----+--f""";;::-
Values of
2
8
'o-
pin-headed pile, 1;1 gives translation stiffness and fx 1 = 0 (i.e., k~ = O): The
1
stiffness and damping of pin-headed piles are much less than for fixed
(translating) head piles.
It was found, as in case of vertical vibrations, that the frequency 0.6~-"""-::::-::::=1~---t--t--14
"'N~
dependence of stiffness and damping can generally be ignored, and that the r-·. . .
important parameters are (1) the ratio of shear wave velocities in the pile ' . . . . . t'.....
and soil and (2) the slenderness ratio l/r0 • •
0.51---_!_-1--+:-=,~,.............
-=+........_--55-t-----J
As for vertical vibrations, the stiffness and damping for a group of piles is
'~ ---~--
given by ----·-----·-···--·--··----··-····........................ .
(f~~d o. 4 f--~-t- Direction of load ' ~-- r--
head) O:::::;IJ · r- _
(12.52)
'0
_-'-'---+-"'~-+--t---j
0.31--.==_c+
c;= -~~--
n
2: c; _.!_ ""'
25
---- :-....._ I - ......... ......_
(12.53) 0 2~ 2ra;;_-.;~'0·
·o.5 -.,..-.:...2,1--_
(faL)
-~ ~-1--
· · v =
I
- - KR = 10 (stiff pile)
.
(EJ)pile
in which
In Fig. 12.18, the vertical pile undergoes a complex harmonic rotation
Eq. (12.56), about its vertical axis. ' a0 = r0 w/V8
r 0 = the pile radius
.P(z, t) = ,P(z)e'w' (12.56) V, = -,fG!p = the shear wave velocity
in which G = the shear modulus of soil
p = the soil density
.P(z, t) =complex amplitude of the pile rotation at deptb z .T0 (a 0 ), 11(!z0 ) =Bessel functions of the first kind of order zero and one,
w =circular frequency of excitation ' · respectively
t =time Y 0 (a 0 ), Y1 (a 0 ) =Bessel functions of the second kind of order zero and
one, respectively .
. The motion of th~ pile is resisted by a torsional soil reaction acting on For noncircular piles, r 0 should be the equivalent radius of the possible
p1le element dz, wh1ch can be wntten as (Novak and Sachs, 1973, Novak slip circle around the pile and not its cross-sectional area.
and Howell, 1977)
The material damping can be included by the addition of an out of phase
component to the soil shear modulus, which then becomes
Gr~(S1, 1 + iS.,)(</l(z, t)) dz (12.57)
G*=G 1 (1+itan8) (12.60)
---..M in which
..........
tan a= G 2 /G 1
' GP G 2 =real and imaginary parts, respectively, of the complex soil shear
modulus G*
8 = loss angle
Thus, G* replaces O.,jn Eq. (12.57) and enters Eqs. (12.58) and (12.59)
G,p through a0 • ··
Op
The effect of hysteretic material damping is to significantly increase the
damping parameter, s,, by an almost constant amount, equal to 47T tan 8 at
low frequencies, and to reduce the stiffness parameters.,, slightly at higher
frequencies. Experiments have shown that material damping may be neglec-
ted for other vibration modes but is essential for torsion (Novak and
'l'}?;;~~~??,!?;;~~~m/ Figure 12.18. Vertical pile and notation for torsion.
Howell, 1977).
They have fur!her shown that the displacement of slender piles quickly
524 ANALYSIS OF PILES UNDER TORSION 525
MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES
diminishes with increasing depth and varies, to a lesser degree, with Timber
frequency. The effect of the tip conditions is less significant for the more
_ fT, 2 (tan 0 = 0)
slender pile, in which case the tip is fixed by the soil. The degree of this
fixity, of course, depends on pile slenderness and the stiffness of soil (wave III II II - --- fr, 2 {tan 5 ~ 0.1)
- fTl {tan 5 ~ 0.1)
velocity ratio, V;JVP). I I ,
1ll \ .--
Stiffness and damping constants
given by
k:,
and c~ for fixed tip single piles are
11\' f, ......_ _ _ _ - - - Vs
l
\ T,I - > 20-= 0.1
II 'o - Vp
1 GPJ I I \
k o/ =-t
r (12.61) I \
I
T,t
0
I h,l ' . . . . . __ _...-
and 0.3 II I
.;:
(12.62) ~
E
in which
•
ro
Q.
0.2
Concrete torsion diminishes quickly with the ratio Rlr0 • Therefore, the torsion of the
piles will be more important for footings supported by a small number of
- - fT,2 (tan 0 = OJ
- - - fT.2 (tan 0 = 0.1) 0.12 large diameter piles than for footings supported by a large number of
- - fr,l {tan 0 = 0.1) slender piles spread far from the reference point. The maximum effect of
0.11 twisting will occur if the foundation is a caisson, which may behave as one
pile.
0.10 In case the position of the centroid of the footing coincides with the
elastic center of the piles in plan, the excitation moment, M, cos wt,
0.09 produces pure torsional response of the footing, A.,, given by
0.08
(12.65)
0.07
N
0.06 "',•
2
E
in which M m• is the mass moment of inertia of the footing about the vertical
axis .
A reasonably accurate estimate of the frequency-independent constant k~
ro
0.05 "-
may be obtained by using parameters from Figs. 12.19 and 12.20.
In order tiJ express the respoifs~ in a dimensionless form, because of an
excitation of an unbalanced mass me, whose eccentricity is em and whose
horizontal distance from the footing centroid is r", the dimensionless
amplitude of rotation is a.,= A1>Mm,/(m,emre).
Novak and Howell (1977) have computed the torsional response of the
footing, shown in Fig. 12.15.
Total weight of the machine is 20,000 lb (9 072 kg). Torsional excitation is
caused by rotation of an unbalanced mass m,. Values of m,, em and r" are
0.02 not required, as the results have been given in dimensionless form.
0 0 The footing is of reinforced concrete with a density of 150 pcf (2 650 kg/
0 0.5 1.0 1.5
m 3 ) with plan dimensions as shown in Fig. 12.15.
ao = wr0 ../PiG Depth of the footing is 8ft (2.4 m) with no soil contact.
Figure 12.20. Torsional stiffness and damping parameters of reinforced concrete piles The equivalent radius for torsion, determined from the polar moment of
(p/pP =0.7). (After Novak and Howell, 1977.)
inertia, r0 = 7.41 ft (2.26 m).
Soil data are as follows:
k~ .and c!, are stiffness and damping constants, respectively, of a pile Bulk density= 100 pcf (1 767 kg/m 3 )
subjected to torswn and are given in Eqs. (12.61) and (12.62), and and c e 1
Shear wave velocity V, = 220 fps (67 m/sec)
are. stiffness and damping constants, respectively, of a pile subje~ted t~
Poisson's ratio v = 0,25.
~onzontal transla!!on and are given by Eqs. (12.46) and (12.47), respec- ....
tively.
The backfill has mass density p, = 0.75p and shear modulus G, = O.SG.
It is obvious from Eqs. (12.63) and (12.64) that the contribution of the
translation components increases with the square of the distance from the
~eference point, ~ = Yx; y;.
+ Therefore, in a practical situation, the
Timber Piles
Importance of torswn of each pile depends on the ratio of the torsional
stiffness to the stiffness caused by horizontal translation. Computations were done with eight timber piles with the following speci-
Novak and Howell (1977) have shown that the contribution of the pile fications:
528
MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR A PILE-SUPPORTED MACHINE FOUNDATION 529
3
Density= 48 pcf (848 kg/m );
The response of footing with concrete piles is also plotted in Fig. 12.21
Pile length= 35ft (10.7 m);
with and without twisting of piles.
Effective radius r 0 = 5 in (127 mm); For a group of piles, the effects of pile twisting and soil material damping
Young's modulus EP = 172.8 x 10 6 psf (8.28 x 10' kN/m') are not very pronounced. With single piles, such as piers and caissons, these
Shear modulus GP =54 x 10 6 psf (2.59 x 10 6 kN/m 2 ) and effects are essential (Novak and Howell, 1977}.
P1le shear wave velocity VP = 6,020 fps (1835 m/sec); The analysis presented above may require some corrections based on
experiment because of
With these parameters, total mass m = 9 813 kg sec'lm (6 584 slugs) and
total mass moment of inertia about the vertical axis M = 24 433 k 2· 1. The dependence of the transmission of the torque into the soil by
(176 893slugft }, the response curves of the foo;ingm'on timber ~~:e~s
2
shear.
pl~tted m F1g. 12.21. This figure also shows the effect of ignoring pi! ' 2. The possibility of slippage.
tw1stmg. e
3. The variation of shear modulus of soil with depth, and
4. Other factors.
Concrete Piles
Computations were done with six reinforced concrete piles with the fol-
lowing specifications: 12.4 DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR A PILE-SUPPORTED MACHINE
FOUNDATION
Density= 150 pcf (2650 kgim')
Pile length= 35ft (10. 7 m) Based on the analysis presentect"fJi? the previous sections, a design procedure
Effective radius r0 = 12 in (305 mm) of piles under (1) vertical vibrations, (2} horizontal vibrations, and (3)
Young's modulus EP = 552 x 106 psf (26.4 x 10' kN/m') torsion will now be described.
The following soil and pile properties and dimensions must be deter-
Shear modulus GP = 200 x 10 6 psf (9.58 x 106 kN/m') anil
mined.
~lie she".r wave velocity VP = 6 525ft/sec (1 989 m/sec); four of the piles
ave R-6.5ft (1.98m); the remaining four have R=2.5ft (0.76m).
Soil Properties
Shear modulus G, and G6 , Poisson's ratio v, and unit weight y, for the
Ignoring twisting 8 Timber piles 10 in diameter
Including twisting soil both around the pile and below its tip respectively.
(12.37}
Frequency (Hz) diameter
Figure 12.21. Torsional response of piled fooling. (After Novak and Howell, 1977.) (12.39)
530 MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR A PILE-SUPPORTED MACHINE FOUNDATION 531
The values of functions fw 1 and fwz are obtained from Figs. 12.12 and 12.13
for fixed tip and floating piles, respectively.
(12.53)
2. Compute spring stiffness and damping of pile group k! (piles only)
n
k' =
2: k~
_1_ _.
w n (12.42) in which "Lis taken from Fig. 12.17.
3. Compute stiffness and damping due to pile cap.
2: "·
1
and f- - (12.54)
kx- G,hSx 1
(12.43)
Values of sx1 and Sxz are listed in Table 11.2.
4. Total stiffness and total damping are then sum of stiffness and
damping values computed in steps 2 and 3, respectively.
in which "• is taken from Fig. 12.14.
'
3. Determine spring stiffness and damping due to side friction e w
Rocking
(12.44a) 1. Compute stiffness and damping of a single pile in both rocking as well
(12.44b) as for coupled motion.
Total (kg)=
w k'w + ew (12.45a) 1 EPIP
c•= V t., (12.49)
Total (c')
w
= c'w + cfw (12.45b) '
Translation 1 EPIP (12.50)
kx<f> = -,- fx<f>1
ro
1. Compute stiffness and damping of a single pile
1 EPIP . (12.51)
1 EPIP ex<!>= r v fx<J>2
kx = -,- fx1 (12.46) 0 '
ro
EPIP
Values off parameters are listed in Table 12.1.
1
ex= r2V fxz (12.47) 2. Compute stiffness and damping of pile group (piles only )(Novak,
0 ' 1974) ..,,
in which fx 1 and fxz are given in Table 12.1.
2. Compute stiffness and damping of the pile group (of piles only) g = ..S [k
1
+ kw
1 1 2
x'r + k x 1
Zc - 2Zcxc[>
k ] (12.66)
k <P.L.Jct>
1
n
2: k1 (12.67)
kg= x
_1_ _
x n (12.52)
in which
532 MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES
I
12.15) and A;\ 8• Co Do Eo
!
o=hlr 0 11m
F• Go H• I• J.
6m
3. Compute stiffness and damping of pile cap. Letting
l
K• L• M• No 0•
h
c<ll = cx1 = c.2,;, ex,,= 0 and o=- and zc=L, P• a• R• S• T•
i I 'o
in Eqs. (11.72) and (11.75) \\le get ~
1.5 m
figure 12.22a. Arrangement of 5 x 4 pile group for Example 12.5.1.
(12.68)
(12.69)
4. Total stiffness and total damping are then the sum of stiffness and t4m
damping values computed in steps 2 and 3, respectively. 1m I m
j_
12.5 EXAMPLES
T
4m
D D Im
+ I m
EXAMPLE 12.5.1
1_1_ D D
T .
Structural column vertical
static load gQO tons
Estimate the (a) stiffness and (b) damping in vertical vibrations of' a 20 pile 0.6
~1.3
• group in sand (Fig. 12.22a). The concrete piles are 45 em in diameter and
20m long. The following soil and pile properties may be assumed 2m
_i_
Soil Properties
Pile
3
l'p =2.4g/cm
533
534
MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES EXAMPLES 535
Solution
Pile Ref Pile A B c F G H
A 1.0 0.60 0.45 0.60 0.53 0.43
1=20m
B 0.60 1.0 0.60 0.53 0.60 0.53
.~ 'o = 22.5 em c 0.45 0.60 1.0 0.43 0.53 0.60
S= 1.50m D 0.38 0.45 0.60 0.38 0.43 0.53
E 0.33 0.38 0.45 0.30 0.38 0.43
'Yp = 2.4 gi cm 3
EP = 2.5 X 106 t/m 2 F 0.60 0.53 0.43 1.0 0.60 0.45
1r G 0.53 0.60 0.53 0.60 1.0 0.60
A= 4 (0.45 m) 2 = 0.159 m 2 H 0.43 0.53 0.60 0.45 0.60 1.0
1r I 0.38 0.43 0.53 0.38 0.45 0.60
4
IP = (0.45) = 2.013 X 10- 3 m 4 1 0.30 0.38 0.43 0.33 0.38 0.45
64
6
V = {!!_ = /2.5 X 10 _ K 0.45 0.43 0.40 0.60 0.53 0.43
' Y-p Y2 .4 i 9 .81 -3196.7misec L 0.43 0.45 0.43 0.53 0.60 0.53
M 0.40 0.43 0.45 0.43 0.53 0.60
v, = yI 1. 40oo _ N 0.33 0.40 0.43 0.38 0.43 0.53
59 9 81 -157 misec
i .
0 0.29 0.33 0.40 0.30 0.38 0.43
EP 2.5 X 10 6
G, = 4000 = 625 p 0.38 0.38 0.33 0.45 0.43 0.40
I 20
Q 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.43 0.45 0.43
ro = 0.225 = 88.89 = 90 R 0.33 0.38 0.38 0.40 0.43 0.45
s 0.30 0.33 0.38 0.33 0.40 0.43
Vertical Vibrations T 0.29 0.30 0.33 0.29 0.33 0.40
8.58 9.31 9.53 9.14 10.01 10.25
fw, = 0.037 (Assume floating piles) (Fig. 12.13) 2: "·
fw 2 = 0.068 (Fig. 12.13) Average value offa, = 9.47.
e =EPA 6
- (2.5 X 10 t/m 2 )(0.159 m 2 )
From Table 11.1
w r0 fw,- (0.225 m) (0.037) = 65,384.4 tim i/
6
c' = EPA f. = (2.5 X 10 tim 2 )(0.159 m 2 ) x 0.068 ·
s, =2.7, s, = 6.7
w V, w, 157 = 172.16 t secim k~ = G,hS, = 4000(2)(2. 7) = 21,600 tim
f- -
cw-hrOS2 vc:;;,
GsPs
~~~: 1is~~d ~ \~!h:o~~~:goia~: i;:;r:~i~;;a~~";s1 ;I,:o~ :~.the piles have
1
r 0 = (8x6r
--:;;- =3.9m
Use l: "• = 9.47. c~ = (2)(3.9)(6.7)V4000 X 1.59 i9.81- 1330.64 ti(misec)
The data that has been made available for soils and piles is as follows:
m,= ( 40 X 1000 + 4 X 4 x \~~0106 x 2.5) /981
Soil Properties
4
= ( 4 X 10 4 + 10.4 X 10 ) /981
2
Lean clay G, = 300 kg/ em' = 147 kg sec /cm
v=0.4 0 5
50 X 50) '
y, = 1.8 g/ cm 3 r0 = ( 7T = 28.22 em
Backfill G, = 400 kg/em'
Mm =mas moment of inertia of m, about C. G. of block
y, = 2 g/cm 3 2 2
Mm = [4 X 104 X (300) 2 + 10.4 X 10 4 X ( 400 + 260 ) /12] /981
= 5.68 x 106 kg em sec
2
Piles and Pile Cap
(assuming the 40-t mass to have a radius of gyration equal to 3m)
Rigid cap 'Yc = 2.5 g/cm'
[ 30 X 100
Piles EP = 2 x 10' kg/ em' ro = 28.22 = 106.3
3
'Yp = 2.5 g/ cm
From Fig. 12.13a, for Epilo/G,oil = 667 and llr0 = 106.3
Other dimensions of the pile group are shown in Fig 12 22b The ff f fw, = 0.03(\,,?·;'0: fw 2 = 0.065
vertical load of the static column load vibrating with th~ piie capem:cy tbve
assumed to be 40 t. e Vertical vibrations
n
Referring to Table 12.1, for v, = 0.4, the stiffness and damping parame-
.2: k~ ters are
F=-1,_
w n (12.42)
fxl = 0.0237 , fxz = 0.0563
L aaI 1. For a single pile
4 X 6.378 X 105 k! = (EPIP!ri)fxl (12.46)
_ = 9,63 x 105 kg/em
2 65 =
5
(2 X 105 X 5 X 10 /(28.22)
3
] X 0,0237
n 6
= 0.105 x 10 kg/em
Lc~
cc= _I_ c! = (EPIP/r~V,)fxz (12.47)
w n (12.43) 3
L aa = {2 X 105 X 5 X 10 /((28.22) 5 2
X 9.16 X 10 ]}(0,0563)
I = 0.77 x 10 3 kg sec/em
= 4 X 2541/(2.65)
= 3.83 X 103 kg sec/em 2. Letting the departure angle (3 = 0 and from Fig. 12.17,
3, k~ = G,hS1 (12.44a) aL = 1.00 for reference pile and assuming flexible pile,
= 400 X 200 X 2.7 = 2.16 X 105 kg/em aL= 0.45 for adjacent corner piles (S/2r0 = 3.54)
r 0 (cap) = ( 400 x 400/7r) 0 ' 5 = 225.67 em aL = 0.30 for op65',iite corner pile (S/2r 0 = 5.01)
5 4. Total stiffness
2 X 10
EP/G,oil =
154
= 1298
f (k~) = 1.91 X 105 + 1.97 X 105 = 3.88 X 10 5 kg/em
/154 X 1000 X 981 Total damping
V, = 'I LS = 9.16 x 10 3 em/sec (c!) = 0.140 X 10 4 + 1.06 X 10
4
J
540 MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES COMPARISON OF MEASURED AND PREDICTED PILE RESPONSE 541
Stiffness and damping parameters were obtained from Table 12.1, = 0.287
[q,, = 0.37 [.; 2 = 0.26 The stiffness, damping, and masses have been established in the preced-
ing computations. The response of the pile group may now be determined
fx<P! = -0.068 fx.;z = -0.099 from principles of vibrations described in Chapter 2.
2. Stiffness and damping due to pile group (only).
k'<P -- 2: [k'1> + k' X w
2
'
+ kx1 Z c2 - 2Z,kx<t>J
' (12.66) 12.6 COMPARISON OF MEASURED AND PREDICTED PILE
8 5
= 4(13.4 X 10 + 6.378 X 10 X (100) 2 + 1.05 X 105 X (130) 2 RESPONSE
+ 2 X 130 X 8.6 X 10 6] = 469.1 x 108 kg cm/rad Several dynamic tests on single as well as groups of piles have been
Cg-
.; -
2:[ c<t>1 + cwx,
1 2 1z2
+ex ' -
2Z,cx<t>l
1
(12.67) -performed on small scale as well as full-sized piles to check if the predicted
6 2 response tallied with the measured response (Gle, 1981; Novak and El-
= 4[2.06 X 10 + 2541 X (lOW+ 770 x (130) + 2 x 130 x 2.76
Sharnouby, 1984; No~ak and Griggs, 1976; Woods, 1984, and Ting, 1987).
X 10 4) Fifty-five steady-state lateral vibration tests were performed on 11 pipe
= 1.90 x 108 kg em sec/rad piles 14 in in outside diameter witb wall thickness of 0.188 .or 0.375 in at
three sites in Southeastern Michigan (Woods, 1984). The piles were end
3. Stiffness and damping due to pile cap. bearing and 50 to 160ft in length.
8 = hlr0 = 200/225.6 = 0.8865 Figure 12.23 shows response curves for the pile GP 13-7, 157ft long in
soft clay. All piles were excited in steady-state oscillation using an eccentric
Fr~m Tables 11.2 and 11.3, frequency-independent constants for the side weight vibrator (Lazan oscillator) attached to the head of the pile, and their
resistance on the embedded pile cap are: response was monitored by two velocity transducers and recorded on a strip
542 MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES COMPARISON OF MEASURED AND PREDICTED PILE RESPONSE 543
Response curves
Site: Belle River
Pile: GP 13-7 Dynalic respLe _
w-6 9
~-·-~v
=
Lazan(fl): 2.5-15 deg
~
Comment: W/K-KRETE 200F solution S ::
~
....E' = f?
--
- 9
Field data
l, 9 b -
3 - 'b 0
~ ~ -
-1l
"'.1' w-s
0.
-
%8
8
/
v ----. X
r::::::- I--
Dynamic response
-
=
;::: ,/. /
predicted with
PI LAY solution =
:
r- -
r- -
r- -
4
10-5 10 15 20 30 45 50 55
25 35 40
~ Frequency (Hz)
~ ~5--~~I0~~-1~5~--,2~0,---~2~5----,3~0----~35~---4~0~--~4~5~--~5h0----5J.5 Figure 12.24. 'Typical response curves -p,r.edicted by PI LAY superimposed on measured pile
Frequency (Hz) response. (After Gle and Woods, 1984.) ·
Figur; 12.2_3. R~sponse curves show a decrease in resonant frequency with increasing
a~pl~tudes m horrzontal vibrations. (From R. D. Woods, Lateral interaction between soil and
'?·
prle, m E;, Beskos, Theodore Kranthammer, and I. Vardoulakis, eds., "Dynamic Soil-Structure 1. Only a fraction of the rocking and translation stiffness computed by
Interaction, 1984, A. A. Balkema, Rotterdam.)
PILAY had been used in predicting the response. It was seen that even with
wide variation in rocking stiffness, the observed amplitudes in the frequency
range just above the horizontal translation peak is still higher than predic-
chart recorder. At the conclusion of the first steady-state test, the eccen- ted. The observed increase is more likely due to change in soil parameters
. tnc1ty of the Lazan oscillation was increased to increase the oscillating force caused by pile driving.
and the test was repeated. To cover the range of lateral displacements A better handle on the disturbed soil zone had been obtained by
covered by most machine foundation, four or five increasing eccentricities replacing the original soil with sand fill around the pile up to 4ft in depth.
were used. It was observed that the frequency of maximum response 2. Because of the poor correlation achieved in the initial attempt, a
decreased as the force level increased, indicating nonlinear response. Woods second correlation with the analytical procedure, PILAY 2, was attempted.
(1984) used PILAY computer program to determine stiffness and damping PILAY 2 permits an inclusion of a "softened" or "weakened" zone sur-
elements (Novak and About-Ella, 1977). PILAY is a continuum model rounding the pile, simulating the disturbance to the soil caused by pile
accommodating a multilayered soil based on the elastic -side layer approach installation (Novak et al. 1981).
of B~rano: (1967). However, PILAY as~umes that the soil surrounding the A good match of the measured and predicted response could be obtained
pile m a giVen layer Is the same at all distances from the pile. by a considerably reduced soil modulus in the softer zone (one-tenth to
A dy_nam1c response curve with PILAY solutions is shown in Fig. 12.24 two-tenths of the oftginal value) and the extent of the softened zone
along w1th the field data. The poor correlations between predicted curve and (one-half to one times the pile radius). A loss of contact of the soil with pile
measured response is obvious. In all tests, computed response based on for a short length close to the ground surface also improved the predicted
stiffness and damping from PILAY and measured response showed that the response.
amplitudes of motion were greater than predicted and the frequency of El-Sharnouby and Novak (1984) performed dynamic tests on a 102 steel
mrunmum response was lower than predicted. pipe piles group. The length of the piles was 106 em, with outside diameter
In an attempt to match the measured response with the computed of 26.7 mm and inside diameter of 20.93 mm. The slenderness ratio of piles
response, two approaches were adopted. was greater than 40 and the pile spacing about three diameters. The pile
544 MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES COMPARISON OF MEASURED AND PREDICTED PILE RESPONSE 545
group was placed in a hole made for its placement in the ground and then (~ a. = 23) while the interaction effect has been considered for the stiffness
backfilled with a specially prepared soil mixture. The pile cap was 6 em only in curve C. It is seen that the full value of static interaction coefficient
above the ground level. The pile group was excited by a Lazan oscillator at cannot be applied for damping. A much lower value of interaction factor for
frequencies of 6-60Hz in the vertical and horizontal directions and in damping is needed in order to obtain a better estimate of response of the
torsional mode. Free vibration tests and static tests had also been perform- group.
ed. The measured response curves were very linear for small amplitudes and A theoretical response curve with interaction factors of 40 and 2.4 for
indicated relatively small nonlinearity at amplitudes of 0.2 mm. The test stiffness and damping constants respectively is shown in Fig. 12.26. How-
results of Gle (1981) and Woods (1984) show definitely nonlinear behavior ever, Fig. 12.26 shows that even if the match between the theoretical and
of insitu piles. experimental curves is achieved near the peak, the experimental dimen-
Novak and El-Sharnouby (1984) analyzed the data presented earlier by sionless response curve at higher frequencies approaches about 0.5 instead
the following methods: of unity. This may indicate that the apparent vibrating mass may differ from
the true mass of the foundation. The apparent vibrating mass determined
I. Using static interaction factors by Poulos (1971, 1975, 1979) and from the experimental response curve using the technique described by
Poulos and Davis (1980). Novak (1971) was found to be about 2.3 times the foundation mass and
2. Concept of equivalent piers. about 1.3 times the total mass, which comprises the mass of the foundation
3. Using dynamic interaction factors by Kaynia and Kausel (1982). and the mass of the piles with the soil enclosed between them.
With the apparent vibrating mass used instead of the foundation mass,
4. Direct dynamic analysis of Waas and Hartmann (1981).
better fit was, obtained (Fig. 12.2].)"A still better fit had been obtained with
interaction factors of 16 and 2.4 'Ior stiffness and damping, respectively.
Analysis with Static Interaction Factors Since arbitrary correction factors are applied to stiffness and damping
constants, the static interaction factors may not be used for dynamic
Using Poulos' charts the theoretical response curves based on static interac-
tion factors are shown, together with the experimental curve, in Fig. 12.25. analysis.
Three theoretical curves are plotted against the experimental one: Curve A
represents the group response without any interaction effect, curve B was Equivalent Pier Method
calculated using a static interaction factor for both stiffness and damping, The theoretical analysis of the test foundation indicated that the vertical
motion of pile tips is almost the same as the motion of the heads. (The
Symbol N-M
0 0.1932 Symbol N-M
... 0.0966 0 0.1932
... 0.0966
E
~eetle~e
r ill~~~~~~c~~~::~~J
O~ ~ 10 20 30 40 50 A 60
Frequency (Hz)
Figure 12.25. Experimental response curves and theoretical curves calculated with static
interaction factors: A, no interactions; B, interaction factors applied to both stiffness and Frequency (Hz)
damping; C, interaction factors applied to stiffness only; and f, experimental data (After Novak Figure 12.26. Experimental reSponse curve and theoretical curve with interaction factors of 40
and EI-Sharnouby, 1984.) and 2.4 for stiffness and damping, respectively. (After Novak and EI~Sharnouby, 1984).
546 MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES FINAL COMMENTS 547
-1l
..§
c_
E Symbol N-M
•~ 00.1932
.'!'
·~
0
0
• 0.0966
__ .... ____ _
E 0~~~~~~~
i5
o_~~~~~~lllluy~~~~~~Ull~ o~~~~~~Ullllll~~~llllilli~~~~
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)
Figure 12.27. Experimental response curve and theoretical curves calculated with apparent Figure 12.28. Experimental response curve and theoretical curve based on equivalent pier
mass: A, with Poulos static interaction factors for stiffness and interaction factor of 2 for concept: A, true stiffness and damping: and B, modified stiffness and damping. (After Novak
damping; and B, with interaction factors of 16 and 2.4 for stiffness and damping, respectively and EI-Sharno~.by, 1984).
(After Novak and EI-Sharnouby, 1984.) ,
difference is less than 2 percent suggesting a pier action.) The added mass
effect, indicated by the factor of 1.3, appears to result from the high rigidity
of the piles and may not be needed for more compressible piles, especially 12.7 FINAL COMMENTS
when they are end-bearing.
The equivalent pier properties for the· foundation test model were Machine foundation (block) may be supported on piles especially if the
established using the material characteristics of both the steel piles and the bearing capacity of soils at shallow depths is poor. Depending upon the
soil enclosed. The behavior of the layers below the pier tip was considered nature of exciting forces, the pile-foundation may be subjected to (1)
up to a depth of 3 times the pier length. The stiffness and damping constants vertical oscillations, (2) horizontal translation and rocking, and (3) torsion.
of the equivalent pier were calculated using the same concept used for the Simple solutions for single piles in all the preceding modes of vibrations
single pile and the computer program PILAY2. The dimensionless vertical have been included in this chapter. Also the effect of group action on the
response curve based on the equivalent pier approach is plotted in Fig. behavior of the total system as compared to that of the single pile has been
12.28. It can be seen that both damping and stiffness were moderately included. An effort has been made to present as complete an analysis as
overestimated (curve A). possible, but there are certain definite gaps in the present (1988) under-
A better match of the theoretical curve with the experimental one was standing of "single pile" and "pile group" action under vibrations.
achieved when both stiffness and damping were modified by factors of 0.5 Initial analyses by Barkan (1962) and Maxwell et a!. (1969) have been
and 0.6, respectively (Fig. 12.28, curve B). shown to have only limited application.
The concept of equivalent pier may be applicable only to closely spaced For vertically vibrtting piles, Novak's (1977) analysis for single piles is
piles. reasonable and uses rational soil and pile properties. However, in the case
Novak and El-Sharnouby (1984) have also described comparison of the of groups, recourse has been taken to group effect, as in the case of static
theoretical and measured vertical response by the dynamic methods of loads (Novak and Grigg, 1976). Sheta and Novak (1982) developed an
Kaynia and Kausel (1982) and Wass and Hartmann (1981). Also, a com- approximate theory for vertical vibrations of pile groups. This has been
parison of the theoretical and measured response both in horizontal and discussed in Section 12.1.2. Nogami (1983) and Nogami and Liang (1983)
torsioual modes by several methods have been presented by the authors. have also obtained solutions for pile groups in vertical vibrations and have
The preceding discussion points to the fact that dynamic interaction is shown that the concept of the Winkler soil model could be applicable to pile
very complicated, and further theoretical and experimental research is groups problems for frequency range higher than the fundamental natural
needed in the dynamic behavior of piles and pile groups. frequency of the soil deposit. It was further found that:
548 MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES FINAL COMMENTS 549
1. A dynamic group effect can be strongly frequency dependent, and For single piles also, Woods (1984) found that softened zone around the
depends upon the ratio between the pile spacing and the wavelength pile alters the behavior and needs to be considered in a realistic analysis.
propagating in the soil. This is due to the phase shift between the For torsional vibrations of vertical piles, Novak and Howell's (1977)
directly induced pile motion and the transmitted motion. Thus, the solution is a good tool.
frequency-dependent behavior of pile groups is controlled by the type The dynamic stiffness and damping in torsion depend on soil-pile
of predominant waves induced in the soil, frequency, and pile spacing. interaction in terms of dimensionless parameters (1) shear wave velocity
The effect of material damping of the soil is primarily a reduction of ratio (ratio of soil shear wave velocity to pile shear wave velocity), (2)
the amplitude of the motion. slenderness ratio (ratio of pile length to effective radius), (3) mass ratio
2. A dynamic group effect is more pronounced in pile groups with stiffer (ratio of specific mass of the soil to specific mass of the pile), ( 4) dimen-
piles and with a larger number of piles. sionless frequency, and (5) material damping ratio.
3. Under the dynamic load, the group effect may increase or decrease For a group of piles, the contribution from torsion to the total stiffness
the values of the stiffness and damping parameters per pile in a group and damping decreases with the relative distance of the pile from the
compared to the values for a single pile, though it always decreases the centroid of the footing. Pile foundations can have smaller natural frequen-
stiffness value under a static load. cies in torsion than shallow footings, but the increased damping generated
yields lower resonance amplitudes. This contrasts with other vibration
modes. Comparison with experiments is desirable since pile slippage, to-
On the basis of comparison of predicted and measured response of 102
gether with other effects such as method of installing the piles are not
pile group in vertical vibrations, Novak and El-Sharnouby (1984) concluded
that: · accounted fo,r in any theory, an~,Way affect the comput~d values.
The approach throughout in thts:chapter has been to dtscuss sttffness and
damping constants in terms of basic soil and pile properties and geometry of
1. Correction for the apparent mass may be necessary, particularly for the system. Assuming the mass of the pile cap and the superstructure
rigid floating piles. (machine) and knowing the unbalanced forces, natural frequencies and
2. The static interaction factor provided quite a good estimate of the amplitudes of motion are determined from principles of vibration analysis
group stiffness but the group damping could not be predicted. given in Chapter 2. The soil has been considered to be isotropic, homoge-
3. The equivalent pier concept provided a reasonable agreement with the neous, and elastic: Nogami (1980) has considered pile vibrations in non-
experimental data if the theoretical damping constant was reduced by homogeneous soils. Layered soil has also been considered by Nogami
about 50 percent. (1983). Soil modulus variation as a quadratic parabola has been considered
by Novak and El-Sharnouby (1983) for vertical and lateral vibrations.
The interaction of pile cap with soil affects the dynamic response of the
Novak and El-Sharnouby (1983) presented solutions for soil modulus system. This can be accounted for in all modes of vibrations on the basis of
variation with depth and effect of frequency on the group action. principles defined in Chapter 11.
The solutions are by no means simple in their present form. Therefore, Based on the approximate solutions presented in this chapter, a step-by-
more research is needed to solve the problem completely and put it in a step design procedure has been listed. Solved problems have been included
form which can be easily used by the practicing engineer. to illustrate the listed design procedure.
Horizontal vibrations of piles have been investigated by considering the The soil properties used in defining the stiffness and damping parameters
piles as an equivalent cantilever, a beam on elastic foundation (Tucker, are (1) shear wave velocity V, or shear modulus G and (2) Poisson's ratio.
1964; Prakash, 1981), and also by an approximate method developed by Their values are dete\'?ined from principles and procedures described in
Novak (1974). Equivalent cantilever method does not consider realistic Chapter 4. ··
soil-pile behavior. The solutions of beam on elastic foundations need be Another solution technique for pile groups has been reported by Aubry
developed further to put them in readily usable forms. and Postel (1985) who considered the soil-pile system as a fiber reinforced
Novak's solution for single pile and that for pile groups for horizontal composite material. The technique of homogenization of composite ma-
vibrations is subject to the same limitations as for vertical vibrations. terials was used to compute equivalent modulus which was used to compute
Also, the static group effect differed considerably from dynamic group the seismic response of the equivalent foundation at the soil surface. The
effect in horizontal vibrations in tests of Novak and El-Sharnouby (1984 ). method has been shown to be particularly useful for very large numbers of
However, the equivalent pier concept predicted the stiffness well, but not piles beneath a foundation. This method may be regarded as a complimen-
the damping in that particular case. tary solution to Novak's equivalent pier concept.
551
550 MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES PRACTICE PROBLEMS
Gazetas and Dobry (1984) proposed a method to compute response of ted on the pile cap. Pile response was measured through inductance
single fixed head pile under horizontal excitation at its head. The method type accelerometers and ink writing recorder. The oscillator could
consists of estimation of (1) deflections of the pile under static lateral load, generate a force of 93 kg at 10 cps at full eccentricity. Tests were
(2) dashpots attached to the pile at selected elevations, (3) dashpot at its conducted at two different eccentricity values up to a maximum speed of
head, and ( 4) variation of spring coefficient and damping ratio with fre- 35 cps. Typical representative displacement amplitude versus excitation
quency. The applicability of the proposed method has been illustrated in frequency curves for a single pile are plotted in Figs. 12.29a and b.
three linearly hysteretic soil deposits: (a) homogeneous deposit with mod- Estimate the design parameters for use in Novak's analysis and list
ulus constant with depth, (b) inhomogeneous deposit with modulus increas- them properly.
ing linearly with depths, and (c) layered deposit. 2. Estimate the (a) stiffness, (b) damping, (c) natural frequency, and (d)
The philosophy and methods described in this chapter will need a change amplitude of motion of an 8-pile group in vertical, horizontal, and
as the understanding of the dynamic pile behavior improves. There is an torsional vibrations.
urgent need for more theoretical and experimental research.
10
PRACTICE PROBLEMS
'l5
(c) Vertical pile resonance tests, and •
u 4
(d) Horizontal pile resonance tests. :E
The piles were 45 em diameter 20m long bored cast-in-situ R.C.C. "
E
"" 2
piles.
The soil at site consisted of clayey to fine sand with traces of silt and
ground water table was at 2.0 m depth. The soil above water table had a 0
0 10 20 30
moist density, y, of 1.70t/m3 with a saturated density, 'Y,., of 1.91 t/m 3• Frequency (cps)
Poisson's ratio v of the soil may be taken as 0.35. The dynamic elastic (a)
modulus of pile material was obtained as 2.5 x 106 t/m 2 with a density
of 2.4 t/m 3 The shear wave velocity had been measured as 125m/sec at 0.6
a depth of 3 m below ground level in the cross bore hole test.
The piles tested in the free vibration tests as well as the resonance 0.5
tests were provided with a pile cap 0.7 m square and 0.5 m deep made of 'E
the same grade of concrete as the piles. For free vibration tests, one pile
' .s 0 0.4
0
was pulled against another horizontally using a 10 t capacity chain-pulley ~
block. Also a specially designed sudden-release clutch and a load cell .,.
D
0.3
were attached in series with the pulling device tomeasure the pull. Two 'l5
piles tested under free vibrations yielded identical natural frequencies. •
u
0.2
0
:E
From the test data, the natural frequency of pile with cap under "E
horizontal vibration is obtained as 12.5 cps and the damping factor of 7 "" 0.1
percent.
0
Pile Resonance Tests. In all, four piles under two turbogenerator foun- 0 10 20 30 40
dations were tested by exciting them into steady-state forced vibrations Frequency (cps) Figure 12.29. Resonance tests on 45-cm diam-
using a mechanical oscillator. The motor-oscillator assembly was moun- (b) eter piles: (a) horizontal 1 (b) vertical.
552 MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ON PILES REFERENCES 553
The exciting forces are Novak, M., and Aboul~Ella, F. (1977). "PILAY-A Computer Program for Calculation of
vertical 8 sin 1007Tf (t) Stiffness and Damping of Piles in Layered Media," Rep. No. SACDA 77~30.
University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario, Canada.
horizontal 4 sin 1007Tf (t) Novak, M., and Beredugo, Y. 0. (1972). Vertical vibration of embedded footings. J. Soil
torsional 2 sin 1007Tf ( tm) Mech. Found. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 98(SM~12), 1291-1310.
The superimposed load is 50 !I pile. Assume suitable values of data Novak, M., and El-Sharnouby, B. (1983). Stiffness and damping constants of single piles. J.
Geo{ech. Eng. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 109(GT~7), 961-974.
needed but not supplied,·
Novak, M., and El-Sharnouby, B. (1984). Evaluation of dynamic experiments on pile group. I.
3. Check the stiffness and damping parameters of the pile group in Geotech. Eng. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 110 {GT-6), 738-756.
Example 12.5.2 if the piles were end bearing. Novak, M., and Grigg, R. F. (1976). Dynamic experiments with small pile foundation. Can.
Geotech. J. 13(4), 372-395.
Novak, M., and Howell, J. F. (1977). Torsional vibrations of pile foundations. J. Geotech.
Eng. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 103(GT-4), 271-285.
REFERENCES Novak, M., and Sachs, K. (1973). Torsional and coupled vibrations of embedded footings. Int.
I. Earthquake Eng. Struct. Dyn. 2(1), 11-33.
Aubry, D., and Postel, M. (1985). Dynamic response of a large number of piles by homogeni- Novak, M, Aboula~Ella, F. and M. Sheta (1981). "PILAY 2-A Computer Program for
zation. Proc. 2nd. Int. Conf. Soil Dyn. Earthquake Eng., Queen Elizabeth II, 4-105 to Calculation of Stiffness and Damping of Piles in Layered Media," Rep. No. SACDA
4-119. 81-100. University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario, Canada.
Barkan, D. D. (1962). "Dynamics of Bases and Foundations." McGraw-Hill, New York. PoulOs, H. G. (1968). Analysis of the settlement of the pile groups. Geotechnique 18(4),
Baranov, V. A. (1967). On the calculation of excited vibrations of an embedded foundation (in 449-471. ,,,,,,~
Russian). Vopr. Dyn. Prochn. 14, 195~209. Poulos, H. G. (1971). Behavior of·laterally 1~aded piles. II Pile groups. J. Soil Mech. Div.,
Beredugo, Y. 0., and Novak, M. (1972). Coupled horizontal and rocking yibration of Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 97(SM-5), 733-751.
embedded footings. Can. Geotech, J. 9(4), 477-497. Poulos, H. G. (1975). Lateral load deflection prediction for pile groups. J. Geotech. Eng. Div.,
Bycroft, G N. (1956). Forced vibration of a rigid circular plate on a semi-infinite elastic half Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. lOl(GT-1), 19-34.
space on elastic stratum. Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London, Ser. A 248, 327-368. Poulos, H. G. (1979). Group factors for pile~deflection estimation. J. Geotech. Eng. Div., Am.
El~Sharnouby, B., and Novak, M. (1984). Dynamic experiments with groups of pile. I. Soc. Civ. Eng. lOS(GT-12), 1489-1509.
Geotech. Eng. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 110(GT~6), 719-737. Poulos, H. G., and Davis, E. H. (1980). "Pile Foundation Analysis and Design," Wiley, New
Gazetas, G., and Dobry, R. (1984). Horizontal response of piles in layered soils. I. Geotech. York.
Eng. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. UO(No. GT-1), 20-40. · Prakash, S. (1981). "Soil Dynamics." McGraw~Hill, New York.
Gle, D. R. (1981). The dynamic lateral response of deep foundations, Ph.D. Dissertation, Puri, V. K., Bhargava, S., Nandakumaran, P., and Arya, A. S. (1977). Evaluation of dynamic
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. soil-pile constants from in-situ tests. Int. Symp. Soil-Struct. Interact., ·Roorkee, India,
Gle, D. R., and Woods, R. D. (1984). Predicted versus observed dynamic lateral response of 349-354.
pipe piles. Pap. presented to World Conf. Earthquake Eng., 8th, San Francisco. Richart, F. E., Jr. (1962). Foundation vibrations. Trans. Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 127, Pt. 1,
Kaynia, A. M., and Kausel, F. (1982). Dynamic behavior of pile groups. Int. Conf. Numer. 863-898.
Methods Offshore Piling, Austin, TX, pp. 509-532. Richart, F. E., and Whitman, R. V. (1967). Comparison of footing vibration tests with theory.
Madhav, M. R., and Rao, N. S. V. K. (1971). Model for machine pile foundation soil system. J. Soil Mech. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 93(SM-6), 143-168.
J. Soil Mech. Found. Eng. Div. Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 97(SM-1), 295-299. Richart, F. E., Hall, J. R., and Woods, R. D. (1970). "Vibrations of Soils and Foundations."
Maxwell, A. A., Fry, Z. B., and Poplin, J. K. (1969). Vibratory loading of pile foundations. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
ASTM Spec. Tech. Pub!. STP 444, 338-361. Sheta, M., and Novak, M. (1982). Vertical vibrations of pile groups. I. Geotech. Eng. Div.,
Nogami, T. {1980). Dynamic stiffness and damping of pile groups in inhomogeneous soil. Proc. Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. lOS(GT-4), 570-590.
Dyn. Response Pile Found Anal. Aspects, Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., Hollywood FL 1980, 31-52. Ting, J. M. (1987). Full scale'YJ\rnamic lateral pile response. J. Geotech. Eng. Div., Am. Soc.
Nogami, T. {1983). Dynamic group effect in axial responses of gro.uped piles. J. Geotech. Eng., Civ. Eng. 113(1), 30-45.
Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 109(No. GT-2), 220-223. Tucker, R. L. (1964). Lateral analysis of piles with dynamic behaviour. Proc. Conf. Deep
Nogami, T., and Liang, H. (1983). Behavior of pile groups subjected to dynamic loads. Proc. Found. Mexico City, Vol. 1., 157-171.
Can. Conf. Eq. Eng., 4th, Vancouver B.C. 414-420. Waas, G., and Hartmann, H. G. (1981). Pile foundations subjected to dynamic horizontal
Novak, M. {1971). Data reduction from non~linear response curves. J. Eng. Mech. Div., Am. loads. Eur. Simul. Meet., Model. Simul. Large Scale Struct. Syst., Capri, Italy, p. 17; also
Soc. Civ. Eng. 97(EM~4),_ 1187-1204. Conf. Struct. Mech. ReactOr Tech. SMIRT, Paris.
Novak, M. (1974). Dynamic stiffness and damping of piles. Can. Geotech. J. 11(4), 574-598. Woods, R. D. (1984). Lateral interaction between soil and pile. Proc. Int. Symp. Dyn. Soil
Novak, M. (1977). Vertical vibration of floating piles. I. Eng. Mech. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. Struct. Interact., Minneapolis, 47-54.
103(EM-1), 153-168.
CASE HISTORIES
13
555
further tilt or settlement. The vibration amplitudes were well below the in strain levels for these two conditions had a significant effect on the
permissible values as specified by the machine manufacturers. These obser- relevant soil properties. The methods used to analyze the above two
vations on performance of the foundation provided answers to a very crucial conditions were the elastic half-space and the linear spring method. For each
question on the long-term stability of the machine foundation in question. case the computed amplitudes and frequencies of the foundation were
The preceding cases clearly bring out the importance of monitoring the compared with the observed amplitudes and frequencies. .
performance of a machine foundation. In general, the investigations for The purpose of the evaluation was to determme whether remedtal
studying the response of a machine foundation can be divided into two measures were to be taken to reduce the foundation's vibration amplitudes
types: to permissible levels or to redesign the foundation completely.
1. Postdesign, in which the amplitudes of vibration under normal operat- Machine and Foundation Data
ing conditions are observed to exceed permissible values thereby
necessitating a critical evaluation and possible alteration or redesign of The plan of the foundation is shown in Fig. 13.1a, and its cross section in
the foundation, and Fig. 13.1b. The reference axes are also indicated in these figures.
2. Postmonitoring, in which the vibration response of the foundation is
monitored after commissioning, but before it is put into operation so
as to ensure uninterrupted, satisfactory, long-time performance.
N = location of obse!Vation
Two cases histories that illustrate these two types are presented below. The points ;';
first concerns the study of a reciprocating compressor foundation (Prakash
and Puri, 1981, 1984), which, in vibrating beyond its permissible limits,
endangered the stability of an entire system. The second involves the y
vibration response of a hammer foundation (Prakash and Gupta, 1970).
lk. of compressor
c
13.1 CASE HISTORY OF A COMPRESSOR FOUNDATION
General 23~
!50
12
A four-stage, reciprocating air compressor, which had been installed in an
industrial plant, was supported on a concrete block foundation that had 490
been constructed to conform to dimensions suggested by the supplier of the
machine. When the machine was placed in operation, the foundation
vibrated excessively. The amplitudes of vibration at the operating speed
were measured, and the natural frequency was monitored by conducting
+
490
free vibration tests. The dynamic properties of the supporting soil were
determined using in situ tests. The design of the foundation was checked to
23~
0 ~c~~~
determine one of two possible conditions; 230
z Soil Data
In situ tests consisting of block vibration, cyclic plate load, and standard
penetration tests were conducted at the site (Prakash and Puri, 1984). The
block vibration and cyclic plate load tests were conducted at a depth of
4.0 m below ground level. The standard penetration tests were conducted up
to a depth of 14.0 m below ground level. A detailed discussion about the test
y <t of Cornpr<,sor fly wheel ~ of Motor pulley data and its interpretation is given in Example 4.9.3 (Chapter 4) and is not
repeated here. The variation of dynamic shear modulus vs. shear strain at
the base of the foundation at a depth of 2.4 m is shown in Fig. 4.47, plot C.
The value of G in Fig. 4.47 corresponds to a mean effective confining
pressure 170 of 1.0 kg/ cm 2
Observations
Accelerometers were used to measure the vertical and horizontal amplitudes
of vibration at 14 points on the foundation (Fig. 13.1a). It was found that
the maximum amplitude of vibration in the Z direction was 0.1085 mm. The
maximum amplitude of horizontal ·¥i~ation at the top of the block in the Y
direction was 0.3156 mm. The foundation was excited in free vibrations in
the X direction. The natural frequency of the free vibrations was observed
to be 17.5 Hz
Lean concrete
Check of the Foundation's Design
(b)
The response of the foundation was computed for the two conditions of
Figure 13.1. (Continued).
investigations as defined earlier.
Machine Postdesign. This analysis was conducted as though the foundation were
being designed for the first time to ensure vibration amplitudes smaller than
Operating speed = 405 rpm their permissible values. The size of the foundation is shown in Fig. 13.1,
Weight of compressor and motor= 11.0 t and dynamic soil properties were obtained from Fig. 4.47, plot C, as
Horizontal unbalanced force =0 follows:
Vertical unbalanced force, P, = 0.205 t Maximum permissible amplitude= 0.0125 mm
Horizontal moment, M, · = 0.185 t m
Average width of the foundation = 2924; 1285 = . mm
Vertical moment, Mx = 2.2 t m 2104 5
(Fig. 13.1a)
Permissible vibration amplitude= 0.025 mm "':
(peak-to-peak) . .. . 0.0125 10-6
Shear stram amphtude, 'Yo= . = 5.94 X
2104 5
Foundation 6
From Fig. 4.47, plot C, the value of G at 'Yo= 5.94 X 10- and (j0 =
1.0 kg/ cm 2 is 1050 kg/ cm 2• The mean effective confining pressure at a depth
Area A =7.103m 2 equal to one-half of the width of the foundation is 0.593 kg/cm 2• The value
Weight W = 49.79 t of G for associated shear strain levels and confining pressure is given by
Depth D = 2.4 m
(4.15)
CASE HISTORY OF A COMPRESSOR FOUNDATION 561
560 CASE HISTORIES
The value of G thus computed is 808.5 kg/ cm 2 The value of C" is then 4. Mass ratio B,
computed as 1- v m
B=----, (6.17)
C = 1.13 X 2G 1 (4.29) z 4 pro
" (1- v) v'A
B, = 1.190
The value of C" = 10.25 kg/em' for area of the compressor (v = 0.33). 5. Damping ratio ~'
0.425 (6.22)
Postmonitoring. The soil properties in this investigation were computed ~. = VB;
according to the shear strain actually induced in the soil. This shear strain
was calculated from observed amplitudes. The value of the shear strain 'Yo ~' = 0.3899
4 .
was 1.49 x 10- . The values of G and C" were computed and were found to
2 2
he G = 400 kg/cm and C" = 5.07 kg/cm for area of the compressor. 6. Amplitude of vertical vibration A,
The procedure for designing foundations for reciprocating machines was
discussed in Chapter 6 (Section 6.8). Based on this discussion, the dynamic (6.23)
response of the foundation is estimated below hy using the elastic half-space
method and the linear spring method.
A =0.0031mm
Elastic Half-Space Method z ..::.;.•:.:t;
Case 1. Postdesign: the response is calculated as though the foundation Sliding Vibrations
were being designed for a limiting amplitude of 0.0125 mm, the induced
shear strain level of 5.94 X 10- 6, and G = 808.5 kg/cm 2 Appropriate equa- 7. Spring stiffness
tions derived in Chapter 6 are used to interpret the behavior of the 32(1- v)Gr0 ,
machine's foundation. · k = (6.26)
Y 7 -8v
Vertical Vibration k, = 59890.1 tim
Rocking Vibrations
w~ 1 = 43678.4/sec'
11. Equivalent radius "'nt = 208.9/sec
fnt = 33.26 Hz
roq,
=(41)114
71"
4
17. Amplitudes in combined rocking and sliding, A;
l=3.93m
The damped amplitudes in sliding and rocking occasioned by the exciting
roq, = 1.4956 m
moment MY are, respectively,
12. Spring stiffness, k"'
MY V(w~y) 2
+ (2/;x Wny) 2 (6.55a)
AY = Mm!J.(w) 2
8Gr~"'
k"' = 3(""1---v7)
7
(6.34a) '
_ MYV (w~Y- w ) + (21;,wnyw)
2 2 2
A
kq, = 107851.2 t m/rad. (6.55b)
•- Mm!J.(w) 2
13. Limiting natural frequency in rocking in which
"'""' = fiF- mO
(6.37)
(6.42)
The shear strain level of Yo~ 10- 6 corresponds to the free vibration condi-
= 0.0635 tion. These values of computed natural frequency are shown in Table 13.1,
24. Amplitude A, (daniped) column 5.
The amplitudes of the horizontal and vertical vibrations computed by
using the elastic half-space method for the post design-type investigation
(Table 13.1, column 3) are 0.1091 and 0.06156mm, respectively. These
amplitudes are several times greater than the permissible peak to peak
amplitude of 0.025 mm. For the post monitoring-type investigation, the
values of the computed horizontal and vertical amplitudes (Table 13.1,
A,,= 1.5 X 10- 6 rad
column 4) are 0.785 and 0.303 mm, which are also more than the permissible
amplitudes. A computation based upon the realistic values of the soil springs
The values of the frequencies and amplitudes for different modes of at the design stage would have indicated an unsatisfactory performance for
vibration are listed in Table 13.1, column 3.
the machine. This would have resulted in an effort to redesign the foun-
dation before the machine was installed to avoid later interruptions.
Case 2. Postmonitoring: The foundation response was also calculated It must , however ~be noted that the shear strain with computed values .of
using the values of dynamic shear modulus corresponding to the shear strain amplitudes are different than the values with which the natural frequenctes
levels in !?e soil induced by the operation of·the compressor, i.e., Yo= and amplitudes have been computed. In actual design of machine foun-
1.49 x 10 . The calculatwns for thts case are performed in the same manner dations another trail may be performed.
2
as for Case 1 by using G = 400 kg/ cm • The values of the natural frequencies
and amplitudes for different modes of vibration are listed in Table 13.1,
column 4. Linear Spring Theory
~ computation w~s also performed to find the natural frequency of the The foundation response was also calculated by using the linear spring
honzontal free vtbra!ton. This was done by using the value of G at Yo = 10- 6.
theory and the same cases as for the computation with Elastic Half-Space
566
CASE HISTORIES CASE HISTORY OF A COMPRESSOR FOUNDATION 567
theory were considered. The appropriate equations derived in Chapter 6 5. Natural frequency in combined rocking and sliding
were used for the computations.
Frequency equation
Case 1. Post design: The foundation response is calculated as though it 2 2 ) 2 2
were designed for a permissible amplitude of 0.00125 mm, "Yo = 5.94 x 10- 6,
4 - (wny + (J)nrb w2 + wny(J)n<P = 0 (6.112)
3 wn 1' n 'Y
and C" = 10.25 kg/cm for area of the compressor.
w !2 = 2775/ sec 2
Vertical Vibrations
w" 2 = 52.68/sec
1. Natural frequency of vertical vibrations w"' fu 2 = 8.38Hz
w:, = 28709.8/sec
w"' = ~C:nA (6.63a) fu 1 = 26.90 Hz
w"' = 119.76 sec 6. Amplitude of vibration occasioned by coupled rocking and sliding
fu, = 19.06 Hz
_ C,AL M (6.127)
A,- Ll.(w2) x
2. Amplitude of vertical vibrations A, (undamped)
Ll.(w 2) = m;I~(w:,- w )(w! 2 - w )
2 2 (6.122)
P,
Az = 2 2 (6.64b) Ll.(w 2) = 9.734 X 10 8
m(wn,- w )
A y =0.1333mm
A,= 0.00322mm
2
_ C,A-mw M (6.128)
3. Limiting natural frequency in sliding, wnx A1 - Ll.(w2) x
I
had not been specified. The allowable amplitudes of vibration of the Silty clay, CL
foundation and anvil were selected from Table 7 .1. N value at 1.5 m = 20
A foundation = 1.2 mm
A'"'" = 1.0 mm for 1-t hammer and 2.0 mm
for 2-t hammer
2.7 m
Sandy silt, SP- SM
Soil Data N value at 3 m = 14
3.15 m
The following tests (Prakash et al., 1966) were conducted to determine the
properties of the soil at site: (1) boring and sampling, (2) standard penetra- Silty sand, SM
N value at 3.6 m = 14
tion tests, (3) cyclic plate load tests, and (4) dynamic tests. A site plan
showing the locations where the various tests were performed is given in
Fig. 13.2.
4.5 m
The soil was angered to a depth of 6.75 m below the surface. Standard Medium to coarse sand, SW
penetration tests were conducted every time there was a change in ihe N value at 4.8 m = 14
4.95 m
strata. A log of the auger test is shown in Fig. 13.3. Based upon an
evaluation of the data, the following values for the soil parameters were Sandy,$ilt, SP
N value at 5.4 m = 15
adopted for the design: Allowable bearing capacity of 31.2 tim 2 and the
corrected value coefficient of elastic uniform compression C" for a 10m 2
area was 6.10 x 103 tim 3. 6.0 m
1.5m
Design of the Foundation
9'" t
Cyclic plate N
load test The size of the foundation adopted for analysis is shown in Figs. 13.4. The
computations for the estimated response are given below:
T
0.6~0 Dimensions of the foundation block= 6.50 X 5.70 X 1.30 m
Auger
5 25
l~'~;:_
To o.375 m r---3 m
~r load T1.5 m
Dimensions of reinforced cement concrete walls= 0.50 m x 1.13 m
...\
all around an~il
Unit weight of reinforced cement concrete= 2.4 tim'
Unit weight of backfill= 1.76 tim 3
.lmL__0_._37_5_m
_test
_ __ J 1.5 m Coefficient of elastic uniform compression for impact loading C" =
Dynamic
6.1 x 103 tim 3
Coefficient of restitution e = 0.5
r---4.425 m---1 Coefficient, which takes into account counterpressure and frictional
Figure 13.2. Location of field tests, Courtesy, Ind. Geot. Soc. forces, or efficiency of drop '7 = 0.65
CASE HISTORY OF A HAMMER FOUNDATION 573
fT
Timber pad 400 mm 48.165 m
3
Walls= 2 X 3.70 X 0.50 X 1.13 = 4.181 m
3
Walls= 2 X 1.90 X 0.50 X 1.13 = 2.147 m
54.493 m 3 x 2.40 = 130.78 tons
+2430
~-~-~--- 2100--___..;1-1--1
il
100 Backfill= 2 X 6.50 X 1.40 X 1.13 20.5660
500 300 300 500
Backfill= 2 X 2.90 X 1.40 X 1.13 = 9.1756
3
Foundation block 29.7416 m x 1.76 = 52.34 tons
r- l" ;~ ·+'r_·~-" -~=" -:-= ~;" g " _" _" _ " _z _z ':i_·~ ~:lz•=1zz4oo-1=·,!, T
22
14oo,-'"f, The total weight of the foundation and backfill W1 was equal2 to
t
r-------------6500·---------~--+1
Longitudinal section
1,1
183.12 tons. Therefore, the total mass m 1 was 183.12/9.81 = 18.65 t sec /m.
k,=30X 10 4 t/m
2
The mass of the anvil and frame m 2 = 3.5 t sec /m
The limiting natural frequency of anvil on pad wn 1,
4
2 k2 30 X 10 (2.99b)
Wnt2= m2 = 3.5
1400~
2
w~ 1 , = 8.57
4
X 10 /sec
100
r------------5700--------~~
..
fn 1, = 46.6 Hz
Transverse section The limiting natural frequency of the entire system resting on the soil
(b)
wnll' 2
The area of the foundation in contact with the soil was 37.05 m , which is
Figure 13.4. Details of the hammer foundation: (a) Longitudinal section, (b) Transverse 3 3 2
section.
larger than 10m 2 Therefore, Cn = 6.1 X 10 t/m for a 10m area was
selected for the design.
Limiting natural frequency of the anvil and foundation system on soil wn 11
572
574
CASE HISTORIES CASE HISTORY OF A HAMMER FOUNDATION S75
(2.99a)
5m EJ \---5.7
I
m--J
OPunching
k 1 = C"A
k 1 = 22.6 x 10 4 tim
(4.27)
1 4.57 m
l press
W~ 11 = 1.0203 X 10 /sec 4 2
The ratio of mass of anvil to that of the foundation !L = m,!m = 0.1875 Figure 13.5. Layout of vibration measuring points, Courtesy, Indian Geot. Soc.
1
I
+s '
V, = 0.497 m/sec
g
A,=0.844mm
Paper speed 125 mm/sec
Amplitude of vibration of the anvil A n
Figure 13.6. A typical vibration record.
577
576 CASE HISTORIES REFERENCES
,
~-
S G
. c .
D c and Agarwal, S~ L. (1966). "Report on Beanng apactty an
d
Prakash, ., upta, · ., A 1 d t · Yamunanagar"
The computed values of the amplitude of vibration of the anvil and the Dynamic Soil Constants for Forging J:Iammer of Jamna uto n us nes, ·
observed value under normal operating conditions are of the same order of University of Roorkee, Roorkee, Indta. .
. d w d R D (1982). Foundations for auto shredders. Int. Conf. Soli
magnitude. The amplitude of vibration of the foundation block was com- Rtchart, F. E., Jr., an oo s, . ·
Dyn. Earthquake Eng., 1st, Southampton, Vol. 2, 811-824. . .
puted to be 0.844 mm, whereas its observed value was 0.423 mm. The Wan X. K. ( 1984). A case study on decreasing vibrations of ~achme foundations and
computed amplitude of the foundation block is thus greater than the ;;ructures. Proc. Int. Conf. Case Hist. (}eotech. Eng., St. Louts, MO, Vol. 2, 787-792.
observed value (Table 13.3). This was to be expected, because the damping
had not been accounted for in computing the amplitude of the foundation.
The design of the foundation in this case was adequate, and the foundation's
performance has since been satisfactory, thereby implying the adequacy of
the design for this case.
REFERENCES
Guha, S. K. (1984). Vibration studies of block type foundations. Proc. Int. Conf. Case Hist.
Geotech. Eng., St. Louis, MO. Vol. 3, 1!47-1!54.
Kumar, K., Prakash, S., Dalal, M. K., and Bhandari, R. K. M. (1985). Dynamic analysis and
performance of compressor foundations. Proc. Symp. Vib. Probl. Geotech. Eng., Am. Soc.
Civ. Eng., Annu. Conv., Detroit, 286-300.
Madshus, C. F., Nadim, A., Engen, and Lerstol, A. M. (1985). Low tuned compressor
foundations on soft clay. Proc. Symp. Vib. Probl. Geotech. Eng., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng.,
Annu. Conv., Detroit, 117-136.
14
CONSTRUCTION ASPECTS OF BLOCK FOUNDATIONS 579
Concreting
1. The selection of the aggregates and proportioning of concrete mix
The Construction of should be made according to specifications laid down in ACI 301 (American
Concrete Institute, 1975) or similar prevalent codes dealing with use of
concrete for general building construction.
Machine Foundations 2. The ultimate compressive strength of concrete should be in accord
with the criteria set forth in ACI 318-83 (American Concrete Institute,
1983). If no information is available, the ultimate strength of concrete
should not be less than 150 kg/cm 2 or 2.2 ksi.
3. The concreting should be done in horizontal lifts. The first pour should
be done in a 300-mm (12-in) layer and subsequent pours in 400-mm (16-in)
layers.
4. The height of the pour should be as low as possible, and one must
The proper construction of a machine foundation is very important, because make sure.that the concrete does not segregate.
if care is not exercised during the construction, all of the effort put forth in
5. The foundation should t;'<;',';,oncreted in a single pour to avoid cold
rigorously designing the foundation and the dollars spent in its development
joints. If it is necessary to have a time gap between two successive pours,
will be wasted, Besides that, the commissioning of the machine may be
delayed or early unscheduled interruptions may cause a loss of production, the time should be short and should not exceed 30 min.
the value of which may far exceed the cost of the machine and its 6. Because of practical difficulties, sometimes a single pour may not be
foundation. Thus, sound construction coupled with a realistic design can possible, and a cold joint becomes unavoidable. In this case, it should be
contribute significantly to long-term performance and trouble-free opera- considered as a construction joint and its location chosen with care. The
tion. monolithicity of the structure at this construction joint should be ensured by
Some construction-related defects that can lead to the malfunctioning of a providing a suitable number of dowels and shear keys through the joint, and
machine are improper curing of the concrete, unrestricted height of the quality control and supervision during the operation. The dowels should be
pour, undesired and lengthy interruptions in pouring the concrete, neg- long enough to assure a full capacity bond. Their length beyond the joint
ligence in building the construction joints, and imperfect alignment of the should be 4.0 diameters or 12 in, whichever is more. The dowels may be
machine frame with the foundation. Because of careless construction, the made using #5 or #6 bars.
alignment of openings and pockets may shift during concreting and a lot of
To attain an adequate joint in mass concrete construction, such as in
chipping may be required later. Cracks and seprations at cold joints may
casting a block, one must provide shear connectors (U-bars) at the level of
cause difficulties. Thus, it can be seen that the construction of machine
the joint. A strong bond between old and new concrete can be made by
foundations is a matter needing great care, and precautions in addition to
roughening or honeycombing the upper surface of the old concrete. The
those normally observed in the construction of reinforced concrete to
upper surface should be cleaned with a hard wire brush and then covered
achieve a well compacted, dense matrix that has a good bond with its steel
with a thin layer of Cfment grout before the new concrete is poured. For
reinforcement. The standard requirements for reinforced concrete construc-
specific guidelines fo?rorming a proper joint, one should follow those given
tion are given in the code ACI 318-83 (AmericanConcrete Institute, 1983),
in the building codes or ACI: 318-83 (American Concrete Institute, 1983).
but for the specific problems of machine foundations, additional considera-
tions are discussed below.
7. Care should be taken to avoid bulging of the concrete at offsets by
Machine foundations are either of the block type or frame type. Both are
discussed below. Sometimes it may be necessary to alter the size of an
using suitably designed form work.
existing foundation, and for this purpose the method of bonding new 8. The areas around openings and pockets should be concreted with care.
concrete to old concrete is included in the discussion. The erection and 9. The foundation should be properly cured. Improper curing may lead
interfacing of a machine to the foundation is also described. to shrinkage cracks, which may widen after the machine is in operation.
578
580 THE CONSTRUCTION OF MACHINE FOUNDATIONS
Reinforcement
,-f-.s0
Reinforcement for a Foundotion Block. Massive block foundations do
~ ...•
0
not have the same structural requirements as beams or columns. Therefore, "'
N
D
~
they are provided with only minimal reinforcement to take care of tem-
perature and shrinkage effects. According to ACI 318 (American Concrete
----
Institute, 1983), the minimum steel reinforcementt should be approximately .,;
0
0.0018 times the gross concrete area in each direction. The steel bars should 0
bottom and 50 mm (2 in) on the sides and tops. Details for a typical block "'
.,;
e
foundation, which was provided to support a compressor unit of medium "'"'
N
i:'
capacity, are shown in Figure 14.1a, and b. Q
t:
The reinforcement details for the foundation block of an impact machine ••
are similar to those discussed above except for the top portion of the block a'6
below the anvil where additional reinforcing bars are required to take care
of stresses occasioned by impact. The spacing of the bars in this part of the
~~ ·~c
0 Q
block is usually kept on 100-mm ( 4-in) centers. Typical reinforcement details J. 0 ~
t.
""
c
0
t;
••
•
•• :9 '0
>
!c
v
0
v
~
t
~
_j
300 mm (12 in) beyond the point of intersection. Typical reinforcement 2 ~
details around a circular opening are shown in Figure 14.3. .,; ~-==]
~
t; ~
"0 E
--- c .5
~~ •~
0
00
E
"' •v •<
•
14.2 CONSTRUCTION ASPECTS OF FRAME FOUNDATIONS "\ •---, ··.· .ec .•<c
"- ''\.___~ ':1+g '!i ~
• •
Concreting -~ E ..
~ "' .:! -c:
The construction of a frame foundation involves the concreting of the
~ ; . =-=
base slab, columns, and deck slab. The concrete mix should be blended to
""'c
>--
ensure the strength required by the design. This can be done by following •• t ·i. !
the recommendations of ACI 301 (American Concrete Institute, 1975) or
v
D
~
other relevant building codes. In contrast to the construction. of block
foundations, flexural strength is a very important factor in the design of t~<
~ :--.-..._
~~~ .i i
'~
Concreting the Base Slab. The base slab is usually concreted in a single, N
~
10 bars 12m~ cement
200m200
~ '.I / /
~
300 'xfX v
6 Dowels
12-mm-diam.
- t-300 lb
0-mm-diam. bars\ ~~
1-
1-300 ~ /
"'
100 mm ~/c 1- 1-250 3 ::----::
lJ
f
150
IX'!>
I/ Vi'
Figure 14.3. Typical reinforcement details
around a circular opening.
'
[\ ~ 22~Im-diam. bars-
} Concreting the Columns and Deck Slab. Although the concreting of the
base slab, columns, and deck slab in a single continuous pour is desirable, it
is usually not possible from a practical standpoint. As a result, a construc-
12-mm~iam. bars 20-mmlam. 200 mm c/c '}-mm diam. 120 mm c/c . , { tion joint is formed between the columns and the base slab. Details of a
200 mm c/c 4 bars 12 mm
250 mm c/c typical construction joint formed between the columns and the base slab are
shown in Fig. 14.4. The concreting of the columns and the deck slab is then
completed in one pour with the necessary precautions being taken to ensure
6500 the monolithjcity of the structur~.,J:Vhen the column heights are more than
(a) 6 m (20ft) concreting of the superstructure in one pour may not be feasible,
and it may be necessary to provide a second construction joint, but generally
such a joint is not recommended.
12-mm diam. 200 The provision of a construction joint in the top part of a column near the
200 mm c/c
\
1-H 200 deck will aid in the construction and reduce the height of the pour, thereby
10 bars 12 mm~r.==rn=~F't;:=r=r=;=or=;=ililr==;r reducing the chances of the concrete becoming segregated. A construction
10-mm-diam. bars 100 mm 1-~~~ joint is a weak plane from the standpoint of shear strength, and in
c/c
4 bars 12 mm diam.
n~ 1-
300
2'mm c/c t- 250
~ d. Main column
reinforcement
v
?Dowels
I 20-mm diam.
200 mm c/c
~- --22-mm diam. bars
20 mni diam. 120 mm c/c
1
12-mm diam. bars
p.--- iY -column
Figure 14.2. (a) Reinforcement details for a hammer foundation: (a) longitudinal section; (b) Base slab ~c-
cross section. (After Prakash and Gupta, 1970.)
lJ u._
Figure 14.4. Typical details of a base slab~column joint (other reinforcement details not shown
for clarity).
582
584 THE CONSTRUCTION OF MACHINE FOUNDATIONS
CONSTRUCTION ASPECTS OF FRAME FOUNDATIONS 585
~
0
0
u
I
I v I
I minimum amount of shear reinfor~~>ment in the beams and deck slab should
•
"' :
I
v J_ I
be as per ACI 318 (American Concrete Institute, 1983) requirements. The
steel reinforcement in the columns should be determined from structural
30
r
I
I v I
I
requirements. The minimum number of reinforcement bars in columns shall
be four when rectangular or circular ties are used and six when spirals are
~
"
u:
B
I
I
I
v I
I
I
-16 mm used. The minimum cover of concrete over the reinforcement bars should be
50 mm (2 in) on all sides for columns and pedestals and 40 mm (1.5 in) for
10 mm Stirrups beams. The vertical reinforcing bars in the columns should have adequate
I / I
embedment in the base slab to ensure their full strength in bond. A
I I 4-16 mm
schematic of the reinforcement for the components of a turbogenerator
: A : frame is shown in Fig. 14. 7.
'
(b)
Figure 14.5. Details of a typical construction joint in frame columns: (a) frame column; (b)
section of column with reinforcement; (c) plan of joint.
Dowel bars
Reinforcement /-
Trans verse !'- Longitudinal
Reinforcement in the Base Slab. The base slab of a frame foundation ba<S bars
generally has a depth which is much greater than that required from Figure 14.6. Typical reinforcement details for base slab of a frame foundation.
586 THE CONSTRUCTION OF MACHINE FOUNDATIONS ERECTION AND INTERFACING OF A MACHINE TO THE FOUNDATION 587
r--b--+-b---1
I
II 1
X--- -
a
a
,--+--
0
0
I
'
0
0
- ---x
~I
(b)
(d)
(e)
Figure 14·:a. Positioning of anchor bolts.
Figure 14;7. Typical reinforcement in members of a frame foundation: (a) and (b) for cross
beam; (c) longitudinal beam with cantilever projection; (d) column; (e) becim column joint. adequate. The minimum clearance between the bolt holes and the edge of
the foundation should not be less than 80 mm (3 in), as shown in Fig. 14.9.
The length of the bolts is usually decided with regard to the bond and should
be 40 times the diameter of the bolts. In case it is not possible to provide for
14.3 ERECTION AND INTERFACING OF A MACHINE TO
the full length of the anchor bolts, an arrangement of the anchor bolts
THE FOUNDATION
similar to that shown in Fig. 14.10 should be used. The position of the
anchor bolts should invariably be fixed with reference to the axis of the
The machine, base plate, and other equipment that have precise tolerance
machine.
for alignment cannot be placed directly on the finished concrete surface. The
After the base plate has been leveled, the space under it should be
irregularities on the concrete surface and the machine base cause alignment
grouted. The grout used should be nonshrinking type and should provide
problems.
complete contact with the top surface of the concrete foundation and
After the concrete is set, steps are initiated to install a machine on the
foundation. The machine is fixed to the foundation with the help of a base
plate and anchor bolts. The concreting of the foundation is terminated at the
level of the base plate, and the gap is filled later with mortar after the base
plate is leveled. The thickness of the grout below the base plate varies from
20 to 50 mm (0. 75 to 2 in) depending upon the size of the base plate. The
base plate is fixed to the foundation by anchor bolts. The anchor bolts are
kept in position before concreting with the help of a template (Fig. 14.8),
I I
I I
I I
I
1->< 80
•~ !
1
J2000mm
I I
which is removed after the concrete is set. Alternatively, by using suitable I I I I
form work, pockets may be left in the concrete at the predetermined
positions of the anchor bolts. In this case, the bolt holes are filled with
mortar after placing the base plate and aligning the bolts. Holes for the bolts
rJ L
I
L __
U 200mm
Figure 14.9. Details of a bolt hole close to
should not be too large. A 150 mm x 150 mm (6 in x 6 in) hole is generally H+3oo+H
mm the edge.
588 THE CONSTRUCTION OF MACHINE FOUNDATIONS INSTALLATION OF SPRING ABSORBERS 589
I
X
'I X Split
14.4 GAP AROUND THE FOUNDATION
half
To minimize the transmission of vibrations to adjoining structures, a gap
w=~ should be provided around the foundation as shown in Fig. 14.1. For frame
Section at YY foundations, a clear gap should be provided around the base as well as
Piece of rod around the deck slab. The gap around the foundation should be kept free
welded to split ends from debns .. ~f contact of the machine foundation with an adjoining
L[jbJ II 11
structural umt IS unavOidable, two layers of a resilient material such as felt
may be used at the interface.
II II
Plan at XX
Figure 14.10. Typical details of an anchor bolt. 14.5 BONDING OF FRESH TO OLD CONCRETE
Machine
Supported Type
Heavy Mass above the Springs Not Required. For spring-supported
foundation systems for which a heavy mass above the springs is not needed,
the machine can be directly mounted on a rigid metal frame resting on
springs (Fig. 14.12). This arrangement is used for well-balanced machines
that are essentially unaffected by the unbalanced exciting forces associated
with the high harmonics of operating frequency. The principal stages of
constructing such a foundation are as follows:
Frame beam {embedded in foundation block)
1. The base slab construction is similar to that of a block foundation. Its
thickness depends upon the machine foundation design and generally varies Upper
plates _Springs
from 0.3 to 1.2 m (1 to 4ft).
2. Before the base slab is cast, anchor bolts are placed at predetermined
locations for attaching the lower plates of the spring absorber. When the
concrete is set, the lower· plates of the absorbers are fixed at the proper
locations.
3. A rigid prefabricated metal frame (consisting of rolled s(eel sections) is
installed above the lower plates of the absorbers (Fig. 14.12.).
4. The springs are placed on the lower plates and covered at the top with Figure 14.13. Supported-type spring absorber with upper foundation block.
the upper plates, which are bolted to the upper metallic frame.
5. The upper part of the foundation (the metal frame) is leveled by
adjusting the regulating bolt. are as follows:
Heavy Mass above the Springs Is Required. A heavy mass above the 1. The base slab construction is similar to the previous case. Anchors for
springs is required in cases where the operation of the machine induces large holding the lower plates of the absorbers are fixed in position before the slab.
unbalanced forces at higher harmonics of operating frequency. The heavy is cast.
mass is provided hy placing another concrete block above the springs, as 2. When the concrete is set, the top surlace of the base slab is covered
shown in Fig. 14.13. The principal stages of constructing such a foundation with tar paper to prevent direct contact with the upper foundation block,
which is subsequently cast over it. (Fig. 14.13).
Machine 3. The lower plates of the spring absorbers are fixed at predetermined
locations.
4. A rigid metal frame consisting of rolled steel sections is installed over
the lower absorber plates.
5. The form work for the upper foundation is then constructed, and the
foundation is cast. The beams of the metal frame are also set into the lower
Upper plate part of the foundatiol'K block. Depending upon the arrangement of the
lower plate
absorbers and type of frame used, cavities may be needed in the lower part
of the upper foundation block to provide access for the springs.
6. The springs are placed in position after the concrete in the upper block
is set. The tops of the springs are covered by plates, which are bolted to the
beams.
7. The upper block is leveled by adjusting the regulating bolts of the
Figure 14.12. Supported-type spring absorber system with machine attached to metal frame. springs.
592 THE CONSTRUCTION OF MACHINE FOUNDATIONS
The spring assembly shown in Figure 10.4b can be set directly between
the lower slab and the upper foundation block. In such a case, the upper
block is cast over the spring casing, which is kept in position. The spring is Appendixes
kept compressed during construction, but is loosened afterward so that the
weight of the upper foundation block and machine is transferred to the
springs.
Suspended Type
A foundation on a suspended type absorber system (Fig. 10.4) can be
constructed along similar lines to those of supported-type systems. The
principal stages of construction are as follows:
In the preceding sections of this chapter the authors have tried to project Disclaimer for Computer Programs
the salient features which need special attention during construction of a The programs in Appendixes 1 and 2 are intended for instructional purpose
machine foundation. However this discussion is by no means comprehensive only. These programs are not sophisticated and are not meant to compete
so far as total construction is concerned. The reader must, however follow with commercial programs. The authors and the publisher are not respons-
accepted construction/installation procedures as per relevant codes of prac- ible for any damages arising out of the use of these programs. The use of
tice in a particular country. these programs to solve problems other than those displayed in these
appendixes and correct or incorrect interpretation of the results obtained is
the sole responsibility ~f the user.
REFERENCES
American Concrete Institute (1975). "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings,"
ACI Comm. 301. ACI, Detroit, MichigaJl.
American Concrete Institute (1983). "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Con-
crete," ACI Comm. 318-83. ACI, Detroit, Michigan.
Major, A. (1980). "Dynamics in Civil Engineering: Analysis and Design," Vol. 2.
Akademiai Kiad6, Budapest.
Prakash, S., and Gupta, D. C. (1970). Design and performance of a 1.55 t forging hammer
foundation. J. Indian Natl. Soc. Soil Mech. Found. Eng. 9(2), 129-142.
593
APPENDIX 1
Computer Program for the
Design of a Block
Foundation
595
596 APPENDIX 1 COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR THE DESIGN OF A BLOCK FOUNDATION 597
WRITE(',')' DO YOU WANT THE UNDAMPED CASE?' !IX, 'POISSONS RATIO, NU=' ,F!0.3/)
READ(',914)Q END IF
IF(Q.EQ.Y)NOPS=l.O C ******TYPE2******
WRITE(',')' DO YOU WANT THE DAMPED CASE?' IF(CASE4.EQ.l.O)THEN
READ(',914)Q WRITE(',')'I/P IX'
IF(Q.EQ.Y)NOP6=1.0 READ(',')IX
END IF WRITE(',')'I/P MX'
IF(CASE4.EQ.!)THEN READ(',' )MX
WRITE(*,*)'***********CASE4************' WRITE(',')'I/P MMX'
WRITE(',')' DO YOU WANT THE UNDAMPED CASE?' READ(',' )MMX
READ(',914)Q WRITE(',')'I/P PY'
IF(Q.EQ.Y)NOP7=1.0 READ(',' )PY
WRITE(',')' DO YOU WANT THE DAMPED CASE?' WRITE(',')'I/P LY'
READ(',914)Q READ(',') LY
IF(Q.EQ.Y)NOP8=!.0 WRITE(2,1!66) IX,MX,MMX,PY,LY
END IF 1166 FORMAT(
c 11X, 'MOMENT OF INERTIA, IX=' ,F10.4,1X, 'm4. ',II,
C VARIABLE INPUT SECTION 21X, 'UNBALANCED MOMENT, MX=' ,FlO. 4, lX, 't-m. ',' ',
c 3!X, 'POLAR MASS MOMENT OF INERTIA, MMX=' ,FI0.4,1X, 't-m.sec2' ,I
C ******TYPE* ****** 4!X,'UNBALANCED FORCE, '>r'ir PY=',FI0.4,1X,'t.',//,
WRITE(2,1!44) SIX, 'MAXIMUM DISTANCE OF THE'.POINT' ,I,
1144 FORMAT(ISX,IS('•'), 'INPUT VARIABLES:',IS('''),/72('''),///) 6'FROM THE AXIS OF ROCKING(HORIZONTAL),LY=' ,F!0.4,!X, 'm,' ,I)
WRITE(',')'I/P A' END IF
READ(',')A C ******TYPE6******
WRITE(',')'l/P W' IF(CASE4.EQ.!.O.OR.CASE3.EQ.!.O) THEN
READ(',')W WRITE(',')'I/P L'
WRITE(2,11SS) A,W READ(',')L
!ISS FORMAT( WRITE(',')'I/P HH'
!IX, 'AREA OF THE FOUNDATION, A=',F10.4.,1X,'m2.',1/, READ(',') HH
21X, 'WRIGHT of THE FOUNDATION',!, WRITE(2,1!77) L,HH
31X, '(-including weight of the machine), W=' ,F10.4,1X, 't.' ,I) 117 7 FORMAT(
!IX, 'HEIGHT OF THE CENTER OF GRAVITY, L=' ,F10.4, lX, 'm.' ,1 I,
WRITE(',')'I/P GAMMA' h=' ,F10.4,tX, 'm.' ,I)
READ(',' )GAMMA 21X, 'HEIGHT OF THE TOP OF THE FOUNDATION,
WRITE(',')'I/P G' END IF
READ(',')G C ******TYPE3******
WRITE(',')'!/P N' IF(CASE3.EQ.!.O)THEN
READ(',')N WRITE(',')'I/P IY'
WRITE(',')'I/P QPA' READ(',')IY
READ(',') QPA WRITE(',')'I/P MY'
WRITE(2,1112) GAMMA,G,N,QPA READ(',')MY
1112 FORMAT( WRITE(',')'Il'P MMY'
!IX, 'UNIT WRIGHT OF THE SOIL, GAMMA~,' ,F10.4, lX, 't/m3.', 11, READ(',')MMY
2!X, 'DYNAMIC SHEAR MODULUS, G=',F10.2,1X,'t/m2.',1/, WRITE(',')'I/P PX'
3!X, 'OPERATING SPEED OF MACHINE, N= I ,FlO. 2, lX; 'RPM'' I I' READ(',') PX
41X, 'ALLOWABLE SOIL PRESSURE, QPA=' ,F!0.2,1X, 't!m2. ',/) WRITE(',')'I/P LX'
C ******TYPEl****** READ(',') LX
IF(CASEI.EQ.!.O.OR.CASE3.EQ.l.O.OR.CASE4.EQ.!.O)THEN WRITE(2,1!88) IY,MY,MMY,PX,LX
WRITE(',')'I/P NU' 1100 FORMAT(
!IX, 'MOMENT OF INERTIA, IY=' ,FI0.4,1X, 'm4.' ,II,
READ(',')NU MY=',F10.4,1X,'t-m.',l/,
WRITE(2,19SS) NU 21X, 'UNBALANCED MOMENT,
!9SS FORMAT( 31X, 'POLAR MASS MOMENT OF INERTIA, MMY=' ,F10.4, lX, 't-m.sec2', I
APPENDIX 1 COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR THE DESIGN OF A BLOCK FOUNDATION 601
4!X, 'UNBALANCED FORCE, PX=' FlO 4 !X 't ' 11 25X, 'EQUIVALENT SPRING, KZ=' ,FlS.S,lX, 'tim.'.//,
SIX, I MAXIMUM DISTANCE OF THE POINT' I ' ' ' ) ' '
35X, 'NATURAL FREQUENCY,
6 ' FROM THE AXIS OF ROCKING(HORIZONTAL),LX='
' ' OMGNZ=' ,Fl0.3,1X, 'RAD/S' ,1,1
F!0.4 !X 'm ' /) 45X, I FNZ= I ,Fl0.3, lX, 'HZ. I ' I' I
END IF ' ' ' ' '
55X, 'VERTICAL AMPLITUDE, AZ=' , F!S. 9, !X, 'mm. ' , 1//1/)
C ******TYPE4****** 123 IF(NOP2.EQ.O) GO TO 124
IF (CASE2.EQ.l.O)THEN PIN=OMEGA/OMGNZ
WRITE(',')'I/P IZ' AAD=PZ/(KZ'SQRT((!.-(PIN)''2)''2+(2'ZETAZ'PIN)''2))
READ(',')IZ AZD=AAD'!OOO.
WRITE(',')'I/P MZ' WRITE(2,14) ROZ,BZ,KZ,ZETAZ,OMGNZ,FNZ,AZD
READ(',')MZ 14 FORMAT(///,20X,'**********DAMPED VERTICAL CASE**.********',I,!,/
WRITE(',')'I/P MMZ' 15X, 'EQUIVALENT RADIUS, ROZ=' ,F!0.3,1X, 'm,' ,II,
READ(',' )MMZ 25X 'MASS RATIO, BZ=',F!0,3,1,1
WRITE(',')'I/P R' 35X,' 'EQUIVALENT SPRING, KZ=' ,F15.5,1X, ' tim ' ,II,
READ(',') R 45X 'DAMPING FACTOR, ZETAZ=',F10.3,1,/
WRITE(2, 1100) IZ ,MZ,MMZ,R 55X,' 'NATURAL FREQUENCY(UNDAMPED), OMGNZ=' ,F!0.3,1X, ' RAD/S ' ,1,1
1100 FORMAT( 65X I FNZ=' ,F10.3,1X, 'HZ. I ,I ,I
l!X, ,'MOMENT OF INERTIA, IZ =,
' FlO •4,IX, ' m4. ' ,11, 75X:'VERTICAL AMPLITUDE, AZD=' ,F15.9,1X, 'mm.' ,IIIII)
2!X, , UNBALANCED MOMENT, MZ=' , FlO • 4, !X , 't- m. ' , 11 , c...................................................................... .
3 C ............. , .. CASE TWO .............................. ,,,, ........... ,
!X,,POLAR MASS MOMENT OF INERTIA MMZ=' ,F!0.4,1X, 't-m.sec2',/
41X, MAX. HORIZONTAL DISTANCE(TORSION) R=' F!0.4 !X 'm ' f) C ....... ,,, .. TORSIONAL VIBRA~J,Q!i ABOUT Z·AXIS
END IF ' ' ' ' . ' C ..•........ NOPT=3 UNDAMPED:AMPLITUDE
C******TYPES****** C ........... NOPT=4 DAMPED AMPLITUDE
IF (CASE!.EQ.!.O)THEN 124 IF(CASE2.EQ.O) GO TO 126
WRITE(',')'I/P PZ' ROSI=(2'IZ/ZZ)''0.25
READ(',')PZ KSI=(!6.'G'ROSI''3.)/3,
WRITE(2,!11!) PZ OMEGA=2'ZZ'N/60.
1111 FORMAT( OMGNSI=SQRT(KSI/MMZ)
FNSI=OMGNSI/(2'ZZ)
!!X, 'UNBALANCED FORCE, PZ=' ,F10.4,1X, 't. ',I) IF(NOP3.EQ.O) GO TO 125
END IF
ASI=MZ/(KSI'(l.-(OMEGA/OMGNSI)''2.))
-cc..................................................................... .. WRITE(2,15) ROSI,KSI,OMGNSI,FNSI,ASI
. · ........ , .. , .. CASE ONE, .. , .. , .. , ..
C .. · ....... TRANSLATION ALONG Z·AXIS . . ........ , . " .......... ,.,,., .. '. 15 FORMAT(///,20X, '***********UNDAMPED TORSIONAL CASE***********',!,
C .•........ NOPT=! UNDAMPED AMPLITUDE ll,i5X,'EQUIVALENT RADIUS, ROSI=',F!0.3,1X,'m.',i/
C ...•...... NOPT=2 DAMPED AMPLITUDE 2 5X,'EQUIVALENT SPRING, KSI=',F!5.5,1X,'tim',//
GA=9.8! 3 SX, 'NATURAL FREQUENCY, OMGNSI=' ,F!0.3,1X, 'RAD/S',
ZZ=3.14!592654 4/ /5X,' FNSI=' ,F!0.3,1X, 'HZ.' ,II
IF(CASE!.EQ.O) GO TO 124 5 5X, 'TORSIONAL AMPLITUDE, ASI=' ,F!5.9, 'rad.' ,Ill)
ROZ=SQRT(A/ZZ) 125 IF(NOP4.EQ.O) GO TO 126
KZ=4.'G'ROZ/(1.-NU) BSI=MMZ'GA/(GAMMA'ROSI''S)
OMGNZ=SQRT(KZ'GA/W) ZETASI=O.S/(1.+2.'BSI)
ASID=MZ/(KSI'S~T((l,-(OMEGA/OMGNSI)''2)''2
FNZ=OMGNZ/(2'ZZ)
OMEGA=2'ZZ'N/60. + (2.'ZETASI'OMEGA/OMGNSI)''2.))
BZ=(l.-NU)'W/(4.'(ROZ''3)'GAMMA) WRITE(2,!6) ROSI,BSI,KSI,ZETASI,OMGNSI,FNSI,ASID
16 FORMAT(///,20X, '***********DAMPED TORSIONAL CASE**********' ,1,1,
ZETAZ=0.425/SQRT(BZ)
IF(NOP!.EQ.O) GO TO 123 115X, 'EQUIVALENT RADIUS, ROSI=' ,F10.3,1X, 'm.' ,II
AA=PZ/(KZ'(l.-(OMEGA/OMGNZ)''2)) 2 SX 'INERTIA RATIO, BSI=' ,F!0,3,1,1
AZ=AA'!OOO. 3 SX,' 'EQUIVALENT SPRING, KSI=' ,F!S.S,!X, ' tim ' ,II
4 5X 'DAMPING FACTOR, ZETASI=',F!0.3,i,/
WRITE(2,!3) ROZ,KZ,OMGNZ,FNZ,AZ
5 SX,' 'NATURAL FREQUENCY (UNDAMPED),OMGNSI=' ,F10.3,1X, ' RAD/S ' ,II
13 FORMAT(I!J,20X, '***********UNDAMPED VERTICAL CASE**********'/ ; 1 6 sx I FNSI=',F10.3,1X, 'HZ.',!,!
15X, 'EQUIVALENT RADIUS, ROZ=' FlO 3 !X • • 11 ' ' 7 SX,' 'TORSIONAL AMPLITUDE, ASID=' ,F15.9,1X, ' rad. ' ,II )
' . ' ' m. ' '
602
APPENDIX 1. COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR THE DESIGN OF A BLOCK FOUNDATION 603
C , , , ............. CASE THREE .... ,,, ... ,,, .......... , ... ,,., .. , ...... , .. .
C ... , , ..... TRANSLATION ALONG X-AXIS and ROTATION ABOUT Y-AXIS 127 IF(NOP6.EQ.O) GO TO 128
C .......••. NOPT=S UNDAMPED AMPLITUDE BX=((7-8'NU)'W)1(32'GAMMA'(ROX''3)'(1-NU))
C .......... NOPT=6 DAMPED AMPLITUDE ZETAX=.27BSI(SQRT(BX))
126 IF(CASE3.EQ.O) GO TO 131 ZIPHIY=O.l51((1.+BPHIY)'SQRT(BPHIY))
ROX=SQRT(AIZZ) Ul=(ONPHIY''2+0MGNX''2 -4.'ZIPHIY'ZETAX'OMGNX'ONPHIY)IRIY
ROPHIY=(IY'41ZZ)''0.25 U2=(0MEGA''4-0MEGA''2'Ul+OMGNX''2'0NPHIY''21RIY)''2
MMOY=MMY+((WIGA)'L''2) U3= (ZETAX'OMGNX'OMEGA'(ONPHIY''2-0MEGA''2)1RIY)
BPHIY=(3.'(1.-NU)'MMOY'GA)I(8'GAMMA'ROPHIY''5) U4= ZIPHIY'ONPHIY'OMEGA'(OMGNX''2-0MEGA''2)1RIY
RIY=MMYIMMOY U5=4'(U3+U4)"2
KX=32'(1-NU)'G'ROXI(7-8'NU) DELTE=SQRT(U2+U5)
KPHIY=(8'G'ROPHIY''3)1(3'(1-NU)) M=WIGA
OMGNX=SQRT(KX'GAIW) PIN=(PXIM'MMY)'((-MMY'OMEGA''2+KPHIY+L''2'KX)''2+4'0MEGA''2'(ZIPHI
ONPHIY=SQRT(KPHIYIMMOY) !Y'(SQRT(KPHIY'MMYO))+L''2'ZETAX'SQRT(KX'M))''2)''0.2SIDELTE
W3=SQRT( ( (OMGNX' '2+0NPHIY' '2) IRIY)' '2) I RIY)' '2, -4, ' ( OMGNX' '2)' MUR=(PX'LIMMY)'SQRT(OMGNX''2+4'ZETAX'OMEGA''2)'0MGNXIDELTE
(ONPHIY''2,)/RIY) AXX=(MYIMMYO'(SQRT(OMGNX''4+4'ZETAX''2'0MGNX''2)1DELTE)+PIN
W6=(0MGNX''2+0NPHIY''2)1RIY AXD=AXX'IOOO.
X7=(W6+W3)12. APHIDI=(MYIMMY)'(SQRT((OMGNX''2-0MEGA''2)''2+(2'ZETAX'OMGNX'OMEGA)
X8=(W6-W3)12. 1''2)1DELTE)+MUR
ONI=SQRT(X7) WRITE(2,18) ROX,ROPHIY,BX,BPHIY,KX,KPHIY,ZETAX,ZIPHIY,OMGNX,
ON2=SQRT(X8) 1 ONPHIY ,ON! ,FNI·t-ON2,FN2,AXD,APHIDI
FNI=ONII(2'ZZ) 18 FORMAT(/ II ,ZOX, '*"'*'******-~'DAMPED SLIDING AND ;ROCKING CASE******
FN2=0N21(2'ZZ) 1**** 1 II 37X,' ..... X-Z PLANE ..... ',!!
OMEGA=2'ZZ'NI60. 2 SX,'EQUIVALENTRADIUS,
' ' ROX= ' ,FlO. 3 ,I X,,m.,,
' ' II
IF(NOPS.EQ.O) GO TO 127 3 SX ' ROPHIY=', FlO. 3, IX, m. , II
Y5=(0MEGA''4-(0MEGA''2)'((0NPHIY''2+0MGNX''2)1RIY)+OMGNX''2'0NPHIY 4 SX,' 'MASS RATIO, BX=,' ,F10.3, I I
1"21RIY) 5 SX 'INERTIA RATIO BPHIY= ,FI0.3,11
DELTA=YS 6 SX' 'EQUIVALENT SPRING
' KX= I ,Fl5,5,1X, I t I m,
' II
M=WIGA 7 SX ' ' ' RPHIY= I ,F15.5,1X, I t I m' , II
PINA=(PX'L'OMGNX''21DELTA'MMY) 8 SX,' 'DAMPING FACTOR, '
ZETAX=,,F10.3,11
MURA=(PXIM'MMY)'(-MMY'OMEGA''2+KPHIY+L''2'KX)IDELTA 9 SX 'DAMPING FACTOR, ZETAPHIY= ,F10.3,11
AO=(MYIMMY)'(OMGNX''21DELTA)+MURA * si. 'NATURAL FREQUENCY- OMGNX=',FI0.3,1X, 'RADIS',II
AX=AO'!OOO, $ SX ', UNDAMPED ONPHIY=' ,F10.3,1X, 'RADIS' ,I I
APHII=(MYIMMY)'((OMGNX''2-0MEGA''2)1DELTA)+PINA @ SX 'COUPLED NATURAL FREQUENCY- ON!=' ,FI0.3,1X, 'RADIS' ,II
1 SX ', UNDAMPED FNI=',F10.3,1X, 'RADIS',II
WRITE(2,17) ROX,ROPHIY,BPHIY,KX,KPHIY,OMGNX,ONPHIY,ON!,FN!,ON2,FN2
I ,AX,APHI! ~ sx', ON2=',F10.3,1X,'RAD/S',fl
17 FORMAT(II,ISX, '''''''''''UNDAMPED SLIDING AND ROCKING CASE'''''' ,& sx'• FN2=',Fl0.3,1X,'HZ.',I/
1 * • • • ', 11 ,35X, ' •... . x-z PLANE ..... ', 11, % sx' 'SLIDING AMPLITUDE AXD=',F15.9,1X,mm.' ,II
25X, 'EQUIVALENT RADIUS, ROX=',F12.3,1X, 'm. ',II, sx: 'ROCKING AMPLITUDE: APHID=' ,FIS, 9, IX,' rad.', I I I I I)
35X,' ROPHIY=',F12.3,1X,'m.',;;, 128 CONTINUE
45X, 'MASS RATIO, BPHIY=',FI0.3,11, C CASE FOUR ....... ,,,,, ..... ,,, ........... , ........... · .. •
55X,'EQUIVALENT SPRING, KX=',FI5.5,!X,'tlm',ll, c : : : : : : : : : :TRANSUTi"6N ALONG Y-AXIS AND ROTATION ABOUT X-AXIS
65X,' KPHIY=',FlS.),lX,'t/m',l/, C ,,,,,,,,,,NOPT=7 UNDAMPED AMPLITUDE
75X, 'NATURAL FREQUENCY, OMGNX=' ,FI0.3,1X, 'RADIS' ,II, C ,,,,,,,,,,NOPT=8 DAMPED AMPLITUDE
85X,' ONPHIY=' ,FIS.S,IX, 'RADIS' ,II, 131 IF(CASE4.EQ.O) GO TO 431
95X, 'COUPLED NATURAL FREQUENCY, ONI=',FI0.31X, 'RADIS' ,II, ROY=SQRT(AIZZ)
@SX,' FNl=',Fl0.3,1X,'HZ.',I/, ROPHIX=(IX'41ZZ)''0.25
:JFX, I ON2=',F10.3,1X, 'RADIS',I!, MMOX=MMX+((WIGA)'L''2)
$5X,' FN2=',Fl0.3,1X,'HZ.',II, BPHIX=(3,'(1.-NU)'MMOX'GA)I(8'GAMMA'ROPHIX''5)
%5X, 'SLIDING AMPLITUDE, AX=',F15.9,1X, 'mm.,ll, RIX=MMXIMMOX
&SX, 'ROCKING AMPLITUDE, APHI=' ,F15.9,1X, 'rad',!!l/11) KY=32'(1-NU)'G'ROYI(7-8'NU)
KPHIX=(8'G'ROPHIX''3)1(3'(1-NU))
bU4
APPENDIX 1 COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR THE DESIGN OF A BLOCK FOUNDATION 605
OMGNY=SQRT(KY'GAIW)
ONPHIX=SQRT(KPHIXIMMOX) M=WIGA
X3=((0NPHIX''2+0MGNY''2)/RIX)''2 SUK=(PY'L/MMX)'OMGNY'(OMGNY''2+4'ZETAY'OMEGA''2)''0.5
X4=((4.'(0MGNY''2)'(0NPHIX''))IRIX) SU=(PYIM'MMX)'((-MMX'OMEGA''2+KPHIX+L''2'KY)''2+4'0MEGA''2'(ZIPHIX
X5=SQRT(X3-X4) l'SQRT(KPHIX'MMXO)+L''2'ZETAY'SQRT(KY'M))''2)''0.5/DELTE
X6=(0MGNY''2+0NPHIX''2)/RIX AQD=(MX/MMX)'(SQRT(OMGNY''4+(4'ZETAY''2'0MGNY''2))1DELTE)+SU
X7=(0.5)'(X6+XS) AYD=AQD'IOOO.
XS=(0.5)'(X6-X5) APHIDE=(MX/MMX)'(SQRT((OMGNY''2-0MEGA''2)''2+(2'ZETAY'OMGNY'OMEGA)
ONI=SQRT(X7) 1''2) IDELTE)+SUK
ON2=SQRT(XS) WRITE( 2, 58) ROY,ROPHIX,BY ,BPHIX,KY ,KPHIX,ZETAY ,ZIPHIX,OMGNY,
FNI=ONI/(2'ZZ) I ONPHIX,ON!,FNI,ON2,FN2,AYD,APHIDE
FN2=0N21(2'ZZ) 58 FORMAT('l' ,20X, '***********DAMPED SLIDING AND ROCKING CASE******
OMEGA=2'ZZ'NI60, 1****',1!,37X,' ..... Y-Z PLANE •...• ',!!
IF(NOP7.EQ.O) GO TO 427 2 SX,'EQUIVALENT RADIUS, ROY=',FI0.3,1X,'m.',ll
Y4=(0MEGA''4-0MEGA''2' 3 SX,' ROPHIX=', FlO. 3, IX, 'm. ',II
(ONPHIX''2+0MGNY''2)/RIXtOMGNY''2'0NPHIX''2/RIX) 4 SX, 'MASS RATIO, BY=' ,FI0.3,11
DELTA=Y4 5 SX, 'INERTIA RATIO, BPHIX=' ,FI0.3,11
M=WIGA 6 5X, 'EQUIVALENT SPRING, KY=' ,F15.5,1X, 'tim' ,II
ATA=(PYIM'MMX)'(-MMX'OMEGA''2+KPHIX+L''2'KY)IDELTA 7 SX,' KPHIX:::',FlS.S,lX,'t!m',/1
ATAV=PY'L'OMGNY''21(MMX'DELTA) 8 5X, 'DAMPING FACTOR, ZETAY=' ,FJ0;3, II
AQ=(MXIMMX)'(OMGNY''21DELTA)+ATA 9 5X, 'DAMPING FACTOR, •;.JIETAPHIX=' ,FI0.3,11
AY=AQ'IOOO * 5X, 'NATURAL FREQUENCY· ,· OMGNY=' ,FI0.3, 'RADIS.' ,II
APHI2=(MXIMMX)'((OMGNY''2-0MEGA''2)/DELTA)+ATAV $ 5X,' UNDAMPED ONPHIX=' ,FI0.3, 'RADIS.' ,II
@ 5X, 'COUPLED NATURAL FREQUENCY· ON!=' ,FI0.3, 'RADIS.' ,II
~~;~i~:~~~I~OY,ROPHIX,BPHIX,KY,KPHIX,OMGNY,ONPHIX,ONI,FNI,ON 2 , ! SX,' UNDAMPED FNl=',Fl0.3,'HZ.',//
77 FORMAT(// lSX '**********UND + 5X,' ON2=' ,FI0.3, 'RADIS' ,II
1* * **' II 3sx : AMPED SLIDING AND ROCKING CASE**"'"'** & 5X,' FN2=' ,F10.3'HZ. ',II
' ' ' ..... Y-Z PLANE I II
2 sx, 'EQUIVALENT RADIUS, ··•·· ROY~' FlO 4 IX ' ' % 5X,'SLIDING AMPLITUDE, AYD=',F15.9,1X,'mm.',ll
3 SX ' ' • ' , m. , I I + SX,'ROCKING AMPLITUDE, APHID=',F15.9,1X,'rad.',lllll)
s sx'• ROPHIX=',FI0.4,JX,'m.' II 428 CONTINUE
' BPHIX-' Fl '
6 5X, 'EQUIVALENT SPRING, KY:',F!50.53,1/XI ' ' 431 CONTINUE
7 sx ' ' · , , t/m ·,I I c .................................................................... ..
8 5X>NATURAL FREQUENCY KPHIX:>F15.3,1X, 'tim' ,II WRITE(2, 7901)
9 5X ' ' OMGNY- ,FI0.3,1X, 'RADIS' II 7901 FORMAT( Ill, 72('' '),I, 72('' '),Ill)
' ONPHIX=' FlO 3 IX 'RA '' IF(NOP2.EQ.l.O.OR.NOP4.EQ.J.O.OR.NOP6.EQ.l.O.OR.NOP8.EQ.l.O)THEN
@ 5X,'COUPLED NATURAL FREQUENCY ON!=',FI0'3'Jx''RADDIISS',I/
* sx,
$ SX,'
I ' I ' •
FN1=,,F10.3,1X,'HZ.',II
' ' ' II C ...................... TOTAL DAMPED AMPLITUDE ......................... ..
C MAX HORIZONTAL AMPLITUDE DUE TO TORSIONAL VIBRATION
% SX ' ON2= ,F!0.3,JX, 'RADIS' ,II AHSID=ASID'R'IOOO.
& sx:'SLIDING AMPLITUDE, FN 2 ~: ,F10.3, lX, :Hz.:, I 1 C MAX.'VERTICAL AMPLITUDE DUE TO PZ and (PXtMY)
' 5X 'ROCKING AMPLITUDE AY- ,F15.9,JX, mm, ,II AVDI=AZD+LX'APHIDI'IOOO.
' • APHI=' F!5 9 IX ' d • )
427 IF(NOPS.EQ.O) GO TO 428 ' ' ' ' ra · ,Ill! C MAX VERTICAL AMPLITUDE DUE TO PZ and (PY+MX)
BY=((7-8'NU)'W)I(32'GAMMA'(ROY''3)'(1-NU)) AVD2=AZD+LY' APHID!l":1000.
ZETAY=.2785/(SQRT(ABS(BY))) · C MAX HORIZONTAL AMPLITUDE DUE TO COMBINED ACTION OF PX AND MY
ZIPHIX=O.l51((1.tBPHIX)'SQRT(BPHIX)) AMDI=AXD +APHID I 'HH'IOOO.
C MAX HORIZONTAL AMPLITUDE DUE TO COMBINED ACTION OF PY AND MX
~~=i~~~~::~~~~~:;:
_ * 2•;U)IIR+OIMXG-NY4.:~ 2IPHIX'ZETAY'OMGNY'ONPHIXIRIX
*ONPHIX**2/RIX)**2
AHD2=AYD+APHIDE'HH'IOOO.
U3- (ZETAY OMGNY'OMEGA'(ONPHIX''2-0MEGA''Z)IRIX) WRITE(2,2234) ASID,AHSID,AVDI,AVD2,AHDI,AHD2
U4= ZIPHIX'ONPHIX'OMEGA'(OMGNY'' 2-0MEGA'' 2)IRIX 2234 FORMAT(20X, '**********TOTAL DAMPED AMPLITUDE**********' ,II,
U5=4'(U3tU4)"2 @SX, 'MAX TORSIONAL AMPLITUDE, ASID=' ,FIS.9,1X, 'rad',ll
DELTE=SQRT(U2tU5) ISX, 'MAX HORIZONTAL AMPLITUDE, (TORSIONAL)AHSID=' ,FIS.9,!X, 'mm. ',II
25X,'MAX VERTICAL AMPLITUDE, (PZ,PX+MY) AVDI=',F15.9,1X,'mm,',ll
606
APPENDIX 1 COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR THE DESIGN OF A BLOCK FOUNDATION 607
35X, 'MAX VERTICAL AMPLITUDE, (PZ,PY+MX) AVD2=' ,F15. 9, IX, 'mm. ',I I
45X, 'MAX HORIZONTAL AMPLITUDE, (PX and MY) AHDI=' ,F15.9,1X, 'mm. ',II EXAMPLE 6.9.1 (CHAPTER 6)
55X,'MAX HORIZONTAL AMPLITUDE, (PY and MX) AHD2=',F15.9,1X,'mm,',l!
611 II) Input Variables
END IF Area of the foundation A= 12.0000m'
IF (NOPI.EQ.I.O.OR.NOP3.EQ.I.O.OR.NOP5.EQ.I.O.OR.NOP7.EQ.I.O) THEN Weight of the foundation .
c ...................................................................... . (including weight of :he machlne) W= 37.1000t
C ..... , .... , , ........ TOTAL UNDAMPED AMPLITUDE, . , .. , ..... , ....... , .. , ... . Unit weight of the so1l y= 1.6500 tim'
C MAX HORIZONTAL DUE TO TORSIONAL VIBRATION Dynamic shear modulus . G= 5000.00 tim'
AHSI=ASI'R Operating speed of mach1ne N= 600.00 rpm
C MAX VERTICAL DUE TO PZ and PX+MY Allowable soil pressure QPA= 20.00t/m2
AVI=AZ+APHII'LX'IOOO, Poisson's ratio, v= 0.330
C MAX VERTICAL AMPLITUDE DUE TO PZ and PY+MX Unbalanced force P= 0. 2000 t
AV2=AZ+APHI2'LY'IOOO. '
C MAX HORIZONTAL AMPLITUDE DUE TO COMBINED ACTION OF PX and MY Damped vertical case
AHI=AX+APHII'HH'IOOO. Equivalent radius r,,= 1. 954m
C MAX HORIZONTAL AMPLITUDE DUE TO COMBINED ACTION OF PY AND MX Mass ratio B= 0.504
AH2=AY+APHI2'HH'IOOO. Equivalent spring k'=58340, 60000 tim
WRITE(2,2567) ASI,AHSI,AVI,AV2,AHI,AH2 Damping factor ,:= 0.598
2567 FORMAT(20X, '*'*'*"'"'**"'TOTAL UNDAMPED AMPLITUDE****"**"**',!/, Natural frequency(undamped) w11 z= 124, 203 rad/ sec
#5X, 'MAX TORSIONAL AMPLITUDE, ASI=' ,F15. 9, IX,' rad', I I f,= 19.768Hz
15X, 'MAX HORIZONTAL AMPLITUDE, (TORSIONAL) AHSI=' ,F15,9,1X, 'nun.', I I Vertical amplitude A= O.Q03573769mm
'
25X,'MAX VERTICAL AMPLITUDE, (PZ,PX+MY) AVI=',FI5.9,1X,'mm.',i!
35X, 'MAX VERTICAL AMPLITUDE, (PZ,PY+MX) AV2=' ,F15. 9, IX, 'mm. ',I I Total Damped Amplitude
45X, 'MAX HORIZONTAL AMPLITUDE, (PX,MY) AHI=',FI5.9,1X, 'mm. ',!! Max. .
torslonal . de
amplltu =O.OOOOOOOOOrad
00
55 X, 'MAX HORIZONTAL AMPLITUDE, (PY, MX) AH2=' ,F15, 9, IX, 'mm. ',I I horizontal amplitude (torsional) =0.0000000 mm
61!111) Max. . . d (P p +M) =0.003573769mm
END IF Max. vertlcal amphtu e '' x ' ) -0 003573769mm
Max. vertical amplit~de (P,,P,+Mxd M)
horizontal amplltude (Px an
=a·
ooooooooomm
cc "'"'"'. * ****"'*****."'. ** * * * ** **********"'** * *. * * * ** *** ***********"' * * * * * *. * * *
Max '"y - •
CHARACTER'14 FILEIP,FILEOP
CHARACTER'! TITLE(30),YES,ASK
REAL Kl,K2,NU,MU
611
OF THE TUP(Total falling weight including upper half of the die 3 FORMAT(3X, 'EQUIVALENT SOIL SPRING, Kl=' ,E10.
7. ) ' I ' I' 60X, I WO=' 'Fl 0. 4' lX, It. I) 14,1X, 'tim.' ,11,3X, 'EQUIVALENT SPRING FOR THE PAD BELOW THE ANVIL
WRITE(6,2110) ZA,ZF 2K2=' ,EI0.4,1X, 'tim.' ,I)
2110 FORMAT(I,2X, 'PERMISSIBLE AMPLITUDE OF ANVIL VIBRATIONS, ',IBX, 'ZA=', c *********** ••• *. * ••••••••••••• *. ******** ••••••••••••• *'*** ••• ****** •••
IFI0.4,1X, 'rom.' ,11,2X, 'PERMISSIBLE AMPLITUDE OF FOUNDATION VIBRATION C ••• CALCULATION OF LIMITING NATURAL FREQUENCIES (OMG)NLI AND (OMG)NL2
2S,', 13X, 'ZF=' ,F10.4, lX, 'mm. ',I) C , .. LIMITING NATURAL FREQUENCY OF THE ENTIRE SYSTEM OF SOIL=(OMG)NLI
IF(C.EQ.2) GO TO 611 C ••. LIMITING NATURAL FREQUENCY OF THE ANVIL ON THE PAD=(OMG)NL2
WRITE(6,54) PM OMGNLI=SQRT((KI'AG)I(WitW2))
54 FORMAT(2X, 'COEFFICIENT OF ELASTIC UNIFORM COMPR. OF THE SOIL CU=' ,F OMGNL2=SQRT(K2'AGIW2)
110.4,1X,'tlm3',i;l,80('-')) WRITE(6,435) OMGNLI,OMGNL2
GO TO 939 435 FORMAT(3X, 'LIMITING NATURAL FREQUENCY OMGNLI=' ,EIO,
611 WRITE(6,610) PM 14,1X, 'radlsec.' ,11,3X, 'LIMITING NATURAL FREQUENCY 0
610 FORMAT(2X, 'DYNAMIC SHEAR MODULUS OF THE SOIL, ',24X, 'g=',F9.4,1X, 2MGNL2= ',EI0.4, IX, 'rad/sec', /)
I 'tim2', II ,80('-' )) C ... NATURAL FREQUENCIES OF THE RAMMER FOUNDATION SOIL SYSTEM (OMG)NI
939 WRITE(6,901) and
901 FORMAT(10X,' .•••••• THE RESULTS ARE ......• ',1,80('-'),1,) C ... (OMG)N2
c *"'"'"'"" * *" ************* * * •••••••••• ***************** * * * •••• ************ MU=W2/WI
C •...... CHECK FOR SOIL PRESSURE OI=OMGNLI
Q=(W1tW2)/A1 02=0MGNL2
c * * * * ••••• *. * * * * *. * ••••••••• * * *. * •• * * ••••••• * * ••• * * * * •••••• * *. ********
* OPP=(ItMU)'(01''2+02''2)
OPF=SQRT(((ItMU)'(01''2+02''2))''2-4'(1tMU)'(OI''2)'(02''2))
C •... CALCULATIONS OF EQUIVALENT SPRINGS KI,K2
C •... K1=EQUIVALENT SOIL SPRING PIN=O.S'(OPPtOPF)
C .... K2=EQUIVALENT SPRINGS OF PAD BELOW THE ANVIL OMGNI=SQRT(PIN)
IF(C.EQ.2) GO TO 31 FNI=OMGNI/(2.'PI)
CUS=PM PINA=O.S'(OPP-OPF)
IF(A1.GE.10) CU=CUS OMGN2=SQRT(PINA)
GO TO 445 FN2=0MGN21(2.'PI)
IF(AI,LT.IO) GO TO 93 WRITE(6,41) MU
93 CU=SQRT(AI I 10.) 'GUS 41 FORMAT(3X, 'THE RATIO OF THE WEIGHT OF ANVIL AND FOUNDATION BLOCK
445 KI=CU'AI IMU='FI0.4,/)
WRITE(6,86) CUS, CU c ***** * •••••• * •• ****** ••• **********************"**** * * * ***** •••••••
86 FORMAT(3X, 'COEFFICIENT OF ELASTIC UNIFORM COMPRESSION FOR 10 SQUAR C •••. AMPLITUDES OF VIBRATION OF THE ANVIL AND FOUNDATION
E METERS AREA ',i,48X, 'GUS=' ,E10.4,11,3X, 'COEFFICIENT OF ELASTIC C .... AMPLITUDE OF FOUNDATION BLOCK=ZI
UNIFORM COMPRESSION FOR THE SIZE OF THE FOUNDATION' ,1,49X,' C •.•. AMPLITUDE OF THE ANVIL=Z2
3CU=' ,E10.4,11) C ...• VELOCITY OF TUP AT THE TIME OF IMPACT=VT
GO TO 32 C , ... VELOCITY OF THE ANVIL JUST AFTER IMPACT=VA
31 G=PM VT=SQRT( (2, ;AG'H' (WOtP' AP) IWO)) 'ETA
RO=SQRT(AII PI) SU=W2/WO "·
.
K1=(4'G'RO)I(I-NU) VA=((I.+ER)/(I.+SU))'VT
WRITE(6,87) RO WRITE(6,5) VT,VA
87 FORMAT(3X, 'EQUIVALENT RADIUS OF THE FOUNDATION, RO=' ,E10. 5 FORMAT(3X, 'VELOCITY OF THE TUP AT THE TIME OF
13, 'm.' ,I) IMPACT,' ,ISX, 'VT=',EI0.4,1X, 'misec' ,11,3X, 'VELOCITY OF THE ANVIL
32 K2=(E/B)'A2 IMMEDIATELY AFTER IMPACT, VA=',EI0.4,1X, 'm/sec',i/80('''),/)
WRITE(6,3) K1,K2 SUR=(OI)"2
614 APPENDIX 2 COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR THE DESIGN OF A HAMMER FOUNDATION 615
the absorber pad A,= 2.4000m2 Natural frequency w01 =321. 7216 radisec
Area of piston A=
p 0.1320m2 Natural frequency [ 01 = 51.2295Hz
Acceleration due to gravity g=AG= 9.8100misec 2 Natural frequency W112 = 99.8921 rad/sec
Natural frequency f 02 = 15.9064 Hz
Total thickness of the absorber pad
below the anvil Amplitude of the foundation block Z1= 0.8465mm
b=B= 0.4000m
Amplitude of the anvil Z2= 0. 9586 mm
Young modulus of the pad material E=50000.00 tim' Com·pressive stress in the pad
Coefficient of elastic restitution below the anvil is q,= 225.6349 tim'
(suggested value .5), e=ER= 0.500
Efficiency of the drop (suggested The soil pressure is q=5.874t/m2 and is less than
value .65), ~= 0. 650 the allowable soil pressure Q8 =31. 20 t/m 2 • • • , , •• Safe!
Height of drop of the tup H= 0.9000m Amplitude of the foundation vibration is Z1=0.8465mm
Poisson•s ratio of the soil v= 0.3300 and is less than the permissible value Zt=1.200mm • •..... Safe!
Steam or air pressure P= 79.8800 tim 2
Amplitude of anvil vibration is Z2 =0.9586mm and is less than
Allowable soil pressure q,=QA= 31.2000 tim' the permissible value Z,=2.000mm .•• Safe!
Allowable stress in the pad below
the anvil q,,= 400.0000 t/m 2
The compressive stress in the pad below the anvil is qP=O. 2256 X 10 3 t/m2
and is less ,than the permissibl~;/Yllue Qpa=0.4000xl0 3 t/m2 • • • • • Safe!
Weight of the foundation block W1= 183.1200t
Weight of the anvil W,= 34.5000 t
Weight of the tup (total falling weight
including upper half of the die) W,= I. 5500 t
Permissible amplitude of anvil
vibrations Z,= 2. 0000 mm
Permissible amplitude of foundation
vibrations Z,= I. 2000 mm
Coefficient of elastic uniform compression
of the soil C.,= 6100.0000 tim'
APPENDIX 3 The group action of piles is generally (1988) accounted for in the program
by using static interaction factors. The soil reactions on the sides of the pile
cap are also taken into consideration in evaluating the performance of the
pile group.
For further details, reference may be made to the users' manual (Novak
Brief Description of Some et al., 1981).
Programs Novak, M., and Aboul~Ella, F. (1978a). Impedance functions for piles embedded in layered
media. J. Eng. Mech. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 104 (EM-3), 643-661.
Novak, M., and Aboul-Ella, F. (1978b). Stiffness and damping of piles in layered media. Proc.
Earthquake Eng. Soil Dyn., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng., Spec. Conf., Pasadena, CA, Vol. 11,
704-719.
Novak, M., and Howell, J. F. (1978). Dynamic response of pile foundations in torsion,
Geotech. Eng. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 104 (GT-5), 535-552.
PILAY 2 Novak, M., and Sheta, M. (1980) Approximate approach to contact effects of piles. Proc. Dyn.
Response P;ile Found.: Anal. Aspea,..g-.J'i._.,A.m. Soc. Civ. Eng., Hollywood, FL, 53-79.
The computer program PILAY 2 can be used to calculate the dynamic Novak, M., Nogami, T., and Aboul~Ella;<F. (1978). Dynamic soil reactions for plane strain
stiffness, damping, internal forces, and displacements for a vertical pile case. J. Eng. Mech. Div., Am. Soc. Civ. Eng. 104 (EM~4), 953-959.
undergoing vibrations in any mode. The theoretical basis for this program is Novak, M., Aboul~Ella, F., and Sheta, M. (1981). "PILAY2-A Computer Program for
provided by the published works of Novak and Aboul-Ella (1978a,b), Calculation of Stiffness and Damping of Piles in Layered Media", Rep. No. SA CDA
Novak and Howell (1978), Novak and Sheta (1980), and Novak et al. 81-10. University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario, Canada.
(1978). The program can be used for a pile embedded in a uniform soil layer
or in a layered soil medium. The pile may have a constant cross section or a
stepwise variabl~ cross section and may have a fixed or pinned head. The
pile can project above the ground level. The pile is considered to be STRUDL-11
perfectly bonded to the soil, and void elements are used to simulate any
separation between the pile and the soil. The degree of fixity of the pile tip STRUDL II is a multipurpose program capable of solving a wide variety of
as well as the damping of the pile material are also considered. problems involving linear elastic, static frame analysis, finite element analy-
The program can take into account up to 30 different horizontal soil sis, nonlinear analysis, frame optimization, dynamic analysis, and propor-
layers, each of which is assumed to be linearly elastic. Soil properties tioning and design of reinforced concrete structures. The capabilities of
required to characterize a layer are the shear wave velocity v;, unit weight STRUDL for conducting static and dynamic analysis of linear elastic
y, Poisson's ratio v, and the material damping (;. The complex modulus structures undergoing small displaGements make it a very important tool in
approach has been used to define the amount of material damping in the the design of frame foundations for supporting turbogenerator units. The
soil. frame can be analyzed as a plane or a space frame.
The variation of soil properties in a deep homogeneous deposit is The static stiffness <Walysis can provide forces in the frame members and
accounted for by subdividing the deposit into several layers of . small also the displacementi'at the joints due to a superimposed load.
thickness, each with different but constant characteristics. The change in the STRUDL can be used to perform dynamic analysis of systems that can be
pile section is considered by introducing auxiliary interfaces. The soil below represented by equilibrium equations of the form:
the pile tip is defined by its shear modulus G •.
The effects of soil remolding, nonlinearity or pile separation are accoun- [M]{i} + [C]{i} + [K]{x} = F(t) (1)
ted for by considering a weakened (or stiffened) zone around the pile.
The program can also be used for embedded rigid-block-type foun- in which [M] is the mass matrix of the system, [ CJ is the damping matrix,
dations. [K] is the stiffness matrix, and F(t) is the time-dependent load function.
620
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SOME AVAILABLE COMPUTER PROGRAMS &23
&22 APPENDIX 3
{x}, {x}, and {i} are the time-dependent displacement, velocity, and REFERENCES
acceleration vectors respectively.
The equation of motion (1) can be solved in two ways, by direct ADINA (1984a). "Theory and Modelling Guide," Rep. No. AE 84-4. ADINA Engineering,
integration or by modal analysis by transforming the system to a new Inc., Watertown, Massachusetts.
ADINA (1984b). "Users Manual," Rep. AE 84-1. ADINA Engineering Inc., Watertown,
coordinate system to yield uncoupled linear equations. The results of modal
Massachusetts.
analysis yield eigen values and mode shapes. The response may then be
Bathe, K. J. (1982). "Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis." Prentice~Hall,
determined by modal superposition. The results of response analysis are the Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
dynamic displacements and forces. The dynamic loads can be specified in
the form of initial conditions,. time histories, or response spectra. An
approximate frequency analysis can be carried out by Rayleigh's method.
The soil effects can be modeled with equivalent springs. The results of static
and dynamic analysis may then be combined to obtain the design conditions.
REFERENCES
ICES STRUDL II (1979a). "Engineering Users' Manual," Vol. 1. Frame Analysis. School of
Civic Engineering, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
ICES STRUDL II (1979b). "Engineering Users' Manual," Vol. 2. Additional Design and
Analysis Facilities. School of Civil Engineering, Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
Cambridge, Massachusetts.
ADINA
ADINA is a finite element program for computing the static and dynamic
displacements and stresses induced in solids and structural systems. Both the
linear and nonlinear problems can be solved. ADINA provides the facility
of using a variety of element configurations such as two-dimensional plane
strain and plane stress elements, three-dimensional truss elements, three-
dime.nsional plane stress elements, three-dimensional solid elements and
isoparaffietric beam elements, etc.
The nonlinearity in behavior may be induced by large displacements,
large strains, and material property. Material model used may be linear
elastic, nonlinear elastic, elastoplastic, curve description model, etc.
The linear dynamic analysis can be used to determine the frequencies of
the system and the response is evaluated by using mode superposition
method or by direct time integration using the Newmark or Wilson method,
or central difference method.
The nonlinear analysis is performed by using an incremental approach.
The soil behavior can be represented using Drucker Prager-Cap model.
Tension cutoff may be provided if desired. The output can be asked at any
point.
Further details of this program may be obtained by referring to the users'
manuals.
COMPUTATION OF MOMENT OF INERTIA 625
Computation of Moment
of Inertia
Rectangular
block
'
Th
1
rrFxy
I
CG.
I I
j?' b
m(b'+h')
12
m (a '
12 + h' ) m (a '
12 + b' )
~a~:_j
r ....._'
Circular
'--
--- X T h m ed'
12 4 +h'
) m ed' ') md'
block
1- ~ 12 4+h 8
/ ---,
y '-----"
l '"·~:'·
f-d~
Required
Circle Solution
Divide the concrete ~lock into three parts as shown in Fig. (A-4-1)
(a) Elevation
Similarly
mz 2 2
Mrnyz = Mrny3 = J2 (ax,+ a,,)
2
Mm 4 = m 4 (0) +"'iii,(a, +a,,+ h 1 - L)
Similarly
_ mz z
-12 (ax,+ ay 2 )
2
629
630 APPENDIX 5
Convers!on Factors
To Convert from To Multiply by
Notation
Liquid Measure
gallon (gal) cubic meters (m 3 ) 0.0038
acre-feet (acre-ft) cubic meters (m 3 ) 1,233
Quantity of Flow
gallons per second (gal/sec) cubic meters per second (m 3 /sec) 0.0038
cubic feet per second (ft' I sec) cubic meters per second (m 3 /sec) 0.0283
Mass Density
pounds per cubic feet (pcf) megagrams per cubic meter 0.0157
(Mgim')
631
NOTATION 633
632 NOTATION
A,, maximum amplitude of vibrations in yawing c, coefficient of elastic resistance of pile FL-'
c," pile stiffness at resonance FL-'
(torsional vibrations)
C, coefficient of elastic uniform shear FL - 3
A,l,e maximum amplitude of the embedded foundation
in torsional vibrations L c,, equivalent value of coefficient of elastic uniform
shear for an embedded footing FL - 3
a. A,1,Mm)(meemre) =dimensionless amplitude of
torsional vibration with quadratic excitation c., coefficient of elastic uniform shear on the sides of
the footing FL _,
a length of foundation L
c. coefficient of elastic nonuniform compression FL- 3
one-half of the depth of the beam for a frame
without haunches L c<~>l' c.P2 frequency-dependent functions of the elastic half
horizontal distance from Y axis of rotation L space for rocking vibrations
a, r0 (w!V,) ~ r,(w!Vb) ~ r,wyPTG ~dimensionless c~l, c</>2 frequency-independent values of c</>1 and c</>2
frequency factor c,, equivalent coefficient of elastic nonuniform
compression for the embedded foundation FL - 3
at2• at3 coefficients in the flexibility matrix
aJ distance of jth mass from the mass center L c., coefficient of elastic nonuniform compression for
side layers FL- 3
a, dimension along x axis L
c. coefficient of elastic nonuniform shear FL- 3
a, dimension along y axis
a, dimension along z axis L c>frl' co/12 frequency dependent elastic half space stiffness
Vertical acceleration LT-' and damping pat~eters for torsional vibration
B width of trench L c"ll' coJ>2 frequency indepen"dent values of c>/11 and co/12
width of foundation L c., equivalent coefficient of elastic nonuniform shear
of embedded foundation FL- 3
B, modified mass ratio in sliding
B, modified mass ratio in vertical vibrations c,, coefficient of elastic nonuniform shear on the
sides of the foundation FL- 3
B• inertia ratio in rocking vibrations
inertia ratio in torsional vibrations c coefficient of internal damping FL-'T
B• damping constant
b width of foundation L
mass ratio cc critical damping FL-'T
thickness of pad L c, damping parameter
I
one-half of the column width for a frame without cw constant of equivalent viscous damping of one pile
haunches L in vertical vibrations FL-'T
c numerical base shear coefficient c~ constant of equivalent viscous damping of pile cap
[C] damping matrix in vertical vibrations FL-'T
c~ damping coefficient of pile group FL-'T
cr, cz integration constants
frequency-dependent parameters of vertical c, damping coefficient in H-sliding FL-'T
vibrations c~ damping constant of single pile in H-translation FL-'T
Cr, Cz frequency-independent parameters for vertical c; constant of equivalent viscous damping of pile cap
vibrations in translation
FL _, c;' damping constant of pile group in H-translations FL-'T
c" coefficient of elastic uniform compression
equivalent value of coefficient of elastic uniform ex. cross coupled damping factor for coupled rocking
c"' FL - 3 and s'Tfding (see Eq. 11.40a)
compression for an embedded footing
c", coefficient of elastic uniform compression for the c,.
I
cross damping constant of a single pile Fr 1
FL _, c, damping coefficient in vertical vibrations FL-'T
side layer
C,ot, C, 2 dimensionless parameters of half space c'X equivalent geometric damping ratio for pile group
frequency-dependent parameters for horizontal in vertical vibrations FL- 1 T
cxl' cx2
translation c. damping in rocking mode FL-'T
frequency-independent parameters for horizontal c' damping constant of single pile in rotation FLT
cx1' cx2
translation
t
c. damping coefficient of pile cap in rocking FLT
634 NOTATION
635
NOTATION
Definition Unit
Symbol Definition Unit Symbol
T•(t) time dependant soil reaction for torsional XC distance of stiffness center from end L
vibrations xcj
distance of centerline of frame j from the end L
time T X, projection of all external forces acting on the
thickness of vibration absorbing pad L foundation on the x-axis F
u displacement amplitude of pile L force in the direction x-axis F
displacement function X axis of x
u displacement in x direction L X horizontal displacement or distance L
u velocity in x direction LT- 1 x, displacement at the base L
v velocity LT- 1 xP displacement of the piston in the direction of x
v, initial velocity LT- 1 axis L
v1 velocity of rebound of the tup LT- 1 velocity of the piston in the direction of x axis LT- 1
.i;p
vl, v2 volume [in Eq. (10.6)) L' ip acceleration of the piston in the direction x axis
VR Rayleigh's wave velocity LT- 1 x, coordinate of pile
Vn initial velocity of the tup LT- 1 y axis of Y
v. velocity of the anvil LT- 1 Yo, Yt Bessel functions of the second kind of order 0
v, VG,Ip, =shear wave velocity of soil beneath pile and 1, respectively
tip LT- 1 Y, force in the direction of y axis F
v: longitudinal or compression wave velocity in y displacement ~~•..:-:."- L
infinite medium LT- 1 maximum value of y L
Yo
vc VEP/pP =longitudinal wave velocity in pile LT- 1 Y, horizontal coordinates of pile
vp shear wave velocity of pile LT- 1 z axis of Z,
V, longitudinal wave propagation velocity in rod Lr' maximum amplitude of simple L
v, shear wave velocity LT- 1 {Z} displacement vector L
\[GTjJ =shear wave velocity of soil adjacent to z, initial displacement L
pile LT- 1 maximum amplitude of hammer foundation L
z1
v displacement in y direction L z, maximum amplitude of the anvil or absorber,
w weight, total load, weight of machine minus the amplitude L
moving crosshead F z, vertical soil reaction F
w, weight of the tup F zc height of center of gravity of pile cap above its
w. weight of the transverse beam F base L
WL load transferred by the longitudinal beams to the z, projection of external forces on the z axis F
columns F maximum amplitude L
zmax
WT total weight of deck slab and machine F Z, amplitude of frequency w, (see Fig. 4.41)
w. weight of anvil F Z, static deflection
we weight of the two columns constituting a (Z,), static deflection of an elastic layer L
transverse frame F z displacement in vertical direction L
wm weight of machine and bearing F displacement of simple harmonic motion L
LT- 1
W, rated capacity of turbogenerator unit in megawatts i ve~~ity
w vertical displacement L {i) veloCity vector
LT-'
weight per unit length FL - t ii acceleration
w, amplitude of vertical vibration of footing {ii) acceleration vector
L-1
w1.2 real and imaginary parts of displacement IX coefficient of attenuation
ww displacement in Z direction coefficient in Fig. 8.6
w(z) complex amplitude of pile vibration at depth z crank angle
w(x, t) complex pile displacement function at depth z 1 + e'!r' [see Eq. (8.40)]
X axis of X L phase angle
distance of mass center from the end L a, correction factor
X, horizontal soil reaction F at, O'z terms defined by Eqs. (!1.65) and (11.66)
644
NOTATION NOTATION 645
wnh
wnll' wn/2
natural frequency of horizontal vibrations
limiting natural circular frequencies Author Index
(wnll)e, (wnl2)e two natural circular frequencies of the embedded
footing in coupled rocking and sliding
average natural circular frequency in vertical
vibrations
natural circular frequency in horizontal sliding
natural circular frequency of sliding vibration of
embedded foundation
natural circular frequency in vertical vibrations
natural circular frequency of vertical vibrations of
embedded foundation
natural circular frequency in pure rocking
natural circular frequency of embedded footing in
rocking vibrations
natural circular frequency in torsional vibration
Abdel-razzak, K.G., 113, 187 Beredugo, Y.O., 438, 439, 440, 443, 444,
natural circular frequency of embedded
Abel, J.F., 437 445, 446, 447, 448, 449, 450, 451, 452,
foundation in torsional vibrations 454, 455, 471, 488, 489, 490,-491, 492,
Aboui-Ella, F.,'542, 553, 620, 621
"'1' o/2 real and imaginary parts of .p( z) 515, 552, 553 .
Adiar, A., 400, 436
% torsional amplitude of footing Afifi, S.E.A., 112, 183 Bernhard, D.L., 8, 9, 10
resonant amplitude of pile rotation Agarwal, S.L., 577 Beskos, D.E., 420,436, 542
"''
"''''
I.P,,,I
complex amplitude of pile rotation at elevation z
real torsional amplitude of pile at elevation z
American Concrete Institute, 9, 578, 579,
580, 585, 592
Bhandari, R.K.M., 576
Bhargava, S., 553
American Society of Civil Engineers, 337, Biot, M.A., 117, 183
363 Bishop, A.W., 99, 183
American Society For Testing Materials, 144 Bjerrum, L., 128, 183
Anandakrishnan, M., 438, 490 Black, W.L., 104, 105, 112, 117, 184
Anderson, D.G., 106, 110, 111, 113, 114, Blake, R.L., 6, 7, 8, 10
115, 116, 117, 126, 183 Bolt, B.A., 419, 437
Annaki, M., 133, 134, 183, 188 Brooker, E.W., 159, 178, 183
Arango, 1., 187 Bycroft, G.N., 219, 224, 225, 234, 236, 237,
Arnold, R.N., 224, 225,236, 239, 303 238, 303, 441, 446, 457, 491, 506, 552
Arya, A.S., 553
Arya, S.D., 363, 374 Carrier, W.D., 439, 491
Aubry, D·., 549, 552 Castellani, A., 217, 304
Castro, G., 133, 183
Babcock, F.M., 437 Chae, Y.S., 236, 303, 438, 491
Balakrishna, R.H.A., 258, 302, 303 Cho, Y., 131, 132, 183
Ballard, R.F., Jr., 139, 183 Christian, J.T., 188, 439,491
Baranov, V.A., 438, 439, 44~, 488, 490, 503, Christiano, P., 491
542, 552 ... Chung, R.M., 187
Barkan, D. D., 3, 10, 89, 93, 121, 122, 144, Crandell, F.J., 6, 10
150, 154, 177, 183, 240, 258, 260, 302, Crede, C.E., 409, 437
303, 312, 314, 328, 329, 339, 349, 350, Crockett, J.H.A., 400, 437
374,382,388,398,400,414,428,436, Cunny, R.W., 177, 183
439,459,471,490,494,499,547,552 Curran, J.W., 185
Barnett, N.E., 437
Bathe, K.J ., 623 Dalal, M.K., 576
Baxa, E., 400, 409, 436 Dasgupta, B., 236, 303, 436, 439, 491
Baxter, R.L., 8, 9, 10 Davis, E.H., 544, 553
647
••• AUTHOR INDEX
AUTHOR INDEX 649
Day, S.M., 439, 491
Hardin, B.O., 81, 84, 93, 104, 105, 106, 112, Kranthammer, T., 542 Novak, M., 302, 303, 304, 310, 311, 318,
Demello, V.B.F., 145, 183
117, 131, 148, 149, 150, 155, 156, 179, Krishnaswamy, N.R., 438, 490 328, 329, 438, 439, 440, 443, 444, 445,
Dietrich, R.J., 124, 187, 188
180, 184
Dobry, R., 236, 303, 488, 489, 491, 550, 552 Krizek, R.J., 489, 491 446, 447, 448, 449, 450, 451, 452, 454,
Harris, C.M., 409, 437 455, 456, 458, 471, 488, 489, 490, 491,
Doebelin, E.O., 138, 184 Kuhlemeyer, R.L., 238, 304, 489, 491, 492
Hartmann, H. G., 544, 546, 553 492,499,502,503,504,507,508,509,
Dolling, H.J., 414, 436 Kumar, K., 555, 576, 577
Harwood, M., 329 510, 511, 512, 514, 515, 516, 517, 518,
Dominguez, J., 439, 491
Hatheway, A.W., 113, 188 519, 521, 522, 523, 525, 526, 527, 528,
Drnevich, V.P., 118, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, Ladd, R.S., 132, 180, 185
Haupt, W.A., 419, 437 529,531,541,542,543,544,545,546,
131, 132, 149, 155, 156, 179, 180, 184, Lamb, H., 85, 90, 93, 215, 234, 304
Hayashi, K., 240, 304
205, 211 Lambe, T.W., 178, 185 547, 548, 549, 552, 553, 620, 621
Henkel, D.J., 99, 183
Drweyer, R., 363, 374 Landra, A., 128, 183
Heteyni, M., 240, 304 Oh-Oka, H., 131, 132, 188
Dutko, P., 180, 185 Lawrence, F.V., 107, 188
Hoar, R.J .. , 135, 187
Dyvik, R., 181, 184 Lee, K.L., 133, 134, 183, 188 O'Neill, M., 374
Horst, W.D., 304
Lee, P.C.Y., 437
Hausner, G.W., 217, 304 Palacios, A., 146, 186
Ebisch, R., 400, 409, 436 Lee, S.H.H., 187
Howell, J.F., 521, 522, 523, 525, 526, 527, Leonards, G.A., 98, 99, 185 Park, T.D., 133
Ehlerchritof, O.M., 302, 303 528, 529, 549, 553, 620, 621
El Hifnawy, L., 328, 329 Leontovich, V., 345, 375 Parmelee, R.A., 491
Hsieh, T.K., 220, 221, 258, 302, 304 Lerstol, M., 576 Parthasarathy, T., 437
Elorduy, J., 234, 303 Hudson, W.R., 186
Li, S., 131, 185 Pauw, A., 258, 302, 304
El-Sharnouby, B., 511, 512, 518, 519, 541, Humphries, W.K., 183
Liang, H., 547, 552 Peacock, W.H., 128, 129, 130, 186, 187
543, 544, 545, 546, 547, 548, 549, 552, Hurty, W.C., 363, 374
553 Liao, S., 422, 423, 437 Peck, R.B., 145, 186
Hvorsley, M.J., 128, 184 Pincus, G., 374
Engen, A., 576 Lodde, P.J., 113, 116, 117, 185
Lord, A.F.~·;Jr., 126, 185 ,~;,~;.:?' Poplin, J .K., 552
Epstein, R.I., 491 ldriss, I.M., 109, 187
Espana, C., 183, 184 Luco, J.E., 491 Postel, M., 549, 552
!ida, K., 124, 184, 185 Poulos, H. G., 498, 514, 521, 544, 553
Evans, J.C., 185 Luco, Y.E., 441, 491
Imai, T., 136, 146, 185 Poulos, S.J., 133, 183
Ewing, W.M., 93 Lorenz, H., 154, 155, 185
Indian Standard Institution, 9, 11 Lysmer, J., 205, 211, 221, 222, 223, 304, 328, Prakash, S., 1, 4, 11, 81, 83, 93, 96, 107,
Ireland, H.O., 145, 159, 178, 183, 185 329,419,437,439,489,491,492 108, 109, 110, 128, 140, 142, 145, 146,
Firestone, Inc., 410, 437 Ishibashi, I., 131, 132, 185 147, 165, 172, 176, 178, 180, 186, 232,
Fletcher, G., 145, 184 Ishihara, K., 107, 108, 131, 132, 185 McNeill, R.L., 301, 304, 414, 437 258, 302, 303, 304, 328, 329, 439, 459,
Fry, Z.B., 139, 177, 183, 184, 438, 491, 552 Ishimoto, M., 124, 185 Madhav, M.R., 499, 552 471, 492, 494, 517, 548, 553, 555, 556,
Fugro, Inc., 113, 184 Iwasaki, T., 107, 131, 132, 178, 185 Madshus, C.F., 181, 184, 555, 576 559, 569, 575, 576, 577, 582, 592
Funston, N.E., 302, 304 Major, A., 328, 329, 344, 349, 375, 386, 390, Press, F., 93
Jakub, M., 485, 491 Puri, V.K., 1, 11, 81, 83, 93, 107, 108, 109,
391, 394, 398, 407, 437, 592
Gazetas, G., 236, 303, 482, 485, 488, 489, Jardetzky, W.S., 93 Marcuson, W.F., III, 112, 179, 185, 186 110, 133, 146, 147, 165, 172, 176, 178,
491, 550, 552 Johnson, G.R., 439, 489, 491 Marganson, B.E., 437 U6,n2,258,3ro,W4,C9,~9,471,
Gle, D.R., 541; 543, 544, 552 Joshi, V.H., 186 492, 494, 553, 556, 559, 577
Martin, G .R., 187
Goodier, G.N., 78, 94 Judd, S., 378, 398 Maxwell, A.A., 499, 500, 501, 547, 552 Pursey, H., 92, 93
Griffith, A.H., 185 May, T.W., 419, 437 Pyke, R.M., 187
Grigg, R.F., 514, 541, 547, 553 Kaldijan, M.J., 489, 491 Meister, F.J., 6, 11
Guha, S.K., 576 Kaufman, R.I., 128, 184 Melore, V.R., 183 Quinlin, P.M., 216,236, 304
Gupta, B.N., 438, 491 Kausel, E., 439, 491 Miller, G.F., 92, 93
Gupta, D.C., 491, 556, 569, 575, 577, 582, Kausel, F., 544, 546, 552 Mohr, H.A., 145, 186 Ranjan, G., 186
592 Kaynia, A.M., 544, 546, 552 Moore, P.J., 303, 304 Rao, N.S.V.K., 236, 303, 439, 491, 499, 552
Kjellman, W., 128, 185 Moretto, 0., 185 Rausch, E., 6, 8, 11, 341, 375, 393, 398
Kleinlogel, 345, 375 Rayleigh, L., 85, 93
Hadjian, A.A., 485, 491
Klien, A.M., 400, 437 Nadim, F., 576 Reiher, H., 6, 11
Hall, J.R., Jr., 91, 94, 118, 124, '148, 150, Knox, D.P., 187
153, 184, 186, 205, 211, 215, 224, 225, Nagendra, M.V., 437 Reissner, E., 215, 216, 228,236,239, 304,
Ko, H.Y., 134, 185 Nagraj, C.N., 302, 303 441, 457, 492
226,227,229,235,238,264,302,304,
Kobori, T., 234, 304, 305 Nandakumaran, P., 186, 553 Richart, F.E., Jr., 5, 6, 8, 11, 80, 81, 84, 90,
305, 329, 497, 553
Koerner, R.M., 185 Nazarian, S., 139, 140, 186 91, 93, 94, 106, 110, 112, 113, 118, 123,
Hall, W.J., 304
Kolsky, H., 78, 93 Newcomb, W.K., 201, 203, 211 124, 136, 150, 151, 152, 153, 178, 181,
Hansen, W.E., 186
Harder, L.F., 187 Korfund, Inc., 404, 405, 406, 437 Nieto, J.A., 303 183, 184, 186, 187, 188, 205, 211, 215,
Kovacs, W.D., 146, 185 Nogami, T., 547, 549, 552, 621 217, 218, 221, 222, 228, 229,230, 235,
650 AUTHOR INDEX
Richart, F. E., Jr. (Continued) Thiers, G.R., 128, 129, 130, 131, 188
236, 238, 260, 264, 302, 304, 305, 312, Thomson, W.T., 27, 31, 43, 61, 234, 305
328, 329, 414, 437, 438, 492, 496, 497,
498, 553, 555, 577
Thornburn, T.H., 186
.Timoshenko, S., 78, 94 Subject Index
Rizzo, P.C., 183 Ting, J.M., 541, 553
Roesset, J.M., 439,485,491 Tokimatsu, K., 187
Roscoe, K.H., 128, 186 Trudeau, P.J., 113, 188
Rubinstein, M.F., 363, 374 Tsai, N.C., 491
Tucker, R.L., 517, 548, 553
Sachs, K., 439, 456, 458, 471, 488, 492, 522,
553 Urlich, C.M., 489, 492
Sagessor, R., 437 Ushijima, R., 439,491
Sagoci, H.F., 228, 304, 441, 457, 492
Sangrey, D.A., 422, 423, 437 Vardoulakis, I. G., 436, 542
Saran, S., 186 Vargas, M., 185
Schmertmann, J.H., 145, 146, 186 Vijayvergiya, R.C, 438, 492
Scott, R.F., 134, 185
Seed, H.B., 109, 128, 129, 130, 131, 133, Wahls,H.E., 112, 179, 185, 186
134, 146, 178, 179, !86, 187, 188 Wang, X.K., 576, 577
Segol, G., 419, 437 Warburton, G.B., 236, 237, 303, 305 Absorber, 44 Analysis:
Shannon, W.L., 124, 187 Wass, G., 419, 437, 439, 489, 492,544,546, installation o~, 589,590,591,592 dynamic, 366
553 methods, see Methods of analysis
Shannon and Wilson-Agbabian Associates, pneumatic, 399, 404, 408
106, 187 Weissman, G.F., 150, 188 principle of, 48, 404 preliminary, 363
Shen, G.T., 363, 375 Westman, R.A., 441, 491 Anchor bolts, 586, 587, 588
types: 404
Sherif, M.A., 131, 132, !85 White, S.R., 150, 188 supported, 405, 406, 589, 590, 591 Anvil, 306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311
Sheta, M., 499, 517, 547, 553, 620, 621 Whitman, R.V., 107, 150, 178, 185, 188, 217, suspended, 405, 406, 589, 592 amplitude, 313, 322
Shippy, D.J., 184 218, 228, 230, 236, 302, 305, 312, 329, Acceleration, 15 Aperiodic motion, 12
Silver, M.L., 132, 133, 134, 185, !87 498, 553 Attenuation, see Damping
pickups, 44
Singh, B., 186 Wilson, S.D., 124, 188 Auxiliary equipment, 330
Accelerometer, 43, 44
Skempton, A.W., 146, 179, 187 Wolfe, W.E., 134, 188 Active Isolation, 399, 413, 415, 425
Snowdon, J.C., 407, 437 Wong, R. T., 187 ADINA, 363, 374, 622 Bandwidth method, 40
Sridharan, A., 419, 437 Woods, R.D., 91, 92, 94, 112, 113, 115, 124, Amplitude, 5, 13, 26, 29, 30, 39, 47, 48, 53 Barriers:
Srivastava, L.S., 186 125, 126, 127, 131, 132; 134, 135, 137, of foundation: 213 pile, 399,420,425
Stephenson, R.W., 127, !87 138, 140, 145, 150, 153, 183, 186, 187, rocking, 233, 246, 257, 450, 454, 467, trench, 399, 414, 434
Stevens, H.W., !50, 187 188, 215, 229, 235, 238, 264, 305, 329, 468, 469, 474, 476 Base, slab, 330, 331
Stokoe, K.H., II, 110, 111, 113, 114, 115, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 420, 421, sliding (horizontal), 233, 243, 246, 248, Beam:
116,117,135,140,178,181,183,186, 422, 425, 437, 497, 541, 542, 543, 544, 257, 267, 448, 454, 464, 468, 474, 476, longitudinal, 330
187, 188, 303, 438, 492 549,552,553,555,577 477 transverse, 330
Stone, N.E., 363, 375 torsional, 229,248, 267, 457, 471, 473, Bilinear models, stress-strain curves, 128,
Sung, T.Y., 216,217,234,305,441,492 Yamane, G., 187 475 129, !30
Szekley, E.M., 303 Yang, Z., 113, 188 vertical, 224, 242, 246, 256, 266, 267, Block foundation, mode of vibration, 213
Yasuda, S., 131, 132, 185 313, 314, 322, 402, 403, 411, 412, 442, Bulk modulus, 102, 103
Takagi, Y., 185 Yoshimi, Y., 131, 132, 188 462, 469, 472, 473
Tassoulas, J.L., 439, 492 Yoshimura, M., 136, 185 of frame: ~,
Tatsuoka, F., 107, 178, 185 Yu, P., 181, 188 horizontal, 348, 356, 371 Case history:
Taylor, D.W., 100, 168, 188 rotation, 356, 370 compressor foundation, 556
Terzaghi, K., 240, 305 Zoeppritz, K., 93, 94 vertical, 346, 351, 352 hammer foundation, 569
reduction factor, 414, 415, 416, 418, 419, Chemical soil stabilization, 427
420, 421 Coefficients:
rotating maSs excitation, 313, 332 of earth pressure at rest, 159
of elastic non-uniform compression, 121
Analog:
of elastic non-uniform shear, 121
Hall's, 224
of elastic resistance of piles, 494
Hsieh's, 220
Lysmer's, 221, 223 of elastic restitution, 316
651
652 SUBJECT INDEX SUBJECT INDEX 653